Francine Shapiro Library - EMDR Bibliography Links
Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."
Your Results - you searched for the keyword AIP: Affect Management 641 Results
1. Everly, G. S. Jr., & Lating, J. M. (2002). A clinical guide to the treatment of the human stress response, 2nd ed. Springer Publishing Company.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This updated edition of A Clinical Guide to the Treatment of the Human Stress Response reflects the dramatic changes in this field over the past decade. This edition covers a range of new topics, including stress and the immune system, post-traumatic stress and crisis intervention, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), Critical Incident Stress Debriefing (CISD), Crisis Management Briefings in response to mass disasters and terrorism, Critical Incident Stress Management (CISM), spirituality and religion as stress management tools, dietary factors and stress, and updated information on psychopharmacologic intervention in the human stress response. As with the previous edition, this volume is designed as a comprehensive and accessible guide to both the clinically relevant physiology and treatment of the human stress response. Discussion of treatment protocols, using selected behavioral treatment strategies, is purposefully brief and clinically targeted. Supplemental information for practitioners includes a flow chart on the nature of stress physiology, a relaxation report form, specific protocols for teaching the relaxation response, a self-report checklist designed for health education purposes, and over 700 references. [Springer]
Springer Series on Stress and Coping
Keywords: Human Stress Response
Accuracy Verified: Yes
2. 大河原 美以 [Mii Ogawara] (2010年1月). 感情制御の発達不全とその回復--嘔吐経験がトラウマとなった小学生事例の治療経過から (第1土曜特集 原始感覚と情動--生体防御系としての情動機構とその破綻) [Under developed affect regulation and therapeutic process: Case reports of the children who were traumatized by the experiences of vomiting]. 医学のあゆみ 232(1), 33-37 [History of Medicine, 232(1), 33-37].
Language: Japanese
Format: Journal
Keywords: Elementary School Emotional Regulation Vomiting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
3. 孙海霞，杨蕴萍 [Sun Hai Xia, Yang Yun Ping]. (2004, August). 眼动脱敏与再加工治疗现状 [The psychotherapy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing]. 中国临床心理学杂志，2004，12（3）：324 [Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology, 12(3), 324-326].
Language: Chinese
Format: Journal
Abstract:
眼动脱敏与再加工(Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing ,以下简称EMDR) 由Francine Shapiro 于1987 年创立,最初仅为眼动脱敏( EMD) ,1991 年发展为眼动脱敏与再加工,其中眼动脱敏仅是EMDR 中双侧刺激的一种,而双侧刺激是EMDR 操作中众多组分的一部分。EMDR 是一种整合的心理疗法,它借鉴了控制论(cybernetics) 、精神分析、行为、认知、生理学等多种学派的精华,建构了加速信息处理的模式,帮助患者迅速降低焦虑,并且诱导积极情感、唤起患者对内的洞察、观念转变和行为改变以及加强内部资源,使患者能够达到理想的行为和人际关系改变[1 ] 。本文拟对EMDR 的有关机理与实践应用作一综述。
(Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, hereinafter referred to as EMDR) Francine Shapiro in 1987 by the creation of an initial eye movement desensitization only (EMD), 1991 years of development for the eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, which EMDR eye movement desensitization only in a bilateral stimulation, and EMDR bilateral stimulation is part of the operation of many components. EMDR is an integrated psychological therapy, which draw on the control theory (cybernetics), psychoanalysis, behavioral, cognitive, physiological, and other schools of the essence of information processing to speed up construction of the model, to help patients rapidly reduce anxiety, and induce positive affect, arouse patients insight into the internal, the concept of change and behavior change and the strengthening of internal resources, so that patients can achieve the desired changes in behavior and interpersonal relationships [1]. This paper about the mechanism of EMDR reviews the application and practice.
Keywords: Mechanism of Action Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
4. Spierings, J. (2011, August). (Non) cognitive interweaves in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients we can hardly expect EMDR-processing to go smoothly by itself. ‘Just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring trauma resolution. In EMDR this type of intervening is called ‘(cognitive) interweaving’. The therapist may need to intervene on the process level with process interweaves, in order to keep the client within his window of (affect)tolerance.Or the therapist has to intervene on the content level with content interweaves, when the client gets stuck in a specific problem is unable to solve with the information he has available. In this workshop the participant learns to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal level of the client. In addition to this a toolkit of useful content interweaves is presented, cognitive and non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous, symbolic and spiritual interweaves. The presentation includes metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious interweaves to get round resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness.
Keywords: (Non) Cognitive Interweaves
Accuracy Verified: Yes
5. Peterson, G. (2000, November). Accelerated information processing using EMDR. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, San Antonio, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Accelerated Information Processing AIP
Accuracy Verified: No
6. Shapiro, F. (2000, September). Accommodation, assimilation and growth: Integrating the future, now. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) understand the primary principles of personality developments from an information processing perspective; 2) be able to examine the integration and interface of affect and cognition; and 3) be able to examine parallels of personal and global development.
Keywords: Affect Cognition Information Processing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
7. Barreda-Hanson, C. (2012, Septiember). Adaptación del EMDR y terapia breve centrada en el cliente para cambiar percepciones negativas y traumaticas [EMDR adaption of brief client-centered therapy to change negative and traumatic perceptions]. Presentación en la 70 Conferencia Anual del International Council of Psychologist(ICP), Sevilla, España.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
El estrés subsiguiente después de un traumatismo, representa un trastorno disfuncional – tanto interno como externo – que se manifiesta en alteraciones en el reconocimiento cognitivo y en los comportamientos, llevando además asociados síntomas somáticos, afloramiento de problemas inconscientes y ansiedades. Pues una de las características del estrés post-traumático, es precisamente la pérdida de equilibrio entre el mundo interno y externo de quien lo sufre. Por eso, ante la complejidad de las respuestas post-traumáticas, éstas se pueden catalogar en gran medida dentro de las perturbaciones psicopatológicas.
El estrés psicológico surge por una situación estresante “real”, externa, tangible y la reacción ante esta difícil experiencia, evoca un conjunto bastante universal y coherente de síntomas y respuestas que provocan reacciones primitivas relacionadas con temores inconscientes ante las amenazas a la vida, que hacen aflorar incipientemente fantasías e impulsos abrumadores. Los resultados son los pensamientos disfuncionales que conducen a las respuestas y a los comportamientos desadaptativos.
Objetivos: el taller está diseñado para proporcionar a estudiantes y profesionales de la Psicología – que trabajan o desean trabajar en esta área del trauma y el cambio de comportamientos -, la habilidad para utilizar eficaz y rápidamente intervenciones breves, que puedan poner en practicar incluso en casa. En el taller se estudiará la forma inicial de evaluar, tanto al trauma como a la clientela. Se trabajará la historia del trauma y se profundizará en sus consecuencias y en cómo diseñar las intervenciones breves para hacerles frente. También se centrará en averiguar qué cambios quieren los y las clientes a través de relatos y visualizaciones, utilizando una adaptación de las terapias EMDR y la Solución Enfocada tanto a crear el cambio deseado, como a mantenerlo.
En consecuencia el taller es de particular interés para quienes trabajan con personas que han sufrido cualquier tipo de trauma, o quienes perciben acontecimientos de la vida, experiencias, etc. que les afectan de forma negativa en su día a día. También es útil para las personas que sufren de TOC, sobre todo trastornos del pensamiento.
Los aspectos más útiles de las dos técnicas que se han adaptado junto con otras innovaciones de la autora, guardan relación con la creación de un ambiente seguro, no-traumático, que actúa rápidamente y que además, se puede realizar en casa sin peligro de consecuencias negativas.
Objetivos específicos:
1. Ser capaz de describir e identificar las manifestaciones del trauma.
2. Aprender y describir dos técnicas terapéuticas breves en el tratamiento del trauma
3. Definir una técnica breve terapéutica que puede ser utilizada para fomentar el cambio
4. Destacar el rol del o de la terapeuta durante el tratamiento de los traumatismos
5. Ser capaz de describir, diseñar y establecer metas de la terapia y promover cambios mediante el uso de técnicas de terapia breve.
Métodos: la Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por Movimientos Oculares (EMDR), es un método complejo e integrador de la psicoterapia individual, mediante el que se guía al cliente utilizando un procedimiento para acceder a sus experiencias y resolver sus problemas conductuales y emocionales. El EMDR utiliza elementos de múltiples orientaciones psicoterapéuticas tanto psicodinámicas, como cognitivo- conductuales, enfoques centrados en el cliente, gestalt y bioenergéticos.
La premisa subyacente de EMDR es que las experiencias de pánico y ansiedad se procesan de forma diferente por el cerebro que las experiencias habituales. La teoría subyacente es que durante el estrés, la memoria grava en una parte del cerebro responsable de las emociones de modulación (la amígdala) y se cierra temporalmente otra parte del cerebro (el hipocampo), responsable de procesamiento de la memoria normal. La experiencia traumática queda atrapada en el exterior y potencialmente no forma parte del procesamiento normal del cerebro, y el EMDR permite a la persona acceder a la experiencia y transformarla en memoria declarativa en el hipocampo. Con el método EMDR, el hipocampo se puede abrir a las emociones evocadas por la experiencia para que el/la cliente pueda soportarlas mientras se realiza el tratamiento. La distracción y la atención a la estimulación bilateral, desempeñan un importante papel que ayuda al cliente a experimentar las emociones como tolerables. Aunque cómo la distracción bilateral en concreto, facilita el procesamiento de las experiencias dolorosas, sea algo que todavía no se termina de entender.
Por otra parte, las Intervenciones Breves de Terapias enfocadas al Cliente se centran en las excepciones del problema, pensando que a continuación se desarrollará un cambio natural en el comportamiento. Es una especie de visión orientada no en las formas tradicionales, sino hacia el futuro, sin profundizar demasiado en la “patología” sino más bien centrándose en lo que el sistema puede hacer para adaptarse a ella, puesto que ambos pueden decidir si esa “patología” es un problema o no lo es.
Las Intervenciones de Terapia Breve enfocadas al Cliente se utilizan para resolver una variedad de problemas de comportamientos y actitudes, mediante el uso de los propios recursos de los y las clientes y las observaciones de las estrategias que utilizan para alcanzar los resultados deseados, en sus situaciones vitales habituales. Se trata de una buena técnica para establecer y mantener un contexto de cambio en el que los pequeños, pero útiles cambios, se anticipan y se buscan.
En definitiva, la combinación de ambas técnicas con algunas variaciones desarrolladas por la Dra. Barreda-Hanson, han demostrado ser una herramienta poderosa para mejorar la respuesta al tratamiento en un período de tiempo más corto, teniendo también la ventaja de permitir practicar los ejercicios en casa.
Aplicaciones: la aplicación habitual del EMDR ha sido el tratamiento de trastornos emocionales relacionados con eventos muy perturbadores o traumáticos. Pero también se usa para trabajar síntomas preocupantes como la ansiedad, la depresión, la culpa y la ira. E igualmente, se puede utilizar para mejorar recursos emocionales tales como la confianza y la autoestima.
Procedimientos:
- El taller se impartirá en español y el alumnado recibirá amplios folletos complementarios.
- Se realizará en una única jornada, en sesión de mañana para teoría y de tarde para prácticas, trabajando cada modelo por separado.
- Se espera que quienes asistan lleven una cuestión-problema sobre la que trabajar utilizando las diversas técnicas, pues aunque se utilizarán múltiples ej. de casos reales, se alentará a quienes participen a traer sus propias experiencias e ideas para debatir y trabajar sobre ellas.
The subsequent stress after trauma represents a dysfunctional disorder - internal and external - that is manifested in alterations in cognitive recognition and behavior, besides being associated somatic symptoms outcrop unconscious problems and anxieties. As one of the characteristics of post-traumatic stress, is the loss of balance between internal and external world of the sufferer. Therefore, given the complexity of post-traumatic responses, they can be categorized largely into psychopathological disturbances.
Psychological stress arises from a stressful situation "real" external, tangible and reaction to this difficult experience, quite evokes a universal and consistent set of symptoms that cause reactions and responses primitive unconscious fears related to threats to life, which bring out fantasies and impulses incipiently overwhelming. The results are the thoughts that lead to dysfunctional responses and maladaptive behaviors.
Objectives: The workshop is designed to provide students and psychology professionals - who work or want to work in this area of trauma and behavior change - the ability to quickly and efficiently use brief interventions, which may put in practice even in house. The workshop will explore how to evaluate initial both trauma as to clients. It will work history of trauma and its consequences will deepen and how design brief interventions to address them. It will also focus on finding out what changes customers want and through stories and views, using an adaptation of EMDR therapy and Solution Focused both to create the desired change, and to keep it.
Thus the workshop is of particular interest to those working with people who have suffered any kind of trauma, or who perceive life events, experiences, etc.. that negatively affect them in their day to day. Also useful for persons suffering from OCD, especially disorders of thought.
The most useful of the two techniques that have adapted along with other innovations of the author, are related to the creation of a safe, non-traumatic, acting quickly and also can be done at home without fear of consequences negative.
Specific objectives:
1. Be able to describe and identify the manifestations of trauma.
2. Learn and describe two brief therapeutic techniques in the treatment of trauma
3. Define a short therapeutic technique that can be used to promote change
4. Outline the role of the therapist or during treatment of injuries
5. Be able to describe, design and establish goals of therapy and promote change through the use of brief therapy techniques.
Methods: Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement (EMDR), is a complex and inclusive method of individual psychotherapy, which is guided by the client using a procedure to access their experiences and address their behavioral and emotional problems. The EMDR uses multiple elements of both psychodynamic psychotherapeutic approaches as cognitive-behavioral, client-centered approaches, gestalt and bioenergy.
The underlying premise of EMDR is that experiences panic and anxiety are processed differently by the brain than normal experiences. The underlying theory is that during stress, gravel memory part of the brain responsible for emotions modulation (amygdala) and temporarily closes another part of the brain (hippocampus), responsible for normal memory processing. The trapped traumatic experience abroad and potentially not part of the normal brain processing, and EMDR allows people access to the experience and transform it into declarative memory in the hippocampus. With EMDR, the hippocampus can be opened to the emotions evoked by the experience that he / the client is able to bear while performing the treatment. Distraction and attention to bilateral stimulation, play an important role to help the client to experience emotions as tolerable. Although bilateral distraction how specifically facilitates the processing of painful experiences, is something that is not yet fully understood.
Moreover, brief interventions focused Customer Therapies focus on the exceptions of the problem, thinking that then will develop a natural change in behavior. It is a kind of non-oriented view on traditional forms, but to the future, without going too deeply into the "pathology" but rather focus on what the system can do to adapt to it, since both can decide whether this "pathology "is a problem or not.
Brief therapy interventions focused Customer are used to solve a variety of problem behaviors and attitudes, using their own resources and comments from customers and the strategies used to achieve the desired results in their situations normal life. This is a good technique to establish and maintain a context of change in that small but useful changes, anticipate and seek.
In short, the combination of both techniques with some variations developed by Dr. Barreda Hanson, have proved a powerful tool for improving the response to therapy in a shorter period of time, having also the advantage of allowing in practice exercises house.
Applications: the routine application of EMDR has been the treatment of emotional disorders associated with very disturbing or traumatic events. But also used to work worrying symptoms such as anxiety, depression, guilt and anger. And also, can be used to enhance emotional resources such as confidence and self-esteem.
Procedures:
- The workshop will be taught in Spanish and students will receive extensive additional brochures.
- Will be held in a single day, in morning session and afternoon theory to practice, working each model separately.
- Who are expected to attend with a question-problem on which to work using various techniques, for example, although multiple use. real cases, those involved are encouraged to bring their own experiences and ideas to discuss and work on them.
Keywords: Brief Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
8. Fisher, J. A. (2000, November). Adapting EMDR techniques in the treatment of dysregulated or dissociative patients. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Annual Meeting, San Antonio, Texas.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Since its inception, EMDR [Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing]
has been understood by both clinicians and patients as a powerful vehicle for processing
traumatic experience but one to be undertaken only when the patient has achieved some
degree of stabilization (Shapiro, 1992). In DID and DDNOS patients, that baseline
stability is also supposed to include a level of internal communication and consensus that
would permit cooperation between parts of self about how to tolerate the memory
processing and how to re-stabilize afterward. However, as any clinician who works with
this population knows, some dissociative disorder patients never achieve that degree of
internal coherence, and some have a long, rocky, tumultuous, exhausting road to travel
before they get there. Faced with the DID or DDNOS patient who cannot tolerate affect
or associations to traumatic memories; who cannot control switching, get grounded, or
resolve internal struggles over power and control; who is unable to manage selfdestructive
impulses; who cannot differentiate past and present experience; who is even
unable to tolerate Resource Development (Korn & Leeds, 2002) or create a Safe Place
inside—is there any way that EMDR can be helpful?
Keywords: Dissociation Dysregulation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
9. Spierings, J. J. (2005, June). Adapting EMDR to work effectively with clients from other cultures. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Intercultural competence is the ability to expand your EMDR skills to other
cultures. It has both an attitude aspect and a technical aspect : a different
style of relating and communicating with your client, and different things to
ask and explore.
This workshop offers a systematic way to understand this type of differences,
it offers also very practical do's and don'ts, and tips and tricks to overcome
difficulties.
The participants will learn intercultural competence in the development of
resources and the building up of affect tolerance, making use of the healing
rituals, objects and symbols of their clients own culture.
Keywords: Culture
Accuracy Verified: Yes
10. Cotraccia, A. J. (2012). Adaptive information processing and a systemic biopsychosocial model. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(1), 27-36. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.1.27.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Shapiro's (2001) adaptive information processing (AIP) model portrays an innate healing system hypothesized to be composed of neurophysiological mechanisms of action causally related to the resolution of disturbing life experiences. The author expands the model to include psychosocial mechanisms and suggests that a model of a biopsychosocial system can best depict causal properties related to positive outcomes of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Teleofunctionalist and evolutionary perspectives are applied: the first, to explain the inclusion of the psychological and social features highlighted in the updated model; the second, to support the hypothesis that AIP is a goal of the human attachment system. It is posited that bonding, following a disturbing life experience, facilitates the access of information related to previous states, thus allowing an update of self/world models. These interactions are analogous to psychotherapeutic encounters, with multiple levels of information processing at subpersonal, personal, and interpersonal levels. Analysis of the causal properties of personal and interpersonal levels supports a broader understanding of AIP's scope in conceptualizing psychopathology and informing treatment applications and research.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Biopsychosocial Internal Working Models Teleofunctionalism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
11. Shapiro, F. (2003, September). Adaptive information processing and case conceptualization. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is guided by the Adaptive Information Processing paradigm, which differentiates it from other forms of psychotherapy. The model was
formulated to describe clinical phenomena observed in EMDR, successfully
predict treatment effects, and guide clinical practice. These principles, along with EMDR protocols, and procedures will be used to evaluate
various trends in EMDR clinical practice. Clinical cases and questions collected from particlpants will be used to illustrate the ways in which EMDR can be applied.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model Adolescents Cognitive Processes AIP Cognitive Processes Family Systems Therapy Females Integrative Psychotherapy Memories Plenary Psychotherapeutic Processes Self Concept
Accuracy Verified: Yes
12. Shapiro, F. (2005, June). Adaptive information processing and case conceptualization. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is guided by the Adaptive Information Processing paradigm, which
differentiates it from other forms of psychotherapy. The model was
formulated to describe clinical phenomena observed in EMDR, successfully
predict treatment effects, and guide clinical practice. These principles,
along with EMDR protocols and procedures will be used to discuss a wide
range of clinical applications, ranging from acute through chronic and
complex conditions.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model Adolescents AIP Cognitive Processes Family Systems Therapy Females Integrative Psychotherapy Keynote Memories Psychotherapeutic Processes Self Concept
Accuracy Verified: Yes
13. Meignant, I. (2010, July). Adaptive information processing model (AIP). Poster presented at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This Abstract will explore EMDR as an AIP model of psychotherapy. The following aspects will be discussed. Foundation of
pathologies: unprocessed physiologically stored memories of life experiences. Definition of Trauma: Any life experience that
has a negative on going impact on a person’s life. Therapy goal: Accessing and reprocessing physiologically stored memories
of life experiences, triggers and encoding future templates. Memory as composed of: sensory information (smell, image,
sound, taste and touch), cognitions, emotions and body sensations.
EMDR as a 3 stage therapy model: Past, Present, Future Three themes explored in EMDR therapy: 1) Responsibility (which
includes Culpability and Self-esteem) 2) Safety, and 3) Choice
The Eight phases of EMDR:
Departure and Arrival stations: SUDs , VOC, and BODY scan
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model AIP Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
14. Maxfield, L. (2007, May). The adaptive information processing model in action. Plenary presented at the bi-annual meeting of the EMDR Association of Canada, Toronto.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Plenary
Accuracy Verified: Yes
15. Leeds, A. (2008, September). Adaptive information processing, attachment theory and EMDR case conceptualization. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
With complex cases many clinicians struggle with case formulation and predicting responses to EMDR reprocessing. This presentation integrates the Adaptive Information Processing Model with adult attachment classification. Clinical case examples illustrate practical clinical strategies for assessing attachment classification as a foundation for case formulation. With conflicting models for treatment planning in the standard EMDR text, this presentation offers a symptom informed approach, incorporating elements of the parallel models of Korn (Korn, et al., 2004) and Leeds (2004). Case example treatment plans will be presented in a visual format to illustrate how this model can be applied to simple and complex cases.
Keywords: AIP Attachment Theory Case Conceptualization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
16. Hensley, B. J. (2012). Adaptive information processing, targeting, the standard protocol, and strategies for successful outcomes in EMDR reprocessing. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 92-100. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.92.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article provides excerpts from each chapter of An EMDR Primer: From Practicum to Practice (Hensley, 2009) to assist novice eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) clinicians who are learning how to use this approach and to serve as a refresher for therapists who have not used EMDR consistently in their practices. Actual cases are presented that demonstrate various strategies that the therapist can use to help clients reach adaptive resolution of trauma. Tables and figures highlight important features to explain the obvious and subtle nuances of EMDR. Focal points are the following: (a) the adaptive information processing model; (b) the types of targets accessed during the EMDR process; (c) the 8 phases of EMDR; (d) the components of the standard EMDR protocol used during the assessment phase; (e) past, present, and future in terms of appropriate targeting and successful outcomes; and (f) strategies and techniques for dealing with challenging clients, high levels of abreaction, and blocked processing.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Cognitive Interweave Three-Pronged Approach Types of Targets Unblocking Strategies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
17. Shapiro, F. (2004, September). Adaptive information processing: EMDR clinical applications and case conceptualizations. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is guided by the Adaptive Information Procesing paradigm, which differentiates it from other forms of psychotherapy. The implications of this paradigm will be explored in relation to a variety of recent clinical case studies and research reports. Questions from participants will be used to explore potential clinical applications, and to hone case conceptualization skills.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model Adolescents AIP Females Memories Cognitive Processes Family Systems Therapy Integrative Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes Self Concept
Accuracy Verified: Yes
18. Molero-Zafra, M., & Perez-Marin, M. (2011, Julio). Adopcion: Un protocolo basado en EMDR, terapia familiar narrativa y la teoria del apego [Adoption: A protocol based on EMDR, family therapy, narrative and attachment theory]. En Aplicación de EMDR en el tratamiento de distintos trastornos (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el IX Congreso Nacional de Psicología Clínica, San Sebastián, España .
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
La adopción es un tema actual, cuyo interés crece progresivamente. Su vigencia
social resulta incuestionable si atendemos al incremento exponencial de niños adoptados
por familias españolas, especialmente en adopciones internacionales. La Ley de Adopción
vigente en España contempla la adopción como un recurso de protección para aquellos
niños/as que no puedan permanecer en su propia familia. Para que se cumpla este objetivo
deben arbitrarse todos los mecanismos necesarios que garanticen al niño una familia capaz
de asegurar las atenciones propias de la función parental (atención, desarrollo y
educación).
Los niños adoptados pueden sufrir trastornos como cualquier otro niño, ahora bien,
sus experiencias de vida anteriores pueden afectar en mayor grado su desarrollo
emocional, social y familiar. Las experiencias vinculares durante la infancia, influyen
significativamente en la capacidad para formar relaciones íntimas y emocionalmente
saludables. Asimismo, para la formación y cambio de actitudes a lo largo de nuestra vida,
van a ser fundamentales nuestros grupo de referencia, siendo la familia uno de los más
importantes (López et al., 1999). La empatía, el afecto, el deseo de compartir, el inhibirse
de agredir, la capacidad de amar y ser amado y un sinnúmero de características de una
persona asertiva, operativa y feliz, están asociadas a las capacidades medulares de apego
formadas en la infancia y niñez temprana (Punset, 2008).
El objetivo de esta comunicación es presentar un protocolo de abordaje psicológico
ante las dificultades que afectan a las familias con problemas de adaptación en casos de
adopción. Partiendo de la perspectiva conceptual de la teoría del apego, intentamos
promover en estas familias una base de apego seguro, mediante el uso de herramientas
terapéuticas de la terapia familiar narrativa y el EMDR. Se presenta el protocolo elaborado
para tal fin y un caso para la comprensión de la aplicación del tratamiento.
Adoption is a current issue, whose interest grows gradually. Its validity
social is unquestionable if we consider the exponential increase of adopted children
Spanish families, especially in international adoptions. The Adoption Act
force in Spain provides for the adoption as a source of protection for those
children / as not to remain in their own family. To fulfill this objective
must be put all the necessary mechanisms to guarantee the child a family able
to secure the attentions of parenting (care, development and
education).
Adopted children may suffer from disorders like any other child, however,
previous life experiences can affect their development to a greater extent
emotional, social and family life. Relational experiences during childhood influence
significantly in the ability to form intimate and emotionally
healthy. Also, for the formation and change of attitudes throughout our lives,
will be essential to our reference group, the family being one of the most
important (Lopez et al., 1999). Empathy, affection, desire to share, the inhibited
of attack, the ability to love and be loved and a host of features of a
assertive person, operational and happy, are associated with the core competencies of attachment
formed in infancy and early childhood (Punset, 2008). The aim of this paper is to present a protocol of psychological approach
to the difficulties affecting families with adjustment problems in cases of
adoption. From the conceptual perspective of attachment theory, we try in these families to promote a secure attachment base through the use of tools therapeutic narrative family therapy and EMDR. We present a protocol developed
for this purpose and a case for understanding the application of the treatment.
Keywords: Adoption Attachment theory Family Therapy Narrative Theory Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
19. Schubert, S., & Lee, C. W. (2009). Adult PTSD and its treatment with EMDR: A review of controversies, evidence, and theoretical knowledge. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(3), 117-132. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.3.117.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article provides an overview of selective issues relating to adult posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and its treatment with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). The article begins by providing a historical overview of PTSD, and debates about the etiology and definition of PTSD are discussed. The most predominant theories of PTSD are summarized by highlighting how they have evolved from traditional behavioral accounts based on the assumption that PTSD is an anxiety disorder to theories that now incorporate information-processing models. This article then examines the development of EMDR and the corresponding body of research that clearly demonstrates its efficacy for the treatment for adult PTSD. The underlying mechanisms of EMDR are discussed, with a focus on the importance of the eye movement component and how the therapeutic processes in EMDR differ from those of traditional exposure therapy. Finally, the adaptive information-processing (AIP) model that underlies EMDR is outlined, and evidence for the model is summarized. The article concludes by suggesting future research based on questions raised about PTSD and its treatment with EMDR when the AIP model is compared to other information-based theories of PTSD.
Keywords: Adult Mechanism of Action Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
20. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2008, September). Advanced applications of EMDR in child psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation is for therapists who have learned the basic EMDR protocol and are interested in expanding their skills in using EMDR in individual treatment with children. The presentation is focused on teaching therapists to use EMDR with specific childhood diagnoses or presenting problems, including children who are gifted and children who present with symptoms consistent with ADHD, dissociation, anxiety, attachment disorders, and sexual reactivity. Therapists will also learn how to use EMDR with regulatory issues in children including sleep issues and toilet training, as well as with behavioral issues, such as school phobias within AIP Theory.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
21. Vogelmann-Sine, S., Popky, A. J., Lazrove, S., Sine, L., Speare, J., Wade, D., & Wade, T. (1995, June). Advanced clinical applications of EMDR to addictive behaviors. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop addresses the application of standard and modified EMDR treatment protocols to addictive and compulsive
behaviors including substance abuse/dependence, overeating, smoking, love addiction. Individuals with addictive and compulsive
behaviors frequently have suffered from childhood trauma and neglect resulting in developmental arrests, as well as a variety of
maladaptive behaviors which are trauma-related and serve to minimize pain. The successful implementation of EMDR to addictive
behaviors requires that EMDR be used as part of an overall treatment program carefully addressing the needs of individuals who
have been traumatized and are exhibiting addictive behaviors. A thorough diagnostic work up is needed aimed at assessing
comorbidity, dissociation, and a detailed trauma history covering childhood traumas and traumas suffered as adults including
traumas that occur as a consequence of addictive behaviors. Careful client preparation is essential to assist individuals in coping
adequately with the high levels of emotion experienced during EMDR Clients' readiness to stop compulsive/addictive behaviors
needs to be carefully evaluated.
A decision tree aimed at determining the appropriateness of EMDR to individuals diagnosed with addictive behaviors is presented
which assists clinicians in minimizing the premature use of EMDR. EMDR is a client centered method, and thus, careful pacing is
needed with this population to reprocess underlying traumatic issues. This frequently implies utilizing a modified EMDR treatment
protocol with only partial resolutions of underlying traumatic material. Guidelines will be discussed to assist clinicians in selecting
EMDR targets for optional results which relate to the stages of recovery. EMDR can be used at all stages of recovery to neutralize
the negative impact of memories contributing to problematic behaviors, such as urges to use, ambivalence about treatment, fear of
facing painfull feelings from the past. EMDR also has the power to install templates for future actions which assist individuals with
skill deficits in more rapidly acquiring necessary skills for a successful recovery. Examples of cognitive interweaves are presented
which take into consideration clients' readiness, as well as the need to accelerate the recovery process.
EMDR has a unique role in the recovery of traumatized individuals with addictive and compulsive behaviors since the accelerated
processing of negative experiences and the installation of positive adaptive cognitions assist clients in more rapidly overcoming
barriers throughout the recovery process. It also challenges rigid approaches to recovery which frequently stress that trauma work
should not be attempted before abstinence has been accomplished for a specified period of time. EMDR is especially valuable in
processing core issues which center around shame and manifest in cognitions, such as "I am defective," "There is something wrong
with me," "I am not good enough," "I am not quite right," "I don't belong," "I don't deserve to live." Case examples will be given as
to how such core issues can be targeted to accelerate the recovery process.
A.J. Popky has developed a specialized EMDR treatment protocol which targets levels of urges of addictive/compulsive behaviors
directly and installs a positive internal state of feeling empowered without relying on compulsive and addictive behaviors. Case
examples fiom clinical practice indicate that when levels of urges are targeted directly, underlying traumas frequently emerge
without increasing clients' usage. The symposium addresses the application of this protocol to a range of addictive and compulsive
behaviors.
The Wades' integrative psychotherapy combines ego-state therapy and EMDR in a psychosocial developmental context. Their
substance use disorders treatment program incorporates specialized applications of their integrative psychotherapy, which includes
both individual and group therapy and employs hypnosis as well as EMDR Their presentation focuses on applications of the
standard EMDR protocol in individual therapy, which is limited primarily to desensitization of dysphoric affect and reprocessing
negative cognitions associated with grief and trauma.
Their conceptual framework of substance use disorders proceeds from a goal of reducing the harm caused by substance use and a
primary distinction between functional and autonomous use (rather than the DSM conceptualizations of "dependence" or "abuse")
because this guides interventions. Initial treatment planning depends upon external constraints (e.g., lack of support for positive
change, hostile environment), internal limitations (e.g., severity of substance use and its effects, neurocognitive deficits, inadequate
"ego strength," lack of skills, disrupted psychosocial development, psychological trauma) and the nature of the substance use
disorder (i.e., functional, autonomous, or both).
Methods include education about substance use disorders and processes of change, group therapy to develop skills and obtain
feedback and support, individual therapy to correct disrupted development and resolve traumatic stress reactions, and exercises to
apply what is learned in real-life situations. The standard EMDR protocol is applied to disrupted development involving grief and
to resolve psychological trauma that lead to substance use. Case vignettes in which such applications of the standard EMDR
protocol were employed are presented in detail.
Keywords: Addictions Substance Abuse Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
22. Dworkin, M. (2008, September). Advanced clinical strategies for clients with complex PTSD and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients with complex PTSD and dissociation present many challenges. The neurosciences have helped us to begin to understand and deal with them through a recent clarification of mirror neurons and associated neural structures in both the clinician and client. Concepts from the Boston Change Process Study Group and ego state therapy provide methods of analyzing and intervening in the “microprocesses” that occur in treatment. Hoppenwasser’s concept of “dissociative attunement” challenges thinking about the “multiple self states” both clinician and client operate from. Her ideas push us to rethink current conceptualizations of relatedness. Participants will learn how to deal with ruptures in positive empathy that may result in the history taking, assessment, and desensitization phases. In the preparation phase, participants learn to use the therapeutic relationship as an additional resource for containment. Concepts of dyadic regulation of affect, now moments and moments of meeting will be taught to deal with ruptures to the therapeutic relationship throughout treatment. Dealing productively with countertransference ruptures poses additional challenges. Participants will learn a strategy called the “relational interweave”. Its function is to restore EMDR processing when an interpersonal “event” has temporarily derailed the work. A practicum using Dworkin’s Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire will be held in the afternoon part of the workshop to enhance learning this strategy.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress DIsorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
23. Litt, B. (2012, October). Advanced techniques in the EMDR-based treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Abstract:EMDR is an efficacious therapy for the treatment of PTSD. Increasingly, EMDR is being recognized as an important and viable therapy in the treatment of complex PTSD, including Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified, Dissociative Identity Disorder, and personality disorders that have their origins in attachment trauma. This population presents unique clinical challenges in terms of stability, affect tolerance, and accessibility to trauma resolution. While much has been written and presented about affect regulation, attachment issues, and dissociation, therapists are not often aware that these phenomena emerge and must be managed throughout all phases of EMDR therapy. This presentation will focus on advanced techniques that provide solutions to problems within phases 2,3, and 4. Clinicians will learn techniques to incorporate in the stabilization/ preparation phase and to revisit as necessary in later stages of EMDR treatment. Objectives include helping the patient effectively deal with reactions such as avoidance, freeze, hyperarousal and numbing. Techniques include ego state work and somatic interweaves.In Phase 4, (desensitization) therapists will be learn about the Zone of Optimal Arousal and learn a sequence of advanced techniques to maintain client stability and safety, and to identify when and why a patient has stopped processing.
Learning Objectives:
Participants will be able to perform a series of strategies for overcoming looping and blocking in EMDR phases three and four.
Participants will be able to utilize the Domains of Self Model to rapidly assess triggers and anticipate processing style and resolution profile.
Participants will be able to utilize the Zone of Optimal Processing model to assess problems with processing and select appropriate strategies to safely resume desensitization.
Keywords: Advanced Techniques Complex Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
24. Blore, D. C. (2005). Affect and traumatised traincrew: Using an integrated CBT/EMDR approach to facilitate an early return to work. Integrating Affect into the Practice of CBT with EMDR. Symposium conducted at the XXXVth EABCT Conference, Thessalonica, Greece.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Symposium Trainmen
Accuracy Verified: Yes
25. Omaha, J. (2006). Affect centered therapy for substance abuse of traumatic origin. In B. Carruth (Ed.), Psychological trauma and addiction treatment ( pp. 89-113). Binghamton, NY: Haworth Press.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
No abstract available.
Keywords: Affect Centered Therapy Substance Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
26. Nielsen, T. (1991). Affect desensitization: A possible function of REMs in both waking and sleeping states. Sleep Research, 20, 10.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Recent evidence (1) that rapid eye movements (REMs) elicited systemically during psychotherapy (Eye Movement Desensitization/Reprocessing (EMD/R) produce immediate and lasting alleviation of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms suggests that the REMs of REM sleep may serve a similiar affect desensitization function (1.2). Although little is known about how EMD/R works, preliminary, positive results from an independent replication (3) and several independent clinical case studies (4.5) have been reported. Exploration of the relationships between EMD/R and REM sleep may thus prove useful in understanding how both RE/R and REM sleep function to modify affect.
Keywords: Affect Rapid Eye Movements REM
Accuracy Verified: Yes
27. Browning, C., & Omaha, J. (2001, June). Affect management skills training (AMST): Basic and advanced techniques. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
AMST blends EMDR, imagery, and ego state therapy to assist clients in developing affect tolerance and can be used with extremely vulnerable clients to prepare them for safe EMDR processing. Practicum and video demonstration will be used.
Keywords: Affect Management Skills Training Affect Tolerance AMST Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
28. Leeds, A. (2012, June). Affect phobias in EMDR therapy - developing affect tolerance capacities in client and clinician [Fobias afectivas en la terapia con EMDR -‐ El desarrollo de habilidades para la tolerancia afectiva en el cliente y el clínico]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Affect phobias may also be described as psychodynamic or dissociative
defenses or as ego state conflicts. When patients present with affect phobias and
fail to progress with standard EMDR procedural interventions, EMDR therapy can
still be effective when clinicians have the conceptual knowledge and perceptual
skills to recognize these defenses, and when they can make use of a flexible set of
advanced EMDR procedural stills for responding. EMDR trained clinicians must
also confront their own affect phobias and psychodynamic conflicts as they
experience a range of responses to their work with patients including
countertransference and vicarious traumatization that can disrupt their ability to
make use of their conceptual, perceptual and procedural knowledge and skills.
This presentation provides an overview of concepts from Short-Term Dynamic
Psychotherapy (STDP: McCullough, 1997, 2003) and the Theory of Structural
Dissociation of the Personality (TSDP: van der Hart, Nijenhuis & Steele, 2006) and
identifies procedures from Knipe (1999, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010a, 2010b,
2010c), Mosquera (2010, 2011), Mosquera and Gonzalez (2010), and Leeds
(2001), which clinicians can employ with cases involving affect phobia. We will
also consider how clinicians can be sensitive to and mitigate the potential impact
of their own affect phobias in their clinical work.
Las
fobias
al
afecto
también
se
pueden
describir
como
defensas
psicodinámicas,
disociativas
ó
como
conflictos
del
estado
del
yo.
Cuando
los
pacientes
presentan
fobias
al
afecto
y
no
avanzan
con
las
intervenciones
siguiendo
los
procedimientos
de
EMDR
habituales,
EMDR
aún
puede
ser
efectivo
cuando
los
clínicos
gozan
del
conocimiento
conceptual,
así
como
las
habilidades
perceptivas
para
reconocer
dichas
defensas
y
cuándo
puede
servirse
de
un
conjunto
flexible
de
habilidades
de
procedimiento
de
EMDR
para
responder
[ante
ellas].
Los
clínicos
formados
en
el
uso
de
EMDR
también
han
de
afrontar
sus
propias
fobias
y
conflictos
psicodinámicos
a
medida
que
pasen
por
una
variedad
de
respuestas
a
su
trabajo
con
pacientes,
incluidas
la
contra-‐transferencia
y
la
traumatización
indirecta
que
pueden
perturbar
su
capacidad
para
aprovechar
sus
conocimientos
y
habilidades
conceptuales,
perceptivos
y
habilidades.
La
presente
ponencia
ofrece
una
visión
del
conjunto
de
los
conceptos
de
Short-‐Term
Dynamic
Psychotherapy
(STDP:
McCullough,
1997,
2003)
[psicoterapia
dinámica
breve]
y
de
Theory
of
Structural
Dissociation
of
the
Personality
(TSDP:
van
der
Hart,
Nijenhuis
&
Steele,
2006)
[teoría
de
la
disociación
estructural
de
la
personalidad]
e
identifica
procedimientos
de
Knipe
(1999,
2003,
2005,
2008,
2009,
2010a,
2010b,
2010c),
Mosquera
(2010,
2011),
Mosquera
y
Gonzalez
(2010)
y
Leeds
(2001)
que
pueden
aplicar
los
clínicos
en
casos
de
fobia
al
afecto.
También
se
contemplará
cómo
los
clínicos
pueden
estar
sensibles
ante
el
impacto
potencial
de
sus
propias
fobias
al
afecto
y
cómo
mitigarlo
en
su
trabajo
clínico.
Keywords: Affect Phobias
Accuracy Verified: Yes
29. Turner, E. (2005, September). Affect regulation for children through art, play and storytelling. Presentation at the annual mmeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Traumatized and neglected children are likely to have deficits that results in low affect tolerance, leading to a tendency to become overwhelmed and dissociate during trauma processing. This workshop will describe the impact of the abuse and neglect on emotional regulation and the need for fun and developmentally appropriate experiences that build internal resources prior to trauma processing. Through live demonstration and small group activities, participants will learn
to integrate EMDR principles with art interventions that help children identify emotion and tolerate affect. They will be able to apply EMDR principles to common games to increase affect tolerance and install resources and will be
able to identify the EMDR principles inherent in effective storytelling appropriate for the preparation phase.
Keywords: Affect Regulation Art Therapy Children Play Therapy Storytelling
Accuracy Verified: Yes
30. Turner, E. (2005). Affect regulation for children through art, play, and storytelling. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing, (pp. 327-344). New York: W W Norton & Co. xi, 360 pp.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
No abstract available.
Keywords: Affect Regulation Affect Tolerance Art Emotional Control Emotional Regulation Play Play Therapy Safety Storytelling Tolerance
Accuracy Verified: Yes
31. Kirsch, A., & Seidler, G. (2007). Affekt und trauma: Mimisch affektive beziehungsregulation bei gewaltopfern in der EMDR therapie [Affect and trauma: Facial affective behavior and relationship regulation in violence victims during EMDR therapy]. Zeitschrift für Psychotraumatologie, Psychotherapiewissenschaft, Psychologische Medizin (ZPPM), 5(2), 53-66.
Language: German
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Es wird davon ausgegangen, dass Patienten mit PTBS ein spezifisches Interaktionsverhalten in die Beziehung implementieren, das sich im mimisch affektiven Ausdruck und insbesondere im affektiven Mikroverhalten ausdrückt. Das mimisch-affektive Verhalten wurde mit dem Emotional Facial Action Coding System (EMFACS) analysiert. EMFACS ist ein Kodiersystem zur Erfassung von mimischen Expressionen, die den Primäremotionen zugeordnet werden. Zusätzlich wurde das Blickverhalten der Interaktanden kodiert und mit den Emotionen in Beziehung gesetzt. Patienten mit einer akuten Traumatisierung zeigen eine Reduktion der gesamten mimischen Aktivität sowie der Primäremotionen. Bezogen auf das Blickverhalten findet sich bei den PTSD-Patienten ein reduziertes beidseitiges Anblicken. Das mimisch affektive Verhalten der Patienten wurde in der ersten und der letzten EMDR-Sitzung verglichen. Es zeigte sich eine leichte Erhöhung.
It is assumed that patients with mental diseases implement a specific interaction pattern, that is expressed in the facial affective expression and particularly in facial-affective micro-behaviours. The facial affective behaviour was coded with the Emotional Facial Acting Coding System, an instrument for the registration of facial movements with emotional relevance. Afterwards these analyses were connected with gazing behaviour. Patients with an acute trauma showed a reduction of overall facial expressions and a reduced frequency of facial affects. Taking the gazing behaviour into consideration it became obvious that PTSD patients showed decreased portion of mutual gaze. Furthermore the facial affective expression of the patients' first and last EMDR session was compared. A slight increasing of facial affective expression and also an increase of the psychic complains was found. [Author Summary]
Keywords: Crime Emotional Numbing Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
32. Leeds, A. (2010, July). AIP case forumation and treatment planning. Preconference presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
responses to EMDR reprocessing. This presentation integrates the Adaptive Information Processing
Model with adult attachment classification as a model for case formulation that can assist in predicting
responses to EMDR reprocessing. Clinical case examples illustrate practical clinical strategies for
assessing attachment classification as a foundation for case formulation. With multiple, divergent
models for treatment planning in the standard EMDR text (Shapiro, 2001), this presentation offers a
symptom informed approach, incorporating elements of the parallel models of Korn (Korn, et al., 2004),
Leeds (2004) and de Jongh, et al., (2010). Case example treatment plans will be presented in a visual
format to illustrate how this model can be applied to simple and complex cases.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Treatment Planning
Accuracy Verified: Yes
33. Edalatian-McCain, N. (2008, September). AIP model and treatment of clients with dissociative symptoms or disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Principles derived from Adaptive Information Processing, the theoretical basis of EMDR that are particularly relevant to working with clients with dissociation are discussed. These include principles that explain the development of dissociation, as well as those that inform treatment. Using case vignettes, these principles are applied to all phases of EMDR treatment, from case conceptualization to re-processing of traumas. It is shown how AIP informs the therapist of the prerequisites for successful trauma processing, needed resources, in-session tools, how to guide the client through reprocessing of the traumatic material in an adaptive way, and how to prevent re-traumatization.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model AIP Model Dissociative Disorders Dissociative Symptoms
Accuracy Verified: Yes
34. Leeds, A. M. (2009, August). AIP, attachment theory and EMDR Case conceptualization. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
With complex cases, many clinicians struggle with case formulation and predicting responses to EMDR reprocessing. This presentation integrates the Adaptive Information Processing Model with adult attachment classification. Clinical case examples illustrate practical clinical strategies for assessing attachment classification as a foundation for case formulation. With conflicting models for treatment planning in the standard EMDR text, this presentation offers a symptom informed approach, incorporating elements of the parallel models of Korn (Korn, et al., 2004) and Leeds (2004). Case example treatment plans will be presented in a visual format to illustrate how this model can be applied to simple and complex cases.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Attachment Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
35. Leeds, A. (2010, June). AIP, attachment theory and EMDR case conceptualization. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
With complex cases, many clinicians struggle with case formulation and predicting responses to EMDR reprocessing. This presentation integrates the Adaptive Information Processing Model with adult attachment classification. Clinical case examples illustrate practical clinical strategies for assessing attachment classification as a foundation for case formulation. With conflicting models for treatment planning in the standard EMDR text, this presentation offers a symptom informed approach, incorporating elements of the parallel models of Korn (Korn, et al., 2004) and Leeds (2004, 2009). Case example treatment plans will be presented in a visual format to illustrate how this model can be applied to simple and complex cases.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Attachment Theory Case Conceptualization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
36. de Roos, C., & Went, M. (2011, April). Als woorden tekort schieten: EMDR bij preverbaal trauma [When words fail: EMDR for pre-verbal trauma]. Presentatie op de 5e jaarlijkse conferentie van EMDR Vereniging, Nijmegen, Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Infants (0-4 jarigen) kunnen allerlei traumatische gebeurtenissen meemaken zoals intrusieve medische handelingen, een ongeluk, seksueel misbruik en andere vormen van mishandeling. Daarnaast zijn er negatieve ervaringen die niet duidelijk identificeerbaar zijn zoals chronische oorpijn- of buikpijn. Ook deze ervaringen beinvloeden de ouder-kind interactie/ hechtingsrelatie en hebben daarmee hun weerslag op het vermogen tot emotieregulatie en het gedrag.
Herinneringen aan deze gebeurtenissen zijn preverbaal en dus niet op bewust nivo toegankelijk. Daardoor worden zij gemakkelijk over het hoofd gezien als mede-oorzaak of instandhoudende factor van emotionele of gedragsproblematiek in de basisschoolleeftijd. Na aanmelding bij de Geestelijke Gezondheidszorg wordt behandeling daarom vaak gericht op de aanpak van de huidige gedragsproblematiek (symptoombestrijding). Onze ervaring is dat EMDR hier een goede aanvulling biedt. Deze methode richt zich immers op de ‘onderlaag’ van de problematiek door negatieve ervaringen die hieraan gerelateerd zijn te verwerken. Daarna kan een inhaalslag gemaakt worden met betrekking tot de emotieregulatie waardoor zowel gedrag als de ouder-kind interactie verbeteren.
Aan de hand van casuïstiek van infants en schoolkinderen wordt de indicatiestelling en toepassing getoond van het EMDR protocol bij de behandeling van kinderen die in de eerste 4 levensjaren getraumatiseerd zijn. In de presentatie wordt geillustreerd hoe de ‘verhalenmethode’ geintegreerd kan worden in een breder behandelaanbod.
Werkvorm
In de presentatie worden theorie en praktijk gecombineerd. Videobeelden ondersteunen het verhaal.
Infants (0-4 years), all kinds of traumatic experience as intrusive medical procedures, accidents, sexual abuse and other forms ofof abuse . There are also negative experiences that are not clearly identifiable as chronic ear pain or abdominal pain. These experiences affect the parent-infant interaction / attachment relationship and thus have their impact on the capacity for emotion regulation and behavior.
Memories of these events are preverbal and not accessible on a conscious level. Thus they are easily overlooked as a cause or co-maintaining factor of emotional or behavioral problems in primary school. After reporting to the Mental Health Treatment is therefore often aimed at addressing the current behavioral problems (symptoms). Our experience here is that EMDR provides a good addition. This method is focused on the 'layer' of the problem by negative experiences related to this process. Then caught up with regard to both behavior and emotion regulation allowing the parent-child interactions improve.
Through case studies of infants and schoolchildren being shown the indication and application of the EMDR protocol in the treatment of children who are traumatized life on April 1. The presentation illustrated how the 'stories'method can be incorporated into a broader range of treatment.
Form
In the presentation combines theory and practice. Video images support the story.
Keywords: Infants Children Pre-Verbal Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
37. Lupo, W., Plans, B., & Seijo, N. (2010, Abril). Aplicación de EMDR en el tratamiento del Trauma (PTSD) [EMDR in the application of trauma treatment (PSTD)]. In EMDR: Un abordaje integral de la personalidad traumatizada (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el Congreso Internacional sobre Avances en Tratamientos Psicológicos, Granada, Spain .
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR es un modelo de terapia, que se basa en el procesamiento adaptativo
de la información (AIP). Además de desensibilizar, se trata de transformar
la memoria afectada por el trauma, en la que las experiencias disfuncionales
queden definitivamente en el pasado e integrarlas al presente de
una forma adaptativa.
En el trastorno de estrés postraumático y en el DESNOS, encontramos
una memoria fragmentada, con un alto nivel de activación psicofisiológica,
una dificultad en regular los afectos y con los síntomas intrusivos y evitativos
vinculados a las experiencias.
El procedimiento de EMDR, consta de 8 fases y mostraremos su aplicación
en la presentación de un caso clínico de Trastorno de Estrés Postraumático.
EMDR therapy is a model that is based on adaptive processing
information (AIP). Desensitize addition, it is transformed
memory affected by trauma, which experiences dysfunctional
are definitely in the past to the present and integrate
adaptive way.
In posttraumatic stress disorder and in the DESNOS, found
a fragmented memory, with a high level of activation psychophysiological
a difficulty in regulating emotions and intrusive and avoidant symptoms
linked to experiences.
The EMDR procedure consists of eight phases and show its application
in presenting a case of PTSD.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
38. Lupo, W., Plans, B., & Seijo, N. (2010, Abril). Aplicación de EMDR en el tratamiento del Trauma (PTSD) [EMDR in the application of trauma treatment (PSTD)]. In EMDR: Un abordaje integral de la personalidad traumatizada (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el Congreso Internacional sobre Avances en Tratamientos Psicológicos, Granada, Spain .
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR es un modelo de terapia, que se basa en el procesamiento adaptativo
de la información (AIP). Además de desensibilizar, se trata de transformar
la memoria afectada por el trauma, en la que las experiencias disfuncionales
queden definitivamente en el pasado e integrarlas al presente de
una forma adaptativa.
En el trastorno de estrés postraumático y en el DESNOS, encontramos
una memoria fragmentada, con un alto nivel de activación psicofisiológica,
una dificultad en regular los afectos y con los síntomas intrusivos y evitativos
vinculados a las experiencias.
El procedimiento de EMDR, consta de 8 fases y mostraremos su aplicación
en la presentación de un caso clínico de Trastorno de Estrés Postraumático.
EMDR therapy is a model that is based on adaptive processing
information (AIP). Desensitize addition, it is transformed
memory affected by trauma, which experiences dysfunctional
are definitely in the past to the present and integrate
adaptive way.
In posttraumatic stress disorder and in the DESNOS, found
a fragmented memory, with a high level of activation psychophysiological
a difficulty in regulating emotions and intrusive and avoidant symptoms
linked to experiences.
The EMDR procedure consists of eight phases and show its application
in presenting a case of PTSD.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
39. Srivastava, U., & Mukhopadhyay, A. (2008, September). Application of EMDR in the treatment of major depressive disorder: A case study. Indian Journal of Clinical Psychology, 35(2), 163-172.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article presents a case study applying Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing in major depressive disorder. The study describes the application of Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model in the treatment of major depressive disorder and explores the use of EMDR with a 30 year old woman experiencing depressive symptoms with 3 suicidal attempts in 5 years. Due to strong negative reactions to psychiatric medicines, her treatment was discontinued several times and she was referred for psychotherapeutic intervention. After 9 EMDR treatment sessions, her depression was completely cured; her coping improved and other symptoms of anxiety and social withdrawal were completely controlled. Effects were checked and found maintained up to 6 months follow up. The clinical implications of application of EMDR have been explored.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Bilateral Stimulation BLS Case Study Depression EMs Eye Movements Major Depressive DIsorder Somatic Symptoms BHUJ experience.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
40. Cocco, N. (1995, June). Applications of EMDR to children: EMDR in the treatment of darkness phobia in children. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR in the treatment of darkness phobia in children:
1. Overview of Darkness Phobia:
A. Assessment of Childhood Phobias;
B. Definition;
C. Prevalence;
D. Consequences.
2. Treatment Literature on Darkness Phobia:
A. Invivo Exposure;
B. Imaginal Desensitization;
C. Modeling Symbolic and Participant;
D. Coping Self Talk;
E. Emotive Imagery.
3. [Preliminary Data on Controlled Comparison Between Emotive Imagery and EMDR:
A. Aims of Study;
B. Method: Subject,
Design,
Procedure: Assessment, Treatment Protocols;
C. Results;
D. Discussion.
4. EMDR Protocol:
A. Assessment of Darkness Phobia;
B. Hero Interview;
C. EMDR Target Selection;
D. Fantasy Based Cognitive Interweave:
Linking Cues/Cognition/Affect Superheros to Change Cognition and Affect.]
Keywords: Children Darkness Phobia
Accuracy Verified: Yes
41. Devilly, G. J. (2004, December). An approach to psychotherapy toleration: The Distress/Endorsement Toleration Scale (DEVS) clinical outcome studies. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 35(4), 319-336. doi:10.1016/j.jbtep.2004.08.001.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The issue of treatment tolerance within the field of psychotherapy is, at best, a nebulous construct and has been commonly evaluated via rates of subject attrition and homework compliance. This research presents the psychometric properties of a ten-item scale which endeavours to measure treatment distress and participant endorsement of therapy protocols used in clinical research. Two factors emerged and the subscales of Distress and Endorsement were derived. These subscales displayed good reliability with acceptable inter-item correlations within each subscale. The subscales were also able to differentiate the perspectives of male Vietnam veterans from their spouses on a lifestyle management course at the termination of intervention. However, this scale also displayed a cognitive behavioural trauma treatment protocol and eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing to be equivalent in treatment distress and participant endorsement in the treatment of PTSD. Preliminary findings suggest that the relationship between these two subscales and outcome may, to some extent, be population specific. First evidence suggests that intervention distress ratings may be influenced by severity of presentation, whilst endorsement ratings are more influenced by symptomatic improvement over time. Suggestions for future research are presented and the full questionnaire is attached as an appendix. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Australians Cognitive Therapy Distress Family Therapy Endorsement Females Males Outcome Psychotherapeutic Processes Questionnaire Self Report Instruments Spouses Tolerance Treatment Treatment Effectiveness Veterans Vietnam War
Accuracy Verified: Yes
42. Leutner, S. (2012). Arbeit mit inneren anteilen im EMDR-prozess: stärkung der bindungsfähigkeit [Working with inner components in the EMDR process: Strengthening the binding ability]. Präsentation auf EMDRIA Tag, Köln, Deutschland.
Language: Swedish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Working with EMDR and the AIP-Model have very similar goals in that they aim to strengthen the inner process of the client and overcome the effects of trauma. It is shown that the combination of both methods provides the therapist with a powerful tool. It is discussed which inner parts can play a part in processing trauma. Here we do not only look at the patient's side, but also at the side of the therapist and his or her ego-states, suggesting not only the patient takes care of traumatized ego-states and gets into touch with inner helpers, but the therapist, too takes into consideration which of his/her ego-states may be helpful or need protection whilst applying the emdr protocol.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Attachment Ego State Therapy Ego States
Accuracy Verified: Yes
43. Solomon, R. M. (2007, June). The art of EMDR: Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic emotions, often involved the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in talking therapy, utilize resource installation, or provide an interweave to lower the level of intensity. While this can, at times, be appropriate and helpful, often it is counter indicated and a perceived resolution may be short lived and/or needlessly circumscribed. It is important to recognize the markers of treatment, and what choices are appropriate. Ironically, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotion.
The hallmark of EMDR is “staying out of the way” if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural processing and the client’s natural healing patterns. Assuming client readiness and preparation to deal with emotional material, an interweave (which elicits other neural networks), or resource installation (which initiates a state change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an interpersonal process) – though often useful – can interfere with the client’s own internal processing and take the client away form their natural and unique resolution and integration. The therapist can enable the client to process intense material utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the client one’s therapeutic presence, b) recognition of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing, c) using different rate, speed and tempo to control emotional intensity of the processing, d) and knowing when to verbally intervene and when to “stay out of the way.”
This workshop will focus on:
a) Assessment of client readiness
b) Therapeutic clinical presence and attunement skills
c) Detecting behavioral manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral stimulation to the client in order to maximize processing and control intensity
d) Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal interventions and “staying out of the way."
Demonstration and video tapes will be used to illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be aware that the videos have intense emotional content).
Keywords: Abreactions Intense Affect
Accuracy Verified: Yes
44. Solomon, R. M. (2006, September). The art of EMDR: Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic memories, often involves the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in verbal interventions (e.g. interweave, resource installation, talking therapy). While this can indeed be appropriate and helpful, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of & client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotions. The hallmark of EMDR is "staying out of the way" if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An
inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural
processing and the client's natural patterns. Assuming client readiness and
preparation to deal with emotional material, an
interweave (which elicits other neural networks),
or resource installation (which initiates a state
change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an
interpersonal process) - though often useful - can
interfere with the client's own internal processing and take the client away from their natural and
unique resolution and integration. The therapist
can enable the client to process intense material
utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the
client in one's therapeutic presence, b) recognition
of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate, and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing c) using different rate, speed, and tempo to control emotional intensity of processing; d) and knowing when to verbally
intervene and when to "stay out of the way". Hence,
more important than the mechanics of bilateral
stimulation is the way EMDR is delivered. EMDR
is a "dance" between client and therapist with the
therapist interacting through bi-lateral stimulation
even more than through verbal communication.
This workshop will focus on dealing with intense
affect with EMDR (the dance) and include
discussjon of 1) How to assess client readiness for
dealing with intense material, both before and during
EMDR processing. 2) Therapist clinical presence
and attunement skills. 3) Detecting behavioral
manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral
stimulation to the client in order to maximize
processing, and control intensity of processing. 4)
Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal
interventions and "staying out of the way". Demonstration and video tapes will be used to
illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be
aware that the videos have intense emotional content).
Keywords: Abreactions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
45. Solomon, R., Watkins, J., & Paulsen, S. L. (2004, September). Art of EMDR: Use of therapeutic self, resonance and managing effect at the optimal level. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The therapist's ability to continually assess and detect client response to
EMDR is crucial in order to: 1) provide safely and containment; 2) titrate the level of client arousal; 3) enhance ego strength: and 4) facilitate optimal movement. Detecting subtle client movement and shifts enables the therapist to: a) optimize the tempo and rhythm of bilateral stimulation; b) assess if the material is moving: c) detect state changes that can potentially block processing; and d) point to cognitive interweaves for blocked processing. This workshop will teach participants how to utilize their therapeutic presence to provide containment, enhance the client’s ability to process through intense emotions, and adapt to continual changing states in the client.
Keywords: Managing Affect Resonance Therapeutic Self
Accuracy Verified: Yes
46. Roberts, A. R. (2002, Spring). Assessment, crisis intervention, and trauma treatment: The integrative ACT intervention model. Brief Treatment & Crisis Intervention, 2(1), 1-21.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article presents a conceptual three-stage framework and intervention model that should be useful in helping mental health professionals provide acute crisis and trauma treatment services. The ACT model stands for Assessment, Crisis Intervention, and Trauma Treatment. This new model may be thought of as a sequential set of assessments and intervention strategies. The ACT intervention model integrates various assessment and triage protocols with the seven-stage crisis intervention model, and the ten-step acute traumatic stress management protocol. In addition, this article introduces and briefly highlights the other eight narrative, theoretical, and empirically based papers in this issue that focus on mental health and crisis-oriented intervention strategies implemented within 1 month after the September 11, 2001, terroristic mass disaster at the World Trade Center and the Pentagon.
Keywords: ACT Model Assessment Assessment Crisis Intervention Triage Crisis Assessment Crisis Intervention Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
47. Nickerson, M. (2012, October). Attachment at the societal level: Reprocessing internalized stigma and oppression. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Attachment challenges also occur at the societal level as individuals seek to integrate in a meaningful way into social groups and the larger society. An added dimension of clinical work awakens with a cultural context lens that understands social identity and addresses the traumatic impact of social marginalization and oppression. The AIP model successfully predicts that internalized stigma and oppression can be dismantled by building inner resources, reprocessing memories associated with experiencing discrimination and integrating new knowledge about social dynamics. Practical EMDR based strategies will be portrayed with clinical examples, videotaped sessions and the validating feedback from over 60 EMDR therapists who explored these issues in training practicums.
Keywords: Attachment Internalized Stigma Oppression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
48. Paulsen, S. (2012, October). Attachment repair and temporal integration: EMDR for early trauma. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Progress in neuroscience reveals that attachment learning, affect dysregulation, and traumatic experience are predominantly held in the right hemisphere (Schore, 2009). Therapists can access trauma and neglect held in the right hemisphere using EMDR, somatic awareness, imaginal excursions, and the therapists mirror neuronal experience. This workshop summarizes the Early Trauma approach of EMDR (O'Shea, 2009; and its variations for the dissociative client (Paulsen, in press). Of note is a new stabilization procedure that appears to work directly on the subcortical affective circuits (Panksepp, 1998).
The Early Trauma approach to EMDR processes preverbal implicit memory in sequential time periods, while attending to the nuances of somatic and affective experience as they emerge both in the clients subjective report and in the relationship field. As the infants story is told with the deciphering of these nuances, the therapy repairs developmental milestones imaginally. This enables integration from the bottom up, by time frame, called Temporal Integration (Paulsen, 2009), which contrasts with Strategic and Tactical Integration. Preliminary clinical findings are that the procedure helps repair injuries of attachment, structural dissociation, affect dysregulation and personality. The workshop will interest both EMDR and non-EMDR practitioners because of its significant implications for theory and practice
Learning Objectives:
Participants will be able to list a modification of the ET procedure for dissociative clients for each of the four steps.
Participants will be able to list the seven hardwired subcortical affective circuits described by Panksepp.
Participants will be able to name four steps of the Early Trauma procedure for non-dissociative clients.
Keywords: Attachment Repair Early Trauma Temporal Integration
Accuracy Verified: Yes
49. Brisch, K. H. (2013, June). Attachment trauma and treatment process with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will provide an overview of the various forms of attachment disorders, their significance in terms of affect and stress regulation, and their effects on the development of early severe psychopathology. Case studies will illustrate the use of EMDR as a therapeutic modality.
Keywords: Attachment Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
50. Shapiro, R. (2009). Attachment, affect tolerance, and avoidance targets in obsessive-compulsive personality disorder. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR Solutions II: For depression, eating disorders, performance, and more (1st Ed.) (pp. 403-411). New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Co..
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Affect Tolerance Attachment Avoidance Targets Obsessive-Compulsive Personality Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
51. Kirsch, A., & Seidler, G. H. (2004). Ausdruck und erleben von emotionen bei der posttraumatischen belastungsstörung: Erste ergebnisse einer studie mit gewaltopfern [Expression and experience of emotion in patients with posttraumatic stress disorder: First result of a study with victims]. Zeitschrift für Psychotraumatologie und Psychologische Medizin, ZPPM 2(1), 45-60.
Language: German
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Emotionale Betäubung (EN) in PTSD ist ein Cluster von schwächenden Symptomen mit Problemen in der Erfahrung und dem Ausdruck von Emotionen. EN ist in drei separate diagnostischen Kriterien dargestellt: deutlich vermindertes Interesse an wichtigen Aktivitäten, Gefühle der Ablösung oder Entfremdung von anderen, und eingeschränkte Bandbreite des Affekts. Die funktionale Beziehung zwischen anderen Klassen von PTSD Symptome und EN ist nicht gut verstanden. In diesem Artikel werden verschiedene Studien diskutiert werden. Es wird davon ausgegangen, dass Patienten mit psychischen Erkrankungen eine spezifische Wechselwirkung Muster implementieren, die in der Gesichts-affektiven Ausdruck und äußerte sich vor allem in Gesichts-affektiven Mikro-Verhalten. Das Ziel der vorliegenden Pilot-Studie war die Analyse von Gesichts-affektive Verhalten von Patienten mit PTSD im Vergleich zu gesunden Personen. Erste Ergebnisse der ersten EMDR-Sitzungen auf Video aufgezeichnet von Patienten und psychodynamischen Interviews von gesunden Personen (keine psychische / psychiatrische Störungen nach ICD-10) wurden mit dem codierten Emotional Facial Coding System Acting, ein Instrument zur Erfassung von mimischen mit emotionaler Bedeutung. Danach wurden diese Analysen mit Blickverhalten verbunden. PTSD Patienten zeigten eine Verringerung der gesamten Mimik und eine verminderte Häufigkeit von Gesichts wirkt im Vergleich zu gesunden Personen. Unter dem Blickverhalten in Betracht, wurde es offensichtlich, dass PTSD Patienten zeigten Anteil sank gegenseitigen Blick im Vergleich zu gesunden Personen. Außerdem war der Gesichtsausdruck affektiven Ausdruck von vier Patienten (Eltern, die durch den gewaltsamen Tod ihrer Kinder beraubt) erste und letzte EMDR-Sitzung verglichen. Eine leichte Erhöhung des Gesichts affektiven Ausdruck gefunden wurde. [Autor Summary)
Emotional numbing (EN) in PTSD is a cluster of debilitating symptoms involving problems in the experience and expression of emotion. EN is represented in three separate diagnostic criteria: markedly diminished interest in significant activities, feelings of detachment or estrangement from others, and restricted range of affect. The functional relationship between other classes of PTSD symptoms and EN is not well understood. In this article different studies will be discussed. It is assumed that patients with mental diseases implement a specific interaction pattern, that is expressed in the facial affective expression and particularly in facial-affective micro-behaviours. The aim of the presented pilot-study was the analysis of facial-affective behaviour of patients with PTSD in comparison to healthy persons. First results of videotaped first EMDR sessions of patients and psychodynamic interviews of healthy persons (absence of mental/psychiatric disorder according to ICD-10) were coded using the Emotional Facial Acting Coding System, an instrument for the registration of facial movements with emotional relevance. Afterwards these analyses were connected with gazing behaviour. PTSD patients showed a reduction of overall facial expressions and a reduced frequency of facial affects in comparison to healthy persons. Taking the gazing behaviour into consideration, it became obvious that PTSD patients showed decreased portion of mutual gaze compared to healthy persons. Furthermore, the facial affective expression of four patients' (parents bereaved by the violent deaths of their children) first and last EMDR session was compared. A slight increasing of facial affective expression was found. [Author Summary]
Keywords: Crime Emotional Numbing Interpersonal Interaction Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
52. van den Hout, M., Muris, P., Salemink, E., & Kindt, M. (2001). Autobiographical memories become less vivid and emotional after eye movements. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 40(2), 121-130. doi:10.1348/014466501163535.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Objectives: To test (1) whether eye movements during retrieval of emotional memories are followed by less vividness and less emotionality of future recollections, (2) whether this effect, if present, is stronger than the effects of a control activity (finger tapping), (3) whether the alleged effects of tapping and eye movements are stronger than a no-movement, control condition (mere imagery), (4) whether reductions in vividness and emotionality after eye movements (and finger tapping) are specific to negative memories or also occur in the case of positive memories. Method: 60 healthy volunteers recalled either positive or negative memories and scored the vividness and emotionality of the recollections. Next, memories were recalled whilst the participant was performing rapid eye movements, finger tapping, or not performing a dual task. Then participants were asked to recall the event again and to rate its vividness and emotionality. Results: Compared to finger tapping and the no-dual-task condition, recollections after eye movements made future recollections less vivid. After eye movements, but not after the other interventions, negative memories became less negative, and positive memories became less positive. Conclusion: The findings show that eye movements not only reduce vividness and emotionality of memories during the eye moving, but also affect future recollections, during which no eye movements are made. Some theoretical explanations are discussed. As to clinical implications, it is suggested that if there is a role for eye-movement-based treatments, it is very limited. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adolescents Cognitive Processes College Students Dutch Exposure Therapy Memory Impairment Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness Young Adults
Accuracy Verified: Yes
53. Lendl, J. (2006, September). Back to basics: The positive template & affect bridge. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
One of the reasons EMDR is such a powerful
treatment method is the eight phase, three prong
protocol. The robustness of the method is not
achieved if any part of the protocol is dismissed.
Dr. Shapiro's recent trainings have emphasized
the need for the future template. The future
template is a combination of the use of imagery,
and used successfully in sport performance and health recovery, and bi-lateral stimulation. Back
fo Basics: The Positive Template is a workshop to remind participants of the importance of
positive templates in complete and incomplete
EMDR protocol sessions. The future template,
which addresses avoidance, adaptation, and
actualization, is a part of phase eight/reevaluation
and the third prong (future) of the EMDR
protocol. Preliminary research will be presented
that suggests positive templates are useful before
phase eight. Participants will learn to integrate
the positive template to help maintain skills
between sessions, encourage new skills and
practice ways to handle resistance. There will be
supervised practica for using the future template
and ESP (End Session Positive) template.
Additionally, this workshop has been expanded
to go over the Affect Bridge and practice will be
included.
Keywords: Affect Bridge Future Template Positive Template
Accuracy Verified: Yes
54. Paulsen, S. L., & Watkins, J. G. (2005, November). Best resourcing, affect regulation & abreaction techniques: From the armamentaria of hypnoanalytic, EMDR, somatic experiencing, and cognitive behavioral sources. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Abreaction Techniques Affect Regulation Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
55. Gomez, A. (2008, September). Beyond PTSD: Treating depression in children and adolescents using EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Traumatized children frequently exhibit symptoms of disorders other than PTSD. There is evidence of comorbidity between PTSD, depression and other behavioral disorders and a large overlap in symptom criteria between PTSD and depression in children and adolescents. The first part of this presentation explores what current research has identified as the key factors for the development of depression in children and adolescents. The evidence linking trauma, stress and PTSD to some forms of depression and the relationship between disorders of attachment, difficulties with affect regulation and the development of depression in children and adolescents will be explored. The second part of this presentation will introduce preliminary evidence that EMDR can be a potentially effective treatment for depression in children and adolescents through a series of case studies and anecdotal reports. The presentation will conclude with an overview of strategies for working with depressed children and adolescents across the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Even though this presentation will focus on working with pediatric depression, it will provide a foundation for understanding and treating adult depression as well. Video clips of sessions will be shown to provide a concrete and tangible experience for clinicians.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Depression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
56. Christman, S. D., & Stieber, P. (2005, February). Bilateral eye movements lead to a neutralization of affective state. Poster presented at the 33rd annual meeting of the International Neuropsychological Society, St. Louis, MO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Engaging in bilateral eye movements (EM) leads to increases in Stroop interference, improvements in episodic memory, and decreases in false memories in a converging semantic associates paradigm. These results are interpreted as reflecting EM-induced equalization of cortical activation and subsequent enhancement of interhemispheric interaction. Since increased right versus left hemisphere activation is associated with negative versus positive affect, respectively, it was hypothesized that EMs following a mood-induction procedure should result in neutralization of affect. Seventy three right-handed participants engaged in happy or sad mood induction procedures, providing mood ratings on a 1-9 scale, followed by 30 seconds of either bilateral EMs or, as a control, watching a dot change color repeatedly. Participants then supplied a second mood rating. Analyses of the Happy condition showed no mood differences after mood induction, with all participants yielding scores significantly happier than neutral. After administration of the visual condition, participants in the Colored Dot condition showed no change in mood. In the EM condition, however, participants showed a significant reduction in positive affect. Analyses of the Sad condition showed that the mood induction procedure failed, with participants reporting neutral moods after mood induction. Post hoc analyses of only those participants reporting sad moods after induction showed that participants in the EM condition exhibited a marginally greater neutralization of affect than in the Colored Dot condition. The results provide tentative support for the hypothesis that bilateral EMs result in neutralization of emotional states, reflecting an equalization of cortical activation in the left and right hemispheres.
Keywords: Bilateral Stimulation Eye Movements
Accuracy Verified: Yes
57. Kuiken, D., Chudleigh, M., & Racher, D. (2010, December). Bilateral eye movements, attentional flexibility and metaphor comprehension: The substrate of REM dreaming?. Dreaming, 20(4), 227-247. doi:10.1037/a0020841.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Explanations for the effects of the rapid eye movements induced during Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 2001) have drawn upon an analogy with the eye movements of REM sleep (Kuiken, Bears, Miall, and Smith, 2002). An extension of that analogy posits two orienting systems, one involving threat-fear related mnemonic contextualization and another involving loss-pain related monitoring of conflicting response alternatives. In a study involving individuals who had recently experienced significant loss or trauma, we found that experimentally induced saccadic eye movements decreased reaction times to unexpected stimuli among those reporting traumatic distress (characterized by hyperarousal and intrusive thoughts) and increased reaction times among those reporting separation distress (characterized by vivid reminiscences and the sense of a foreshortened future). Also, we found that saccadic eye movements increased the perceived strikingness of metaphoric sentence endings among those reporting amnesia for events related to either loss or trauma. The eye movements of both EMDR and REM sleep may differently affect the attentional and cognitive reorienting activity of those living with the consequences of loss or trauma. These differences may be evident in their waking reflections and in their dreams.
Keywords: Attention Bereavement Dreams Eye Movements Metaphors REM Sleep Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
58. Cotraccia, T. (2010, September/October). Bio-psychosocial adaptive information processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The role of neurobiological structures in Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) is becoming more understood. This workshop considers specific psychological and social components of the AIP model. Attunement and internal working models of self and world are suggested as additional components of a systemic AIP model. The psychotherapy relationship is conceptualized as a dynamic feedback system modeled after a securely attached caregiver-child dyad. This workshop draws from affective neuroscience, information theory, philosophy of mind and general systems theory to consider how components interact at multiple levels to resolve disturbing life experiences and enhance bio-psychosocial functioning. The additions to the model will be used to highlight clinical phenomenon relevant to EMDR practice.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
59. Solomon, E. P., & Heide, K. M. (2005, January). The biology of trauma: Implications for treatment. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 20(1), 51-60. doi:10.1177/0886260504268119.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
During the past 20 years, the development of brain imaging techniques and new biochemical approaches has led to increased understanding of the biological effects of psychological trauma. New hypotheses have been generated about brain development and the roots of antisocial behavior. We now understand that psychological trauma disrupts homeostasis and can cause both short and long-term effects on many organs and systems of the body. Our expanding knowledge of the effects of trauma on the body has inspired new approaches to treating trauma survivors. Biologically informed therapy addresses the physiological effects of trauma, as well as cognitive distortions and maladaptive behaviors. The authors suggest that the most effective therapeutic innovation during the past 20 years for treating trauma survivors has been Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), a therapeutic approach that focuses on resolving trauma using a combination of top-down (cognitive) and bottom-up (affect/body) processing. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adolescents Child Abuse Children Criminal Behavior Forensic Evaluation Literature Review Neglect Neuroendocrinology Neurophysiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
60. Klaus, P. (2005, June). Birth trauma - Causes, effects, methods to heal: An EMDR approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Events at birth are traumatic and create feelings of powerlessness when they
are actually or appear life-threatening to self or loved ones, are sudden,
change quickly from "normal" to dangerous without explanation, and when
the situation appears overwhelming. There is no time to prepare, no way to
plan an escape or to prevent something from happening. A number of
events during labor or birth such as unplanned interventions, serious
problems in the mother, physical damage, a sick infant, and separation from
the baby can be classified as traumatic. Major trauma for a woman occurs
in childbirth when she has inordinate fear and is in a situation where she has no control. Other aspects of trauma are more subjective and relate to how
a woman is treated and how she perceives the experience, often causing
humiliation and stigma. Trauma during the prenatal period can affect the
parents' perception of the baby, their own self-concept, their relationship,
and can impair bonding and attachment. Early trauma can have both
immediate and long-range effects on the parents and the infant and may
create later in the adult psychological and somatic conditions and a
negative self-concept. Equally important is the history the parents bring to
this event as well as the quality of their relationship. Birth is a magnet for
unresolved issues to emerge. Clinicians will learn about the causes and
effects of these early traumas as well as methods, including EMDR to
uncover, resolve, and heal them.
Keywords: Birth Defects
Accuracy Verified: Yes
61. Klaus, P. (2007, June). Birth trauma: Causes, effects, methods to heal with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clinicians will gain an understanding of the types of
events that create psychological and physiological distress
and trauma both at birth and afterward. Many conditions
have their origin during this early period where generational
messages as well as traumatic events surrounding
birth and the early period of life can have negative effects.
Participants will learn methods to work within the infant
mind/body memory to retrieve early trauma and the subsequent
events that reinforced it as well as facilitate
healing through the life path of the individual. Clinicians
can benefit by recognizing the elements that influence
these situations, and with EMDR and other adjunctive
techniques learn to resolve these very early experiences to
help clients reach a higher level of adaptation for health.
Objectives:
1.Identify the characteristics of traumatic or negative birth
experiences.
2.Recognize the risk factors that affect the birth and can
be projected onto the infant.
3.Identify the effects of early trauma on parent-infant relationships,
bonding, the marital relationship, and on
the infant.
4.Learn about long-term psychological and somatic sequelae
of perinatal trauma on the adult individual.
5.Describe, demonstrate, and practice psychotherapeutic
methods with EMDR to help resolve and heal these experiences.
Keywords: Birth Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
62. van der Kolk, B. A. (1994, January). The body keeps the score: Memory and the evolving psychobiology of posttraumatic stress. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 1(5), 253-265. doi:10.3109/10673229409017088.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Ever since people's responses to overwhelming experiences have been systematically explored, researchers have noted that a trauma is stored in somatic memory and expressed as changes in the biological stress response. Intense emotions at the time of the trauma initiate the long-term conditional responses to reminders of the event, which are associated both with chronic alterations in the physiological stress response and with the amnesias and hypermnesias characteristic of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Continued physiological hyperarousal and altered stress hormone secretion affect the ongoing evaluation of sensory stimuli as well. Although memory is ordinarily an active and constructive process, in PTSD failure of declarative memory may lead to organization of the trauma on a somatosensory level (as visual images or physical sensations) that is relatively impervious to change. The inability of people with PTSD to integrate traumatic experiences and their tendency, instead, to continuously relieve the past are mirrored physiologically and hormonally in the misinterpretation of innocuous stimuli as potential threats. Animal research suggests that intense emotional memories are processed outside of the hippocampally mediated memory system and are difficult to extinguish. Cortical activity can inhibit the expression of these subcortically based emotional memories. The effectiveness of this inhibition depends, in part, on physiological arousal and neurohormonal activity. These formulations have implications for both the psychotherapy and the pharmacotherapy of PTSD.[MLM MEDLINE]
Keywords: Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Practice PTSD Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
63. Korman, S. (2007, June). Body-based interventions for self-reguation and resourcing in the treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the clinical treatment of complex trauma, it is important to evaluate a patient’s readiness for trauma processing. This includes recognizing a clinical presentation of complex trauma and an understanding of it etiology. Additionally, it is imperative to understand the effects of trauma on the body system. Pre-mature trauma processing can serve to symptomatically worsen a pervasive pattern of systemic dysregulation. Prior to successful trauma processing, a patient must be able to maintain dual attention, regulate their affect, and tolerate the experience of affective state change. Body-based resourcing and regulatory skills can be utilized by the clinician to increase a patient’s ability to tolerate and more fully integrate pre-frontal lobe cognitive activity with the emotional and sensory experiences resultant of trauma. Strategies from many modalities, such as Dialectic Behavior Therapy, Mindfulness Practices and EMDR Resourcing can be taught to and practiced by the client in preparation for successful regulated integration of traumatic memory.
Keywords: Complex PSTD Creativity Mind/Body Resourcing Self Regulation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
64. Klaff, F. (2012, October). Bonding the pieces: Treating children unglued by family disruptions - An integrated EMDR-family systems approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Major family structural changes, as in divorce and adoption, impact children’s adjustment. Integrating neuroscience research, the AIP-EMDR model and family systems theory, a comprehensive therapeutic approach facilitates treatment of the child’s whole experience. Videotaped case material demonstrates effectiveness of the EMDR treatment component, addressing interpersonal and intrapersonal experiences for adopted brothers Antwon, 4 and Tony,7, exposed to past poverty, drugs,abuse and murder; and Gina, 8, impacted by divorce, current family instability, alcoholism,and other unrevealed ghosts. These children are representative of the complex cases therapists must deconstruct, with sometimes disturbing or complicating revelations emerging as treatment progresses.
Keywords: Children Family Systems Approach
Accuracy Verified: Yes
65. Leeds, A., & Mosquera, D. (2012, October). Borderline personality disorder and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
BPD patients present difficulties with self-regulation and relating to others. The management of these difficulties is central to the treatment of BPD. Working with cases of BPD and complex trauma is intrinsically relational, often involving the need to manage moments of intense affect and affect phobias in the transference and countertransference. Understanding and having strategies for addressing these issues is essential. This workshop integrates theoretical exposition with the presentation of videos cases. The general structure of EMDR therapy in treating BPD and interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma-focused EMDR work will be demonstrated and explained.
Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
66. Korn, D., Rozelle D., & Weir, J. (2005, June). Bringing EMDR research into practice. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Determining Readiness for
EMDR Trauma Processing:
• Neither diagnosis nor trauma history determine
readiness for trauma processing or response to
treatment
• Though studies often exclude subjects with
suicidal ideation, dissociation or substance abuse,
EMDR may be used with these clients if other
readiness criteria (e.g., affect tolerance, coping
skills, safe embodiment) are met
• Key point - Capacity to tolerate and modulate
arousal v. absolute level of arousal [Excerpt]
Accuracy Verified: Yes
67. Shapiro, F. (2012, November). Building sustainable mental health services in war-torn and disaster-affected areas. Presentation at the 28th Annual Meeting of the ISTSS, Los Angeles, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The after effects of trauma can be transmitted across generations, resulting in ongoing cycles of violence
and pain that affect individuals, families and societies. For those people and organizations working in
countries in need of significant conflict prevention, mediation, reconstruction and reconciliation, these
unprocessed memories can present a grave challenge.
EMDR therapy is an empirically supported treatment for trauma. Since it does not demand a description
of the event, it has proved successful in those cultures where self-disclosure is problematic. Since it does
not need homework, it can also be implemented on consecutive days, making it amenable to the use of
field teams after both natural and manmade disasters. Program evaluations have documented positive
and rapid treatment effects using both individual and group protocols.
The EMDR-Humanitarian Assistance Programs (HAP) is a global network of volunteer educator/clinicians
working to prevent and/or remediate the psychological aftereffects of trauma. HAP projects worldwide
have provided education about trauma and stabilization techniques, and taught local clinicians how to
provide both individual and group treatment in war-torn and disaster-affected areas. The primary goal is
to train clinicians to build sustainable mental health services that will meet not only immediate crisis
needs, but also comprehensively serve future generations.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
68. Waters, F. S., Potgieter, R., & Yehuda, N. (2011, November). But they are too young to be traumatized!. Presentation at the 28th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Montreal, Quebec.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
All too often it is assumed that infants or young children are too young to remember frightening, painful, and confusing experiences, and therefore will not suffer harm because they are too young to be traumatized. Clinical experience; however, as well as research on neurobiology of trauma, child development, and attachment, tell a different story. While very often not verbalized, overwhelming early experiences are nonetheless remembered implicitly. As such they tend to find expression in a myriad of debilitating emotional and somatic symptoms across a persons life span; even into adulthood. Understanding how early trauma can affect the child developmentally, and how it might be expressed, is crucial not only to clinicians treating children but also to those working with adults. It is through understanding early traumatic markers and the subtle, often coded signs, sometimes rooted as far back as infancy, that one can begin the process of untangling these symptoms and freeing the individual from a lifetime of pain, suffering, and failed relationships. This workshop will examine the types of early traumamedical, severe neglect, all forms of abuse, disrupted attachmentand how these traumatic experiences impact the young child from birth to five years. The signs and symptoms of traumatized and dissociative children, as well as available research on the topic will be described, along with case examples. The need for careful interpretation of often convoluted and subtle symptoms will be explained. Accurate interpretation of a childs presentation relies on understanding the neurobiology of trauma and dissociation. That, as well as understanding the impact on child development and attachment is crucial for effective intervention. Strategies such as Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) and involvement of caregivers in the therapy will be described. Videoed sessions and artwork describing the young traumatized child's inner world and recovery process will augment the presentation.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
69. Greenwald, R. (2007, September). Case conceptualization and treatment planning for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Want to do more/better EMDR? Trauma-informed case foundation and treatment planning enable the therapist to systematically pursue treatment activities that help the client: a) understand why trauma resolution is important; b) have the motivation to do it; and c) develop the coping skills and affect tolerance for successful EMDR. Participants will practice structured methods to understand a client from a trauma perspective and to apply the trauma-informed treatment framework to one of their own cases. Data documenting these methods’ effectiveness will be presented, including reduced therapist distress, increased empathy and confidence, and improved behaviors with challenging clients.
Keywords: Case Conceptualization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
70. Fang, L. (2005, June). Case presentation: “Relative mild negative situations” - 2 single session cases using the standard EMDR protocol. In "EMDR in action." Part 2. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
It has proven that EMDR is successful in helping people who have
experienced psychological difficulties that originate from some kind of
traumatic experience. I used standard EMDR protocol successfully in single
session for two persons who experience short negative moments. One client
was a young man who had intrusive recalls of the male acquaintance telling
him about oral sex intercourse between men that happened 38 hours
before he asked for psychological help. The other client was a young nurse,
one of my colleagues, who was scolded and threatened by the husband of
a patient less than 2 hours ago before I did EMDR for her. They both had
moment of trauma was very precise and very short: the moment the words
were spoken. The recent events don't have several hot spots (difficult affect laden
moments in the experience), but just one clearly shocking moment. So
I used standard protocol and it helped stabilizing them very quickly, they
both retouched their resources quickly. Two months later, I followed up my
colleague. She was still stable and had the same positive cognition about
the negative moment.
Keywords: China Psychotrauma Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
71. Miller, P. W., McDougall, I., O'Rawe, B., & Kirk, R. T. (2007, June). A case series detailing phenomenology, EMDR protocol and clinical outcome of EMDR in severe depression with psychosis, delusional dysmorphobia and schizophrenia. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The author will by means of oral presentation of clinical case material from patients seen as outpatients; didactic teaching and 'question and answer' explore the efficacy demonstrated by EMDR in a series of patients with disorders including ‘depression, severe with psychosis'; delusional dysmorphophobia and schizophrenia.
There will be detailed description and presentation of case studies. The author will present and discuss clinical cases seen by them and another colleague where EMDR has been used in patients preventing to their facility with ‘depression, severe with psychosis;' delusional dysmorphophobia and schizophrenia.
The author will explore the phenomenology of the case material and discuss how it potentially relates, diagnostically, to the utility of EMDR in such cases. Particular mention will be made of the role EMDR had within the overall treatment plan of these cases and discussion of potential indicators that will aid appropriate targeting of cases for EMDR will be made.
A detailed description of how to apply EMDR protocol in monosymptomatic delusional disorder, including delusional dysmorphophobia will be given. This will include discussion of the use of Floatback; explore the use of affect bridge and the possible role of the unconscious or repressed material in the development of psychotic phenomena.
As patient with psychotic phenomena are often on one if not several psychoactive medications, the author will discuss the impact of EMDR on drug therapy in this group of patients with: schizophrenia, depression, severe with psychosis and delusional dysmorphophobia, illustrating the points from the case material. They will also look at the possible effect of medication on the efficacy of EMDR in this client group.
Keywords: Delusional Dysmorphobia Depression Personality Disorders Phobias Psychosis Schizophrenia
Accuracy Verified: Yes
72. Mendoza-Weitman, L. (1992, May). Case study. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(1), 11-12.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
A ten year-old Hispanic boy was referred
by his mother for outpatient
psychotherapy. The mother described
her son as having been depressed
since the father abandoned
the family over five years ago. The
depression was now worsening, although
the mother could not identify
any new stressors. The boy was described
as having little or no interest
in pleasurable activities, doing poorly
academically, experiencing significant
weight loss, panicking each
morning about leaving home for
school, complaining of stomachaches
every morning, and having sad affect.
Additionally, the mother was
distressed that the boy had an intense
phobia of eating in public and refused to do so. He complained of
"picturing vomit" each time he tried
to eat. The boy's stated goal of treatment
was "to stop thinking about
throwing up." He also asked for help
" to not feel sick every morning, even
though I'm not really sick."
Keywords: Case Study Throwing Up Vomiting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
73. Litt, B. (2007). The child as identified patient: Integrating contextual therapy and EMDR. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 306-324). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
It is estimated that as many as 2% of children under age 12 and from 5% to 18% of adolescents suffer from a depressive disorder (Birmaher et al., 1996; Northey, Wells, Silverman, & Bailey, 2003) that will likely persist into adulthood (Northey et al., 2003; Wagner & Ambrosini, 2001). Contextual Therapy is a differentiation-based (e.g., Kerr & Bowen, 1988; Schnarch, 1991) approach in that it promotes self-determination in the face of family pressure for compliance, reliance on internal resources for self-validation rather than dependence on others for approval, and the overcoming of emotional discomfort in the interests of responsible action (Boszormenyi-Nagy & Krasner, 1986). Both the contextual approach and the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model predict that formative childhood experiences affect both psychological health and relational functioning. With its systemic paradigm and its ethical dimension of relationship, the contextual approach is complementary and additive to Shapiro's (2001) AIP model. The contextual approach shows the clinician where to look for the targets, and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) provides the potency to transform the experience. A general structure of phase-oriented therapy can be described that accounts for most, if not all, referrals for treatment. An assessment phase, a contracting phase, and an intervention phase characterize the main tasks of the therapist. In practice, these phases may overlap, coincide, or repeat themselves over the course of minutes, weeks, or months. This chapter describes only those practices that are unique to the integrated approach. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model Affective Disorders Child Patients Contextual Therapy Depressive Disorder Integrated Approach Integrative Psychotherapy Major Depression Models
Accuracy Verified: Yes
74. Zangwill, W., Kominksy, P., & Browning, C. (2003, September). Choosing the right EMDR for the right client at the right time: A systematic approach to more effective EMDR implementation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Substantial variation exists in how, when, and with which clients' clinicians use EMDR. Some clinicians use EMDR early in their work with clients, others spend considerable time on affect management and resource development prior to using standard EMDR. Those in favor of more rapid
implementation argue that for many clients' delays in starting EMDR is an unnecessary waste of time and resources. Other EMDR clinicians worry that clients may be harmed by undertaking EMDR processing without extensive
prior stabilization. This workshop presents a systematic, comprehensive model to help EMDR clinicians best determine what factors to evaluate in deciding when and how to proceed.
Keywords: EMDR Implementation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
75. Eimer, B. N. (1993, March). Chronic pain. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Sunnyvale, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Chronic Pain Pain Pain Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
76. Knipe, J. (2008, June). The CIPOS method -- procedures to therapeutically reduce dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
It is well documented (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002) that the 8-phase EMDR model is highly effective for clients who
are troubled by disturbing memories. However, clients who are dissociative often have great difficulty in
maintaining present orientation and the "dual attention" that is a necessary condition for processing. Dissociative
clients are highly vulnerable, during the EMDR Preparation, Assessment and Dissociation Phases, to becoming
disoriented and overwhelmed by the surprising intrusion of dissociated parts that bring intensely disturbing
images and other information. Since, with these clients, there is a greater risk of non-therapeutic dissociative
abreaction, it is very important to counter this risk with an increased emphasis on safety and containment of
affect. In this presentation, I will describe two procedures that can be helpful in making the healing power of
EMDR available to clients who have this kind of vulnerability. One is the BHS (Back of the Head Scale), a
procedure that can be useful in assessing a client’s moment-to-moment level of dissociation during a traumafocused
EMDR session. The other is the CIPOS (Constant Installation of Positive Orientation and Safety)
procedure, which is a method of slowing down processing, and carefully containing and controlling the
emergence of potentially overwhelming post-traumatic material. These methods will be illustrated with video
segments of a therapy session.
Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale BHS CIPOS Method Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety Emotional Safety Psycholgical Defenses Targeting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
77. Munker-Kramer, E. (2007, June). CISD and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Both EMDR and CISD have their positions in the treatment of PTSD and Acute Stress Disorders. They are parts of clear concepts of best practice in crisis and disaster and psychology (e.g., as one focused part CISD) in the immediate care and evaluated trauma therapy methods (with EMDR as a crucial example of well researched trauma therapy) for aftercare. It is very important for the best support of concerned persons and survivors to have good and vice versa supporting management of the interfaces on this continuum.
This lecture will emphasize the author’s opinion on the best possibilities to combine both parts and positions. This will be underlined by some actual research findings on the needs of concerned person and their perception on what they get.
The way of combining both specialized methods will be discussed out of a practitioner’s (in both methods) point of view and will be illustrated by some concrete cases. A senseful combination of EMDR and CISD and a precise consideration and screening for genuine and known risk factors and leading symptoms (e.g., hyperarousal) seem to be a good practice for those starting to suffer from stress disorders.
Keywords: CISD Critical Incident Stress Debriefing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
78. Leeds, A. M., & Korn, D. L. (1998, July). Clinical applications of EMDR in the treatment of adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper was co-presented with with Deborah L. Korn, Psy.D. In my portion of this presentation I introduced Alan Schore's research on the neurobiological correlates of early trauma and abuse and with implications for treatment stragegy. The presentation covered the use of EMDR, Resource Development and Resource Installation methods across the entire treatment plan. Dr. Korn reviewed treatment principles and adaptations to the EMDR trauma protocol for this population.[Author abstract]
Participants will learn how to: 1) apply specific EMDR protocols in each of the three strategies of recovery: stabilization and safety, trauma focused processing, and reconnection and identify development; 2) integrate ego strengthening strategies into a comprehensive EMDR based treatment plan for clients who have limited affect tolerance and self-capacities; 3) apply cognitive interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs and fears about the treatment process; and 4) use EMDR to address maladaptive schemas commonly seen in this population.[Conference Program Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Neglect Sexual Abuse Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
79. Korn, D. (2001, June). Clinical applications of EMDR in treating adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into a phase-oriented recovery plan in treating adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. EMDR applications with the full range of trauma-related syndromes, including simple and complex PTSD, Borderline Personality Disorder and Dissociative Disorders, will be addressed. Treatment planning and pacing will be discussed in view of presenting problem, attachment style, defenses, and self-capacities. In recognition of clients' rigid, maladaptive schemas, poor impulse control, dissociative tendencies and limited affect tolerance, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored, Significant attention will be devoted to integratring EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment.
Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder Child Abuse Dissociative Disorders Ego Strengthening Neglect Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
80. Miller, P. (2006, June). A clinical case example of EMDR in the management of psychosis in a young man with psychotic depression. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Case Study Psychosis Psychotic Depression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
81. Splete, H. (2005, January). Clinical Psychiatry news’ top stories of 2004: Development on antidepressant labeling, psychologist prescribing could affect the specialty. Clinical Psychiatry News, 33(1), 14.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
Biologic and psychosocial treatments of
posttraumatic stress disorder were equally
effective in their first direct comparison
("Psychotherapy May Offer More Benefits
for PTST," June 2004, p. 20). In addition,
psychotherapy patients were more likely to
remit or even become asymptomatic, according
to the study of 88 adults randomized
to fluoxetine, placebo, or an exposure
therapy method known as eye movement
desensitization reprocessing (EMDR).
Patients in the EMDR group ininally responded
to the treatment with psychophysiologic
arousal and appeared to relive
the trauma. But they ultimately
improved significantly more than did the
placebo group and continued to improve
at 2 and 6 months' follow-up, when the
fluoxetine group remained stable.
Keywords: Efficacy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
82. Grygo, M. (2008). A clinical trial of motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) therapy with conduct disordered adolescent boys. University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba Canada. AAT NR35998.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Conduct disorder and other disruptive behaviours represent the most common form of child and adolescent psychopathology referred for treatment by parents and teachers. A number of studies conducted in university research centers have demonstrated meaningful treatment gains especially with preadolescents with conduct disorder. However, studies conducted with older adolescents, especially those with comorbid disorders, as well as studies conducted in community-based clinic settings have been mostly unsuccessful. With a few exceptions, the extant treatments have not made any special effort to address effects of traumatic experiences that research has demonstrated to be very prevalent among conduct disordered children and adolescents. Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) therapy developed by Ricky Greenwald (2002a) has shown promising results in his open trial study. MASTR is a complex treatment approach which addresses several key areas crucial in treating adolescents with conduct disorder: development/enhancement of motivation for treatment, development/enhancement of anger management and problem solving skills, and treatment of past trauma effects. The present study evaluated the effectiveness of MASTR therapy with 10 adolescent boys with conduct disorder placed in a residential treatment facility. This study combined single subject and qualitative research methodologies to offer a detailed look into the implementation and evaluation of MASTR therapy in a residential treatment centre. Foremost, this study demonstrates the formidable problems of conducting treatment research with this population in this kind of setting. Results suggested that, when it can be sufficiently implemented, MASTR therapy may be an effective treatment method producing some meaningful changes in behaviour for some severely disturbed adolescents with conduct problem. The study also demonstrated that EMDR may be an effective treatment for reducing emotional distress associated with past trauma in adolescents with conduct disorder. Factors associated with the limited success of this treatment study are identified and discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International Section A: Humanities and Social Sciences. 69(1-A), 2008, pp. 109.
Keywords: Adolescent Boys Clinical Trial Conduct Disorder Empirical Study MASTR Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution Therapy Quantitative Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
83. Marich, J. (2009, Summer). Clinically significant trauma: Insights from the adaptive information processing model on grief and loss. The American Academy of Bereavement Newsletter, 1, 5, 10.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
The adaptive information processing (AIP) model, the theoretical model
developed by Dr. Francine Shapiro to explain why psychopathology develops
and why EMDR works to resolve it, can often be usefully applied for case
conceptualization by non-EMDR therapists. In this article, the author
explains how the AIP model can be used to better understand a case of
complicated bereavement in a 27-year-old client, and how a treatment plan
can be more sensitively developed.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
84. Morris, A. (2009, October). Closing incomplete sessions. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, Leeds, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop explores ways of managing sessions when there isn't time to complete the eight stage protocol, and considers the factors that make closure rather than resolution the appropriate response, timing, skills and techniques to bring down high levels of affect and contain unresolved material. This presentation includes discussion and experiential practice.
Keywords: Closure Incomplete Sessions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
85. Ray, A. L., & Zbik, A. (2001). Cognitive behavioral therapies and beyond. In C. D. Tollison, J. R. Satterhwaite, & J. W. Tollison (Eds.). Practical Pain Management 3rd Ed. (pp. 189-208). Philadelphia: Lippencott.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The authors note that the application of EMDR guided by the Adaptive Information Processing model appears to afford benefits to chronic pain patients not found in other treatments.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Chronic Pain
Accuracy Verified: No
86. Vienot, R. C. (1998, July). A comparison of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing and biofeedback/stress inoculation training in treating test anxiety. Union Institute and University, Cincinnati, OH. AAT 9822000.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) treatment, Biofeedback/Stress Inoculation Training (B/SIT) treatment, and no treatment (NT) were compared in treating test anxiety. Subjects (30) reporting test anxiety were randomly assigned to EMDR, B/SIT or NT. Treatment consisted of three 90 minute sessions using B/SIT and one 45 minute session/three 75 minute sessions using EMDR. Treatment therapists were licensed psychologists, counselors or social workers with two to twenty years experience using EMDR or B/SIT. Subjects in the NT group were offered treatment following the study. Six dependent variables were measured pre/post: trait and state anxiety (State Trait Anxiety Inventory, STAI-T.S.), test anxiety (Test Anxiety Inventory, TAI-T.W.E.), rationality of personal beliefs (Rational Behavior Inventory, RBI), negative self statements (TAI-W) and self report of physiological response (Autonomic Perception Inventory, APQ) using.05 level. ANOVAs were performed followed by a Newman-Keuls Multiple Comparison. There was a significant interaction between pre-post tests and type of group on all dependent measures except the RBI. EMDR showed a tendency toward greater improvement from pre to post test than B/SIT and NT. There were no significant differences between groups on the pre test. Post group means indicated: (a) STAI-S, there was no difference between the groups; (b) STAI-T and APQ, EMDR and B/SIT had a greater reduction than NT; (c) TAI-E, EMDR showed more reduction than B/SIT and NT; (d) TAI-T and W, there were differences between all three groups with EMDR showing the most reduction. A meta-analysis was performed to determine clinical significance. Prior to treatment all three groups were above the normative effect size of 1 SD. The NT group showed no change on post tests. The EMDR group showed a larger reduction in effect size than B/SIT. Based on the data both EMDR and B/SIT reduced test anxiety with EMDR generally outperforming B/SIT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 59(1-B), Jul 1998, pp. 0430.
Keywords: Biofeedback/Stress Biofeedback Training Empirical Study Inoculation Training Stress Management Test Anxiety Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial
Accuracy Verified: Yes
87. Busuttil, W. (2009, August). Complex post-traumatic stress disorder: A useful diagnostic framework?. Psychiatry, 8(8), 310-314 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual and the International Statistical Classification of Diseases do not distinguish clearly between the clinical presentations resulting from exposure to single as opposed to multiple trauma. The developmental age of the victim is similarly not emphasized in symptom development and clinical presentation. Developmental trauma disorder and complex post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are emerging as useful diagnostic frameworks in children and adults. This article reviews the literature and highlights conceptual evolution and differences from simple PTSD, as well as discussing differential diagnoses and clinical management.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
88. Miller, J. (2013, May). Complex trauma and EMDR: Basic skills. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide EMDR therapists with direction and skills in working with clients with complex PTSD
(C-PTSD). It is particularly designed to help those therapists who have completed their Basic Training and do
not feel competent to treat the more complex presentations many clients exhibit when they come for help. The
presentation will include a discussion of the three stages of C-PTSD recovery and the six core components of
C-PTSD treatment. In addition, attendees will learn to apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization,
learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR
treatment, and multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients.
Learning Objectives:
• Identify the three stages of C-PTSD recovery
• Identify 6 core components of C-PTSD treatment
• Apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization
• Learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after
EMDR treatment
• Learn multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients
Keywords: Case Conceptualization Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
89. Miller, J. (2013, May). Complex trauma and EMDR: Basic skills. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide EMDR therapists with direction and skills in working with clients with complex PTSD
(C-PTSD). It is particularly designed to help those therapists who have completed their Basic Training and do
not feel competent to treat the more complex presentations many clients exhibit when they come for help. The
presentation will include a discussion of the three stages of C-PTSD recovery and the six core components of
C-PTSD treatment. In addition, attendees will learn to apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization,
learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR
treatment, and multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients.
Learning Objectives:
• Identify the three stages of C-PTSD recovery
• Identify 6 core components of C-PTSD treatment
• Apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization
• Learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after
EMDR treatment
• Learn multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients
Keywords: Case Conceptualization Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
90. Herbert, C. (2012, October). Complex trauma: Road to psychiatric dysfunction or path toward posttrauma growth?. Keynote at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Healthcare service providers, as well as, mental health practitioners, frequently associate the suffering of complex trauma with pathology, mental illness, personality disorders and severe psychiatric dysfunction. Clients are perceived as difficult to treat, interventions are guided by the nature of the psychiatric diagnosis and therapy focuses on crisis management and on helping clients to achieve reductions of symptoms that account for the psychiatric diagnosis. Although symptom reduction can be of great value and importance to sufferers, sole focus on this misses the great potential to engage a person in a transformative process that can lead to considerable inner strengthening, alignment and positive growth, as a result and in spite of their early traumatic experiences. This keynote introduces a shift in perspective away from the traditional focus on psychiatric dysfunction toward a model of positive growth for clients suffering from Complex Trauma and Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID). It is proposed that development of empathic empowerment of the individual toward greater personal authenticity, honesty, accountability and compassion can open the path toward posttrauma growth. However, in order to achieve such development specific parameters must be fulfilled. These parameters, which include therapist factors, the nature of the therapeutic relationship, an underlying therapeutic framework for working with complex trauma and the guiding principles and ingredients that nurture growth rather than dysfunction, will be outlined and illustrated through the use of client vignettes.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Posttraumatic Growth
Accuracy Verified: Yes
91. Staff. (2000, September 2). Confronting the past. London, England: The Times, Features.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
From Dr Aulakh It may be that Andrew Ravensdale has had enough of "therapy" (The Last Taboo, August 19). However, he might be interested to learn about EMDR - Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing, first discovered by Francine Shapiro. It is a method for treating post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), specifically dealing with early childhood as it is known to affect the present, and also with flashbacks.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
92. Monteiro, A. M. (2012, September). Conquistas na Psicoterapia: Estudos de caso com EMDR [Conquists in Psychotherapy: Case studies with EMDR]. Associação Brasileira de EMDR, Brasilia.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Book
Abstract:
Este livro de casos descreve sessões por diferentes autores/terapeutas que utilizaram a nova abordagem psicoterapêutica, EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) para tratar seus clientes. Cada caso contem a história do cliente, o manejo clínico e os resultados - muitas vezes surpreendentes pela rapidez e eficácia de resolução. Trata-se do primeiro livro de casos de EMDR publicados por autores brasileiros.
This book describes cases of sessions by different authors / therapists who used the new approach psychotherapy, EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) to treat their customers. Each case contains client history, clinical management and outcomes - often surprising the speed and efficiency of resolution. This is the first book-case EMDR published by Brazilian authors.
Keywords: Case Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
93. Schmitt, A. (2011). Conséquences des violences conjugales sur la santé psychologique des victimes, prise en charge par la thérapie EMDR [Consequences of domestic violence on the psychological health of victims, taking care by EMDR therapy]. Université de Metz, Metz, France.
Language: French
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Les violences conjugales représentent un problème de santé public majeur. En 2011, en France, tous les 2.5 jours, une femme meurt sous les coups de son compagnon. Les violences conjugales résultent de la conjonction de facteurs individuels, conjugaux, sociaux mais également culturels, qui seront détaillés dans cette recherche qui présentera également l'état de l'art concernant les conséquences de ces violences, leurs possibilités de prise en charge et la thérapie EMDR. Quatre études ont été menées dans cette recherche. La première porte sur les conséquences des violences conjugales auprès d'un public de femmes bénéficiant d'un accompagnement social. Il s'agissait d'apporter une contribution aux résultats déjà observés dans la littérature. La seconde étude porte sur la prise en charge de 5 femmes ayant vécu un évènement traumatique en couple et s'étant séparées de leur agresseur. La thérapie EMDR donne des résultats véritablement encourageants, ce qui nous amène à la tester auprès d'un public plus lourdement traumatisé, ayant vécu des violences conjugales d'intensité et de nature variable, durant de nombreuses années (étude 3). Les résultats de l'étude 3 mettent en évidence l'importance de l'adaptation de l'outil thérapeutique à la problématique de la victime et les limites de l'utilisation de l'EMDR auprès de certains types de publics, dont les victimes de violences conjugales. Une analyse de contenu des séances EMDR nous a permis d'affiner nos analyses grâce à une vignette clinique présentée dans l'étude 4. De plus, des personnes n'ayant pas pu être intégrées dans le protocole expérimental ont malgré tout été suivies, ce qui permet une réflexion autour de l'adéquation de la méthode thérapeutique et du cadre expérimental à la victime grâce à une étude de cas, également présentée dans l'étude 4. Toutes ces observations permettront l'émergence de suggestions concernant la prise en charge des victimes de violences conjugales.
Domestic violence represents a major problem for public health. In France, every 2,5 days, a woman dies by the hands of her partner. Domestic violence is the result of the conjunction of individual, domestic, social and also cultural factors to be detailed in this research that will also present the state of art, regarding the consequences of this violence, its means of management and EMDR therapy. Four studies were led in this research. The first one is about the consequences of domestic violence for a group of women benefiting from social support. The idea was to bring a contribution to the results already observed in literature. The second study is about the caretaking of five women who experienced a traumatic event during their couple life, and then split up with their molester. EMDR therapy gives really encouraging results, and it led us to test it with a public more heavily traumatized, who lived intensity and variable violence during many years (study 3). The results of the third study highlight the importance of the adaptation of the therapeutic tools to the problematic of the victim, and the limits of the use of EMDR with some public, included the victims of domestic violence. An analysis of the EMDR sessions content allowed us to refine our analyses thanks to a clinical "vignette" showed in study 4. Moreover, people that could not be included in the experimental protocol were all the same followed up, allowing a reflection around the appropriateness of the therapeutic method and of the experimental frame to the victim thanks to a case study, also presented in study 4. All these observations will allow the emergence of suggestions concerning the caretaking of the domestic violence victims.
Keywords: Domestic Violence
Accuracy Verified: Yes
94. Horne, B. (2010, September/October). Contain the case: Set a clear path to recovery. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide simple and specific tools for constructing a file so that it becomes a powerful clinical tool. It will teach, through live demonstration, a case illustration through all 8 Phases, and practice activities, how to take, record and summarize client-information on one-page Genograms, Trauma Recovery Plans and Resources Records, for ready access at any moment. This documentation system is informed by the AIP, as demonstrated by the neuroscientists, who show us why we need to take a good history from conception including both “T” traumas and “t” disturbing life events, as well as resources and developmental factors.
Keywords: File Genograms Resource Records Trauma Recovery Plans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
95. Eidhof, M. B. (2012). The contribution of emotion to the effects of EMDR. Universiteit Utrecht, Utrecht, Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Until now, the effects of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), has been best explained by Working Memory (WM) theory. Research on the effects of EMDR has always concerned emotional memory, even though the WM account does not consider the emotional element in EMDR. Insights from neuroscience about emotion and its role in the consolidating of stimuli have led to questions that WM theory cannot address. Therefore, the present study introduces the WM/emotion theory on EMDR, which complements WM theory by incorporating knowledge about emotion and its expected role in EMDR treatment. WM/emotion theory expects emotion to play an important role in EMDR treatment, because the re-experiencing of emotion during the recall of an (traumatic) emotional memory seems to enhance (re)consolidation of the ‘blurred’ (as a result of taxing the WM) memory. If this is true, it means EMDR treatment would only affect memories with high emotional charge, and EMDR would be less effective with neutral memories. To test this hypothesis, an experiment was conducted in which negative emotional- and neutral memories of participants were treated with a lab version of EMDR (recall + eye movements (Recall+EM’s)) or a control intervention (Recall-only). It was expected that after Recall + EM’s the reduction of the vividness (and emotionality) would be larger for emotional memories than for neutral memories.It was found that after Recall+EM’s only the vividness (and emotionality) of emotional memories was reduced. The results of the present study suggest that emotion is a crucial element in EMDR treatment and knowledge about the workings of EMDR should be revised according to WM/emotion theory.
Keywords: Autobiographical Memories Consolidation Emotion Negative Memories Neutral Memories Reconsolidation Vividness Working Memory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
96. Benish, S. G., Imel, Z. E., & Wampold, B. E. (2008, October). Corrigendum to “The relative efficacy of bona fide psychotherapies for treating post-traumatic stress disorder: A meta-analysis of direct comparisons”. Clinical Psychology Review, 28(7), 1281. doi:10.1016/j.cpr.2008.06.001.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In the course of extending our meta-analysis of the relative efficacy of psychotherapy treatment of PTSD (Benish, Imel, &
Wampold, 2008), we detected three errors in the original analysis that appear in Table 1. The effect size for all measures should be
d=.40 for Foa et al. (1999), while all measures and PTSD measures for Devilly & Spence (1999) should be d=.43 and d=.57,
respectively. In the original analysis, data from Resick et al. (1988) was erroneously included in lieu of Resick (2002) including the
quotation. The correct effect size for Resick et al. (2002) all measures and PTSD measures should be d=.31 and d=.27, respectively.
After correcting these errors, the upper bound of the aggregated effect increases slightly to 0.19 and 0.22 for all measures and
PTSD measures, respectively. These errors did not affect the significance level of any test of the hypotheses of the study.
Keywords: Corrigendum
Accuracy Verified: Yes
97. de Jongh, A. (2005, June). Could EMDR be a promising treatment in the immediate aftermath of a traumatic incident?. In "EMDR in action." Part 2. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Various studies have shown that the counselling routinely offered to people
in the immediate aftermath of a traumatic incident seldom protects them
from developing post-traumatic stress -and could even delay their recovery.
On the other hand, clinical experience suggests that in many cases with the
proper utilization of EMDR an almost spontaneous integration of perceptions
of sensory input and the cognitive components of the experience takes
place. Although controlled data about types of interventions. the optimal
time to intervene or predictors of response and recovery are still lacking.
within the organization D.O.E.N., providing critical incident stress
management services in the Netherlands, there is broad experience in
utilizing EMDR with clients who exhibit severe early symptoms following
trauma and who need 'first-aid' treatment. EMDR treatment is generally
started when there is no evidence of change or recovery within the course
of 1 or 2 weeks. Since there is a tremendous unmet need, there is an
important challenge to demonstrate in controlled research the advantages
of EMDR for those who suffer from symptoms of acute stress, for example in
emergency departments and/or the immediate aftermath of mass trauma. This presentation will focus on the rationale for early treatment with the use
of EMDR. This approach is illustrated by segments of video taped treatment
sessions of clients with symptoms of acute stress.
Keywords: Practice Symposium Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
98. Seubert, A. (2007, June). The courage to feel: The power of emotional competency within the EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Much of affect education is focused on managing and tolerating emotions. What is missing on the in this is an emphasis on the positive reasons for having feelings and how they work (objective #1). We need to be able to sell our clients on the importance of emotional expertise and honesty if they are to heal. They need to develop the courage to feel, but won’t do this if feelings don’t make sense.
Because the emotional journey cuts through what is foreign territory for many of our clients, there is also a need for a map, a hands-on practical guide that clients can refer to when learning how to do this “feeling things.” For this I have developed the Four Steps to emotional competence, very teachable and very learnable (Objective #2).
Specific skills are needed to implement the Four Steps. These include the practice of awareness (the sine qua non of any therapy), breath work, visualizations, resource development and anchoring, grounding techniques, trance busters and the L.I.D.S. strategy for managing strong feelings(Objective #3). Many of these will be practiced during the workshop.
Finally, it is important for the therapist to have a trauma treatment phase model in mind in order to know where this affect education fits in and when it may need to be revisited (Objective #4). The use of EMDR to reinforce learning will be demonstrated and/or practiced during the learning of the seven skills (Objective #5).
Accuracy Verified: Yes
99. Spierings, J. J. (2008, June). Creative cognitive interweaves with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients, we can hardly expect EMDR-processing to go
smoothly by itself. ‘Just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients
process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring traumaresolution.
In EMDR this type of intervening is called ‘(cognitive) interweaving’. The
therapist may need to intervene on the process level with process interweaves, in
order to keep the client within his window of (affect) tolerance. Or the therapist has to
intervene on the content level with content interweaves; when the client gets stuck in
a specific problem he is unable to solve with the information he has available. In this
workshop the participant learns to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal
level of the client. In addition to this a toolkit of useful content interweaves is
presented, cognitive and non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, and religious
interweaves. Metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for
specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious interweaves to get round
resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
100. Spierings, J. (2012, April). A creative new look at interweaves / Un regard nouveau et créatif sur le tissage (Interweaves). Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients, ‘just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring trauma resolution. In EMDR, this type of intervening is called '(cognitive) interweaving’. In this presentation, a distinction will be made between process and content interweaves. The process interweaves are designed to keep the client within their window of affect tolerance. Or, the therapist may intervene on the content level, when the client gets stuck in a specific problem they are unable to solve with the available information. Content interweaves may be either cognitive or non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous, symbolic and spiritual interweaves. The presentation includes metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious interweaves to get round resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness.
Learning objectives:
1.To understand the concept of interweaves and when they are used
2.To understand the difference between process and content interweaves
3.To learn to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal level of the client
4.To develop a toolkit of useful content interweaves including both cognitive and non-cognitive examples, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous , symbolic and spiritual interweaves.
Keywords: Interweaves
Accuracy Verified: Yes
101. Hillman, J. L. (2002). Crisis intervention and trauma, New approaches to evidence-based practice. New York, NY: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract: R
ecent findings from an American Psychological Association task force suggest that one in four therapists will experience patient suicide, and that one in eight will feel threatened by patient violence during their career. Experts from this task force have also noted that clinicians receive virtually no formal training or coursework in crisis intervention. Despite the increasing need for professional services among members of the general population, current practitioners have few texts available that provide step-by-step, detailed information about how to engage in crisis intervention, and how to integrate recent, empirical research findings into theory and practice. This volume helps bridge this critical gap by providing a theoretically advanced, yet practical guide to crisis intervention.
Particular attention is given to the role of violence within our culture, patient suicide, school and workplace violence, long-term sequelae of trauma, clinical assessment and risk management, professional boundaries and burn-out, domestic violence, and the neurophysiology of trauma, as well as the needs of typically underserved patient populations including minority group members, older adults, gays and lesbians, and children. The text also features critical reviews of controversial topics, including EMDR, critical incident stress debriefing, recovered memories, dissociative identity disorder, and alternative medicine. [Springer]
Keywords: Crisis Intervention Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
102. Dattilio, F. (2001). Crisis intervention techniques for panic disorder. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 55(3), 388-405.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Panic disorder is estimated to affect more than 4% of the U.S. population. It is assumed that this incident rate increases during crisis situations. While the professional literature is replete with references on the treatment of panic disorders, few authors address the use of nondrug treatment in conjunction with crisis intervention. This article provides an overview of the latest nonpharmacologic interventions for panic along with a description of their effectiveness in reducing the onset of symptomatology as well as preventing relapse during crisis.
Keywords: Crisis Intervention Non-drug Treatment Panic dsiorder Nonpharmacological Interventions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
103. Young, W., Puk, G., & Rouanzoin, C. C. (1995, June). Current trends using EMDR in dissociative disorders. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop covers the screening, diagnosis, treatment and pitfalls encountered in using EMDR in Dissociative Disorders.
The unexpected finding of dissociative disorders among trauma victims using EMDR requires therapists to be able to recogme and
screen for dissociative conditions. Under special circumstances, these patients may have negative reactions which the EMDR
therapist should be prepared to manage.
Treatment requires a strong alliance, an awareness of dissociation and the management of patients' abreactions. Treatment
guidelines have been established for using EMDR which can guide therapists as our expmence with dissociative disorders evolves.
A careful informed consent should be obtained and an assessment of the patient's inner resources made so that ffagile patients with
histories of chronic trauma are not inadvertently injured. Further, EMDR is not designed as a tool for "memory work" but for the
reduction of distress for events or experiences already known.
Lectures, discussions, handouts and video tape demonstrations show the application of EMDR in a variety of conditions.
The results of a pilot study using EMDR in 15 patients with 33 target symptoms will be presented. In this limited sample, between
50% and 60% of patients achieved significant reduction of their distress levels on selected targets. A variety of responses occurred
including fusions, generalization effects, and establishmg inner dialogue. In addition, a variety of problems arose resulting in
treatment failures or cessation of EMDR. These include such reactions as flooding, escalation of anger, paranoia and resistance to
the treatment. The implications of these findings suggest that cautious patient selection and use of EMDR has a potential use and
that as research in this population continues, strategies for overcoming problem areas can be developed.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
104. Capezzani, L. (2010, Novembre). Dati preliminari del progetto: Valutazione degli esiti medico- clinici e psicologici in seguito all’applicazione dell’EMDR in pazienti oncologici con disturbi dello spettro post traumatico da stress [Preliminary data of the project: Evaluation of medical-clinical and psychological outcomes following the application of EMDR in cancer patients with autism spectrum post-traumatic stress disorder]. Presentazione al "Convegno La psicotraumatologia Oncologica, Roma, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
La ricerca ha lo scopo di indicare se l’intervento con EMDR produce significativi cambiamenti dei parametri medico-clinico, oltre che psicologici, in pazienti oncologici che abbiamo ricevuto una diagnosi di PTSD o di un disturbo dello spettro post-traumatico da stress durante ciascuna delle fasi dell’evoluzione della malattia.
In particolare si vuole verificare se dopo trattamento con EMDR:
- i valori baseline di cortisolo nel sangue cambiano e riproducono anche in pazienti oncologici l’andamento dimostrato in letteratura: in presenza di un PTSD acuto generalmente i livelli sono alti, quando invece il PTSD è cronico i livelli di cortisolo sono bassi ma in ambedue i casi un trattamento con EMDR produce una normalizzazione di suddetti valori.
- si osserva una riduzione della quantità di citochine che rappresentano gli indicatori immunologici correlati a stati di depressione ed ansia sia sottosoglia che non, quasi sempre presenti tra i disturbi dello spettro PTSD e quindi anche nella malattia oncologica (Cantelmi, 2008 in preparazione).
Lo studio consente inoltre di osservare
- per quali delle fasi della malattia il trattamento con EMDR produce la migliore estinzione dei disturbi post-traumatici da stress,
- se le modalità di coping, cioè le strategie di adattamento alla malattia e sua gestione migliorano dopo il trattamento con EMDR
The research is intended to indicate whether the intervention with EMDR produces significant changes in clinical parameters and medical as well as psychological, in cancer patients who have received a diagnosis of PTSD or a spectrum disorder post-traumatic stress disorder during each of the stages of the disease.
In particular, we want to check if after treatment with EMDR:
- The values of baseline cortisol in the blood change and reproduce even in cancer patients the trend shown in the literature: in the presence of an acute PTSD generally the levels are high, when instead the PTSD is chronic cortisol levels are low but in both cases treated with EMDR produces a normalization of these values.
- There is a reduction in the amount of cytokines representing the immunological indicators related to states of depression and subthreshold anxiety is that, almost always present between the spectrum disorders PTSD and therefore also in the oncological disease (Cantelmi, 2008 in preparation).
The study also allows you to observe
- For which of the stages of the disease treatment with EMDR produces the best extinction of the symptoms of post-traumatic stress,
- Whether the method of coping, ie the strategies of adaptation to the disease and its management to improve after treatment with EMDR.
Keywords: Autism Cancer Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
105. Cornil, L. (2013, April). De kracht van het NU in EMDR [The power of NOW in EMDR]. Presentatie op Het congres EMDR Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Deze uiteenzetting brengt een theoretisch-filosofische kijk op het tijdsconcept in EMDR. Sinds het prille begin speelt het tijdsconcept een centrale rol in de EMDR benadering. Aan de basis van het AIP model ligt het idee dat geheugennetwerken vervrozen zijn in de tijd (Shapiro 1995). De informatie is op een disfunctionele manier gestockeerd in het vervrozen nu en kan op elk moment worden getriggerd. In EMDR hebben patiënten (en therapeuten) het moeilijk om het NU van de negatieve cognitie te pakken te krijgen. Patiënten begrijpen niet wat gevraagd wordt en raken verward wanneer therapeuten vragen wat ze nu over zichzelf denken als ze denken aan toen. In de EMDR basistraining wordt aangegeven dat het vinden van een adequate negatieve cognitie een moeilijk deel is van het EMDR protocol, maar wel een noodzakelijk deel.
Het NU is wat op dit moment gebeurt. Er is geen verleden, enkel de huidige perceptie van het verleden. Net zoals er geen toekomst is, enkele de huidige perceptie van mogelijkheden. Het heden is datgene waarmee men zich identificeert: wat je ziet, geloof je: wat je op een gegeven moment gewaarwordt, wordt de realiteit van het NU. Wanneer de patiënt getriggerd wordt in de perceptie van het kind, wordt de patiënt het kind en de tijdsperceptie wijzigt.
Het punt dat in deze uiteenzetting naar voor wordt gebracht, is dat verandering ontstaat wanneer de patiënt stopt met zich te vereenzelvigen met het verleden dat daardoor het NU wordt. In EMDR wordt de patiënt door de therapeut uitgenodigd om dingen te laten gebeuren en te merken wat er verandert. Tijd heeft beweging nodig om te bestaan: de wijzers van de klok, de zon in de lucht, de rimpels die verschijnen op de huid verwijzen allemaal naar tijd. In plaats van de pijnlijke informatie op een afstand te proberen houden, die zich bevindt in de niet-tijd zonder beweging, wordt de patiënt juist uitgenodigd om de beweging te observeren die kan ontstaan door de positie van de dubbele aandacht in te nemen: één voet in de reële tijd en één voet in de niet-tijd. We zullen linken met mindfullness aangeven.
This statement brings a theoretical-philosophical perspective on the concept of time in EMDR. Since the very beginning the concept of time plays a central role in the EMDR approach. At the base of the AIP model is the idea that in the memory networks vervrozen time (Shapiro, 1995). The information is stored in a dysfunctional way vervrozen now and can be triggered at any time. In EMDR, patients (and therapists) is difficult to the NOW of the negative cognition to catch. Patients do not understand what is required and get confused when therapists ask what they think about themselves when they think of when. In the EMDR basic training indicated that finding an adequate negative cognition is a difficult part of the EMDR protocol, but a necessary part.
The NOW is what is currently happening. There is no past, only the current perception of the past. Just as there is no future, some of the current perception of opportunities. The present is that with which one identifies: what you see, you believe what you become aware at any given time, the reality of the NOW. When the patient is triggered in the perception of the child, the patient is a child and time perception changes.
The point in this discussion forward is brought, is that change occurs when the patient stops to identify with the past that result it is NOW. In EMDR, the patient by the therapist invited to make things happen and to notice what is changing. Time needs movement to exist: the clockwise direction, the sun in the sky, the wrinkles that appear on the skin all refer to time. In place of the painful information try to keep at a distance, which is located in the non-time without movement, the patient is invited to precisely observing the movement which may be caused by the position of the double attention to take: a foot in real time, and a foot in the non-time. We will link with mindfulness state.
Keywords: Present Focus
Accuracy Verified: Yes
106. McCammon, S. L., & Allison, E. J. (1995). Debriefing and treating emergency workers. In C. R. Figley (Ed.), Compassion fatigue: Coping with secondary traumatic stress disorder in those who treat the traumatized (pp. 115-130). New York: Brunner/Mazel.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Chapter 6 emphasizes the importance of promoting trauma resolution and healthy coping strategies in emergency workers. Strategies that can be implemented before, during, and after a traumatic event are summarized. Pretrauma interventions include the use of a stress audit, training regarding stress and its management, and policy development.During a traumatic event, interventions include orientation to the trauma site, on-scene support, demobilization, and debriefing. Common elements among the several debriefing models described include the structuring of opportunities to review the events of the traumatic situation and to ventilate feelings, the learning of skills for integrating and mastering the event, and obtaining assistance in identifying, enlisting, and accepting help from one's support system. Post-trauma activities include individual follow-up sessions, the use of experimental procedures such as eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, and attention to anniversaries of traumatic events. A decade of anecdotal reports testifies to the effectiveness of debriefing and provides helpful insights into working with emergency responders. Currently, research efforts are under way to assess systematically the impact of debriefing. Future research should address the mediating effect of emergency workers' coping behaviors and cognitions. [Introduction, p. xix]
Keywords: Adults Critical Incidence Stress Debriefing CISD Education Medical Personnel Prevention Emergency Personnel Self-Help Techniques Vicarious Traumatization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
107. Curry, S. (2006, June). Decisions, decisions…Forks in the road in EMDR: What, when and who. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Following EMDR training, clinicians experience a steep learning curve when they attempt to implement the protocol with clients. Anecdotal evidence points to a significant reduction in numbers of EMDR trained clinicians actually utilizing it correctly with clients on a regular basis. EMDR is much more complex than it first appears; therefore those who use the protocol only occasionally or loosely will miss significant opportunities to grasp the subtleties and effective application. There is a need, even for experienced EMDR clinicians, to learn and apply a structured way of identifying the decisions we make both before and as we proceed through the protocol. A growing body of researcs exists to back up our decisions; however, some choices are made based on intuition and clinical judgment. Topics will include a self-evaluation (passions and expertise); why we sharpen our phone skills up-front; rationales for tightening up intake and case conceptualization; decisions during preparation, safe place, resource development, assessment, desensitization, and later phases of the protocol; decisions regarding cognitive interweaves; and decisions regarding time management and flexing a treatment plan. Participants will be encouraged to sharpen their thinking about how they do EMDR with their clients, by means of identifying the most important "forks in the road" before and during treatment; be able to name at least one decision point pertaining to each of the Phases covered; and finally, to provide a rationale for the choices they do make at these critical moments.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves Preparation Phase Time Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
108. Curry, S. (2006, September). Decisions, decisions…Forks in the road in EMDR: What, when, and why. Presentation at an annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: F
ollowing EMDR training, clinicians experience
a steep learning curve when they attempt to
implement the protocol with clients. Anecdotal
evidence points to a significant reduction in
numbers of EMDR trained clinicians actually
utilizing it correctly with clients on a regular basis.
EMDR is much more complex than it first
appears; therefore those who use the protocol only
occasionally or loosely will miss significant opportunities to grasp the subtleties and effective
application. There is a need, even for experienced
EMDR clinicians, to learn and apply a structured
way of identifying the decisions we make both
before and as we proceed through the protocol. A
growing body of researcs exists to back up our
decisions; however, some choices are made based
on intuition and clinical judgment. Topics will
include a self-evaluation (passions and expertise);
why we sharpen our phone skills up-front;
rationales for tightening up intake and case
conceptualization; decisions during preparation,
safe place, resource development, assessment,
desensitization, and later phases of the protocol;
decisions regarding cognitive interweaves; and
decisions regarding time management and flexing
a treatment plan. Participants will be encouraged
to sharpen their thinking about how they do
EMDR with their clients, by means of identifying
the most important "forks in the road" before and
during treatment; be able to name at least one
decision point pertaining to each of the Phases
covered; and finally, to provide a rationale for the choices they do make at these critical moments. 8
Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves Preparation Phase Time Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
109. Kiessling, R. (2009, August). Demystifying the cognitive interweave. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Frequently, clinicians perceive that the cognitive interweave stems from either a well-constructed table of ‘cause and effect’ criteria or is magically ‘conjured’ up by a wizardry clinician. This practical, down-to-earth, basic workshops will ‘demystify’ the cognitive interweave for all clinicians who have completed the Basic Training. Participants will understand the cognitive interweave and how it seamlessly integrates into the AIP model, how preparing for the cognitive interweave begins at intake and continues to develop throughout the client’s reprocessing, and how to utilize their own clinical ‘wizardry’ skills ‘on-the-fly’ when needed to assist clients in successfully reprocessing their traumatic experiences.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
110. Eimer, B. N. (1993, Spring). Desensitization and reprocessing of chronic pain with EMDR. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(1), 13-17.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
There are two widely accepted assumptions about personality and psychopathology that influence the success of failure of our use of EMDR with patients. While the following notions have been restated in different ways by various schools of personality, the reader is referred to the work of George Kelly (1955) for the most complete elaboration of these assumptions.
Keywords: Chronic Pain Pain Pain Management Personality Psychopathology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
111. Laub, B., & Weiner, N. (2011). A developmental/integrative perspective of the recent traumatic episode protocol. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(2), 57-72. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.2.57.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The recent traumatic episode protocol (R-TEP) is an adaptation of the eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) standard protocol to the acute phases following trauma. In this article, the R-TEP structure and procedures were analyzed from a developmental/integrative perspective. It is proposed that the therapist's developmental understanding and attunement can enhance the therapeutic dyad and can promote flexible decision making while using the R-TEP procedures. One case illustration of a recent trauma intervention demonstrates the advantage of developmental attunement in using the R-TEP. This perspective enables the therapist to pace the various styles of processing as they relate to the different stages of the memory consolidation process.
Keywords: AIP Model Early EMDR Intervention EEI Memory Consolidation Process R-TEP Recent Events Recent Trauma Recent Traumatic Episode Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
112. Cotraccia, T. (2008, September). Disorganized attachment and adjustment disorders: An AIP perspective on small 't' trauma and resilience. Poster Session presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Adjustment Disorders Disorganized Attachment Small 'T' Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
113. Cotraccia, A. (2008, June). Disorganized attachment in the “worried well”: EMDR in the treatment of adjustment disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will begin with a focus on current Adjustment Disorder literature. This section will highlight
problems of intrapersonal and interpersonal attunement as defined from an Interpersonal Neurobiological
perspective. Furthermore, literature on attachment theory will explore the importance of contingent
communication in the development of an integrated mind. The relevance of intersubjective experience in
adaptive information processing will help participants learn to identify experiences of misattuned communication
as relational trauma. Information processing will further be explored as related to self states. An emphasis on
recognizing “cohesive vs coherent” self states will be made. The understanding of the multiplicity of the mind in
this section will provide a context for considering dissociation from an attachment theory perspective. In addition
the emergence of cohesive and “disaggregated” self states will be highlighted as a result of the disorganized
attachment experience. This particular type of relational trauma will be conceptualized as a betrayal trauma.
Disavowal of self states will be established as salient in the vagueness of presenting complaints in the patient
with an Adjustment Disorder. AIP case conceptualization of Adjustment Disorders will be established and a focus
for the remainder of the workshop. Identification of memory networks associated with disorganized/unresolved
experiences and integration of cohesive self states will follow. The 8 phased 3 pronged protocol or modified egostate
specific targeting will be highlighted with a case study. Participants will learn to organize a treatment plan
around negative cognitions, affects and behaviours reflected in the presenting problem and history.
Keywords: Adjustment Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
114. Knipe, J. (2010, September/October). Dissociation through the AIP lens. Opening address at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Dissociation Opening Address
Accuracy Verified: Yes
115. Manfield, P., & Snyker, E. (2002, June). Don’t go with that!. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
One of the beauties of EMDR is that, in most cases, clients can simply begin each set of eye movements by focusing on their associations from
the previous set. The therapist simply says, "Go with that." This workshop will identify clients for whom "Go with that" will probably not
work, clients who use avoidance or dissociation to defend against painful affect or who associate loosely and cause targets to "pancake." We will
use video and transcripts to illustrate a variety of interventions and techniques to handle these more challenging clients and situations.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
116. Herbert, C. (2010, June). Do‘s and don‘ts in trauma therapy: Strategies for enhancing the work with trauma of different levels of complexity – a positive growth approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Working with traumatized clients can be overwhelming
for the therapist, especially when the trauma is complex, involves
dissociative symptoms or different personality states, fragmented
memories or client affect is intense and poorly regulated. My
experience as a supervisor of EMDR practitioners has shown that
it is not uncommon for therapists, in an attempt to be helpful to
the traumatized clients, to unintentionally use strategies, which
are experienced as re-traumatizing or which lead to an increase
in their clients’' survival based coping strategies, including the
further strengthening of the ANP (Apparently Normal Personal-
~ t y- van der Hart, Nijenhuis and Steele. 2006). This workshop
highlights different therapeutic challenges, which often arise
for therapists when working with trauma and introduce strategies
that EMDR practitioners can use in their work with such
clients. This workshop embeds the principles of Positive Growth
Therapy (PGT - Herbert, 20071, which encompasses combined
knowledge from a variety of disciplines, including positive psychology,
information-processing theory, neurobiology, somatic
psychology, developmental psychology and attachment theory,
mindfulness and others. These strategies, designed to nurture
growth rather than dysfunction, are linked to specific therapeutic
factors relevant to the work with trauma, such as different types
of trauma, the nature of dissociation, the therapeutic pathway
toward integration. the concept of safety, the importance of resource
installation, individual pacing of therapy and the window
of tolerance, different types of processing, and the integration of
rational and experiential processing systems and others, which
will be explored in the course of this workshop
This workshop offers opportunities for both, EMDR therapists,
who are fairly new to the trauma field and would like to enhance
and deepen their knowledge base, and those already experienced in the trauma field who would like to use this workshop
as an opportunity to re-view, further refine or validate
their current ways of working.
The specific learning objectives for this workshop are:
1. To find out about specific therapeutic factors that is relevant
to the work with trauma.
2. To learn about strategies to avoid and strategies, which are helpful for trauma clients. 3. To increase therapist confidence in working with traumatized clients of varying levels of complexity.
This workshop is unique in the way in which it transcends specific
(and sometimes too narrowly defined) therapeutic modalities or psychiatric diagnoses and instead offers solutions to
EMDR practitioners of all modalities by providing deeper understanding of specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma of different complexities.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
117. London, R. T. (2005, February). Dr. London replies. Clinical Psychiatry News, 33(2), 8.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
Thank you kindly for your thoughtful letter. Even though so much of psychiatry has turned to medication management, it's wonderful to know that there are psychiatrists out there who realize the interrelatedness of scientific medicine, the wonderful value of talk therapy strategies, and the greatness of the human spirit in achieving changes in behaviors. I'd even like to think this can be done under the same psychotherapeutic roof.
Keywords: Letter
Accuracy Verified: Yes
118. Turner, S. (2005, November). Drug treatments in the management of PTSD. Symposium conducted (S. Turner, Chair) at the 21st annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The UK National Institute for Clinical Excellence
Guidelines on PTSD: Based on rigorous meta-analysis, detailed literature review and two public
consultations, the national guidelines for the assessment, prevention and
treatment of PTSD in the UK will be presented in this symposium on behalf
of the Guideline Development Group.
Drug treatments in the management of PTSD: Drug treatments are increasingly used in the management of PTSD and have
been supported by a number of recent reviews although there have been
increasing concerns about their safety. Recent guidance has been issued in
the UK by the Regulatory Agency concerning the use of SSRI drugs in people
of all ages, but especially in children and young adults. In a meta-analysis
of the clinical trial literature for PTSD, following a rigorous bibliographic
search, 26 RCTs meeting strict criteria were identified. Data on two hitherto
unpublished trials of sertraline were available for inclusion. This review highlights
the methodological issues involved in comparing drug trials and trials
of psychological therapies. Nonetheless, meta-analysis demonstrates that
drug treatments for PTSD are probably more disappointing than hitherto
believed. Only five drugs emerged with recommendations for use. One of
these has a reliable if modest effect (paroxetine). The other four are included
on the basis of small single trial reports. Although there are clear indications
for drug treatments, in general there should be an increasing emphasis on
ensuring that trauma-focused psychological treatments (CBT and EMDR) are
widely available, delivered by competent practitioners, and easily accessible
in a timely fashion in primary and secondary care settings.
Keywords: Drug Treatment Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Symposium
Accuracy Verified: No
119. Knipe, J. (2009). Dysfunctional positive affect: Codependence or obsession with self-defeating behavior. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 463-465). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Codependence Dysfunctional Positive Affect Obsession Protocol Self-Defeating Behavior
Accuracy Verified: Yes
120. Knipe, J. (2009). Dysfunctional positive affect: Procrastination. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 453-458). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Dysfunctional Postive Affect Procrastination Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
121. Knipe, J. (2009). Dysfunctional positive affect: To assist clients with unwanted avoidance defenses. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 451-452). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Avoidance Defenses Dysfunctional Positive Affect Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
122. Knipe, J. (2009). Dysfunctional positive affect: To clear the pain of unrequited love. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 459-462). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Dysfunctional Positive Affect Protocol Unrequited Love
Accuracy Verified: Yes
123. Bonnel, F. (1997, December). E.M.D.R: Eye-movement desensibilisation and reprocessing. Revue Française de Psychiatrie et de Psychologie Médicale, 1(13),.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
A new therapy using a saccadic eye-movement desensitisation
.EMD procedure has recently been introduced to treat posttraumatic
stress disorder, a disorder that has been difficult to treat
in the past. This paper reports the treatment of a woman with posttraumatic
stress disorderusing the EMD procedure. She was
treated with only two sessions of EMDR lasting approximately
one hour and a half. The 90 day follow-up showed that the treatment
gains were maintained and after a year the positive
therapeutic effects were stable.
These results show the efficacy and efficiency of EMDR method
in the treatment of chronic traumatic memories.
EMDR perspectives
reports recent research on the adaptative and maladaptative
consequences of the experience of trauma. It is suggested that
EMDR generates directions for future research and is helping in
the treatment of patients with impaired ego-strength. The
procedure fits well in a psychodynamic oriented setting : EMDR
through the flow of associations, is developing an awareness,that
might help the client to establish a contact with the internal representation.
Keywords: Accelerated Information Processing Adaptative Resolution AIP Desensitization Dissociation Negative Cognition
Accuracy Verified: Yes
124. Shapiro, E., & Laub, B. (2008). Early EMDR intervention (EEI): A summary, a theoretical model, and the recent traumatic episode protocol (R-TEP). Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(2), 79-96. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.2.79.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article examines existing early EMDR intervention (EEI) procedures, presents a conceptual model, and proposes a new comprehensive protocol: the Recent-Traumatic Episode protocol (R-TEP). A review of research and important professional issues regarding application and parameters are presented. The commonly used EEI protocols and procedures are summarized, with the inclusion of descriptive case examples from the Lebanon war and a review of related research. Then a theoretical model is presented in which traumatic information processing is conceptualized as expanding from a narrow focus on the sensory image (perceptual level) to a wider focus on the event/episode (experiential level) and finally to a broad focus on the theme/identity (meaning level). The relationship of this model to the Recent-Traumatic Episode protocol is articulated and case examples are presented. Theoretical speculations are discussed relating to attention regulation and the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model. Further research is encouraged. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model AIP Cognitive Processes Crisis Intervention Early EMDR Intervention Emergency Room Patients Israel-Hezbollah War Israelis Prevention of PTSD Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Recent Events Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
125. Lueger-Schuster, B., & Olff, M. (2008, June). Early intervention following traumatic events. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
On successful completion of the workshop, participants will be able to:
· Describe the commonly used approaches to early intervention following
traumatic events and the rationale behind them including blanket
intervention, targeted interventions and the timing of them. Describe specific interventions including critical incident stress debriefing,
psychological debriefing, psychological first aid, critical incident stress
management, trauma risk management, supportive counselling and trauma
focused cognitive behavioural therapy.
Discuss the current evidence base for the effectiveness of early interventions
following traumatic events.
Keywords: Early Intervention
Accuracy Verified: Yes
126. Grey, E. (2009, August). Earning security with EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The experience of safety associated with a secure attachment is essential in promoting social engagement. Social engagement requires the capacity to identify, tolerate and communicate our emotional states. This poster illustrates the pathogenic role that relational trauma plays in thwarting such intrapersonal attunement necessary for interpersonal integration. In particular, disorganized attachment experiences are highlighted as small-t traumas and “touchstone memories” related to “affect phobias”. These phobias are key psychopathological agents that maintain dissociative barriers between components of internal working models of self and other involved in attachment relationships.
Internal working models related to disorganized attachment experiences include segregated information of parent/child interactions in which the parent is the “source and solution of the child’s fright”. The establishment of “trauma coded” internal working models is instrumental in the development of “extra-personal attunement”. As opposed to intrapersonal attunement, extra-personal attunement is characterized by a preoccupation with the feelings, thoughts, and behaviors of others and simultaneous dissociation of one’s own internal experience.
In the wake of such relational trauma, the adaptive information processing system within the individual becomes “corrupt”. The AIP model provides a way to understand the salience of dysfunctionally held information in the brain in thwarting interpersonal attunement and intrapersonal attunement and maintenance of a “corrupt information processing system”. Furthermore, it assists in the clinical navigation of the paths between memory, internal working models, and auto and interactive psychobiological regulation. From a clearer point of view and with an appreciation for the vulnerability of relational misattunement to be traumatic relevant EMDR processing targets can be indentified and targeted. In addition, this AIP conceptualization of relational trauma offers a parsimonious framework within which the effects of trauma can been seen in a variety of psychopathologies.
From adjustment disorders to dissociative identity disorder the feeling of “insecurity” associated with relationships reinforces extra-personal attunement and avoidance of interactive regulation necessary for social engagement. In addition, extrapersonal attunement leads to a preoccupation with the emotional states of others, avoidance of social engagement and substitution of work, play, food, and sex to regulate distress and amplify positive affect.
This poster will offer an Adaptive Information Processing model conceptualization of relational trauma and will outline the role of EMDR in reducing phobic responses to innate affect. It will also highlight the identification and processing of touchstone memories related to disorganized attachment experiences in both the standard EMDR protocol and the adapted “Ego-state specific” protocol. These interventions will be portrayed as necessary components of a comprehensive treatment plan in the treatment of relational trauma. Finally the successful treatment of relational trauma will be depicted as a relevant in promoting intrapersonal attunement necessary for interpersonal integration.
Keywords: Affect Phobias Phobias Relational Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
127. Cotraccia, T. (2009, August). Earning security with EMDR - Promoting social engagement in the wake of relational trauma. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The experience of safety associated with a secure attachment is essential in promoting social engagement. Social engagement requires the capacity to identify, tolerate and communicate our emotional states. This poster illustrates the pathogenic role that relational trauma plays in thwarting such intrapersonal attunement necessary for interpersonal integration. In particular, disorganized attachment experiences are highlighted as small-t traumas and “touchstone memories” related to “affect phobias”. These phobias are key psychopathological agents that maintain dissociative barriers between components of internal working models of self and other involved in attachment relationships.
Internal working models related to disorganized attachment experiences include segregated information of parent/child interactions in which the parent is the “source and solution of the child’s fright”. The establishment of “trauma coded” internal working models is instrumental in the development of “extra-personal attunement”. As opposed to intrapersonal attunement, extra-personal attunement is characterized by a preoccupation with the feelings, thoughts, and behaviors of others and simultaneous dissociation of one’s own internal experience.
In the wake of such relational trauma, the adaptive information processing system within the individual becomes “corrupt”. The AIP model provides a way to understand the salience of dysfunctionally held information in the brain in thwarting interpersonal attunement and intrapersonal attunement and maintenance of a “corrupt information processing system”. Furthermore, it assists in the clinical navigation of the paths between memory, internal working models, and auto and interactive psychobiological regulation. From a clearer point of view and with an appreciation for the vulnerability of relational misattunement to be traumatic relevant EMDR processing targets can be indentified and targeted. In addition, this AIP conceptualization of relational trauma offers a parsimonious framework within which the effects of trauma can been seen in a variety of psychopathologies.
From adjustment disorders to dissociative identity disorder the feeling of “insecurity” associated with relationships reinforces extra-personal attunement and avoidance of interactive regulation necessary for social engagement. In addition, extrapersonal attunement leads to a preoccupation with the emotional states of others, avoidance of social engagement and substitution of work, play, food, and sex to regulate distress and amplify positive affect.
This poster will offer an Adaptive Information Processing model conceptualization of relational trauma and will outline the role of EMDR in reducing phobic responses to innate affect. It will also highlight the identification and processing of touchstone memories related to disorganized attachment experiences in both the standard EMDR protocol and the adapted “Ego-state specific” protocol. These interventions will be portrayed as necessary components of a comprehensive treatment plan in the treatment of relational trauma. Finally the successful treatment of relational trauma will be depicted as a relevant in promoting intrapersonal attunement necessary for interpersonal integration.
Keywords: Poster Social Engagement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
128. Temple, M. (2011, October). Eating disorders and EMDR. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on EMDR in eating disorders, particularly Anorexia Nervosa, commencing with a review of the evidence base particularly in relation to EMDR and perspective on aetiology / causations. The discussion will focus on physical risks and need for combined multi-disciplinary working for safe management with a specific focus on published EMDR work and the importance of the preparatory / resource phase. Target areas for using EMDR including identified trauma, attachment / abandonment issues, fear of need / emotion, specific experiences of the anorexia itself and symptom areas such as body image distortion will all be considered leading to a possible overall ‘EMDR and Eating Disorders’ model. (Author abstract)
Keywords: Eating Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
129. Hollander, H. E., & Bender, S. S. (2001, January-April). ECEM (Eye Closure Eye Movements): Integrating aspects of EMDR with hypnosis for treatment of trauma. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 43(3-4), 187-202. doi:10.1080/00029157.2001.10404276.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The paper addresses distinctions between hypnotic interventions and Eye Movement Desensitizing and Reprocessing (EMDR) and discusses their effect on persons who have symptoms of PTSD. Eye movements in hypnosis and EMDR are considered in terms of the different ways they may affect responses in treatment. A treatment intervention within hypnosis called ECEM (Eye Closure, Eye Movements) is described. ECEM can be used for patients with histories of trauma who did not benefit adequately from either interventions in hypnosis or the EMDR treatment protocol used separately. In ECEM the eye movement variable of EMDR is integrated within a hypnosis protocol to enhance benefits of hypnosis and reduce certain risks of EMDR. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Hypnotherapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
130. Martin, G. (2007). Editorial - On rural services for mental. Australian e-Journal for the Advancement of Mental Health, 6(1), 1-4.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Sumithra attended the village clinic for three sessions of CBT and EMDR lasting ninety minutes each, during a three week period. EMDR involved supporting her to describe her fears and hold all the elements in mind while simultaneously engaging in bilateral eye-movements. Feedback was obtained on the material that was emotion provoking. This cycle was repeated, while observing for shifts in affect, physiological states and cognitive insights. Sumithra identified emotions and physical sensations, elicited when visual images of death and destruction were combined with the belief that ‘my family is dead’, ‘I have no one’, and ‘I am alone in this world’. Three cycles were carried out by rewinding to sections of the narrative that generated sadness and fear. On each occasion she reported the level of distress she experienced, and her distress scores (SUDS) were noted.
Keywords: Editorial Mental Health Rural
Accuracy Verified: Yes
131. Mei, Y. (2005, June). The effect of stabilization in helping patients to regain security and control. In Psychotrauma and EMDR in China and Slovakia, Part 1. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Before using the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) to
treat an undergraduate student who suffered from AIDS-Hypochondrias is
(caused by a traumatic event), stabilization was applied on this patient. It
was found that stabilization was very significant in helping the patient to
regain security. control and self-management for his emotion. This result was
strongly supported by results of two subsequent Post Traumatic Stress
Disorder (PTSD) undergraduate student patients. Moreover, compared to
former Panic Attack cases. which were treated by using supportive skills?
stabilization was found to be far more effective than supportive skills. It was
profoundly effective in helping the patient to be empowered to manage
their own emotions and to regain security and control.
Keywords: AIDS China Hypochondria Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
132. Freund, B., Ironson, G., & Bira, L. (2012, October). The effect of three treatments for recent trauma on trauma-related cognitions. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Objective: To determine whether (and which) of three brief (4 session) interventions would reduce trauma related cognitions: EMDR, stress management with a trauma focus (SMT), or four sessions of expanded Psychological First Aid (PFA).
Keywords: PFA Psychological First Aid SMT Stress Management with a Trauma Focus
Accuracy Verified: Yes
133. Manfield, P. (2006, September). Effective EMDR targeting with couples. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The workshop begins with a discussion of which clients this technique is appropriate for. The
technique is not recommended for couples in which
either or both partners do not have adequate affect
tolerance, observing ego, or trust of each other's
integrety. Other risk factors for using EMDR in
couples therapy that have been highlighted in other
presentations and literature will be briefly reviewed.
Participants will learn to differentiate between
clients' statements that represent present experience
and those that represent concepts of present
experience or reporting of past experiences.
Participants will be taught specific interventions
which they will practice in guided exercise that
will enable them to facilitate both individuals and
couples to stay in their present experience during
EMDR targeting. Irrational emotional responses
to daily interactions and conflicts are often the result
of unresolved issues resulting from underlying
feeder memories. Participants will learn a simple
method for identifying underlying issues of each
individual partner related to a given conflict. The
final and most substantial portion of this
presentation will be focused on using a refined
"affect bridge" technique to identify the feeder
memories associated with those issues so that they
can be targeted with the standard EMDR protocol.
Specific methods will be taught to overcome
clients' resistance and difficulties with accessing
memories; these methods include use of accessing
cues (re: Neurolinguistic Programming) and
developing eidetics (re: Eidetic Psychotherapy)
These methods will be illustrated using a case
transcript, guided participant experiential exercise, and live demonstration.
Keywords: Couples Couples Therapy Targeting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
134. Manfield, P. (2005, September). Effective EMDR targeting with couples. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Based an a relatively simple protocol for finding targets specific to the partners' issues, this approach is especially effective with couples who tend to want to spend sessions complaining about each other and recounting the conflicts of the past week. Equal time will be devoted to identifying targets and then developing them using the basic principles of Ahsen's Eidetic Psychotherapy and a modified version of Walkins' "affect bridge." Methods will be taught to overcome resistance and difficulties clients have with accessing memories. Through case transcripts and participation exercises, the basics of this protocol will be explained and demonstrated.
Keywords: Couples Couples Therapy Targeting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
135. Choi, K. M., Min, J. A., Park, G. H., Lee, S.-H., & Chae, J.-H. (2011). The effects of horizontal eye movement on mental health indices and psychophysiological activities in healthy subjects. Korean Journal of Biological Psychiatry, 18, 148-158.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Objectives: The eye movement (EM) has been reported to play a role in enhancing the retrieval of episodic memories and reducing effects of fearful episodes in the past and worries for the futures. However, it is still unclear in the mechanism of EM in normal subjects. We examined the horizontal eye movement (HEM) effect using an aiding apparatus on mental health indices including negative and positive psychological factors, and psychophysiological measures such as heart rate variability and quantitative electroencepaholography (qEEG) in healthy subjects.
Methods: Twenty eight healthy subjects were recruited and randomly allocated into two groups : active HEM group and control group. The active HEM group conducted the HEM training with usual stress management audio-intervention using the apparatus inducing eye movement once a day for 14 days. The control group also conducted the same training once a day for 14 days, however, the saccadic eye movement was not included in this training. Psychological measurements, neurocognitive function tests, heart rate variability measurement and qEEG were conducted before and after the training in both groups.
Results: In the active HEM group, sleep status using Sleep Quality Scale (SQS) positive factors significantly increased after the training. By contrast, scores on the negative items of Psychological Well-Being Scale (PWBS), and negative items of the Life Orientation Test-Revised (LOT-R) were significantly decreased after the training. The percentage of delta amplitude (1-3 Hz) in qEEG significantly decreased after the HEM training. The percentage of alpha amplitude (8-12 Hz) significantly increased after HEM training. The change of delta amplitude in the active HEM group was positively correlated with the change of sleep satisfaction of Visual Analogue Scale (VAS), and the change of alpha amplitude was negatively correlated with depression of VAS, anxiety of VAS and Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI).
Conclusions: The HEM training improved sleep quality and well-being, and sense of optimism. The HEM training also increased alpha amplitude and decreased delta amplitude in qEEG. The qEEG changes were well correlated with subjective improvement of mental health indices in healthy subjects. These results suggest some evidences that HEM training using the apparatus that induces EM would be helpful in improving subjective mental health in healthy subjects. Further study with larger samples size would be needed.
Keywords: Horitzontal Eye Movements
Accuracy Verified: Yes
136. Lee, C. (2006, May). Efficacy and mechanisms of action of EMDR as a treatment for PTSD. Murdoch University, Perth, Australia.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The first aim of this thesis was to describe the characteristics of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and to elucidate its place as a symptom disorder that sometimes develops when people are exposed to a traumatic event. The current major theoretical approaches to account for why some people who are exposed to trauma develop PTSD and the mechanisms by which this occurs were described. Three classes of theories were reviewed: conditioning/learning approach; information processing theories with a particular focus on the meaning of the trauma event; and biological models with an emphasis on recent neurocircuitry and neurochemistry models.
Successful treatment approaches were then reviewed which indicated two major contenders for the most efficacious treatment for PTSD: traditional cognitive behaviour therapies (CBT) using either stress inoculation or prolonged exposure; and eye movement desensitisation and processing (EMDR). Prior to the first study (Lee, Gavriel, Drummond, Richards, and Greenwald, 2002), a review of the literature indicated equivalent effects for EMDR and CBT. There had been very few direct comparison studies and each had serious methodological flaws, particularly with respect to random assignment and treatment fidelity. Therefore, the first study ensured adequate attention to these areas and involved a direct comparison between the two procedures using a sample of 24 participants diagnosed with PTSD. EMDR and stress inoculation training with prolonged exposure were found to lead to similar symptom improvement at the end of treatment, apart from a slight advantage for EMDR on intrusion symptoms. Both treatments led to significantly greater symptom reduction than a wait list control condition. At follow-up, EMDR led to greater gains on both self-report and observer rated measures of PTSD and self-report measures of depression. Overall, the findings were similar to those described in previously published studies, with a suggestion that EMDR was slightly more efficient than the standard CBT approach.
Given that the evidence suggested that EMDR was a more efficient treatment, it became critical to understand the underlying processes. A process study was undertaken that examined the responses of people with PTSD receiving EMDR treatment (Lee, Taylor, and Drummond, 2006). Guided by process studies of other treatments and theories that might account for why EMDR is effective, participants' responses were examined to see which models better accounted for symptom improvement. The main analysis tested whether or not the responses were consistent with processes that occurred during traditional CBT treatment, which prior research had identified as reliving, or whether they were more consistent with Shapiro's proposal that enhanced information processing occurs because there is a dual focus of attention (that is, the person simultaneously focuses on an external stimulus and on the traumatic memory) (Shapiro, 1995). The responses made by 44 participants were coded by an independent rater according to whether they were primarily reliving, distancing, affect or material other than the primary trauma. The coding system was found to have satisfactory inter-rater reliability. Greatest improvement occurred when the participant processed in a more detached or distant manner, whereas reliving responses were not associated with improvement. Cross-lagged panel correlations suggested that processing in a more detached manner was a consequence of the EMDR procedure rather than a measure that co-varied with improvement. The findings underscored a difference in the processes that underlie EMDR and traditional CBT.
The major question left unanswered from this second study was what causes this distancing process? Competing views were that it was facilitated by eye movement; alternatively, the therapist's instructions to participants might have precipitated this distancing phenomenon. The third study tested these ideas by randomly assigning 48 participants to either an eye movement or a no eye movement condition under two types of therapist instructions (reliving or distancing). Participants recalled personal distressing memories, and measures of distress and vividness were taken after treatment and at follow up. Only the eye movements made a significant difference to people's level of distress.
This conclusion appeared at odds with some of the previous literature that had tested the effects of eye movement on levels of distress. A meta-analysis of some of this research had suggested that there was no significant advantage of including eye movement in EMDR treatment unless the person had been diagnosed with PTSD. However, a close examination of this meta-analysis indicated some major methodological flaws in the computation; therefore, this was recalculated. The conclusion from this fourth study was consistent with study three in that EMDR with eye movement was found to lead to significantly greater improvement that EMDR without eye movement.
The results of these four studies were then discussed in terms of their implications for the theoretical models presented in Chapter 1. Aspects of learning theory that might account for EMDR efficiency were discussed as well as the failure of this model to account for treatment gains following EMDR. Information processing models were seen to better account for some of the phenomena observed in EMDR and for the findings from the four studies. Some suggestions of how eye movements might facilitate improved information processing were presented.
Finally, the relative merits of EMDR and CBT treatments were discussed and suggestions made for when to combine approaches. The conclusions highlight the point that EMDR appears to be the most promising treatment for PTSD.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
137. Allen, T. M. (2004). Efficacy of EMDR and chronic pain management. Argosy University, Chicago, IL.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Keywords: Chronic Pain Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
138. Jayatunge, R. M. (2006). The efficacy of EMDR – A study based on Sri Lankan combatants. New Hope, PA: EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Programs.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
This paper discusses the therapeutic effects of EMDR or Eye Movement Desensitization
and Reprocessing. EMDR is a relatively new trauma management method that has been
used to treat Sri Lankan combatants with PTSD and other trauma related disorders. The
feasibility of this mode of therapy is summarized. Practical trauma management issues in
the field setups are reviewed and some case examples are provided. EMDR is considered
to be an effective treatment for PTSD and Sri Lankan combat veterans diagnosed with
combat related PTSD (uncontrolled study; 18 males) showed significant improvements
from pre- to posttreatment following EMDR.
Keywords: Combatants Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Sri Lanka
Accuracy Verified: Yes
139. Forbes, D. (1993). The efficacy of eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder: A pilot study. University of Melbourne, Victoria, Australia.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Keywords: Alternative Treatment Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stress Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
140. Enright, M. B. (1995, August). The efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of test anxiety. University of Northern Colorado, Greeley, CO. AAT 9617465.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
This study explores the efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of test anxiety. Thirty-five college students who scored above the 50th percentile on test anxiety were randomly assigned to either a treatment or wait-list control group. Subjects received two 1 hour sessions of EMDR. After posttesting, the control group also received EMDR treatment. The treatment group had a significant reduction in Test Anxiety Inventory total score, emotionality scale score, worry scale score, and state anxiety as compared to the control group. After treatment, the control group matched the experimental group for significant reductions on all dependent measures. The subject group as a whole had significant reductions in subjective units of distress during treatment as well as a significant increase in the validity of positive self-statements. Reductions in anxiety measures were maintained at one month follow-up. The differential effect of EMDR on subjects based on gender and pretreatment level of trait anxiety was also examined. Subjects with high trait anxiety had a greater reduction in total test anxiety, emotionality, and worry on posttesting as compared to subjects with lower trait anxiety. Males and females were found to respond equally to the treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 57(2-B), Aug 1996, pp. 1436
Keywords: Anxiety Management College Students Empirical Study Test Anxiety Treatment of Test Anxiety Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial
Accuracy Verified: Yes
141. Paulsen, S. L. (1994, March). Ego state disorders: Dissociative but not multiple. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Sunnyvale, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Conceptual Framework. In Ego State Disorders, moderate levels of dissociation
are present for the purpose of isolating overwhelming affect or untenable conflict from
conscious awareness. There are parts of the self'which are experienced by the host, -upon
discovery, and who experience themselves, as separate. These parts,however, do no have
the ability to take complete executive control of the body, or are not as complex and
elaborated as in Multiple Personality Disorder, which is called Dissociative Identity
Disorder in DSM-N. The closest diagnosis for describing Ego State Disorders in DSA4lV
is DDNOS, or Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified, a miscellaneous category.
Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
142. Jarero, I. (2011). El desastre después del desastre: ¿Ya pasó lo peor? [Disaster after disaster: Is the worst over?]. Revista Iberoamericana de Psicotraumatología y Disociación, 1(1), [10 pages] .
Language: Spanish
Format: Other
Abstract:
Durante y después de un desastre, el trauma psicológico es una consecuencia de las multifacéticas situaciones que viven individuos y comunidades. El modelo que se presenta a continuación, nos da una visión general del amplio espectro de los devastadores efectos psicoemocionales y psicosociales que pueden provocar los desastres a corto, mediano y largo plazo. Es una síntesis elaborada por el autor, misma que se basa en su amplia experiencia de campo, en el modelo de Manejo de Estrés en Incidentes Críticos de la International Critical Incident Stress Foundation (ICISF) y en las guías de la Organización Panamericana de la Salud (OPS) y de la Organización Mundial de la Salud (OMS).
During and after a disaster, psychological trauma is a consequence of living situations multifaceted individuals and communities. The model presented below, gives an overview of the broad spectrum of psycho-emotional and psychosocial devastating effects that can cause disasters in the short, medium and long term. It is a summary prepared by the author, it is based on his extensive field experience in the management model of Critical Incident Stress the International Critical Incident Stress Foundation (ICISF) and the guidelines of the Pan American Health Organization (PAHO) and World Health Organization (WHO).
Keywords: Complex Trauma Disaster, Management of Critical Incident Stress
Accuracy Verified: Yes
143. Jarero, I. (2011). El EMDR: Una alternativa efectiva para el tratamiento del trauma psicológico [EMDR: An effective alternative for the treatment of psychological trauma] . Revista Iberoamericana de Psicotraumatología y Disociación, 2(2).
Language: Spanish
Format: Other
Abstract:
El modelo teórico en que se basa el EMDR, es el Sistema de Procesamiento de la Información a Estados Adaptativos (SPIA). Este modelo postula que mucho de la psicopatología se debe a la codificación mal adaptativa y/o procesamiento incompleto de experiencias de vida adversas perturbadoras o traumáticas. Esto deteriora la habilidad del paciente/cliente para integrar esas experiencias de una manera adaptativa.
The theoretical model on which EMDR is the System Information Processing Adaptive States (AIP). This model postulates that much of psychopathology is due to poor adaptive coding and / or incomplete processing of adverse life experiences disturbing or traumatic. This impairs the ability of the patient / client to integrate these experiences in a way adaptive. [Excerpt]
Accuracy Verified: Yes
144. Molero-Zafra, M., & Pérez-Marín, M. (2010, Abril). El EMRD aplicado al trastorno de duelo patológico. Presentación de un caso [EMDR applied to pathological grief disorder. Case report]. In EMDR: Un abordaje integral de la personalidad traumatizada (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el Congreso Internacional sobre Avances en Tratamientos Psicológicos, Granada, Espagna.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
La pérdida de un ser querido es un evento de gran impacto emocional
que afectando a todo el sistema familiar, puede ser muy diferente en el modo
en que cada uno de sus miembros perciba, interprete, afronte y se adapte
a la nueva situación tras la pérdida y las demandas por ella creadas. Es
frecuente que una pérdida no elaborada de forma adecuada dé paso a problemas
emocionales e incluso trastornos psicopatológicos al cabo de meses
o incluso años; sin embargo, un duelo adecuadamente elaborado mejora las
capacidades futuras para enfrentarse a las situaciones de pérdida, frustración
o sufrimiento.
La premisa fundamental del modelo de procesamiento adaptativo de información
(PAI) en la que se basa la terapéutica de EMDR sería: la perturbación
que la persona sufre en la actualidad es el resultado de un almacenamiento
disfuncional de la información (Shapiro, 2001). El procesamiento
implica el forjar nuevas asociaciones con información adaptativa proveniente
de otras redes de memoria disponibles para vincularse en la red de memoria
restaurando la información disfuncional almacenada. Desde este modelo, el
duelo complicado se desarrolla cuando los componentes individuales son
tan dolorosos, que se desarrolla una alta sensibilidad cada vez que se reactiva
un fragmento del recuerdo y no se logra la integración. Los fragmentos
activados pueden competir por la atención en la mente, haciendo que ésta
vaya de atrás para adelante entre dos o más aspectos de la muerte. Esta
falta de foco impide el procesamiento de los fragmentos individuales, como
cuando el procesamiento de la pérdida en si misma se desvía por el recuerdo
de los detalles de cómo la persona murió.
En esta comunicación, presentamos el protocolo de EMDR aplicado al
duelo complicado a través del análisis de un caso clínico.
The loss of a loved one is an event of great emotional impact
that affect the entire family system, may be very different in the way
in that each of its members perceive, interpret, and adapt confronts
to the new situation after the loss and the demands created by it. this is
loss often not adequately prepared to give way to problems
psychopathology emotional and even after months
or even years, but properly prepared duel improves
future capabilities to face situations of loss, frustration
or suffering.
The fundamental premise model adaptive information processing
(AIP) which is based on EMDR therapy would be: the disturbance
the person is currently suffering is the result of a storage
Dysfunctional information (Shapiro, 2001). processing
involves forging new partnerships with adaptive information from
other networks available memory on the network to link memory
restoring the dysfunctional information stored. From this model,
Complicated grief occurs when the individual components are
so painful that develops high sensitivity reactive whenever
a fragment of memory and integration is not achieved. fragments
activated can compete for attention in the mind, causing it
go back and forth between two or more aspects of death. this
lack of focus prevents processing of the individual fragments, as
when processing the loss itself is diverted by the memory
the details of how the person died.
In this paper, we present the EMDR protocol applied to
Complicated grief through the analysis of a clinical case.
Keywords: Bereavement Case Study Grief Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
145. Tripolt, R. (2012, June). EMDR in Motion. Using movement and body oriented therapeutic interweaves for complex trauma and dissociative symptoms [EMDR en movimiento. Usar el movimiento y la terapia orientada al cuerpo para traumas complejos y síntomas disociativos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
"The
Body
Keeps
the
Score"
(B.
v.d.
Kolk,
1996)
Clients
who
suffer
from
traumatic
stress
are
often
afraid
about
disturbing
and
painful
somatic
symptoms.
Structural
dissociation
alienates
from
body
reactions.
Nevertheless
it
is
the
body
that
"holds"
the
discomfort
and
painful
memory
of
neglect
and
violence.
Trauma
Survivors
tend
to
perceive
their
body
as
hostile.
They
suffer
from
Alexithymia
deficiency
of
interpreting
the
meaning
of
body
reactions
and
muscle
activation.
Trauma
Survivors
are
easily
irritated
and
tend
to
react
with
rage
on
very
slight
provocations
and
freeze
when
they
are
frustrated.
Even
minor
problems
cause
fear
and
helplessness.
The
Polyvagal
Theory
(S.
Porges
2010)
proves
the
neurological
aspect
of
behavioral
patterns.
Neurozeption
describes
how
we
perceive
others
in
a
neurological
way.
Certain
behavioral
patterns
are
established
through
life
experiences.
This
research
underlines
Francine
Shapiros
AIP
model
and
confirms
the
importance
of
a
body
orientated
approach.
We
know
that
experiencing
the
effect
of
eye
movement
-‐
and
other
bilateral
stimulation,
is
a
gentle
and
powerful
way
to
bring
the
voice
of
the
body
into
the
therapeutic
space.
EMDR
helps
to
integrate
cognitive,
emotional
and
body
sensations.
Using
movement
and
body
orientated
skills
in
difficult
processes
f.e.
with
severely
and/or
early
traumatised
clients,
even
enhances
the
effect
of
EMDR.
Content
of
the
Workshop:
Short
theoretical
implications:
Polyvagal
Theory
and
AIP
Model.
Stabilisation
and
Movement
-‐
creating
a
„Moving
Container“:
How
to
create
a
safe
place
of
relationship
and
attachment
between
the
client
and
the
therapist
by
using
movement
and
bodywork?
The
body
is
the
most
powerful
resource:
How
to
use
movement
to
access
this
power.
How
to
recognize
and
dissolve
dissociation
by
body
and
movement
awareness.
EMDR
Process
and
Movement
:
How
to
widen
the
„window
of
tolerance“
by
using
movement
and
deeper
levels
of
body
consciousness.
Adding
a
fourth
level
of
attention
to
the
EMDR
process:
cognition
-‐
emotion
-‐
body
scan
-‐
movement.
Movement
and
reflex
feedback
as
interweave
technique
in
difficult
processes.
Methods
used
in
the
Workshop:
Lecture
and
Video
Presentation.
Practical
demonstration
of
some
movement
orientated
techniques.
Discussion.
“El
cuerpo
lleva
la
cuenta”
(B.
v.d.
Kolk,
1996),
los
clientes
que
sufren
de
estrés
traumático
tienen
a
menudo
miedo
sobre
sus
síntomas
somáticos
preocupantes
y
dolorosos.
La
disociación
estructural
aliena
las
reacciones
del
cuerpo,
sin
embargo
es
el
cuerpo
el
que
“mantiene”
el
disconfort
y
el
recuerdo
doloroso
de
negligencia
y
violencia.
Los
supervivientes
a
un
trauma
suelen
tender
a
percibir
su
propio
cuerpo
como
hostil.
Sufren
de
Alexitimia,
deficiencias
para
interpretar
las
señales
corporales
y
la
activación
muscular.
Son
fácilmente
irritables
y
tienden
a
reaccionar
con
ira,
con
leves
provocaciones
y
se
“congelan”
cuando
están
frustrados.
Incluso
problemas
de
fuerza
menor
causan
miedo
y
desesperanza.
La
teoría
polivagal
(S.
Porges
2010)
prueba
el
aspecto
neurológico
de
los
patrones
de
comportamiento.
La
neurocepción
describe
cómo
percibimos
a
los
otros
desde
un
punto
de
vista
neurológico.
Ciertos
patrones
de
comportamiento
están
establecidos
a
través
de
las
experiencias
vitales.
Esta
investigación
se
basa
en
el
modelo
SPIA
de
Francine
Shapiro
y
confirma
la
importancia
del
enfoque
orientado
al
cuerpo.
Sabemos
que
al
experimentar
el
efecto
de
la
estimulación
ocular,
y
otras
estimulaciones
bilaterales,
es
un
camino
poderoso
y
suave
para
traer
la
voz
del
cuerpo
dentro
del
espacio
terapéutico.
EMDR
facilita
la
integración
cognitiva
emocional
y
corporal.
Usar
el
movimiento
y
las
habilidades
orientadas
al
cuerpo
en
los
procesos
difíciles
con
clientes
traumatizados,
severamente
o
tempranamente,
incluso
amplifica
el
efecto
terapéutico
del
EMDR
Contenido
del
taller:
Implicaciones
teóricas:
Teoría
Polivagal
y
modelo
SPIA
Estabilización
y
movimiento
–
Crear
un
“recipiente
de
movimiento”
Cómo
crear
un
lugar
seguro
en
relación
al
apego
entre
el
cliente
y
el
terapeuta
usando
movimiento
y
trabajo
corporal.
El
cuerpo
es
el
recurso
más
poderoso:
Cómo
usar
el
movimiento
para
acceder
a
este
poder.
Cómo
reconocer
y
disolver
la
disociación
en
el
cuerpo
y
la
atención
al
movimiento.
Procesamiento
EMDR
y
movimiento:
Cómo
ampliar
la
"ventana
de
tolerancia"
mediante
el
uso
de
movimientos
y
niveles
más
profundos
de
la
conciencia
del
cuerpo.
Añadir
un
4
nivel
de
atención
al
procesamiento
de
EMDR:
Cognición-‐Emoción-‐
Escáner
corporal-‐movimiento.
Keywords: Body Oriented Therapeutic Interweaves
Accuracy Verified: Yes
146. Holmshaw, M. (2008, June). EMDR & CBT work equally well for psychological trauma – Why?. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The use of EMDR, CBT or a combination of the two, in managing psychological ill health following road Traffic
Accidents (RTA): The Results and analysis of 1100 consecutive referrals. This paper determines the role of
trauma-focused psychological treatment in the management of psychological ill health following road traffic
accidents in the UK. RTA’s are the biggest cause of PTSD in this country. All consecutively referred patients with
possible psychological ill-health following a RTA were offered a comprehensive psychological assessment by an
established provider of trauma services in the UK. Those with significant psychological ill health were offered
trauma-focused psychological treatment, EMDR and/or CBT, in line with NICE (National Institute for Health and
Clinical Excellence) guidelines. During the psychological assessment a clinical diagnosis was made and a number
of psychometric scores were used. These comprised
1 DSM IV criteria for PTSD and illness severity,
2 General Health Questionnaire,
3 Impact of Event Scale,
4 Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale.
Similar subjective and objective measurements were made after every fourth session of therapy and on
discharge. The results offer a breakdown of diagnoses, the number of patients who proceeded to treatment and
the type of treatment and outcome of such treatment. Of the 658 patients who proceeded to Trauma-focused
psychological treatment, patients had either EMDR by itself (31%), CBT by itself (36%) or a Combination of EMDR
and CBT (33%). Subjectively and objectively three out of four patients were completely relieved of their
symptoms or were much better. There was no significant difference between CBT and EMDR in terms of
treatment results. Closer analysis of the three subgroups revealed a number of variables which seemed to be
associated with failure of EMDR treatment and failure of CBT treatment. These variables will be discussed against
the background of the trauma focused CBT model of Clarke, D and Ehlers A, 2002. Recommendations will be made of ways to improve the outcome of EMDR Therapy and improving EMDR training.
Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behaviorial Therapy Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
147. Konuk, E., & Ergun, B. M. (2012, June). EMDR & complex post traumatic stress disorder [EMDR y Trastorno por estrés post-‐traumático complejo]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Complex
Post
Traumatic
Stress
Disorder
(C-‐PTSD)
is
a
psychological
injury
that
results
from
protracted
and
repeated
exposure
to
traumatic
stressor.
Though
the
literature
in
recent
years
presented
and
published
papers
on
C-‐PTSD,
the
category
is
under
consideration
for
inclusion
in
DSM
or
ICD.
PTSD
descriptions
fail
to
capture
some
of
the
core
elements
of
C-‐PTSD.
Such
elements
include
captivity,
psychological
fragmentation,
the
loss
of
a
sense
of
safety,
trust,
and
self-‐
worth,
as
well
as
the
tendency
to
be
re-‐victimized,
and
the
loss
of
a
coherent
sense
of
self.
It
is
this
loss
of
a
coherent
sense
of
self,
and
the
ensuing
symptom
profile,
that
most
pointedly
differentiates
C-‐PTSD
from
PTSD.
Six
clusters
of
symptom
have
been
suggested
for
diagnosis
of
C-‐PTSD.
These
are;
1. Alterations
in
regulation
of
affect
and
impulses
2. Alterations
in
attention
or
consciousness
3. Alterations
in
self-‐perception
4. Alterations
in
relations
with
others
5. Somatization
6. Alterations
in
systems
of
meaning
The
aim
of
this
workshop
is
to
present
C-‐PTSD
and
the
use
of
EMDR
treatment
of
a
severely
disturbed
young
woman
with
unfinished
bereavement
for
her
mother
lost
10
years
ago,
series
of
sexual
abuse
by
12
persons,
rejection
and
emotional
abuse
by
close
family
members.
The
case
will
be
presented
via
DVD
recordings
of
sessions.
El
trastorno
por
estrés
post-‐traumático
complejo
(C-‐TEPT)
es
una
lesión
psicológica
consecuencia
de
una
exposición
prolongada
y
repetida
a
un
estresor
traumático.
Si
bien
la
literatura
ha
presentado
y
publicado
trabajos
sobre
C-‐TEPT
en
los
últimos
años,
la
categoría
se
encuentra
sometida
a
debate
para
su
inclusión
en
el
DSM
o
CIE.
Las
descripciones
de
TEPT
no
captan
algunos
de
los
elementos
esenciales
de
C-‐
TEPT.
Dichos
elementos
incluyen
la
fragmentación
psicológica,
la
pérdida
de
una
sensación
de
seguridad,
confianza
y
valor
propio
de
la
persona,
así
como
la
tendencia
a
sufrir
nuevas
victimizaciones
y
la
pérdida
de
un
sentido
coherente
del
yo.
Es
precisamente
esta
pérdida
un
sentido
coherente
del
yo
y
el
perfil
sintomatológico
consecuente,
lo
que
diferencia
más
marcadamente
el
C-‐TEPT
del
TEPT.
Se
han
planteado
los
siguientes
seis
grupos
(“clusters”)
de
síntomas
para
el
diagnóstico
de
C-‐TEPT:
1. Alteraciones
de
la
regulación
del
afecto
e
impulsos
2. Alteraciones
de
la
atención
o
conocimiento
3. Alteraciones
de
la
auto-‐percepción
4. Alteraciones
de
las
relaciones
con
terceros
5. Somatización
Alteraciones
de
los
sistemas
de
significado
El
objetivo
que
persigue
este
taller
es
el
de
presentar
el
C-‐TEPT
y
el
empleo
del
tratamiento
con
EMDR
de
una
joven
gravemente
perturbada
con
duelo
incompleto
por
la
pérdida
de
su
madre
hacía
10
años,
una
serie
de
abusos
sexuales
por
parte
de
12
personas,
el
rechazo
y
abuso
emocional
por
parte
de
familiares
cercanos.
Se
presentará
el
caso
mediante
las
grabaciones
en
DVD
de
las
sesiones.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder C-PTSD Complex PSTD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
148. MacDonald, H. (2008, October). EMDR & pain. Presentation at the 1st annual EMDR Yorkshire Autumn Workshop, York, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will give participants an introduction to using EMDR with people who have persistent pain. The EMDR protocol (Grant and Threlfo 2002) can be
used to promote more successful management of pain, and can change pain sensations. Targets might also include the impact of the pain on life situation. The
workshop is aimed at people who have completed EMDR training, but who may not have applied it with this client group.
Keywords: Pain
Accuracy Verified: Yes
149. Burdett, C. (2010, March). EMDR & the law. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Shapiro (2001) notes that, “if a crime
victim, witness or police officer is being treated for a critical incident, it is essential to
establish whether a legal deposition or any specific kind of trial testimony is or may be
required of the individual”.
Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing can affect the memory process. For this
reason, it is important to discuss with the client, and with any lawyers or police officers
involved, how testimony might be affected.
The EMDR therapist must make clear to all concerned the potential effects of giving
treatment and delaying treatment. The client, lawyers and other interested parties can
then reach a decision on how to proceed.
The therapist needs to understand the legal implications of their actions if they are asked
to provide treatment under these circumstances. They also need knowledge of the
procedures involved and of the way these differ between civil and criminal cases. These
procedures will also differ between countries.
The dilemma can be the conflict between the client’s best interests and the upholding of
the law.
Reference:
Shapiro F (2001), Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing, 2nd Edition, Guilford Press NY, p98
Keywords: Law Court Cases
Accuracy Verified: Yes
150. Zaro, S. (2013, March 12). EMDR - PEP in the sports arena. Examiner.com. Retrieved from http://www.examiner.com/article/emdr-pep-the-sports-arena 3/21/2013.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
JL: Over the past twenty years Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) has progressed from a technique that could be used within existing psychotherapy modalities such as psychodynamic, behavioral, cognitive behavioral, integrative approaches to address symptoms of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). EMDR has evolved into a distinct integrative approach based upon Francine Shapiro’s, Ph.D., Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) which suggests that EMDR address dysfunctionally stored memory networks. Essentially this means that everything we learn whether it enters our sensory receptors through vision, hearing, taste, touch or smell becomes stored in our brains in a way it can be retrieved when needed and it adapts according to other information coming in through the environment. Learning occurs when new associations are created with material already stored in a persons memory. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Interview Jennifer Lendl Performance Enhancement Sports
Accuracy Verified: Yes
151. Shapiro, F. (2009, March). EMDR and adaptive information processing. Presentation at the Lifespan Learning Institute.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
152. Adler-Tapia, R. L., & Settle, C. S. (2009, March). EMDR and adaptive information processing theory: A comprehensive approach to child psychotherapy. Clinical Child Psychology and Psychiatry, (1), 12-15.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Whether you are first learning about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing
(EMDR) or you have participated in EMDR training, the goal of this article is to provide the
reader with a brief overview of strategies for using the full protocol with young children. To
understand the process by which the phases of the protocol are applied with child clients, it is
important to understand the theoretical underpinnings that Adaptive Information Processing
(AIP) theory creates as a foundation for healing and health with children. After discussing the
application of AIP to children, the chapter will continue with an overview of skills therapists can
use to create a toolbox that can be integrated into the EMDR eight phase treatment protocol with
references for additional study and training on using EMDR with children. Finally, therapists
will begin to learn how to adapt the full EMDR protocol for effective psychotherapy through
developmentally suited language and interventions with even the youngest of clients.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
153. Shapiro, F. (2005, December). EMDR and adaptive information processing: Clinical applications and case conceptualization. Presentation at the 5th Evolution of Psychotherapy Conference, Anaheim, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: EMDR is guided by the Adaptive Information Processing paradigm, which differentiates it from other forms of psychotherapy. The implications of this paradigm will be explored in relation to a variety of recent clinical case studies and research reports. Questions from participants will be used to explore potential clinical applications.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model Adolescents AIP Cognitive Processes Family Systems Therapy Females Integrative Psychotherapy Memories Psychotherapeutic Processes Self Concept Video
Accuracy Verified: Yes
154. Shapiro, F. (2005, December). EMDR and adaptive information processing: Clinical applications and case conceptualization. Presentation at the 5th Evolution of Psychotherapy Conference, Anaheim, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is guided by the Adaptive Information Processing paradigm, which differentiates it from other forms of psychotherapy. The
implications of this paradigm will be explored in relation to a variety of recent clinical case studies and research reports. Questions
from participants will be used to explore potential clinical applications.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Case Conceptualization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
155. Omaha, J. (2004, June). EMDR and affect centered therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Aim: This presentation will describe the integration of principles of emotion regulation into EMDR therapy for a range of disorders. Population: All ages; mostly Axis I and II disorders. Learning objectives: 1) to describe the development of emotion regulation beginning in the context of the attachment and continuing through adolescence; 2) to describe the origin of emotion dysregulation and psychopathology in deficit experience adversity, and trauma; 3) to describe a protocol, Affect Management Skills Training (AMST), that remediates failures of emotion regulation; 4) to describe how AMST prepares the client for uncovering therapy by providing for containment, safety, emotion regulation, improved left-right hemisphere integration, and remediation of attachment deficits; 5) to describe integration of MAST into EMDR therapies for substance abuse and eating disorders. Abstract: The workshop will summarize the principal affective developments that occur from birth through age four. These include fulfillment of yearning affect, facial imprinting, gaze transaction, stimulation of positive affect, and provision of optimal disapproval-shame experiences. The qualities of the child of “good enough” parenting are described. Developmental failures and their consequences for affect regulation and psychopathology will be described. These include: (1) avoidant attachment leading to problems of anger management, to depression, and development of narcissistic features; (2) anxious-ambivalent attachment leading to development of anxiety-related disorders and borderline features; (3) failure to elicit optimal positive affects leading to impaired vitality across the life span and depression; (4) socialization of the senior toddler with anger, leading to problems with anger expression, or with disgust, leading to problems with shame, impaired self-worth, and defective self-efficacy. Adversity (raised by a single parent, witness to spousal abuse, divorce, substance abuse in the home) and trauma (psychological, physical, and/or sexual abuse) occurring during latency and adolescence will be shown to exacerbate difficulties with emotional regulation.
The seven basic skills of the AMST protocol will be described. These skills provide for regocnition, tolerance, and regulation of both positive and negative emtoins. They include containment, safe place, sensation-affect recognition, sensation-as-signal, grounded and present, noticing, and regulation.
The workshop will describe how AMST prepares the client for uncovering therapy and for EMDR by teaching the client to regulate emotion prior to it elicitation in therapy, by improving hemispheric integration, and by correcting deficits in the attachment.
The workshop concludes by describing how MAST is integrated into EMDR therapy for substance abuse disorders (alcohol, drugs, nicotine) and eating disorders.
Keywords: Affect Centered Therapy Affect Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
156. Shapiro, F. (2007). EMDR and case conceptualization from an adaptive information processing perspective. In F. Shapiro, F. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 3–36). New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
In its 20-year history, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has evolved from a simple technique into an integrative psychotherapy approach with a theoretical model that emphasizes the brain's information processing system and memories of disturbing experiences as the basis of pathology. The eight-phase treatment comprehensively addresses the experiences that contribute to clinical conditions and those that are needed to bring the client to a robust state of psychological health. The concept of the transformation of the stored experience through a rapid learning process is the key to understanding the basis and application of EMDR and its guiding Adaptive Information Processing model (Shapiro, 1995, 2001, 2002). The purpose of this chapter is to provide an overview of both theory and practice. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model AIP Brain Cognitive Processes Integrative Psychotherapy Memories Memory Models Pathology Psychotherapeutic Techniques Psychotherapy Approach Stored Experience
Accuracy Verified: Yes
157. Rivas, C. (2012, April). EMDR and chronic illnesses. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Chronc diseases represent a complex area on the health-illness continuum. When a chronic disease is diagnosed, clients may require ongoing support to cope with life changes and management of their health. During this workshop, participants will be introduced to the general aspects of chronic diseases and how clients’psychological symptoms can be understood from the Adaptive Information Processing(AIP) model. Also, EMDR clinicians will learn how to structure an intervention for different types of chronic diseases, using the 8 steps of the Basic Protocol, identifying the key issues for each condition, according to a past-present-future timeline. Examples will be based on cancer, diabetes, and HIV/AIDS cases.
Learning objectives:
1.Identify the challenges associated with chronic diseases such as cancer, diabetes and HIV/AIDS
2. Utilize the Adaptative Information Processing (AIP) model to understand the psychological dimension of chronic diseases (e.g. anxiety, depression, guilt, shame, self-image issues, etcetera)
3. Use the EMDR basic protocol to structure interventions suitable for people living with human health conditions.
Keywords: Chronic Illnesses
Accuracy Verified: Yes
158. Smyth, N. J., & Poole, A. D. (2002). EMDR and cognitive-behavior therapy: Exploring convergence and divergence. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 151-180). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Since first introduced by Shapiro, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has been the subject of considerable interest, debate, and controversy within the behavioral literature. In this chapter, EMDR is examined from a behavioral perspective with the goal of exploring connections between it and behavior therapy. Since its initial introduction as an intervention for PTSD, EMDR has been expanded and is used to treat a range of other disorders. The present discussion centers on its application in the management of PTSD for two reasons: First, PTSD is the diagnostic category on which the majority of research studies have focused. Second, empirical research has determined that EMDR and cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) are efficacious in the treatment of PTSD; they seem to be equally effective, although EMDR may be more efficient.The chapter begins with a brief consideration of the development and essential principles of behavior therapy and of the manner in which behavioral approaches have conceptualized PTSD. This context is essential to understanding how EMDR is conceptualized from a behavioral perspective. The relationship between EMDR and behavior therapy is then explored and mechanisms for its apparent effectiveness considered. Finally, contributions of behavior therapy to EMDR and of EMDR to behavior therapy are discussed, including challenges that each poses to the other. [Text, pp. 151-152]
Keywords: Adults Cognitive Therapy Posttraumtic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
159. Matthess, H., Vojtova, H., & Dellucci, H. (2012, March). EMDR and complex trauma. Presentation at the 3rd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Berlin, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is widely recognized as a therapy of choice in psychotraumatology. However treating clients who suffer from complex traumatization, and especially dissociative disorder, using EMDR straightaway in its standard form is very difficult.
“By far, the greatest number of reported difficulties and stories of clinical problems and potential harm through the improper use of EMDR had involved clients with dissociative disorders.” Shapiro (2001, p. 308).
Does this mean that people who have complex trauma and dissociative disorder could not benefit from EMDR?
Which adaptations of the standard protocols in the different phases of the EMDR process are crucial in order to use EMDR to enhance the clients’ capacities and diminish their suffering?
Which indicators should be considered? How can clinicians provide a safe and efficient help, without getting lost in this difficult treatment patterns, by knowing what to do and why?
This workshop is designed for practitioners familiar with EMDR. It will provide a general overview of essential modifications of the standard EMDR protocol for complex traumatized clients. The theoretical part will focus on an understanding of the underlying EMDR working mechanism as far as discussed today, on knowledge of dissociation as a result of complex traumatization, in the context of the AIP model (adaptive information processing), the attachment theory, the theory of structural dissociation and recent research findings.
The emphasis will be on practical applications of these insights into a comprehensive treatment of this group of clients. Based on the experience of the presenters, implementing use of bilateral stimulation in all phases of therapy will be shown. Important considerations according possible iatrogenic harm will be discussed. Case examples from practice will be provided, including videos.
Keywords: Complex Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
160. Grand, D. (2007, June). EMDR and creativity. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Creativity is interwoven into the discovery and development of EMDR, which itself is an effective tool for unblocking and enhancing creativity. Dr. Shapiro’s discovery of EMDR and her development of the EMDR Protocol are underpinnings of EMDR and Creativity. EMDR processing is also an essentially creative process at the core of healing trauma-based blocks and the therapeutic relationship in EMDR is a co-creative process.
This presentation addresses creative enhancement of EMDR’s healing tools including: “open listening” – avoiding assumptions while tending to all in-the-moment verbal and non-verbal client communications, using eye movement creatively by varying speed, plane and eye gaze, integrating healing sound into AIP and enhancing of body sensations with focus, color, and imagery.
This presentation examines using EMDR with issues of creativity. Creative block often cripple and traumatize artists and interfere with the creativity of daily living of non-artists. The use of the EMDR protocol (with emphasis on assessment, desensitization, installation and body scan) to target creative blocks is discussed as well of the contribution of trauma to these blocks. The EMDR future template is discussed as a tool for enhancing creativity with artists freed from significant blocks. This includes actors, singers, dancers, writers, and graphic artists.
Lecture, PowerPoint, mini-practica and demonstrations are used to illustrate the concepts, supported by handout materials.
Keywords: Creativity
Accuracy Verified: Yes
161. Ostacoli, L. & Bertino, G. (2010, June). EMDR and drawing: A tool to integrate post-traumatic dissociation and overwhelming emotions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The difficulty of the management of overwhelming
emotions aid dissociative reactions are challenging for any EMUR
therapist dealing with complex traumas. As a complement
to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to
The inner representations of the trauma, objectivizing it Thus the
person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but
rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent
and modify In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial
reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate
the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure
the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that
suffers those experiences in a condition of Impotence and passivity
The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory
language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool
enables us t0 access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative
reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and
setting a distance from pan by objectivizing . A protective space
is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering.
p i n g a voice to the inner child. The patient is offered the possibility
of drawing what is occurring in the self's here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the
drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what
has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description
without interpretation. The represented Image is treated
as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patent is
asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and
on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral
stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked
what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person
now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person
may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of
image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets,
an adaptive drawing emerge5 that may be installed as a resource.
The report presents the use of the tool in various psychopathological
conditions, with the support of video and graphic materials,
particularly focusing on how to manage dissociation.
Learning objectives:
1.To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through
graphic and video material of clinical cases.
2. To recognise the indications in which it provides added value
to the classical protocol.
3. to learn its use in various psychopathological conditions,
with particular emphasis on dissociative states.
The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR
protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising
it, and creates a bridge of communication between the
self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return
to desensitizing and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.
Keywords: Dissociation Drawing Emotion
Accuracy Verified: Yes
162. Shapiro, E. (2012). EMDR and early psychological intervention following trauma. Revue Européenne De Psychologie Appliquée/European Review of Applied Psychology, 62(4), 241-251. doi:10.1016/j.erap.2012.09.003.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Introduction:
This article evaluates developments in the field of early psychological intervention (EPI) after trauma in general and the place of early eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) intervention (EEI) in particular. The issues and dilemmas involved with EPI and EEI will be outlined; related research presented and the current status evaluated.
Literature and clinical findings:
Reviewing the literature and drawing on findings from initial research and case studies, the rationale and contribution that EMDR therapy has to offer is discussed relative to current evidence and theory regarding post-traumatic stress syndromes and trauma memories. The relative advantages of EEI will be elaborated.
Discussion and conclusion:
It is proposed that EEI, while trauma memories have not yet been integrated, may be used not only to treat acute distress but may also provide a window of opportunity in which a brief intervention, possibly on successive days, could prevent complications and strengthen resilience. Through the rapid reduction of intrusive symptoms and de-arousal response as well as by identifying potential obstructions to adaptive information processing (AIP), EMDR therapy may reduce the sensitisation and accumulation of trauma memories.
Keywords: Early Psychological Intervention EPI Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
163. Virdi, P., Plassmann, R., Seidel, M., & Konuk, E. (2010, June). EMDR and eating disorders. In Eating disorders. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Frequently for clients with eating disorders their complex histories contain many trauma experiences suggesting the potential illustration of EMDR as an adjunctive psychological treatment intervention. Although the amount of evidence based practice is presently not strong in supporting EMDR with this client group there is increasing practice based evidence outlining its potential usefulness with this client group. This symposium will outline the utilization of EMDR in various eating disorders clinical services in the United Kingdom, Germany and Turkey outlining how utilizing the AiP model end how EMDR was effectively integrated into the overall treatment pathway of care for children, adolescents, and adults.
Keywords: Eating Disorders Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
164. Schmidt, S. J. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy: A resource-focused protocol using client art. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn a resource-focused protocol which integrates EMDR, art therapy, and ego state therapy; 2) learn how to elicit clients' drawings of resource ego states and traumatized ego states; 3) learn ways to use these drawings for ego state strengthening; 4) learn how to use ego state drawings as focal points for eye movements; 5) learn sample dialogues to facilitate understanding and cooperation between ego states drawn; and 6) learn ways to use ego state drawings to titrate overwhelming affect.
Keywords: Art Therapy Ego State Therapy Resource-Focused EMDR
Accuracy Verified: Yes
165. Curran, L. A. (2009, January). EMDR and EMDR related techniques for effective trauma treatment. Wayne State University, School of Social Work, Center for Social Work Practice Policy and Research, Fort Washington, PA.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Beginning in the 1990s, Francine Shapiro had discovered and began researching a new neurophysiological technique for treating traumatic material. This technique, alternating bilateral stimulation, was quickly subsumed by Shapiro’s psychotherapeutic orientation known as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). After many years of rigorous empirical studies demonstrating its uses and effectiveness in trauma treatment, EMDR has become one of only three approved treatments recommended by the veteran’s administration for the treatment of PTSD.
Through didactic illustration and explanation; videotaped demonstrations; and experiential exercises, this seminar provides clinicians the basic principles of EMDR and EMDR- related techniques and how each would be incorporated into their personal therapeutic orientation and practice.
Goals
1. Participants will gain understanding of neuroscience’s trauma paradigm
· Biological nature of trauma
· Specific trauma symptoms and their order of appearance
· Primary treatment issues in trauma therapy.
2. Participants will gain understanding of trauma’s cognitive and somatic impact and how to effectively treat its sequelae including:
· Hyperarousal
· Affect dysregulation
· Dissociation
· Body memories and “flashbacks”
3. Participants will learn the theory of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and EMDR-related techniques for initial resourcing of clients, followed by desensitizing and cognitive reprocessing of traumatic material.
Objectives
1. Participants will identify the biological nature of trauma; how trauma is stored in the body and limbic system, creating physical and psychological symptoms.
2. Participants learn to identify the symptoms of trauma- hyperarousal; affect dysregulation; dissociation, body memories and “flashbacks”.
3. Participants will learn the Adaptive Information Processing Model and clinical research associated with EMDR
4. Participants will learn how EMDR and EMDR-related techniques are used as an adjunct to psychotherapy.
5. Participants will identify and demonstrate the eight 8 Phases of EMDR protocol.
6. Participants will describe the differences between eye movement, auditory and tactile stimulation.
7. Describe the process for resourcing a client prior to actual processing traumatic material.
8. Describe the process of employing tactile alternating bilateral stimulation for the processing traumatic memories.
Accuracy Verified: No
166. Silvestre, M., & Morris-Smith, J. (2010, June). EMDR and family therapy around the issue of domestic violence. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
During this pre-conference, we will discuss the integration of EMDR and family therapy through the work done with domestic violence cases. In these particular situations, the therapist is faced with complex clinical issues that require one to think and intervene at different levels: the victim, the children's victim, the perpetrator, the family dynamics. This complex clinical situation is challenging us to develop a multilevel way of thinking and working; it is a good example of integration between personal and interrelation issues. Such an integration proves to be a necessary process when faced with the trauma consequences of domestic violence, which we all know impact each family member greatly. We will look into attachment disorder, problems with affect regulation, safety issues and the transmission of perturbed family dynamics.
We will also discuss treatment planning and how to articulate work with one person and work with a family with regard to the therapist's affiliation.
Keywords: Domestic Violence Family Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
167. Shapiro, F., & Maxfield, L. (2003). EMDR and information processing in psychotherapy treatment: Personal development and global implications. In M. F. Solomon & D. J. Siegel (Eds.), Healing trauma: Attachment, mind, body, and brain (pp. 196-220). New York: W. W. Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
EMDR: A peculiar technique. It may give one an idea of hocus-pocus: the eliciting of the eye-movement. But it isn’t! And how it originated also is a peculiar story, but this I suppose is well known. It was a nice case of serendipity.
The adaptive information processing (AIP) model was developed to explain and predict EMDR treatment effects. We read: The AIP model states that all memory is associated, and learning occurs through the creation of new associations. When an incident is not fully processed, the perceptions, thoughts, and emotions that were experienced during the traumatic event are generally stored in state-dependent form. This storage may be in an isolated memory network where the information cannot link up with more appropriate information and learning cannot take place. And, to jump to a conclusion, what EMDR does is linking, forging new connections between the unprocessed memory and more adaptive information that is contained in other memory networks, while the simultaneous eye-movement decreases the intense and painful emotions that are recalled. Again: creating the narrative, cognitively and emotionally.
EMDR, provided it is well indicated and correctly applied, seems to be a very useful technique, a real tool, without pretension. It provides what it offers if… the results last (do they?). The case studies described in this chapter are convincing, one of them with a 5 year old child with a D attachment pattern (disorganized/disoriented attachment pattern, see also chapter 2). Both mother and child treated with EMDR. What happens in the brain when we move our eyes from left to right to left while recalling a traumatic incident is not explained.
In chapters 6-8 we can read about the psychotherapy of traumatized people.
Keywords: Cognitive Processes Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
168. Cole, M. (2010, July). EMDR and metacognitive therapy: Same destination, different language. Poster presented at the 38th Annual Conference of the British Association for Behavioural and Cognitive Therapies, Manchester, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The information processing model has been described in many different ways and is potentially the underlying
process that describes the psychotherapy change process, regardless of orientation. In this poster I will briefly
compare Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing and Meta-Cognitive Therapy in light of this information
processing model and conclude that although they may use different language to describe their theories, a
unifying information processing model describes both paradigms. Human beings are meaning making machines
(Robbins, 2009). We give meaning to the world, the deeds we do and the interactions we have, as well as the
more fundamental senses we experience (Frankl, 2004). Information arises either from external stimulus or
internal process’s and this information goes through our filters where we delete, distort and generalise this
information based on the rules created in our information processing unit (Fig 1). This information processing
mechanism gives meaning to this filtered information and generates a response, this response interacts with this
information and the cycle then repeats in a self regulatory manner. This process is repeated for everything we do;
we are and continues until we die. Mental health issues arise when this self regulatory system fails to make a
useful functional meaning of the information. Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) was
developed by Francine Shapiro (1989) for the treatment of trauma memories and associated emotions, changing
the meaning the person gives to their experiences. Metacognitive Therapy (MCT) was developed by Wells and
Matthews (1984) as a way of defining the processes that underpin a range of psychological disorders.
One of the features of psychological disorders such as anxiety or depression is that thinking becomes difficult to
control and biased in particular ways that lead to a worsening and maintenance of emotional suffering. Many
clients report that they feel that they have ‘lost control’ over their thoughts and behaviours. Another important
feature is that the persons thinking and attention becomes fixed in patterns of brooding and dwelling on the self
and threatening information. Both EMDR and MCT describe an information management/processing system that
organises and carries out various tasks such as how to open a door, how to get dressed, how to be anxious, how to
respond to a trauma memory Both therapies appear to change this system / process to something that is much
more adaptive for the client, as if they change the master information management control programme that runs
this system, in the same way a conductor influences the orchestra and the music they produce. Both models
describe the same process, although they utilise different language to describe this change process.
Perhaps a change of focus for the development of pychotherapy towards more process change models rather than
content change interventions.
Keywords: Metacognitive Therapy Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
169. Spierings, J. (2013, June). EMDR and mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Working with mourning clients can be difficult. To face the irrevocability of loss and to stand helpless and empty-handed as a therapist is a heavy burden. Sometimes it seems there is nothing we can do to help our clients. Yet there are many ways in which EMDR can contribute to help our clients to live a valuable life after a serious loss.
In this presentation the psychodynamics of complicated mourning are discussed. Treatment strategies and treatment techniques (both EMDR and combined techniques) are developed for specific patterns of complicated mourning (i.e. denied mourning, postponed mourning, chronic mourning, distorted mourning, traumatized mourning, somatized mourning).
Some non-EMDR techniques (rituals, Gestalt dialogue, writing assignments, imagination techniques) will be integrated into EMDR treatment. Also practical interventions to address resistance and affect regulation problems will be discussed.
Learning Objectives:
What are the key aspects of using EMDR with issues of grief and mourning;
Outline the core characteristics of stabilization and resourcing for this population;
Review the range of cognitive interviews that have an application when evidence of blocked processing is apparent with this client group
Keywords: Grief Mourning Resourcing Stabilization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
170. McGoldrick, T., Begum, M., & Brown, K. W. (2008). EMDR and olfactory feference syndrome: A case series. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(1), 63-68. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.1.63.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Olfactory reference syndrome (ORS) is an illness currently considered a delusional disorder under the DSM-IV criteria. Patients believe that they emit a foul odor, causing them great emotional distress and negative social consequences. Its etiology is inadequately understood, and there is generally a poor response to pharmacological and psychotherapeutic interventions. This article describes the treatment of four consecutive cases of ORS whose pathological symptoms had endured for 8-48 years. The administration of EMDR consisted of processing the various life experiences that appeared to cause and/or trigger the pathology. The EMDR sessions resulted in a complete resolution of symptoms in all four cases, which was maintained at follow-up. Given the rapid and sustained results, we offer a hypothesis based on the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model to explain the etiopathology and remission. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model Adults AIP Case Report Delusional Disorder Females Olfactory Reference Symptoms ORS Shame Stressors Survivors Trauma Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
171. Nickeson, C. (2010, September/October). EMDR and panic disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will be a practical presentation on how to use EMDR in the treatment of panic disorder. Information will be given on what needs to be accomplished in each of the eight phases of EMDR to be effective with this population. Participants will be taught how to provide psycho-educational information using the AIP model to explain panic disorder. In panic disorder, interoceptive cues become triggers for subsequent panic attacks and it is useful to view panic disorder as a phobic reaction to bodily sensations. The workshop will conclude with the presentation of a structured protocol for treatment planning and target selection.
Keywords: Panic Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
172. Zaccagnino, M. & Cussino, M. (2012, June). EMDR and parenting: A case-report [EMDR y crianza de los hijos: Un informe de caso]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Attachment
research
has
investigated
the
role
of
parents’
attachment
representation
on
the
quality
of
attachment
developed
by
their
children
(George,
Kaplan
e
Main,
1984/1985/1996;
van
Ijzerdoorn,
1995).
Past
research
on
children
has
shown
that
there
is
an
association
between
problematic
care-‐giving,
attachment
insecurity
and
psychopathology
(e.g.,
Greenberg,
1999;
O’Connor,
Marvin,
Rutter,
Olrick,
&
Britner,
2003;
Rutter,
2006).
On
the
other
hand,
secure
attachment
in
childhood
and
adulthood
is
typically
associated
with
a
history
of
involvement
in
supportive
and
sensitive
care
giving
relationships
(Cairns,
2002;
Mikulincer
&
Shaver,
2007).
The
results
lead
to
the
hypothesis
of
the
intergenerational
transmission
of
attachment
identified
by
van
Ijzendoorn
(1995).
These
studies,
however,
failed
to
explain
why
insecure
attachment
in
the
parent
does
not
necessarily
lead
to
an
insecure
attachment
pattern
of
the
child,
nor
why
children
can
develope
insecure
patterns
of
attachment
even
in
the
case
of
positive
attachment
experiences
with
caregivers
(Solomon
e
George,
2000).
In
the
light
of
these
considerations,
and
recovering
an
aspect
sharpened
by
Bowlby
(1969),
George
and
Solomon
(1999;
Solomon
e
George,
2000)
proposed
a
different
approach
to
the
study
of
parent-‐child
relationship,
point
up
the
differences
between
the
attachment
system
and
the
caregiving
system,
despite
the
mutual
influences
due
to
their
complementarity.
These
authors
have
proposed
to
investigate
the
specific
characteristics
of
the
system
of
caregiving,
paying
more
attention
to
the
current
relationship
between
child
and
parent.
Their
hypothesis
is
that
the
characteristics
of
that
relationship
may
affect
the
link
between
past
attachment
experiences
of
the
caregiver
and
attachment
pattern
developed
by
the
child,
representing
a
significant
element
for
understanding
the
behavior
and
the
quality
of
the
care
of
the
caregiver.
Therefore,
the
IWM
of
the
parent
would
be
the
most
important
predictor
of
the
quality
of
attachment
developed
by
the
children,
as
capable
of
driving
the
mental
state
of
the
caregiver
to
him
(Solomon
e
George,
1996).
Given
these
assumptions,
it
is
clear
that
traumatic
experiences
in
the
parent,
stored
in
a
dysfunctional
way,
can
be
reactivated
in
the
parent’s
caregiving
system,
defining
an
IWM
of
attachment
system
of
the
child
that
holds
the
memory
traces
of
such
traumatic
events.
In
this
regard,
a
series
of
tools
such
as
the
Child
Attachment
Interview
(Target
et
al.
2007)
and
the
Parent
Development
Interview
(Slade
et
al.
1993)
which
constitute
a
needful
resource
for
the
assessment
of
IWM
of
attachment
and
caregiving
system
will
be
presented.
A
clinical
case
in
which
mother
in
EMDR
treatment
had
an
indirect
positive
effect
on
mother-‐child
relationship
and
on
the
child’s
wellbeing
will
be
reported.
The
results
have
been
documented
and
show
clear
changes
in
the
mental
representations
of
the
caregiving
system
measured
with
PDI.
The
results
will
be
shown.
La
investigación
sobre
el
apego
ha
proporcionado
representaciones
del
rol
del
apego
parental
en
función
de
la
calidad
del
apego
desarrollado
por
sus
hijos
(George,
Kaplan
e
Main,
1984/1985/1996;
van
Ijzerdoorn,
1995).
Investigaciones
anteriores
han
mostrado
que
existe
una
asociación
entre
los
cuidadores
problemáticos
y
el
apego
inseguro
y
la
psicopatológica
(e.g.,
Greenberg,
1999;
O’Connor,
Marvin,
Rutter,
Olrick,
&
Britner,
2003;
Rutter,
2006).
Por
otro
lado,
el
apego
seguro
en
la
infancia
y
la
etapa
adulta
es
asociado
con
una
historia
de
participación
activa
y
sensible
de
las
relaciones
de
los
cuidadores
(Cairns,
2002;
Mikulincer
&
Shaver,
2007).
Los
resultados
nos
llevan
a
la
hipótesis
de
transmisión
intergeneracional
del
apego
identificada
por
Van
Ijzendoorn
(1995).
Estos
estudios,
sin
embargo,
fallaron
a
la
hora
de
explicar
porqué
el
apego
inseguro
de
los
padres
no
desembocaba
necesariamente
a
un
patrón
de
apego
inseguro
en
el
niño,
no
debido
a
que
los
patrones
inseguros
del
apego
del
niño
pueden
llegar
a
desarrollarse
incluso
con
unas
experiencias
positivas
de
apego
con
sus
cuidadores
(Solomon
e
George,
2000).
En
línea
con
estas
investigaciones
y
recuperando
un
aspecto
propuesto
por
Bowlby
(1969),
George
e
Solomon
(1999;
Solomon
e
George,
2000)
(1969),
los
cuales
propusieron
un
enfoque
diferente
en
el
estudio
de
las
relaciones
padres-‐
hijo,
señalando
las
diferencias
entre
el
sistema
de
apego
y
el
sistema
de
cuidados,
debido
a
las
influencias
entre
ambos
debido
a
que
son
complementarios.
Estos
autores
se
propusieron
investigar
las
características
específicas
del
sistema
de
cuidado,
prestando
más
atención
a
la
relación
entre
el
niño
y
el
cuidador.
Nuestra
hipótesis
es
que
las
características
de
dicha
relación
pueden
afectar
al
enlace
entre
las
experiencias
pasadas
de
apego
del
cuidador
y
los
patrones
de
apego
desarrollados
por
el
niño,
representando
un
elemento
importante
para
el
entendimiento
del
comportamiento
y
la
calidad
del
cuidado.
Sin
embargo
el
IWM
del
padre,
puede
ser
uno
de
os
predictores
más
importantes
a
la
hora
de
estimar
la
calidad
del
apego
desarrollada
por
el
niño,
capaz
de
conducir
el
estado
mental
del
cuidador
al
suyo
propio
(Solomon
e
George,
1996).
Tomando
estas
afirmaciones,
está
claro
que
las
experiencias
traumáticas
en
los
padres,
almacenadas
de
manera
disfuncional,
pueden
ser
reactivadas
en
el
sistema
de
cuidado
de
los
padres,
definiendo
un
IWN
de
sistema
de
apego
del
niño
que
guarda
trazas
de
memoria
de
dichos
eventos
traumáticos
En
relación
con
esto
presentaremos
una
serie
de
herramientas
como
la
“Child
Attachment
Interview
(Target
et
al.
2007)
y
la
“Parent
Development
Interview”
(Slade
et
al.
1993),
que
constituyen
un
recurso
necesario
para
la
asignación
del
IWN
de
apego
y
sistema
de
cuidado.
Mostraremos
un
caso
clínico
en
donde
la
madre
realizo
EMDR
y
tuvo
un
efecto
indirecto
positivo
en
la
relación
madre-‐hijo
y
en
el
bienestar
del
niño.
Los
resultados
han
sido
documentados
con
un
claro
cambio
de
la
representación
mental
del
sistema
de
cuidado
medido
con
el
PDI.
Se
mostrarán
los
resultados
Keywords: Parenting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
173. Schneider, J., Hofmann, A., Rost, C., & Shapiro, F. (2007). EMDR and phantom limb pain: Theoretical implications, case study, and treatment guidelines. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 1(1), 31-45. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.1.31.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article reviews the literature on EMDR treatment of somatic complaints and describes the application of Shapiro's Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model in the treatment of phantom limb pain. The case study explores the use of EMDR with a 38-year-old man experiencing severe phantom limb pain 3 years after the loss of his leg and part of his pelvis in an accident. Despite treatment at several rehabilitation and pain centers during the 3 years, and the use of opiate medication, he continued to experience persistent pain. After 9 EMDR treatment sessions, the patient's phantom limb pain was completely ablated, and he was taken off medication. Effects were maintained at 18-month follow-up. The clinical implications of this application of EMDR are explored. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Adults AIP Amputation Case Report Depressive Disorders Males Motor Traffic Accidents Pain Phantom Limb Physical Pain Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
174. Cane, P. (1991, August). EMDR and Project CAPACITAR in Central America. EMDR Network Newsletter, 1(1), 2.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
CAPACITAR is a project of healing and
enablement connecting North American
and Third World Women. In the past two years we have traveled to very poor
regions in Nicaragua and Guatemala to
work with women suffering from the
effects of war, violence, and grinding
poverty. We have offered group workshops
in stress management, body movement,
simple acupressure and massage
to help alleviate the physical symptoms of
stress and trauma--headaches, insomnia,
stomach disorders, neck and shoulder
pain.
Keywords: Project CAPACITSAR
Accuracy Verified: Yes
175. Lipke, H. (2000). EMDR and psychotherapy integration: Theoretical and clinical suggestions with focus on traumatic stress. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book is about what I have learned about EMDR and its clinical use, especially with combat veterans. It is also about what trying to understand how EMDR works has taught me about psychotherapy in general. That second lesson is what I call the Four-Activity Model (FAM) of Psychotherapy, which grows out of a concept that Francine Shapiro refers to as Accelerated Information Processing (AIP). Shapiro's AIP description gives name to the idea that learned psychopathology can be considered dysfunctional held information, including thoughts, emotions, sensations, and behavior, that can be modified more quickly than previously believed by most therapists. The Four-Activity Model is an attempt to conceptualize how psychotherapeutic activity can be used most efficiently to reprocess dysfunctional held material and thereby resolve psychological problems.Finally, this book is about what psychotherapy in general has taught me about EMDR. Even in her early explanations of EMDR, Shapiro taught that it was an integrative method, that it relied on the lessons learned by years of clinical work using dynamic, behavioral, and humanistic methods. In this book I will attempt to elaborate on that relationship and offer specific therapeutic suggestions that will rely on the wisdom of previously established therapeutic methods, as well as the wisdom of past philosophical inquiry and religion. The book starts with EMDR, proceeds to try to describe how EMDR and other methods can be integrated into an overall model of psychotherapy, and then works its way back to the concrete practical integration of psychotherapy in general. The second half of the book has a practical focus on examples that are created mostly from my experience working with combat trauma. I hope that readers will see how these examples of interventions are easily generalized to other learning-based problems. [Author Introduction]
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
176. Barbez, C., & Devoogdt, A. (2005, June). EMDR and resolving hurt feelings. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Belgium, Brussels.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Hurt has been defined as an emotion, which arises in a social interaction as
a consequence of certain interpersonal events. Leary (1998) asserts that the
common denominator in all instances of hurt feelings is the perception of
relational devaluation.
The overall aim of the workshop is to point at the importance of hurt feelings
in unresolved interpersonal conflicts. More specific learning objectives are:
11) understanding under what conditions hurt feelings are likely to be harmful
and why, (2) how hurt feelings may affect the perception of ongoing
relationships, (3) demonstrating the use of EMDR in the resolution of hurt
feelings.
Keywords: Emotional Sensations
Accuracy Verified: Yes
177. Leeds, A. M., & Shapiro, F. (2000). EMDR and resource installation: Principles and procedures for enhancing current functioning and resolving traumatic experiences. In J. Carlson, & L. Sperry (Eds.), Brief therapy with individuals and couples (pp. 469-534). Phoenix, Arizona: Zeig, Tucker & Theisen, Inc..
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This chapter presents an overview of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), a research-validated treatment for PTSD, and a related set of procedures known as resource development and installation (RDI), which have been reported to be useful in ego strengthening and stabilization. First, the extant research on EMDR, its theoretical model, and the 8 phases of its treatment are summarized (patient history and treatment planning, preparation, assessment, desensitization, installation, body scan, closure, and reevaluation). The 5 main elements of memory networks in EMDR are: image, thoughts and sounds, affect, sensation, and self-appraisal. The principles and theoretical foundations of RDI are then discussed. Then, 2 case examples are given. The 1st case illustrates a simple application of resource development and installation to supplement the standard EMDR PTSD protocol in the brief treatment of a marital crisis. The 2nd case summarizes the brief, strategic use of RDI to stabilize a patient with complex PTSD who was referred for collaborative treatment and to build a foundation for comprehensive EMDR treatment. [Adapted from Text, p. 469] [Pilots]
Keywords: Brief Psychotherapy Clinical Case Study Empirical Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
178. Solomon, R. M., & Shapiro, F. (2008). EMDR and the adaptive information processing model - Potential mechanisms of change. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(4), 315-325. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.4.315.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a therapeutic approach guided by the adaptive
information processing (AIP) model. This article provides a brief overview of some of the major
precepts of AIP. The basis of clinical pathology is hypothesized to be dysfunctionally stored memories,
with therapeutic change resulting from the processing of these memories within larger adaptive networks.
Unlike extinction-based exposure therapies, memories targeted in EMDR are posited to transmute during
processing and are then again stored by a process of reconsolidation. Therefore, a comparison and contrast
to extinction-based information processing models and treatment is provided, including implications
for clinical practice. Throughout the article a variety of mechanisms of action are discussed, including
those inferred by tenets of the AIP model, and the EMDR procedures themselves, including the bilateral
stimulation. Research suggestions are offered in order to investigate various hypotheses.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model AIP Information Processing Mechanism of Change Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
179. Shapiro, F., & Laliotis, D. (2011, June). EMDR and the adaptive information processing model: Integrative treatment and case conceptualization. Clinical Social Work Journal, 39(2), 191-200. doi:10.1007/s10615-010-0300-7.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
EMDR is a comprehensive psychotherapy approach that is compatible with all contemporary theoretical orientations. Internationally recognized as a frontline trauma treatment, it is also applicable to a broad range of clinical issues. As a distinct form of psychotherapy, the treatment emphasis is placed on directly processing the neurophysiologically stored memories of events that set the foundation for pathology and health. The adaptive information processing model that governs EMDR practice invites the therapist to address the overall clinical picture that includes the past experiences that contribute to a client’s current difficulties, the present events that trigger maladaptive responses, and to develop more adaptive neural networks of memory in order to enhance positive responses in the future. The clinical application of EMDR is elaborated through a description of the eight phases of treatment with a case example that illustrates the convergences with psychodynamic, cognitive-behavioral, and systemic practice.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Integrative Treatment Memory Networks
Accuracy Verified: Yes
180. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2008). EMDR and the art of psychotherapy with children. New York, NY: Springer Publishing.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
In this book the authors present an overview of how therapists can get started in conceptualizing psychotherapy with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) methodology through Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory. The focus of the book is to teach therapists to effectively use the entire EMDR protocol with young children (Springer).
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
181. Settle, C. (2010, July). EMDR and the art of psychotherapy with children. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The presenter will use the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) Model to explain how to creatively change the language
of EMDR to meet the child’s developmental needs. Participants will learn how to develop a comprehensive treatment plan
that includes the three-pronged approach. Demonstrations with pictures and a short video will show ways of getting the
targets and the NC and PC through mapping, while still remaining true to the eight-phase model. Innovative child-oriented
methods for Resource Development Installation (RDI) and Cognitive Interweaves (CI) will be explained.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
182. Grey, E. (2009, April). EMDR and the brain: Importance of body sensation. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This Workshop will provide an explanation of the neuro-physiological underpinnings of the AIP model, and how memory networks are stored in the body. Educating practitioners about the neurological journey of information and the links to body sensations increases their ability to describe EDMR and how it works. A complex case of childhood ritual abuse will be presented for illustration. Participants will practice applying this understanding to cases.
Keywords: Body Sensation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
183. Eimer, B. N. (1994, March). EMDR and the puzzle of chronic pain: An evaluation and treatment protocol. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Sunnyvale, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Chronic Pain Pain Pain Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
184. Korn, D. L. (2011, August). EMDR and the treatment of complex PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall recovery plan in working with adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Individuals with histories of chronic victimization often struggle with extreme vulnerability and shame, heightened dissociative tendencies, and limited affect tolerance. In considering their unique needs, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored. Fears and blocking beliefs commonly seen in this population will be discussed, along with suggestions for effective cognitive interweave interventions. In addition, significant attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment. This program will include lecture, videotape presentations, and case discussion.
Keywords: C-PTSD Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
185. Korn, D. L. (2009). EMDR and the treatment of complex PTSD: A review. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(4), 264-278. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.4.264.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) covers a wide range of conditions, ranging from patients
suffering from a one-time traumatic accident to those who have been exposed to chronic traumatization
and repeated assaults beginning at an early age. While EMDR and other trauma treatments have been
proven efficacious in the treatment of simpler cases of PTSD, the effectiveness of treatments for more
complex cases has been less widely studied. This article examines the body of literature on the treatment
of complex PTSD and chronically traumatized populations, with a focus on EMDR treatment and research.
Despite a still limited number of randomized controlled studies of any treatment for complex PTSD,
trauma treatment experts have come to a general consensus that work with survivors of childhood abuse
and other forms of chronic traumatization should be phase-oriented, multimodal, and titrated. A phaseoriented
EMDR model for working with these patients is presented, highlighting the role of resource development
and installation (RDI) and other strategies that address the needs of patients with compromised
affect tolerance and self-regulation. EMDR treatment goals, procedures, and adaptations for each of the
various treatment phases (stabilization, trauma processing, reconnection/development of self-identity) are
reviewed. Finally, reflections on the strengths and unique advantages of EMDR in treating complex PTSD
are offered along with suggestions for future investigations.
Keywords: Childhood Trauma Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD DESNOS Psychotherapy Research Review
Accuracy Verified: Yes
186. Donovan, L. (2002, June). EMDR and traumatized children/adolescents: Systemic affect regulation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Developmental and systemic perspectives support incorporating the caregiver/family in EMDR treatment of children and adolescents to
maximize efficacy and minimize risks. Participants will learn to: 1)
identify multiple options, risk factors, and guidelines (eg, for timing,
sequencing, identifying the need for EMDR/RDI in the traumatized parent/caregiver as well as the child); 2) identify strategies to maximize vicarious
processing, and promote resource development and affect regulation in
the caregiver/family; 3) define with the family ways to provide safety,
take rerponsibility and guide choices; and 4) utilize the nartural relational
context to develop affect regulation in the child/adolescent.
Keywords: Adolescents Affect Regulation Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
187. Nickerson, M. (2007, September). EMDR and treatment for angry and violent behaviors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Much can be gained as the EMDR clinician develops sharper awareness of the dynamics of angry and violent “acting out” behavior. An AIP informed approach can aid in case formulation with these issues and lead to accelerated client gain. The cyclical nature of violence will be depicted, as well as other common characteristics in a spectrum of hostile behaviors, including perpetrator state and trait issues. The presentation will demonstrate ways in which EMDR processing can work in conjunction with widely used cognitive-behavioral interventions and, with careful target selection, offer opportunities for desensitization of the trauma that often drives them. Discussion will highlight advantages of an EMDR approach in minimizing problematic transferential issues with “resistant” clients. Theory and practice will be illuminated by a case presentation and clinical anecdotes. Graphic, user-friendly therapeutic tools will be offered. Implications for the use of this model in treating other cyclical “acting out” behaviors will be explored.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
188. Solomon, R. M. (1996, June). EMDR application in critical incident stress management. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: CISM Critical Incident Stress Management Recent Events
Accuracy Verified: Yes
189. Eimer, B. N. (1995, June). EMDR applications for pain management. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The focus of this 3-hour workshop will be on using EMDR to alleviate emotional distress attendant to coping with acute physical
pain and living with chronic pain. Participants in this workshop will learn:
(a) how to conduct a targeted assessment of the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain;
(b) a guided pain healing meditation;
(c) an EMDR protocol for installing pain relief imagery and self-care techniques;
(d) an EMDR protocol for reprocessing covert pain talk, pain behaviors and pain-related memories;
(e) how to apply A.J. Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing substance abuse (i.e., Overeating,
drinking) and dependence on pain medication in this population.
The presentation will first address how to conduct a structured assessment that identifies targets for EMDR treatment. The
dysfunctional information package associated with chronic pain (termed the "biogram")and "seven keys" to understanding chronic
pain will be discussed. Then, essential principles for designing an effective individual psychotherapy program for the pain sufferer
will be presented.
Next, use of the "seven keys for constructing a guided healing meditation (i.e., Self-care technique) for the pain patient that also
incorporates Francine Shapiro's "light stream" and "spiral" guided meditations will be demonstrated. A script for this, termed the
"C.O.M.P.I.S.S. Pain Healing Meditation," will be distributed.
The workshop will then address how to introduce EMDR to the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain. What EMDR can
do and probably cannot do for pain patients will then be discussed. Next, principles for choosing an initial tarqet for reprocessing
will be discussed.
The presentation will then cover (with clinical case examples):
(1) Red flags and cautions to consider before proceeding with EMDR-
(2) What to do and what not to do if the patient is dissociative;
(3) How to "mirror" and install with EMDR empathic responses to underlying beliefs associated with
"secondary gains" minus primary losses;
(4) Teaching the distinction between pain sensations and suffering;
(5) How to teach and install with EMDR self-care and pain coping techniques such as pain relief
imagery, mental distraction techniques, safe place imagery, and positive motivation for healthy
self-care behaviors;
(6) How to directly address with the patient the application of "cognitive psychology" and imagery
for pain reduction;
(7) EMDR reprocessing of memories around the pain's origins;
(8) EMDR reprocessing of pain-related conflicts, negative beliefs, negative past experiences,
internalized self-identifications, self-punitive tendencies and self-defeating behaviors;
(9) Eliciting core negative pain coping cognitions and suggesting preferable positive cognitions to the pain patient;
(10) EMDR reprocessing of negative cognitions associated with depression and anxiety.
(11) Use of EMDR to facilitate mental rehearsal of coping responses to pain triggers;
(12) Material that often comes up in using EMDR with pain patients;
(13) Strategically restructuring patient "resistance" with coanitive interweave;
(14) Managing narcotic and pain medication seeking behavior and substance abuse;
(15) Use of Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing medication dependence and substance abuse in
this population;
(16) Treating pain patients who also have PTSD.
Videotaped case excerpts will be shown that illustrate important points covered.
If time permits, participants may be able to briefly discuss EMDR applications to specific medical and pain patient populations.
Keywords: Chronic Pain Pain Pain Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
190. Eimer, B.N. (1995). EMDR applications for pain management: An EMDR clinician's basic manual. Philadelphia, PA: The Behavior Therapy Center.
Language: English
Format: Other
Keywords: Chronic Pain Pain Pain Management
Accuracy Verified: No
191. Doctor, R. (1995, June). EMDR applications to anxiety disorders. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapy was originally developed around the effects of trauma on emotional and cognitive disorders. We are now seeing its
effect application in other areas related to acquisition and maintenance of deviant and disabling reactions. The results of the
application of EMDR outside of trauma itself have been very encouraging and successful. This presentation will focus on the use of
EMDR with the anxiety disorders. Most of the presentation will concentrate on the most prevalent anxiety disorders, namely, panic,
agoraphobia and phobia. There will be some-discussion on generalized anxiety disorders, social phobias and obsessive-compulsive
disorders.
The anxiety disorders will be discussed as a complex set of disorders that have multiple acquisition factors including life style,
reactivity (which may have some genetic components), "personality, stressors and stress management. The presenter will make a
brief summary of the role of these factors in each anxiety disorder from what we currently know clinically and empirically. The
research on EMDR with anxiety disorders is almost nonexistent but the few case studies that have been published will be discussed
because they offer excellent support for EMDR and for particular forms of its application.
The rest of the presentation is divided into two sections: the use of EMDR as an exclusive treatment and its use with supplemental
tools. The exclusive use of EMDR will depend on premorbid history factors both personally and in regard to the anxiety disorder.
The discussion will focus on important information in the history taking and personal contact with the client as well as the potential
targets for EMDR work with the various anxiety disorders.
In many cases, EMDR therapy must be supplemented with exposure work, relaxation training, medications and other supplemental
tools in order to make the intervention effective and enduring. How these supplemental tools might be implemented in the various
anxiety disorders will be discussed as well as the general factors from client history or client experience that would suggest the use
of supplementals.
Finally, the importance of the client-therapist relationship will be discussed in relation to working with the anxiety disorders and, in
particular, therapist factors that can improve effectiveness.
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
192. Mitchell, J. T., & Solomon, R. M. (1995, June). EMDR applications to critical incident stress management. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A critical incident is any situation that causes unusually strong emotional reactions that have the potential to interfere with a person's
ability to function immediately after the incident or later. These are situations that overwhelm a person's sense of vulnerability
and/or control.
A critical incident stress debriefing (CISD) is a psychoeducational group meeting or discussion about a traumatic incident which
ideally takes place within 72 hours of the event. The goals of a CISD are to mitigate the psychological impact of a traumatic event,
prevent subsequent development of a post-traumatic syndrome, accelerate recovery, and serve as an early identification mechanism
for people who need further follow-up, including EMDR.
The steps of a CISD include:
1) introduction - to introduce the intervention team, explain the process, and set expectations.
2) fact - to describe the event from each participant's perspective on a cognitive level.
3) thought - to allow participants to describe cognitive reactions and to transition to emotional reactions.
4) reaction - to identify the most traumatic aspect of the event for participants.
5) symptom - to identify personal symptoms of distress and transition back to the cognitive level.
6) teaching - to educate as to normal reactions and adaptive coping strategies
7) reentry - to clarefy ambiguities and prepare for termination; access for follow-up.
In the opinion of the authors, the CISD facilitates the processing of the traumatic information before it becomes crystallized in
dysfunctional form.
EMDR can be very effective shortly following a CISD, and is particularly usehl for participants who are experiencing distress or
intrusive symptoms after the CISD. The CISD structure helps the participant understand the traumatic impact of the incident and
provides support and guidance toward adaptive resolution. The EMDR process begins where the CISD leaves off. The CISD helps
to delineate the traumatic image, negative cognition, and emotions associated with the event, making the subsequent EMDR process
more efficient. EMDR appears to have a very powerful and rapid effect after the CISD, perhaps, because of the initial processing.
In other words, the CISD initiates an adaptive processing of the traumatic information; EMDR completes it.
EMDR can be implemented individually immediately following the CISD, or the next day. While the CISD is a group process,
EMDR is an individual method. EMDR can be explained during the teaching phase of the CISD or after the CISD to the whole
group, but EMDR treatment is done individually and privately. EMDR can go beyond a CISD in targeting previous traumas that
may underlie the current incident, delve deeper into the meaning of the incident for the person, and target specific stimuli that are
relevant to the individual (e.g. Smells, tastes, etc.).
The workshop will discuss the application of EMDR to critical incidents. The protocol for recent events will be reviewed.
Guidelines for negative and positive cognitions will be discussed. For example, a critical incident usually involves issues of
responsibility ("Is it my fault?"), Safety ("Am I safe?"), And/or control ("Do I have choices in life?). It is important that such
dynamics are understood when formulating the negative cognition.
The dynamics of fear, a framework for understanding a critical incident and resolving issues of vulnerability and powerlessness, will
be presented. The model discusses the importance of going beyond defining the moment of peak stress to elucidating subsequent
thoughts, actions, and decisions. The implications for cognitive interweaves will be discussed.
Keywords: CISM Critical Incidence Stress Management Recent Events
Accuracy Verified: Yes
193. Wilson, S., Logan, C., Becker, L., & Tinker, R. (1999, June). EMDR as a stress management tool for police officers. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to describe: 1) an EMDR protocol that can be used with police officers; 2) the elements of the research design; and 3) the effective use of EMDR with specific stressors in law enforcement.
Keywords: Law Enforcement Police Officers Stress Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
194. Royle, L. (2008). EMDR as a therapeutic treatment for chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS). Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(3), 226-232. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.3.226.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS) is a condition characterized by a new and persistent fatigue unexplained by other conditions and resulting in a substantial reduction in the individual's activity levels. Current treatment includes psychotherapeutic procedures such as cognitive-behavioral therapy, pharmacological interventions, and graded exercise therapy. This article considers the effectiveness of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for the condition of CFS. The case study describes the use of EMDR with a 49-year-old male client who had suffered debilitating CFS for nearly 5 years despite accessing other treatment methods. After 9 sessions, the client indicated that his energy levels were significantly higher, his need for sleep had reduced (from 15-20 hours to 9.5 hours in a 24-hour period), and he was able to resume employment. Results suggest that EMDR may be useful in treating CFS within a personalized treatment plan.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Case Study CFS Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Treatment Efficacy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
195. Kannan, L. (2010, July). EMDR as a tool in change management. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In 2008-2009, many professionals and executives faced various organizational pressures ranging from pay slash, contrived
performance appraisals, layoffs and work overload due to the recession which impacted many traumatically. It affected the
morale, motivation and basic sense of security which was previously part of the work culture in Eastern countries especially
in India. EMDR is an effective tool for organizations to manage dramatic change without adversely impacting the individual
and consequently the organization.
Participants will learn:
1. What constitutes work trauma both direct and vicarious and how to identify its impact,
2. The impact of such work trauma on the clinical and non clinical parameters affecting performance, efficiency and well
being.
3. How to use EMDR efficiently with work trauma.
4. Adapting EMDR to the different setting where work trauma clients may present themselves in the Eastern context.
Keywords: Change Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
196. Lendl, J. (2007, September). EMDR basics part I: The touchstone event. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
One of the reasons EMDR is such a powerful treatment is the Adaptive Information Processing Model with its eight phase, three- prong protocol. The robustness of the treatment is not achieved if any part of the protocol is dismissed. Dr. Shapiro’s recent trainings have emphasized the need to work beyond present-day symptoms and triggers (prong #2) to find the underlying touchstone events (prong #1). Part I will review the AIP Model, suggest channels of association most likely linked to a touchstone event/node, review the eight phases, place the touchstone event into the context of the eight phases, show video simulations of the touchstone event including the affect scan and floatback techniques, and have a supervised practicum.
Keywords: Adaptive Processing Model Channels of Association Touchstone Event
Accuracy Verified: Yes
197. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR behandeling bij volwassenen met een verleden van incest en verwaarlozing. Het herstellen van ontwikkelings tekorten en het beschadigde ‘zelf’ [EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In deze workshop zal er worden ingegaan op het integreren van EMDR in een algemeen behandelingsplan voor volwassenen die incest en verwaarlozing in hun jeugd hebben meegemaakt.
De workshop is een verdieping van de keynote van het congres. De werkwijze zal gedetailleerd worden uitgelegd en zal worden geïllustreerd aan de hand van videopresentaties en bespreking van casuïstiek.
In eerste instantie wordt uitgelegd hoe de ontwikkelings- en hechtingsbehoeften van de cliënt onderzocht kunnen worden en hoe een betekenisvolle beschrijvende diagnose kan worden ontwikkeld om tot een geïntegreerd, logisch opgebouwd behandelingsplan te komen.
Bij deze groep cliënten, waarbij er sprake is van beperkte affect tolerantie, kwetsbaarheid voor hyper- en hypoarousal, en dissociatieve kenmerken, kan het standaard EMDR protocol worden aangepast met specifieke strategieën. Daar zal uitvoerig op worden ingegaan.
Ook zal er veel aandacht besteed worden aan het integreren van specifieke EMDR technieken, zoals diverse ego-versterkende protocollen en hulpbron installatie (RDI), in alle fasen van de behandeling.
Tevens zullen er technieken besproken worden die cliënten helpen om hun disfunctionele afweermechanismen los te laten, waardoor het veranderen van schema’s met hun kenmerkende kerngedachten en kernaffecten mogelijk wordt
Deelnemers aan deze workshop zullen leren om pathogene gevoelstoestanden, (zoals schaamte, wanhoop, onverdraagelijke eenzaamheidsgevoelens), angsten en ‘blocking beliefs’, ego state conflicten te herkennen, zodat de meest effectieve interweaves en hulpbron opties kunnen worden toegepast.
Verder zullen er strategieën voor herstel, zoals het verduidelijken van verantwoordelijkheid, het vaststellen van veiligheid en keuze, en het verwerken van rouw, verlangen en woede, worden besproken.
This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced.
The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies.
Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment.
In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail.
Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment.
Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten
Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied.
Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.
Keywords: Adults Developmental Deficits Incest
Accuracy Verified: Yes
198. Forester, D. (2012, October). EMDR boot camp: An intensive refresher course. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This is an EMDR skills refresher course designed for clinicians who have not had the ability to practice EMDR. This course is perfect for the clinician who took some time off following EMDR Basic Training or would like some hands on practice to build technical competence. Build confidence through a review of the AIP model, the 8 phases and 3 prong approach followed by a guided practicum experience to build your proficiency. With EMDR Boot Camp you will get a personal, hands on experience that will activate your Adaptive Information Processing and allow you to practice EMDR with confidence.
Keywords: Refresher Course
Accuracy Verified: Yes
199. Leeds, A. (2011, August). EMDR Case Conceptualization and Treatment Planning: How AIP leads to divergent strategies in different cases. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many clinicians seek guidance with case formulation and predicting responses to EMDR reprocessing. This presentation integrates the AIP Model with adult attachment classification. Case examples illustrate clinical strategies for assessing attachment classification as a foundation for case formulation. This presentation proposes a symptom informed approach for cases with an Axis I focus – PTSD, depression, specific phobias and panic – from parallel models of de Jongh (2010), Korn (2004) and Leeds (2004, 2009). Criteria from Korn (2004, 2009), Leeds (2009) and Hofmann (2004, 2005) indicate when to consider containing and deferring reprocessing early life experiences in complex cases – personality disorders and complex PTSD.
Keywords: Adult Attachment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
200. Kiessling, R. (2010, September/October). EMDR case conceptualization from a belief focused perspective. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While many understand the EMDR Approach to Psychotherapy, many do not fully understand the power of using core beliefs as the focal point of their EMDR case conceptualization. This workshop, through lecture, case examples and practice, will assist EMDR Trainers, Approved Consultants, Certified therapists and the newly trained EMDR therapists, in understanding the EMDR Approach, based upon the AIP model, from the core belief perspective. Using this core belief focus, targeting sequence plans will be designed, necessary and/or needed resources will be developed, and intervention strategies anticipated to help facilitate processing.
Keywords: Core Beliefs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
201. Leeds, A. M. (1995, June). EMDR case formulation symposium. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The focus of this symposium will be on intermediate and advanced topics in EMDR case formulation in more challenging cases.
The presentation will include how affect and schema theories can help organize and guide treatment planing and selection of
protocols, targets and cognitions. Time will be allowed to discuss problem cases.
The symposium will begin with an overview of the EMDR theoretical model and the role of metacognitions in the accelerated
information processing paradigm. Guideposts to application will include principles such as: good enough cognitions and warning
indicators fiom cognitions and the history taking of potential blocked responses.
A model of EMDR case formulation issues will be presented involving treatment planning and selection of protocols, targets and
cognitions. A fundamental issue in case formulation will be proposed as the extent to which the case involves simple adult trauma
with a good premorbid history or is a more complex case conceptualized as involving some degree of neglect or pervasive failure of
the early environment to provide healthy models of self-other interaction.
Alternate treatment protocols will be offered for more complex cases presentations where there are insufficient healthy resources
present to permit the successfull use of standard EMDR protocols even with creative application of cognitive interweave strategies.
Protocols will be offered for "practice" EMDR sessions and for building up healthy internal resources in advance of targeting
disturbing memories.
Affect theory as developed by Silvan S. Tomkins and reviewed in Donald Nathanson's (1992) Shame and Pride, Affect Sex, and the
Birth of the Self, W. W. Norton & Co, New York, and its relationship to EMDR will be considered. Emphasis will be on the
biological theory of emotions, the nine innate affects, the central and unique role of shame in human development, and how affect
theory supports EMDR theory and application. For example, EMDR theory emphasizes the central role of physiological and
emotional responses and views cognitions as "distallations of experience" (Francine Shapiro, 1995, Eve Movement Desensitization
and Reprocessing, Basic Principles, Protocols, and Procedures, Guilford Press, NY). Shame and its attendant distorted self concepts
is a central problem in PTSD and other pervasive traumageric disorders.
Aspects of this case formulation approach have been influenced by members of the EMDR facilitator staff most notably Landry
Wildwind's speciality and conference presentations on working with chronic depression and personal communications with
Marguerite McCorkle.
Case examples will be given in which alternate EMDR protocols were used to successfully work through unresolved developmental
issues and massive layers of shame that had blocked previous treatment efforts. A large portion of the symposium will be devoted to
a case conference round table where these issues will be explored through a discussion of problem cases offered by participants.
Keywords: Case Formulations
Accuracy Verified: Yes
202. St. André, É. (2010, Avril/Mai). EMDR dans le traitement d’un trouble obsessif compulsif: Une étude de cas [EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder: A case study]. Atelier présenté à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Le trouble obsessif compulsif (TOC) est un trouble anxieux généralement chronique se présentant avec des obsessions récurrentes tel des idées persistantes, des images mentales et des compulsions (suivant les obsessions) tel des actes physiques ou mentaux répétitifs.
Dans cet atelier, le médecin fournira des indications cliniques sur son utilisation de l’EMDR dans le traitement d’un patient souffrant de TOC, et donnera quelques exemples tirés de la pratique d’autres cliniciens, en sus d’une révision des notions de base utiles à la compréhension du TOC (théorie neurobiologiques, épidémiologie, etc.).
La présentatrice tentera de souligner ce qu’il y a d’unique dans l’utilisation de l’EMDR dans le traitement de l’OCD, les difficultés rencontrées et les solutions utilisées dans ce cas précis. Elle décrira l’utilisation de la méthode de traitement standard en 8 étapes dans un cas spécifique, et dans les modalités de temps (passé, présent, futur), Nous verrons l’identification des cibles de traitement, et la gestion des symptômes de TOC qui entravent le fonctionnement quotidien des patients affectés. Nous verrons aussi les défis proposés par cette population, en clinique. Les participants pourront utiliser certaines stratégies dans un exercice pratique. (Tous les niveaux)
Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) is an anxiety disorder typically presenting with chronic recurrent obsessions such persistent ideas, images and mental compulsions (as obsessions) as acts of physical or mental patterns. In this workshop, the doctor will provide information on clinical use of EMDR in treating a patient suffering from OCD, and provide some examples from the practice of other clinicians, in addition to a review of concepts useful background for understanding the TOC (theory neurobiology, epidemiology, etc..). The presenter will attempt to highlight what is unique in the use of EMDR in the treatment of OCD, the difficulties encountered and solutions used in this case. She will describe the use of the method of standard treatment in 8 steps in a specific case and in terms of time (past, present, future), we see the identification of treatment targets, and management of symptoms of OCD which hinder the daily operation of affected patients. We will also see the challenges offered by this population in clinical practice. Participants may use certain strategies in a practical exercise.
Keywords: Case Study Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
203. Nicolais, G. (2011, Settembre). EMDR e attaccamento [EMDR and attachment]. Presentazione al Congresso EMDR Nazionale "Trauma e relazione,” Roma, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Secondo Bowlby, le esperienze precoci del bambino con le proprie figure di attaccamento determinano rappresentazioni mentali - denominate Modelli Operativi Interni della relazione - che regolano aspetti centrali dello sviluppo come la regolazione degli affetti e la fiducia interpersonale. Analogamente, il modello AIP di Shapiro ipotizza l’effetto di esperienze precoci sullo sviluppo futuro del bambino. Ricordi di eventi particolarmente stressanti o traumatici tendono ad essere immagazzinati in modo disfunzionale nel cervello in uno stato non metabolizzato, sotto forma di “network mnestici” contenenti costellazioni di percezioni, aspettative negative, affetti e sensazioni corporee che possono essere riferite all’esperienza di caregiving. In situazioni infantili all’interno di accudimento particolarmente disfunzionali, il modello di attaccamento sviluppato dal bambino conterrà quindi network mnestici caratterizzati dall’esperienza del rifiuto e/o del maltrattamento. Il modello AIP prefigura perciò interventi, realizzati attraverso l’approccio dell’EMDR, che agiscono in senso trasformativo sulle peculiarità dei Modelli Operativi Interni della relazione. Le implicazioni di tale premessa sono l’oggetto della relazione presentata.
According to Bowlby, the child's early experiences with attachment figures determine their mental representations - called internal working models of the report - that regulate key aspects of development such as affect regulation and interpersonal trust. Similarly, the model AIP Shapiro assumed the effect of early experience on the future development of the child. Memories of traumatic or stressful events tend to be stored in a dysfunctional brain in a non-metabolized form of "network mnemonic" containing clusters of perceptions, expectations, negative emotions and bodily sensations that may be related to the experience of caregiving . In situations in caregiving particularly dysfunctional childhood, the attachment model developed by the child will then contain mnemonic networks characterized by the experience of rejection and / or mistreatment. The model therefore anticipates AIP intervention, achieved through the approach of EMDR, which act in the sense of transformation on the peculiarities of the internal working models of the relationship. The implications of this premise are the subject of the report.
Keywords: Attachment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
204. Balbo, M. (2008, Novembre). EMDR e disturbi alimentari [EMDR and eating disorders]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
I Disturbi del comportamento alimentare per la complessità che li caratterizza comportano spesso problematiche relative alla diagnosi, alla scelta del trattamento primario e al tipo di terapia.
Il Workshop si propone di rispondere al quesito: “da dove cominciare”, come pianificare il trattamento con l’EMDR , qual è il problema centrale e quindi il primo e più importante da affrontare per aiutare il paziente a superare la preoccupazione estrema per il cibo e le forme corporee.
Gli argomenti che verranno presentati si propongono di affrontare le seguenti aree.:
• Diagnosi descrittiva.
• DSM IV: chiarezza classificatoria.
• Multifattorialità dei disturbi dell'alimentazione.
• Integrazione dell’EMDR nel trattamento: quando e con quale paziente.
• Ricerca dei target significativi nella storia di vita del paziente.
• Preparazione del paziente per il trattamento EMDR, come affrontare il blocco emozionale del paziente DCA e la fuga dalla consapevolezza; installazione di risorse e immagini chiave
• La motivazione al cambiamento nei pazienti difficili.
• La relazione terapeutica.
• Intervento psicoeducazionale.
• Lavoro sui target del passato.
• Aree di contenuto utilizzabili per l’intervento integrativo-cognitivo, analisi dei pensieri disfunzionali.
• Lavoro sui target del presente (gestione delle “emergenze”)
• Lavoro sul futuro:prevenzione delle ricadute e conclusione del trattamento.
• Discussione di casi.
Disorders of eating behavior of the complexity that characterizes them often involve issues related to diagnosis, choice of primary treatment and type of therapy. The Workshop aims to answer the question: "where to start, how to plan treatment with EMDR, which is the central problem and then the first and most important deal to help the patient to overcome the extreme concern for food and body shapes. The topics to be presented are intended to address the following areas.: • descriptive diagnosis. • DSM IV classificatory clarity. • multifactorial nature of eating disorders. • Integrating EMDR treatment: when and how patient. • Research targets in the history of the patient's life. • Preparing the patient for treatment EMDR, how to address the emotional blocks of the patient and the flight from DCA awareness; installation of resources and key images • The motivation to change in patients difficult. • The therapeutic relationship. • psycho-educational intervention. • Work on target in the past. • Content areas used for Integrated intervention-cognitive analysis of dysfunctional thoughts. • Work on this target (management of "emergencies") • Work on the future: prevention of relapses and end of treatment. • Discussion of cases.
Keywords: Eating Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
205. Faretta, E. (2008, Novembre). EMDR e trattamento del disturbo di panico: Un protocollo specifico integrato [EMDR and the treatment of panic disorder: a specific protocol integrated]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Nell’ambito degli studi sulle possibilità terapeutiche offerte dall’impiego dell’EMDR in diverse patologie si sono evidenziate delle prospettive interessanti in relazione agli interventi sui disturbi di panico, in grado di fornire una possibilità di lavoro terapeutico globale e completo focalizzato non solo sulla condizione presente e quindi sulla gestione degli attacchi di panico, ma anche sulla comprensione dinamica di tale disturbo.
Facendo riferimento alla letteratura e ai resoconti che hanno supportato l’efficacia del-l’EMDR per il trattamento del Disturbo d’Attacchi di Panico (Feske & Goldstein, 1997; Goldstein & Feske, 1994; Nadler, 1996; Shapiro & Forrest, 1997) e dalla analisi ed applicazione del protocollo Whisman, è stato messo a punto, attraverso la personale pratica clinica, un preciso protocollo integrato per il trattamento del disturbo di panico secondo l’approccio EMDR.
Facendo riferimento a questi studi, l’ipotesi di intervento dalla quale sono partita è quella che si basa sulla considerazione che l’attacco di panico può rappresentare un evento traumatico di per sé e che quindi il lavoro clinico proposto, seguendo l’approccio EMDR, risulta efficace per desensibilizzare e rielaborare convinzioni, comportamenti, emozioni e sensazioni corporee legate alla paura fino a farle rientrare all’interno di un sistema di convinzioni più gestibile, in modo da permettere al paziente di affrontare le situazioni precedentemente temute e quindi evitate.
In questo workshop vengono presentate le modalità di applicazione nel disturbo panico in relazione alle 8 fasi di lavoro dell’approccio EMDR, facendo riferimento ai casi clinici e quindi ad esperienze pratiche derivanti dal personale lavoro terapeutico.
Da qui vengono fornite le linee per la strutturazione dello specifico piano di trattamento, secondo un protocollo di lavoro, appositamente elaborato, che conduce, passo dopo passo, all’applicazione del progetto terapeutico
Il protocollo di lavoro presentato si focalizza sulla rielaborazione degli attacchi di panico e quindi sulla gestione della sintomatologia caratteristica di questo disturbo.
Fornisce, inoltre, indicazioni per effettuare un’attenta anamnesi, che permetta al terapeuta di predisporre un adeguato piano di individuazione e di rielaborazione dei fattori precipitanti e delle esperienze traumatiche pregresse della storia personale del paziente sin dall’infanzia, che possono costituire la base emotiva sulla quale può instaurarsi, in particolari circostanze, la sintomatologia del DAP.
Si tratta di eventi stressanti o traumatici del passato sui quali risulta indispensabile un lavoro di rielaborazione al fine di far emergere possibili capacità e comportamenti adattivi per realizzare azioni future adeguate.
As part of studies into the therapeutic possibilities offered by EMDR in various diseases appear to be any interesting perspectives in relation to work on problems panic, unable to provide an opportunity for therapeutic work focused global and comprehensive not only on the present condition and therefore on the management of panic attacks, but also on dynamic understanding of the disorder. Referring to the literature and the reports that have supported the efficacy of on-l'EMDR the treatment of Panic Disorder (FESK & Goldstein, 1997; FESK & Goldstein, 1994; Nadler, 1996, Shapiro & Forrest, 1997) and the analysis and application of the protocol Whisman, was developed through personal clinical practice, a precise protocol integrated treatment of panic disorder according to the EMDR approach. Referring to these studies, the possibility of intervention from which game is the one based on the consideration that the panic attack can be a traumatic event in itself and therefore the clinical work proposed, following the approach EMDR, is effective for desensitize and reprocess beliefs, behaviors, emotions and body sensations associated fear until they fall within a belief system more manageable, so allow the patient to deal with situations previously feared and avoided. In this workshop presents the detailed rules in panic disorder report at 8 phases of EMDR work of the approach, referring to clinical cases and then practical experiences arising from personal therapeutic work. From here, we provide the guidelines for the structuring of a specific treatment, according a working protocol, specially developed, which leads, step by step, application
therapeutic project the protocol of work presented focuses on the recasting of panic attacks and then the management of symptoms characteristic of this disorder. Also provides instructions for making a careful medical history, which allows the therapist to
prepare an adequate plan for the identification and revision of precipitating factors and past traumatic experiences of the patient's personal history from childhood, which may form the emotional basis on which it can establish, in certain circumstances, symptoms of CAD. It is stressful or traumatic events of the past on which it is essential work of reworking in order to identify possible skills and adaptive behaviors to achieve appropriate future action.
Keywords: Panic Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
206. Fernandez, I., & Giovannozzi, G. (2012, March-April). EMDR ed elaborazione adattiva dell’informazione. La psicoterapia come stimolazione dei processi psicologici autoriparativi [EMDR and adaptive information processing: Psychotherapy as a stimulation of the self-reparative psychological process]. Rivista di Psichiatria, 47(2 Supp 1):4S-7S. doi: 10.1708/1071.11731. .
Language: Italian
Format: Journal
Abstract:
RIASSUNTO. A partire dal concetto di evento traumatico, viene descritto il modello dell’elaborazione adattativa dell’informazione per illustrare come l’EMDR viene applicato per la rielaborazione dei traumi e per risolvere la psicopatologia post-traumatica. Vengono quindi presentate le otto fasi del trattamento con EMDR, le modalità di funzionamento di una seduta di EMDR e il contributo e l’innovazione che l’EMDR rappresenta nel campo della terapia degli stati post-traumatici e la sua applicabilità in altri quadri sintomatici.
SUMMARY. Based on the concept of traumatic event, the model of the adaptive information processing is described to illustrate how EMDR is applied to reprocess the trauma and resolve post-traumatic psychopathology. The eight phases of the EMDR treatment are presented together with the way an EMDR session is conducted and the contribution and innovation that EMDR represents in the field of therapy of post-traumatic states and its applicability in other symptomatic conditions.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
207. Aneiros, I., González, A., Laredo, M., Mosquera, D., Taboada, M. J., & Sánchez-Caballero, I. V. (2012, Setembro ). EMDR en el tratamiento de la depresión [EMDR in the treatment of depression]. Psicologia, 16, 22-36. Retrieved from http://www.psiquiatria.com/bibliopsiquis/handle/10401/5515 on 12/5/2012.
Language: Spanish
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
La depresión constituye actualmente uno de los problemas más acuciantes en el ámbito de la salud mental. Este artículo presenta una revisión bibliográfica en la que se refleja la eficacia de la terapia de Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por Movimientos Oculares (EMDR por sus siglas en inglés, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) en el tratamiento de los trastornos depresivos. Aunque este enfoque psicoterapéutico surge inicialmente como una herramienta eficaz en el tratamiento de los trastornos de base traumática, existe cada vez mayor evidencia acerca de su efectividad en el tratamiento de la depresión, dada la relación existente entre la aparición de este trastorno y los acontecimientos vitales estresantes. Presentamos además una visión general de la terapia EMDR y sus ocho fases, y el modelo sobre el que se sustenta, el Modelo PAI (Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información). El Modelo PAI explica las bases de la patología, predice éxitos en los resultados clínicos, y guía en la conceptualización de casos y los planes de tratamiento. En consonancia con otras teorías del aprendizaje, el modelo PAI propone la existencia de un sistema de procesamiento de la información capaz de integrar nuevas experiencias en las redes de memoria ya existentes. Esas redes de memoria constituyen las bases de la percepción, de las actitudes y del comportamiento. Las percepciones acerca de las situaciones actuales se conectan automáticamente con las redes de memoria asociadas.
At present, the Depression is one of the most pressing problems in the field of the mental health. This article presents a bibliography review where the EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) approach shows efficacy in the Depressive Disorders. Although, this psychotherapy approach emerges, in the beginning as a efficiency tool in the treatment of the disorders with traumatic basis, its increasingly clear the evidence about of EMDR effectiveness in the Depression treatment, under the relationship between the inception of the disorder and vital stress events. We present an overview of the EMDR therapy, his eight phases and the AIP (Adaptative Information Processing) model is supported on. The AIP model explains the basis of pathology, predicts successful clinical outcomes, and guides case conceptualization and treatment procedures. Consistent with other learning theories, the AIP model posits the existence of an information processing system that assimilates new experiences into already existing memory networks. These memory networks are the basis of perception, attitudes, and behavior. Perceptions of current situations are automatically linked with associated memory networks.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Model AIP Model Depression PAI Model Stressful Events
Accuracy Verified: Yes
208. Tarquinio, C. (2007). EMDR et prise en charge du psychotraumatisme [EMDR and management of psychological trauma]. En L. Crocq, (Ed.), Traumatismes psychiques: Prise en charge psychologique des victimes (pp. 157-167). Issy-les-Moulineaux: Elsevier-Masson. doi:10.1016/B978-2-294-07144-7.50016-6.
Language: French
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
L’eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) est
une méthode thérapeutique inaugurée par Francine Shapiro
en 1989 et qui consiste à utiliser les mouvements oculaires
contrôlés pour décharger la conscience de ses affects pathologiques. En une dizaine d’années, l’EMDR a trouvé son indication privilégiée dans le traitement de l’état de stress posttraumatique (ESPT), donnant lieu à un grand nombre d’études. Aux États-Unis, il y a en effet aujourd’hui plus de publications d’études contrôlées sur le traitement de l’ESPT par la
thérapie EMDR que par tout autre type d’interventions cliniques, y compris les traitements médicamenteux. Les recommandations pour l’usage de cette approche thérapeutique ne
manquent pas, provenant des plus éminentes sociétés savantes reconnues sur le plan international pour leurs compétences
en ce qui concerne la question du syndrome de stress posttraumatique. L’objectif de ce chapitre sera de permettre une meilleure connaissance de la thérapie EMDR, en exposant d’abord l’historique de la méthode, puis son cadrage théorique, et ensuite le protocole de base de cette thérapie.
The eye movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is a therapeutic method inaugurated by Francine Shapiro
in 1989 and of using eye movements controlled to discharge the consciousness of his pathological condition. In ten years, EMDR has found its ideal indication for the treatment of the state of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), resulting in a large number of studies. In the U.S., there is indeed now more publications of controlled studies on the treatment of PTSD by
EMDR than any other type of clinical interventions, including medication. Recommendations for the use of this therapeutic approach does abound, from the most eminent scientific societies recognized internationally for their expertise
regarding the issue of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. The purpose of this chapter will enable a better understanding of EMDR, exposing
First, the history of the method and its theoretical framework, and then the basic protocol of this therapy.
Keywords: Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
209. Burzynski, S. (2010, July). EMDR for anger management. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The presentation examines a single case study of an indigenous Australian, diagnosed with trauma based borderline
personality disorder experiencing peremptory anger. Anger within the PTSD context and ‘survival mode’ of operation are
discussed. Treatment incorporated EMDR within a paradigm of Structural Dissociation. A targeted anger laden EP is integrated
with the ANP and results discussed. The role of time orientation (presentification) and coconsciousness (personification) in
treatment are also examined.
Keywords: Anger Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
210. Greenwald, R. (1998, July). EMDR for anger management and anger reduction. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn: 1) and practice a comprehensive protocol for the individual portion of the treatment of adolescents and adults with antisocial, violent, and/or criminal behaviors; 2) how to integrate EMDR into the initial interview to facilitate a commitment to change through treatment; 3) how to integrate EMDR into a comprehensive cognitive-behavior program for anger management, impulse control, and reduction of reactivity to provocation; and 4) how to integrate EMDR for trauma and loss in the treatment of angry/impulsive adolscents and adults.
Keywords: Anger Management Anger Reduction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
211. Kim, D. (2010, July). EMDR for the treatment of schizophrenia. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Despite standard treatment with antipsychotic medication, many individuals with schizophrenia continue to suffer from
significant residual symptoms and functional disabilities. Thus, psychosocial treatment for this difficult-to-treat disorder
is warranted. Given the high prevalence of trauma in this population, role of life events, and stressful treatment-related
adversities, EMDR is suggested to have an important place in the treatment and management of schizophrenia. This presentation will first provide the background of using EMDR for this population, then, procedural considerations. Finally,
two case reports and results of a randomized clinical trial done with acute phase schizophrenia will be demonstrated.
Keywords: Schizophrenia
Accuracy Verified: Yes
212. Shapiro, R. (2010, September/October). EMDR for trauma-based, attachment-based, and endogenous depression. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR’s Protocol is a powerful intervention that can impact many kinds of depression. Participants will learn about Bessel van der Kolk’s research, other research and clinical experience to bring the EMDR Protocol to the treatment of trauma-based, attachment-based and endogenous depression and mood disorders. They will understand the etiology, assessment, and treatment for each kind of depression. They will take home EMDR skills to work with mood disorders and endogenous depression. The AIP is cited throughout. Other interventions, including ego-state and biological are described, when appropriate. The presentation is user-friendly, with interventions that can be implemented immediately.
Keywords: Attachment Depression Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
213. Eliscu, D., & deGraffenried, D. (2009, August). EMDR group work in community mental health: engagement, stabilization, and preparation for treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will address innovative EMDR group practice within an outpatient community mental health setting. As the poor, people of color, the disenfranchised, and multiply traumatized become our agency clients, clinicians are developing innovative, recovery oriented and solution based treatment models. Specific content to be reviewed will include a revolving five-session, time limited group model, teaching the theory of EMDR in a group setting, helping clients to recognize affect, use of limited BLS in group sessions, evaluative client solution based satisfaction scaling questions, and flexible group composition. Client videos will be shown to explore client feedback, satisfaction, and how the group process has supported and enhanced their recovery.
Keywords: Community Mental Health Group Work
Accuracy Verified: Yes
214. Farrell, D., Tareen, S., & Keenan, P. (2008, November). EMDR HAP training in Pakistan in the aftermath of the 2005 earthquake and the ‘War on terror’. Presentation at the 24th Annual Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
On Saturday 8th October 2005, a devastating earthquake
measuring 7.6 on the Richter scale struck northern Pakistan. The
magnitude of the earthquake wiped out entire villages and
communities, destroyed 400,000 houses and created over 73,000
fatalities and 135,000 people injured.
EMDR UK & Ireland, EMDR Europe, the British/ Pakistani
Psychiatric Association & the University of Birmingham supported
an eighteen month Humanitarian Assistance Programme to help
train forty-nine mental health workers, mainly psychiatrists and
psychologists from the earthquake affected areas, in the theory
and practice of EMDR in the management of psychological trauma.
This programme was one of the first University based HAP
trainings in EMDR ever to be undertaken.
This paper will provide an insight into the development and
progression of the trainings in light of the ongoing political
problems in Pakistan both in terms of post earthquake
reconstruction and the continued threat of terrorist attacks
throughout Pakistan. It will also consider cultural perspectives of
trauma and how this related to both EMDR and the conceptual
framework of PTSD. The paper will also highlight some of the
psychometric data acquired from survivors from the earthquake
areas and demonstrate the ways in which EMDR is being utilised
as a psychological treatment intervention in Northern Pakistan.
Keywords: Earthquake HAP Pakistan
Accuracy Verified: Yes
215. Farrell, D. (2008, November). EMDR HAP training in Pakistan in the aftermath of the 2005 earthquake and the ‘war on terror’. Symposium conducted at the 24th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Chicago, IL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
On Saturday 8th October 2005, a devastating earthquake
measuring 7.6 on the Richter scale struck northern Pakistan. The
magnitude of the earthquake wiped out entire villages and
communities, destroyed 400,000 houses and created over 73,000
fatalities and 135,000 people injured.
EMDR UK & Ireland, EMDR Europe, the British/ Pakistani
Psychiatric Association & the University of Birmingham supported
an eighteen month Humanitarian Assistance Programme to help
train forty-nine mental health workers, mainly psychiatrists and
psychologists from the earthquake affected areas, in the theory
and practice of EMDR in the management of psychological trauma.
This programme was one of the first University based HAP
trainings in EMDR ever to be undertaken.
This paper will provide an insight into the development and
progression of the trainings in light of the ongoing political
problems in Pakistan both in terms of post earthquake
reconstruction and the continued threat of terrorist attacks
throughout Pakistan. It will also consider cultural perspectives of
trauma and how this related to both EMDR and the conceptual
framework of PTSD. The paper will also highlight some of the
psychometric data acquired from survivors from the earthquake
areas and demonstrate the ways in which EMDR is being utilised
as a psychological treatment intervention in Northern Pakistan.
Keywords: Earthquake HAP Pakistan Symposium Terror
Accuracy Verified: Yes
216. Grant, M. (1997, July). EMDR in a multi-modal approach to chronic pain. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Francisco, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This is an outline of a psychological treatment approach to chronic
pain, integrated with medical treatment, based on EMDR.
EMDR consists of a combination of various elements of standard approaches to pain
management, together with innovations such as dual focus of attention and bilateral
stimulation. Although EMDR initially utilized bilateral eye-movements (EM'S), bilateral tones
and tapping are now also utilized. One of the central elements of EMDR is a desensitization
procedure in which the patient is assisted to focus on the negative thoughts feeling and
sensations associated with their problem, whilst simultaneously attending to a bilateral
stimulation (visual, auditory or tactile). This is frequently followed by change in the level of
distress associated with the problem (Shapiro. 1989, 1995).
Keywords: Chronic Pain
Accuracy Verified: Yes
217. Mehrotra, S. (2013, June). EMDR in Asia: Needs, challenges and way ahead. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper tries to highlight the milestones of some of the Asian EMDR Associations and the evolution of EMDR Asia and the practices and challenges faced. Some of the issues are related to the parity of trainees’ qualifications with those from USA, Europe and within Asia. Similarly it impacts upon the training standards. Attention is also drawn to the cultural, language and economical diversity. The task ahead is to reinforce the uniformity of EMDR practice by developing accreditation procedures, standardization, training standards, contents and duration, selection criteria and requirements for the trainees and trainers, certification process, curriculum, linkages with associations, methods of supervision and consultation. UN agencies have a huge presence in Asia for developmental and relief work. UN agencies engaged in a wide range of the health spectrum could make a huge difference if they promoted the efficacy of EMDR for effective management of psychological health. This would include the use of EMDR not only for manmade and natural disasters, but also for other chronic and life threatening illnesses e.g. HIV, cancer and other psycho-social issues related to mental health.
Keywords: Asia Diversity Keynote
Accuracy Verified: Yes
218. Wieland, S. (2012, June). EMDR in children with dissociative disorders [EMDR en niños con trastornos disociativos]. Pre-Conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The effect of early interpersonal trauma on adult clients has been extensively studied and reported. Less attention has been
given to the effects of complex trauma on children. Because childhood is the time of most rapid brain development as well as the time when
children are dependent on adult caregivers, early physical, sexual, and emotional abuse, including neglect and witnessing domestic violence,
has severe effects on infants and children – disorganized attachment, affect and behavioral dysregulation, and dissociation. In this preconference
Sandra Wieland will describe how early trauma and neglect affects the infant/child’s brain, autonomic nervous system, and body
system. She will explain how dissociation is often used by children to protect themselves from the impact – both emotional and physical – of
complex trauma. Given this high level of fragmentation and fright, children are often not able to participate successfully in the standardized
EMDR protocol. Dr. Wieland will teach ways in which the EMDR protocol can be adapted in order to access more completely the child’s
fragmented internal system. She will use clinical vignettes to describe ways EMDR can assist in each of the three stages of trauma treatment
– safety/stabilization, trauma processing, and integration. Maria Elena Aduriz will describe a case of a girl whose traumatization is the direct
consequence of a disorganized attachment to a schizophrenic, unstable and suicidal mother. Through this case she will focus on the importance
of learning how to articulate EMDR interventions with the child and her adoptive parents.
Los efectos del trauma interpersonal temprano han sido extensamente estudiados y documentados. Sin embargo, se ha prestado
menos atención a los efectos del trauma complejo en niños. Debido a la etapa del desarrollo en la que se encuentran y a la dependencia
respecto de los adultos, los niños son especialmente vulnerables a la exposición a eventos traumáticos en el seno de los cuidados familiares
tales como maltrato físico, emocional y abuso sexual. Las consecuencias postraumáticas incluyen, entre otras, apego desorganizado,
desregulación afectiva y conductual, y disociación. En esta preconferencia Sandra Wieland comenzará por describir de qué forma el trauma
temprano y la negligencia afectan el desarrollo del cerebro, del sistema nervioso autónomo y del sistema corporal del niño. Explicará de qué
manera la disociación suele ser utilizada por el niño como protección contra el impacto –tanto emocional como físico- del trauma complejo.
Debido al miedo y al alto nivel de fragmentación que presentan estos niños el protocolo EMDR estándar no puede ser utilizado de manera
eficaz. La Dra. Wieland enseñará cómo el protocolo EMDR puede ser adaptado para poder acceder de manera más completa al mundo
interno fragmentado del niño. Describirá con viñetas clínicas de qué forma EMDR puede
Keywords: Developmental Trauma Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
219. Beer, R., & Hornsveld, H. (2008). EMDR in de behandeling van eetstoornissen [EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders]. In E. ten Broeke, A. de Jongh, & H. Oppenheim (Red), Praktijkboek EMDR: Casusconceptualisatie en en specifieke patiëntengroepen,(pp. 201-243). Amsterdam: Harcourt Press.
Language: Dutch
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Dit hoofdstuk is voortgekomen uit enthousiasme voor EMDR. Eetstoornissen (anorexia nervosa, boulimia nervosa en binge eating disorder) staan bekend als moeilijk te behandelen. Behandeling van patiënten met eetstoornissen vindt bij voorkeur plaats door een multidisciplinair, specialistisch team met een gemeenschappelijke visie (Clinical Guideline Eating Disorders, 2004; Multidisciplinaire Richtlijn voor Eetstoornissen, 2006). Cognitieve gedragstherapie neemt hierbij een prominente plaats in. De weinige beschikbare gecontroleerde studies laten matige resultaten zien met behoorlijke terugvalpercentages (Multidisciplinaire Richtlijn voor Eetstoornissen, 2006). Over het algemeen geldt dat cognitieve gedragstherapie de behandeling van voorkeur is, maar ook de resultaten van deze benadering geven aanleiding tot bescheidenheid (Fairburn e.a., 1999). Onderzoekers en behandelaars zijn daarom voortdurend op zoek naar nieuwe invalshoeken en mogelijkheden. In ons werk met eetstoornispatiënten hebben wij ons afgevraagd hoe de kracht van EMDR ingezet zou kunnen worden bij de vaak moeizame behandeling van patiënten met een eetstoornis. De volgende bevindingen zijn gebaseerd op ervaringen met de behandeling van jongeren (12-18 jaar) met voornamelijk anorexia nervosa1 en volwassenen met hoofdzakelijk binge eating disorder. Daarnaast hebben wij onze klinische ervaringen uitgewisseld met collega’s2 in een werkgroep ‘EMDR en eetstoornissen’.
Onze ‘experimenten’ met EMDR vonden steeds plaats als onderdeel van een geïntegreerde, multidisciplinaire poliklinische of deeltijdbehandeling. Het is daarom moeilijk objectief vast te stellen wat specifieke effecten zijn geweest van de beschreven interventies. Onze indruk is echter dat EMDR een klinisch relevante verbetering teweeg kan brengen, waar die met de meer gangbare methoden veel lastiger of zelfs niet te bereiken zou zijn geweest.
In wetenschappelijke tijdschriften is, naar wij weten, slechts één artikel verschenen over het gebruik van EMDR in de behandeling van eetstoornissen (Hudson e.a., 1998). Over empirisch onderzoek naar de effecten van EMDR bij de behandeling van eetstoornissen is nog niets gepubliceerd. Wel is door verschillende collega’s op EMDR-congressen bruikbaar materiaal gepresenteerd voor toepassing bij patiënten met een eetstoornis (Vogelmann-Sinn e.a., 1998; Omaha, 2000; Bloomgarden en Calogero, 2002; Friedland, 2003; Hase, 2005).
This chapter is the result of enthusiasm for EMDR. Eating disorders (anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa and binge eating disorder) are known as difficult to treat. Treatment of patients with eating disorders is preferably carried out by a multidisciplinary specialist team with a common vision (Clinical Guideline Eating Disorders, 2004; Multidisciplinary Guideline for Eating Disorders, 2006). Cognitive behavioral therapy occupies a prominent place. The few available controlled studies have shown mixed results with significant relapse rates (Multidisciplinary Guideline for Eating Disorders, 2006). Generally, that cognitive-behavioral treatment of preference, but also the results of this approach give rise to modest (Fairburn et al, 1999). Researchers and practitioners are therefore constantly looking for new approaches and possibilities. In our work with eating disorder patients, we asked ourselves how the power of EMDR could be used in the often difficult management of patients with eating disorders. The following findings are based on experiences with the treatment of adolescents (12-18 years) with anorexia mainly nervosa1 and adults with mainly binge eating disorder. We also exchanged our clinical experiences with collega's2 in a workgroup 'EMDR and eating disorders.
Our 'experiments' with EMDR were always held as part of an integrated, multidisciplinary outpatient treatment or time. It is therefore difficult to determine objectively what specific effects have been the interventions described. Our impression is that EMDR is a clinically relevant improvement can bring, where those with the more common methods much more difficult or even impossible to achieve would have been.
In scientific journals, to our knowledge, only one article about the use of EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders (Hudson et al, 1998). On empirical research into the effects of EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders is not yet published. However, by several colleagues EMDR conferences presented useful material for use in patients with eating disorders (Mann-Sinn Vogel et al, 1998; Omaha, 2000; Bloom Garden and Calogero, 2002; Friedland, 2003; Hase, 2005).
Keywords: Anorexia Nervosa Bulimia Nervosa Binge Eating Disorder Eating Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
220. Schubbe, O. (1997). EMDR in der therapie psychisch traumatisierter kinder, Institut fur Traumatherapie - Oliver Schubbe EMDR in der Therapie psychisch traumatisierter Kinder [EMDR in the treatment of psychologically traumatized children]. In C.T. Eschenröder (Hg.), EMDR. Eine neue Methode zur Verarbeitung traumatischer Erinnerungen. DGVT-Verlag, Tübingen 1997.
Language: German
Format: Other
Abstract:
Erschienen in C.T. Eschenröder (Hg.): EMDR. Eine neue Methode zur Verarbeitung traumatischer Erinnerungen. DGVT-Verlag, Tübingen 1997. ISBN 3-87159-138-6.
Die Kindheit, vor allem die ersten Jahre, gelten als die Zeit, in welcher die menschliche Psyche im Tiegel der Lebenserfahrung grundlegend geformt und geprägt wird. Extremerfahrungen können die relativ stabile Psyche eines Erwachsenen in pathologischem Maße beeinträchtigen. Im Kindesalter wirkt sie sich besonders stark auf die Entwicklung der Gesamtpersönlichkeit aus (Pynoos et al., 1995). Ausgehend von einer entwicklungspsychologischen Perspektive werden in diesem Beitrag allgemeine Prinzipien der Traumatherapie Kindern und Möglichkeiten beschrieben, EMDR mit Kindern zu praktizieren. Mehrere Fallstudien haben gezeigt, daß EMDR für Kinder mindestens ebenso hilfreich ist wie für Erwachsene (Chemtob, C. M., 1996; Cocco & Sharpe, 1993; Greenwald, 1993, 1994; Pellicer, 1993; Puffer et al., 1996; Scheck et al., 1996; Shapiro, 1991; 1995, S. 276-281).
Published in C.T. Eschenröder (ed.), EMDR. A new method for processing traumatic memories. DGVT-Verlag, Tübingen 1997th ISBN 3-87159-138-6.
The childhood, especially the first few years are regarded as the time in which the human psyche in the crucible of life experience is fundamentally shaped and influenced. Extreme experiences can affect the psyche of a relatively stable adult pathological degree. In childhood, she has an especially strong on the development of overall personality (Pynoos et al., 1995). Based on developmental psychology from the perspective described in this article general principles of trauma therapy, children and opportunities to practice EMDR with children. Several case studies have shown that EMDR for children is at least as helpful as for adults (Chemtob, CM, 1996; Cocco & Sharpe, 1993; Greenwald, 1993, 1994; Pellicer, 1993; Buffer et al., 1996; Scheck et al. , 1996; Shapiro, 1991, 1995, p. 276-281).
Accuracy Verified: Yes
221. Drexler, K. (2004). EMDR in der therapie psychomatisch erkrankter [EMDR in the treatment of psychosomatic patients]. Intitut de Traumatherapie.
Language: German
Format: Other
Abstract:
Bei psychosomatischen Erkrankungen ist der Körper sowohl Leidtragender, als auch Leidverursacher. Dies beeinflusst die Beziehung Betroffener zu ihrem Körper in der Regel nachhaltig negativ, wodurch wiederum mögliche Ressourcen gehemmt werden.
EMDR kann maßgeblich zu einem besseren Stressmanagement beitragen (F. Shapiro).
In psychosomatic disorders, the body is both victim and also suffering polluter. This affects the relationship concerned with their body usually lasting negative, which in turn potential resources are inhibited.
EMDR can significantly contribute to a better stress management (F. Shapiro).
Keywords: Protocol Psychosomaticism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
222. Hase, M. (2010, June). EMDR in the treatment of addiction - Reprocessing of the addiction memory. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The comorbidity of PTSD and substance abuse provides sufficient reason for treating patients, who are addicted, with EMDR while focusing on the PTSD diagnosis. However, there are several pathways leading to addiction, and PTSD is only one of them. Thirty years of addiction research have provided sufficient evidence for the crucial role of memory in drug dependency.
The Addiction Memory (AM) serves as a useful concept for "obsessive-compulsive craving" to be seen in drug addicted patients. The concept of an AM, and its importance in relapse occurrence and maintenance of learned addictive behaviour, has gained growing acceptance in the field of addiction research and treatment. The AM is interpreted as an individual-acquired memory following drug consumption in some individuals. The addiction memory is based on normal memory systems and systems of central nervous information processing. This is in accordance with the experience that the addiction memory can be activated at any time by relapse-endangering complexes as well as internal and/or external situations, which are experienced as cravings by the person in question. The implicit nature of the addiction memory seems to qualify it as a target for EMDR treatment.
Without adequate therapeutic interventions, it is hardly extinguishable, as shown in the animal model where a re-imprinting of the AM facilitated by steroids extinguished craving in opiate addicted rats. Thus, altering or extinguishing the AM in human addicts could add an important component to well-established treatment modalities. The reprocessing of the AM with EMDR should, thus, lead to measurable changes in addiction symptoms, if the AM qualifies for maladaptive memory within the AIP model. As the AM includes the urge to consume the drug being abused, more aptly named craving, reprocessing of the AM should lead to a reduction in craving.
Preliminary data demonstrates the efficacy to reduce craving in alcohol-addicted patients. Anecdotal reports from clinicians seem to indicate an effect of the reprocessing of the addiction memory in patients addicted to heroin or psycho-stimulants. According to research in the animal model, the same principles should apply.
There are, however, other aspects to addiction. Is there a difference between chemical dependency and other addictive behaviour? How much do we know already? What have we yet to discover? These questions lead to the direction of developing a comprehensive EMDR approach in the treatment of addictions.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
223. McMahon, E. (2002). EMDR in the treatment of attachment and bonding difficulties. In J. Morris-Smith (Ed.), EMDR: Clinical applications with children, Occasional paper no. 19 (pp. 31-36). London: The Association for Child Psychology and Psychiatry.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
A case of a young mother with an insecure attachment history herself who suffered severe post-natal depression after the birth of her first child and who regretted having this baby. Although recovering well from depression when first seen, having benefited from drug therapy and group therapy, there ware nevertheless little progress regarding her bonding with the child. Assessment indicated the emergence of an insecure/ambivalent attachment on the part of the baby resulting in excessive clinginess, sleeping, feeding and management difficulties. Apart from EMDR a number of other models of therapy were used in this case, including mother-infant psychotherapy, solution-focused and narrative therapy. In my own estimation, and in feedback from Susan, EMDR was the most powerful of all interventions. I think this care then represents a very good example of how EMDR is integrated with other therapeutic approaches. In terms of our understanding of this process, one conceptual model (Shapiro, 1995) is that the positive perspective and more adaptive interpretation that traditional therapy provides – including insight and a coherent narrative – is held in a separate neurological network and therefore cannot influence the network containing the dysfunction ally stored material associated with the traumatic memory. Traditional therapy is often unable to help the client link one to the other, and this is where EMDR is so impressively effective.
Keywords: Attachment Bonding Children Occasional Paper
Accuracy Verified: Yes
224. van Rood,Y., & de Roos, C. (2010, June). EMDR in the treatment of body dysmorphic disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Body dysmorphic disorder (BDD) is defined in the Diagnostic
and Statistical Manual IV-TR (DSM-IV-TR) as a disorder characterised by a preoccupation with an imagined defect
in one's appearance (American Psychiatric Association (APA),
1994). BDD can be treated effectively with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRls) or cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT)
(Williams et al.. 2006). CBT interventions which are most often
described in the literature are exposure and response prevention
(ERP) and cognitive techniques. These interventions successfully
weaken the catastrophic expectations of the patients.
However, they do not affect the negative valence of patients'
appearance. This negative meaning is not inborn but acquired
during life through association with distressful or even traumatic
events. Patients with BDD often report stressful events as the
starting point of their complaints (Buhlmann et al., 2007) as
well as PTSS like symptoms. i.e. intrusions (Osman et al.. 2004).
Processing of these unprocessed memories might free the way
to the development of a more positive meaning of their appearance.
Indeed, case series have been described in which EMDR
has been successfully applied in the treatment of BDD (Brown
et al , 1997). In the first part of this workshop background information
will be presented which might help identifying BDD
patients who might profit from EMDR and planning subsequent
EMDR treatment. In the second part of the workshop we share
our experiences treating BDD patients with EMDR. Clinical issues
will be analysed using videotaped cases of patients for illustration.
The goal of this workshop is to increase knowledge and
understanding of the use of EMDR in the treatment for BDD.
American Psychiatric Association (APA) (1994). Diagnostic and
statistical manual of mental disorders. (4th ed.) Washington
DC. American Psychiatric Association.
Brown, K. W., McGoldrick, T., & Buchanan, R. (1997). Body
dysmorphic disorder: Seven cases treated with eye movement
desensitization and reprocessing. Behavioural and Cognitive
Psychotherapy. 25(2), 203-207
Buhlmann, U., Cook, L. M., Fama, 1. M., & Wilhelm, 5. (2007).
Perceived teasing experiences in body dysmorphic disorder.
Body Image. 4, 381-385.
Osman. S., Cooper, M., Hackmann, A,, & Veale, D. (2004).
Spontaneously occurring images and early memories in people
with body dysmorphic disorder Memory, 12, 428-436.
Williams, J., Hadjistavropoulos, T., & Sharpe, D. (2006). A meta-
analysis of psychological and pharmacological treatments for
Body Dysmorphic Disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy.
44, 99-111.
Keywords: Body Dysmorphic Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
225. McGoldrick, T., Brown, K., & Begum, M. (2011, March). EMDR in the treatment of body dysmorphic disorder & olfactory reference syndrome: A case series. Symposium conducted at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Body Dysmorphic Disorder (BDD) and a related condition Olfactory Reference Syndrome
(ORS) have been debated for over a century regarding their nosology and treatment. Recent reviews
suggest a variable response to various pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy. The effects of EMDR on
such cases have not yet been sufficiently explored. Here we present 18 cases of both these conditions
with a high success rate using EMDR. We explore the relationship between them and offer a
hypothesis to explain the aetiology based on the Adaptive Information Processing Model (AIP).
Keywords: BDD Body Dysmorphic Disorder Olfactory Reference Syndrome ORS Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
226. Brown, S., & Shapiro, F. (2006). EMDR in the treatment of borderline personality disorder. Clinical Case Studies, 5(5), 403-420. doi:10.1177/1534650104271773.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Individuals diagnosed with borderline personality disorder (BPD) usually experience significant impairment in their ability to function. Impulsivity, affect instability, interpersonal difficulties, and identity problems are hallmark features of this disorder, frequently leading to suicidal and parasuicidal behaviors. Although BPD has traditionally been considered chronic and enduring, recent research has indicated that it can remit over time and that psychotherapy can accelerate this process. The etiology of BPD has been associated with childhood abuse and inadequate attachment. Given the significance of childhood abuse and trauma, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), a recognized trauma therapy, may be a reasonable treatment option for BPD. The positive effects noted in the following case illustrate EMDR's utility in the treatment of BPD and indicate that further controlled studies are warranted. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Americans Borderline Personality Disorder Case Report Child Abuse Clinical Case Study Empirical Study Females Incest Individual Psychotherapy Interpersonal Difficulties Interpersonal Interaction Psychotherapeutic Processes Qualitative Study Rape Suicide Survivors Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
227. Brown, S., Shapiro, F., & Fang Li (2011). EMDR in the treatment of borderline personality disorder. Journal of Xihua University 3, 15-24. doi:cnki:sun:CDcdsf.0.2011-03-005.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Individuals diagnosed with borderline personality disorder(BPD) usually experience significant impairment in their ability to function.Impulsivity,affect instability,interpersonal difficulties,and identity problems are hallmark features of this disorder,frequently leading to suicidal and para-suicidal behaviors.Although BPD has traditionally been considered chronic and enduring,recent research has indicated that it can remit over time and that psychotherapy can accelerate this process.The etiology of BPD has been associated with childhood abuse and inadequate attachment.Given the significance of childhood abuse and trauma,eye movement desensitization and reprocessing(EMDR),a recognized trauma therapy,may be a reasonable treatment option for BPD.The positive effects noted in the following case illustrate EMDR's utility in the treatment of BPD and indicate that further controlled studies are warranted.
Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
228. Grant, M., & Threlfo, C. (2002, December). EMDR in the treatment of chronic pain. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(12), 1505-1520. doi:10.1002/jclp.10101.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Chronic pain presents a persistent and significant clinical challenge. Research examining commonly used psychotherapeutic treatments suggests that the results are not always well maintained, and that pain often is unrelieved. Continued exploration of new and more effective approaches is necessary. This article outlines an application of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), developed to improve coping and reduce chronic pain and suffering. The effectiveness of the EMDR Chronic Pain Protocol was investigated with three adult chronic pain sufferers. Intervention effectiveness was measured at baseline, during, and postintervention, with a two-month follow-up. All clients reported substantially decreased pain levels, decreased negative affect, and increased ability to control their pain following treatment. These results indicate that EMDR may be efficacious in the treatment of chronic pain and that further research is warranted. Copyright 2002 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. [PubMed]
Keywords: Chronic Pain Empirical Study Pain Control
Accuracy Verified: Yes
229. Mazzola, A., Calcagno, M. L., Goicochea, M. T., Pueyrredòn, H., Leston, J., & Salvat, F. (2009). EMDR in the treatment of chronic pain. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(2), 66-79. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.2.66.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Chronic pain can significantly diminish life quality, causing depression, anxiety, and sleep disturbances, and may lead to neuroplastic processes that influence pain modulation. The current study investigated eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment of 38 patients suffering from chronic pain with 12 weekly 90-minute sessions. A battery of self-reported questionnaires assessing quality of life, pain intensity, and depression level were administered pre- and posttreatment for objective outcome evaluation. The Structured Clinical Interview for DSM was administered at pretreatment to identify participants' personality traits that may influence pain perception. Patients showed statistically significant improvement relative to baseline after 12 weeks of EMDR treatment. Our findings suggest that EMDR is an effective tool in the psychological treatment of chronic pain, resulting in decrease pain sensations, pain-related negative affect, and anxiety and depression levels. We examine possible theories about the mechanisms by which EMDR achieves these effects. Results were consistent with the underlying EMDR premise that posits the important effect of emotions on pain perception.
Keywords: Chronic Pain Neuroplastic Processes Pain Modulation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
230. Hofmann, A. (2013, June). EMDR in the treatment of Depression. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Scientific studies of EMDR have shown that it is one of the most effective tools to treat posttraumatic stress disorder. One of the lesser known properties of EMDR is that it also seems to be an effective psychotherapy method in a number of disorders that may have part of their origins in stressful memories. One of these disorders is chronic depression.
Severe depression is one of the most common mental disorders and affects between 5-15% of the general population in their lifetimes. Although many psychotherapeutic and pharmacologic interventions exists that are considered to be effective in depression, the treatment is less than satisfactory. High relapse rates (ranging at 50% after two years), unsatisfactory remissions and suicidal risks are among the major problems.
Research shows that there may be a link between traumatic events (like abuse experience in childhood) and the later occurrence of a depressive disorder. However there is no published systematic study that tries to explore the potential use of trauma-specific treatments like EMDR with depressive patients.
The presenter will report the status of research on the subject, and will talk about possible EMDR strategies that have shown to be useful in depressive patients.
Learning objectives:
Understanding the relationship of trauma and depression;
Creating a treatment plan for depressive patients following the AIP model; and
Find strategies to deal with relapsing and chronic depression
Keywords: Depression Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
231. van Rood, Y. R., & de Roos, C. (2009). EMDR in the treatment of medically unexplained symptoms: A systematic review. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(4), 248-263. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.4.248.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This systematic review presents evidence for the effectiveness of eye movement desensitization and
reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of a diverse range of medically unexplained symptoms (MUS).
Theoretical underpinning, variations in interventions, methodological issues, and outcomes are
discussed, and implications for future research and clinical practice are presented. Considering the
limited number of reported case series and the lack of controlled studies, it might be concluded that
EMDR for MUS is only in its infancy. The preliminary results suggest that EMDR might be an effective
treatment for MUS and somatoform disorders, particularly when they are related to trauma. To date, the
results for phantom limb pain are the most promising.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Medically Unexplained Symptoms MUS Somatoform Disorders Systematic Review
Accuracy Verified: Yes
232. Sautai, G. (2011, June). EMDR intensive therapy (EMDRIT). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Therapeutic Process seems to be blocked for some patients with strong Developmental Disorders or exposed to Disturbing Early Life Experiences (Bessel A. van der Kolk). A specific approach during EMDR Intensive Therapy (EMDRIT) using the Case Conceptualisation (Andrew Leeds), based on the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model (Francine Shapiro), the Attachment Theory (John Bowlby) and the Useful and Necessary Renouncement Principe (Judith Viorst) allow those patients to progress.
As a pilot experience, we have been able to use this EMDRIT framework with 64 clients.
Their complex disorders included, for each of them, at least 3 of the following symptoms:
Anxiety, depression, primary structural dissociation, alcohol addiction, eating behaviour disorders, travel phobia, emotional numbing, affective isolation, hypochondria, phantom limb syndrome, fibromyalgia, cancer, psychological or physical abuse survivor, perpetrator of violent aggressions.
For the 25 first clients, we have used the PCL-S (pathology threshold > 44) test. Their pre-treatment average score was 70. It dropped to 28 after EMDRIT treatment, down to 26 after 3 months and stabilised at 29 after 1 year. These first results allowed us to define a target population and an adapted protocol that provides client safety, efficiency and result sustainability. For the 39 next clients, we measured a decrease of the SCL-90-R (pathology threshold > 1,5) test score from 3 before treatment down to 1,4 after treatment, 1,2 after 3 months and 1,3 after 1 year. We measure efficiency on 87% of the clients and a suppression of 80% of the symptoms after 1 year. At the same time, a control cohort of 20 people with identical pathologies saw their score drop from 3 to 2,3 with the same treatment time, using the standard EMDR protocol. From this preliminary result, we are developing some research hypothesis:
•Selection criteria for EMDRIT, based on the patient ability accessing Adaptive Memory Networks (AMN).
•The Targeting Sequence Plan, seen as an expression of the Dysfunctional Memory Networks (DMN).
•The importance of the client emotional Window Of Tolerance (WOT) for the efficiency of the Adaptive Information Processing system.
•Epigenetic show possible structural brain modifications by rehabilitation of fluid links across the 3 levels of the brain (reptilian, limbic and neo-cortical). These changes are immediate and permanent.
•Need to standardize appropriate scale for database, in order to foster international research and results sharing.
We sea AIP model as an opportunity to move from an analytic and sequential approach to a systemic and integrative approach based on Complex System for a global understanding.
Keywords: EMDR Intensive Therapy EMDRIT
Accuracy Verified: Yes
233. Rouanzoin, C. (2006, September). EMDR Master Series – II. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dissociation is a normal human process. We all
dissociate. Some individuals are so severely and
chronically traumatized that, in order to survive,
they split their awareness into at least two levels
or streams of consciousness - one level being the
participant in the abuse drama and the other level
being an observer watching as if the abuse was
happening to someone close. This defense mechanism, which allows severely abused individuals to survive, can become an obstacle to
the reprocessing of their traumatic memories. This
presentation will discuss dissociative process from the Accelerated Informational Processing Model of EMDR. It will cover: the implications and
complications of clinical treatment with
dissociative process; the nature of dissociative
process; screening for dissociation and the 'Red
Flags' of treatment concerns; the differential
diagnoses of dissociation - from dissociation
found in diagnostic categories other than
Dissociative Disorders (e.g., Mood Disorders,
Anxiety Disorders, PTSD) to DDNOS (ego states
work) and DID; the use of EMDR in the treatment
of dissociation in relation to trauma; therapist
attributes that help contribute to the successful
treatment of dissociative patients. Participants will
be encouraged to share their own insights and
difficulties in working with this very traumatized
population of individuals.
Keywords: Accelerated Information Processing Model AIP DID Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
234. Dogan, E. (2009, Ocak). EMDR nedir nasil uygulanir? [How is EMDR to be applied?]. Epsikiyatri Haberleri. Retrieved from http://www.mcaturk.com/EMDR-NEDIR-NASIL-UYGULANIR_2019.html 6/12/2010.
Language: Turkish
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Herkesin geçmişinde büyüklü küçüklü travma yaşantıları vardır.
Deprem, taciz, tecavüz gibi bir defada olan büyük travmalar olabileceği gibi çok göze çarpmayan ama süreklilik sergilediği için kişiyi ilerideki yaşantısında olumsuz etkileyebilecek olan küçük ve orta büyüklükte travmalar da vardır. İkinci gruptakileri "olay" dan ziyade süreklilik arz eden "durumlar" olarak isimlendirmek sanırım daha doğru olur. Bu gruptakilerin kişi üzerinde ileriki yaşantılarında, büyük olarak nitelendirdiklerimizden daha az etki yapacaklarını söyleyemeyiz. Bu tanımlamada büyük-küçük ayrımını yaparken kastedilenin daha çok dışarıdan bakan birisinin bu olayın ciddiyeti ile ilgili görüşü olduğu izlenimini ediniyoruz. Ancak psikolojik sağlık açısından önemli olan kişin bu olay ya da durumu iç dünyasında nasıl yaşadığıdır. Kişi çocukluğunda yaşadığı ve bir başkasının travmatik olarak isimlendireceği bir durumun etkisi ile ileride psikolojik bir problem geliştirmek zorunda değildir. Aynı şekilde, dışarıdan bakan birisinin fark edemeyeceği ama kişinin çocukluğunda maruz kaldığı olumsuz bir olay ya da süre giden bir durum o kişinin ileride psikolojik bir sıkıntı geliştirmesine neden olabilir. Örneğin, babasının yaptığı şeyleri beğenmediğini ve büyük başarılar dışında yaptığı küçük şeyleri görmediğini algılayan bir çocuk bu süre giden deneyimlerin etkisi ile ileri de ancak çok başarılı olduğu durumlarda takdir edileceği hissine sahip olabilir ve enerjisinin büyük kısmını önemli gördüğü insanlardan büyük başarılar sağlayarak takdir almaya adayabilir. Yukarıda tanımladığımız anlamda, yani kişinin ruhsal dünyasında uzun dönemli olumsuz etki yaratan bir durum olması anlamında bu durum tarvmatiktir. Diğer bir deyişle, küçüklüğünde bu kişinin maruz kaldığı durum o kişi üzerinde travmatik bir etki yaratmış ve o kişinin geleceğini etkilemiştir.
Everyone has experiences of past trauma, large and small.
Earthquake, harassment, rape, such as major trauma at a time, which can be very subtle, but the person to exhibit continuity in the future could adversely affect the life of the trauma, there are also small and medium-sized. The second group are "event" rather than from the persistent "cases" as I think I would be more accurate to name. In Group on the future life of these people, do not say a large effect in less than nitelendirdiklerimizden. While this distinction meant little more than identifying large-outsider's view of someone with the impression that the seriousness of this incident ediniyoruz. However, in terms of psychological health status of the person inside the world of this event or how you live. Contact someone else's traumatic childhood and live in the future be called the psychological impact of a situation to develop is not a problem. Similarly, outsiders can not but notice one person while a child is exposed to an adverse event or a situation to develop that person's future can cause psychological distress. For example, outside the great achievements of his father and his little things he did not see things beğenmediğini detect the effect of experiences with a child going forward at this time but would be appreciated if the feeling may have to be very successful and very successful in providing energy to the majority of people it deems important to appreciate the adayabilir. Sense defined above, that person's mental world in terms of long-term negative impact that this is a situation tarvmatiktir. In other words, this person's childhood exposure to a traumatic effect on the situation created by that person and that person has affected the future of.
Keywords: Death Fear Harassment Neurophysiology Rape Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
235. Terreri, L. (2008, ). EMDR nei pazienti con tossicodipendenza: integrazione tra protocollo standard e protocolli modificati [EMDR in drug dependent subjects: integration between standard and modified protocols]. Bollettino Sulle Dipendenze, 31(4), 215-224.
Language: Italian
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Riassunto, Alcuni autori (Shapiro F., Omaha J., Popky A.J., Hase M.), ipotizzano che il metodo EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) possa essere utile ai pazienti tossicodipendenti sia per avere una migliore adattabilità e funzionalità del comportamento sia per allontanare il tempo delle ricadute.
Tuttavia gli studi con l’EMDR applicato alle tossicodipendenze sono rari e in Italia pressoché
assenti. L’autore, con l’intento di offrire un input per stimolare future ricerche, riassume il protocollo standard dell’EMDR, il protocollo DSRC sulla desensibilizzazione degli stimoli e la rielaborazione della compulsione e il protocollo DRDA sulla desensibilizzazione e rielaborazione del ricordo del disturbo d’astinenza. Nei soggetti che hanno effettuato i vari protocolli EMDR è stato possibile rilevare un risultato
positivo a breve termine tramite i punteggi delle scale SUD (Subjective Units of Disturbance), VOC
(Validity of Cognition), LOU (Level of Urge) e anche attraverso la valutazione di disegni effettuati prima e dopo la seduta EMDR.///
Shapiro F., Omaha J., Popky A. J., Hase M. et al. have speculated that Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) could be useful in the treatment of drug addicted subjects, to reach better adjustment and behavioural functioning and/or to increase the time interval between relapses. Currently,
studies reporting the use of EMDR with drug addicted patients are scarce and, in Italy, absent. The article, in order to offer an input to stimulate further research and increase its application, summarizes the
EMDR method and considers the possibility for the use of the “Standard EMDR protocol”, the
“Desensitization of Triggers and Urge Reprocessing” protocol and the “Withdrawal Disorder Memory Desensitization and Reprocessing” protocol within the Public Drug Abuse Departments. Subjects who underwent the various EMDR treatment protocols showed positive results in the short-term period, when tested with SUD (Subjective Units of Disturbance), VOC (Validity of Cognition) and LOU (Level of Urge)scales. Encouraging results were also obtained through the evaluation of drawings done by the subjects
before and after the EMDR treatments.[Author Abstract]
Keywords: Affect Bridge Compulsion Trauma Withdrawal
Accuracy Verified: Yes
236. Amato, M. (2008, Novembre). EMDR nel servizio screening post-partum [EMDR in the post-partum screening service]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
L’attività è stata svolta presso l’U.O. di ginecologia-ostetricia di Lamezia Terme nella quale è stato attivato uno Screening sulla “Depressione in gravidanza e nel puerperio” che ha come obiettivo primario di individuare i soggetti vulnerabili alla depressione o PN- PTSD e di rilevare i fattori di rischio: vulnerabilità e/o scatenanti e i fattori protettivi. La gravidanza e il parto sono eventi fisiologici che segnano un periodo determinato del ciclo di vita di una donna. Sono eventi che attivano vissuti emotivi intensi e predispongono la donna ad una eccessiva sensibilità e vulnerabilità. In questo periodo la donna contatta e fa proprie una serie di processi identificativi assunti nell’infanzia che possono, se non bene rielaborati, bloccare il comportamento responsivo della futura madre con comportamenti non idonei e convizioni target inadeguate. Anche la presenza di eventi di vita stressanti possono sovraccaricare la donna a livello emotivo tale da strutturare comportamenti poco adattivi da provocare serie difficoltà nella gestione del bambino.
Nel sistematizzare tale screening si è adoperato il metodo EMDR sia nell’ambito dell’assessment nella raccolta delle informazioni dal punto degli aspetti diagnostici con riferimenti alla mappa dei traumi, che nella cura nell’uso dei tices, taping, posto al sicuro in soggetti particolarmente vulnerabili.
Tale metodologia si è dimostata efficace in quanto:
• individua in brevissimo tempo il target delle difficoltà con i possibili traumi,
• attiva i fattori di protezione con istallazione delle risorse positive,
• desensibilizza e fluidifica gli stati emotivi intensi,
• velocizza la risoluzione dei comportamenti disadattavi in comportamenti adattivi adeguati al maternage, al ben-essere della donna e della genitorialità.
The activity was held at the U. O. gynecology-obstetrics Lamezia Terme in which it was activated a screening on "Depression in pregnancy and childbirth" which has as main objective to identify those vulnerable to depression or PN-PTSD and to detect risk factors: vulnerability and / and protective factors or triggers. Pregnancy and childbirth are physiological events that mark a given period of the life cycle of a woman. They are events that trigger intense emotional experiences and predispose women to an excessive sensitivity and vulnerability. During this time she makes contact, and their identification processes undertaken a series of childhood that can, if not well elaborated, lock the responsive behavior of the mother with inappropriate behavior and inappropriate convictions target. The presence of stressful life events can overload the woman on an emotional level that structuring behavior just to cause serious problems in adaptive management of the child.
In systematizing this screening method was used in EMDR is of the Assessment in collecting information from the diagnostic aspects with reference to the map of trauma care in the use of which tices, taping, safe place particularly in subjects vulnerable.
This methodology is effective because it can show:
• identify the target in the shortest time possible difficulty with trauma,
• active protection factors with installation of positive resources,
• desensitizes and liquify the intense emotional states,
• speeds up the resolution of maladaptive behavior in adaptive behaviors adapted to mothering, the well-being of women and parenting.
Keywords: Post-Partum Depression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
237. Pozzi, M. A. (2008, Novembre). EMDR nel supporto psico-sociale de Erba [EMDR in the psycho-social support de Grass]. Presentazione Le applicazioni cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Il CRSP (centro di ricerche e studi in psicotraumatologia) sede di Erba, operativo già da alcuni anni sul territorio , si è trovato ad intervenire, nell'emergenza all'evento critico avvenuto ad Erba (Co) l'11 dicembre 2006 ( tristemente noto come “Strage di Erba”) . Si è lavorato in un complesso intervento di Psicologia dell'Emergenza. Questo ha visto applicati i criteri e le azioni derivanti dal modello teorico del Critical Incident Stress Management (CISM) di George S. Everly e Jeffrey T. Mitchell (1983). Secondo questi criteri viene individuata una vittima di secondo tipo, una bimba di 8 anni (amica degli aggressori) seguita in psicoterapia individuale per PTSD ad un mese dall'evento, con EMDR. Questo è il tema principale della relazione.
Riteniamo inoltre, di poter contribuire nell'esplicitare il nostro operato, di quanto sia possibile intervenire in un evento critico , sensibilizzando gli amministratori comunali, gli operatori del soccorso e la popolazione sull’importanza e utilità dell’intervento psicologico nei contesti d’emergenza. Attivando una capillarità dell’intervento stesso: più destinatari, più metodologie usate e flessibilità , con un lavoro di rete sul territorio. Ed infine con interventi efficaci sul PTSD quali il trattamento con EMDR.
The CRSP (center for research and studies in psychotraumatology) when Grass, operating for some years in the area, was found to intervene in emergency critical event occurred in Erba (CO) December 11, 2006 (notorious as "Massacre of Erba"). He worked in a complex intervention of Emergency Psychology. This has since applied the criteria and actions arising from the theoretical model of Critical Incident Stress Management (CISM), George S. Everly and Jeffrey T. Mitchell (1983). According to these criteria, identified the victim of a second type, a child of 8 years (friend of the attackers) followed in individual psychotherapy for PTSD one month after the event, with EMDR. This is the main theme of the report. We also can help make explicit what we are doing what is possible to intervene in a critical event, sensitizing the community leaders, emergency workers and people on the importance and utility of psychological intervention in emergency situations. Activating a capillary of the action: multiple recipients, more flexibility and methodologies used, with a working network in the area. And finally with PTSD on effective interventions such as treatment with EMDR.
Keywords: CISM Critical Incident Stress Management Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
238. Saêta, L. B. (2012, Novembro). EMDR no tratamento da dor e das sensações fantasmas [EMDR in the treatment of pain and phantom sensations]. In EMDR e dor crônica. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Sujeitos vítimas de amputação podem apresentar, imeditamente após a mesma, algum tipo de desconforto no membro ausente, descrito como formigamento, dormência, posição do membro, temperatura, latejamento, choque e apertamento que podem manifestar-se com a presença ou não de dor, tendo sua qualidade de vida reduzida. Observa-se que atualmente, as abordagens terapêuticas usadas no manejo da dor e das sensações fantasmas podem ser organizadas em três modalidades: medicamentosa, de apoio e cirúrgica, feitas em conjunto ou separadamente. Os tratamentos de apoio mais conhecidos incluem estimulação elétrica nervosa transcutânea, terapia vibratória, acupuntura, hipnose e biofeedback. A proposta desse estudo foi verificar a eficiência do EMDR na redução e/ou eliminação das sensações e da dor fantasmas aplicado a seis sujeitos com amputação de membro inferior, num período de um a três meses de duração (de 4 a 12 sessões de 60 a 90 minutos de duração), utilizando o protocolo EMDR padrão e o protocolo EMDR para a dor, e também exercícios corporais de respiração consciente, aliados, em casos de resistência dos sujeitos ao EMDR, à ativação da visão macular dos dois olhos e a exercícios rítmicos de espernear. Tais procedimentos proporcionaram uma melhor comunicação entre os hemisférios cerebrais, numa reorganização cortical que facilitou o aumento da consciência e aceitação da perda do membro amputado, sendo possível presenciar efeitos terapêuticos positivos e rápidos. Constatou-se que as sensações e as dores fantasmas diminuíram significativamente em três participantes e desapareceram por completo nos outros três, comprovando a eficácia e eficiência do EMDR no processo de inclusão e readaptação social em sujeitos vítimas de amputação.
Subjected victims of amputation may have, immediately after it, some kind of discomfort absent member, described as tingling, numbness, limb position, temperature, throbbing, clenching and shock that may occur with the presence or absence of pain, having a reduced quality of life. It is observed that currently, the therapeutic approaches used in the management of pain and phantom sensations can be organized into three types: medication, and surgical support, made jointly or separately. The most popular treatments include support transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, vibratory therapy, acupuncture, hypnosis and biofeedback. The purpose of this study was to examine the efficacy of EMDR in the reduction and / or elimination of phantom sensations and pain applied to six subjects with lower limb amputation in a period of one to three months duration (4 to 12 sessions of 60 to 90 minutes), using the standard EMDR protocol and the protocol EMDR for pain, and also body conscious breathing exercises, combined, in cases of resistance to the subject of EMDR, the activation of macular vision in both eyes and rhythmic exercises kicking . These procedures allow for a better communication between the cerebral hemispheres, cortical reorganization in which facilitated the increased awareness and acceptance of the loss of the amputated limb, and you can witness the positive therapeutic effects and fast. It was found that the sensations and phantom pain significantly decreased in three participants and disappeared completely in the other three, proving the efficiency and effectiveness of EMDR in the process of inclusion and social rehabilitation of victims subject to amputation.
Keywords: Amputation Phantom Pain Phantom Sensation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
239. Maccarrone, B., & De Divitiis, A. M. (2008, Novembre). EMDR per eventi recenti - Un modello e un nuovo protocollo [EMDR to recent events - a model and a new]. Presentazione Le applicazioni cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Il ricordo di un trauma recente differisce da quello di un trauma avvenuto in un passato più distante, poiché è ancora frammentato e disorganizzato e quindi non si è ancora integrato all’interno di un evento coerente, pertanto potrebbe non essere ancora generalizzato e rappresentato da un’immagine. Questo è il motivo per cui per il trattamento terapeutico di eventi traumatici avvenuti da alcune settimane, o forse anche da pochi mesi, sarà necessario ricorrere ad un protocollo specifico che pur preservando l’integrità delle 8 fasi del protocollo EMDR standard, sia in grado di approcciare l’evento all’interno di un resoconto.
In questo lavoro verrà descritto un protocollo, elaborato da Elan Shapiro e Brurit Laub per il trattamento dell’Episodio Traumatico Recente ( Recent Traumatic Episodi Protocol ; R-TEP), il quale approccia l’evento in termini di episodio intero (definito come il periodo che va dall’evento traumatico ad oggi) ed introduce una strategia per la scelta del target, da loro denominata “Google Search”. L’ipotesi è che l’assimilazione e l’integrazione dell’informazione traumatica avvenga ristabilendo la regolazione adattiva dell’attenzione; le relazioni parte/tutto si muovono attraverso catene associative nella direzione della differenziazione e integrazione puntando al completamento, nel senso dell’integrazione armonica delle esperienze negative e positive. L’elaborazione si muove da un ristretto focus sull’immagine (livello percettivo), ad un più ampio focus sull’evento /episodio (livello esperienziale), sino ad un focus esteso riferito al tema/identità (livello di significato).
Il completamento dell’elaborazione di un trauma recente potrà prevenire lo sviluppo di un PTSD, ristabilendo l’Elaborazione Adattiva dell’Informazione (AIP).
The memory of a recent trauma differs from that of a trauma occurred in a past more distant it is still fragmented and disorganized and therefore not yet integrated in a event consistent, so it may not yet be generalized and represented by an image. That is why for the treatment of traumatic events that occurred some weeks, or maybe even a few months, you must use a specific protocol that even preserving the integrity of the 8 phases of EMDR standard protocol, is able to approach the event within a report.
In this paper we describe a protocol, developed by Elan Shapiro and Laub Brurit for Traumatic handling of the episode recently (Traumatic Recent Episodes Protocol, R-TEP) which approaches the event in terms of the whole episode (defined as the period from event traumatic present) and introduces a strategy for choosing the target, which they called "Google Search. The hypothesis is that the assimilation and integration of information occurs traumatic adaptive re-establishing control of attention, relations part/whole move through associative chains in the direction of differentiation and integration aiming at completion, harmonious integration in the sense of positive and negative experiences. Processing moves by a narrow focus on the image (perceptual level), to a broader focus on the event/episode (experiential level), up to an expanded focus refers to theme / identity (level of meaning).
Completing the development of a recent trauma may prevent the development of PTSD, restoring the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP).
Keywords: Recent Events Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
240. Greenwald, R. (2007, May). EMDR practice guidelines: EMDR with children. Unknown.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing [EMDR] (Shapiro, 1989) is a
treatment technique during which accelerated processing of traumatic memory is
facilitated through the shifting of attention between the left and right hemispheres of the
brain. The methods utilized to facilitate the rapid switching of attention include the use
of tapping, eye movement or sound. EMDR has also been beneficial in treating other
disorders and conditions, i.e. grief and loss, low self esteem, anger management,
depression etc. Its use should not be limited to only trauma or anxiety disorders. The
methods utilized to facilitate the rapid switching of attention include the use of tapping,
eye movement or sound.
Keywords: Children Practice Guidelines
Accuracy Verified: Yes
241. Hensley, B. J. (2009). An EMDR Primer: From practicum to practice. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book is intended to be a primer for use as a companion to Dr Francine Shapiro's textbook. It serves as a comprehensive review of the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) Model and EMDR principles, protocols and procedures for the newly trained in EMDR and for experienced clinicians who want to review the principles.
Keywords: Practice Primer Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
242. Jarero, I., Artigas, L., & Luber, M. (2011). The EMDR protocol for recent critical incidents: Application in a disaster mental health continuum of care context. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(3), 82-94. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.3.82.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This randomized, controlled group field study was conducted subsequent to a 7.2 earthquake in North Baja California, Mexico. Treatment was provided according to continuum of care principles. Crisis management debriefing was provided to 53 individuals. After this, the 18 individuals who had high scores on the Impact of Event Scale (IES) were then provided with the eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) Protocol for Recent Critical Incidents (EMDR-PRECI), a single-session modified EMDR protocol for the treatment of recent trauma. Participants were randomly assigned to two groups: immediate treatment group and waitlist/delayed treatment group. There was no improvement in the waitlist/ delayed treatment group, and scores of the immediate treatment group participants were significantly improved, compared with waitlist/delayed treatment group paticipants. One session of EMDR-PRECI produced significant improvement on symptoms of posttraumatic stress for both the immediate-treatment and waitlist/delayed treatment groups, with results maintained at 12-week follow-up, even though frightening aftershocks continued to occur frequently. This study provides preliminary evidence in support of the protocol's efficacy in a disaster mental health continuum of care context. More controlled research is recommended to evaluate further the efficacy of this intervention.
Keywords: Critical Incidents Disaster Mental Health Early EMDR Intervention Natural Disaster Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Recent Events
Accuracy Verified: Yes
243. Shapiro, R. (2005). EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing. New York: W W Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book is a manual for doing EMDR with diverse client populations. [Text, P. 3]TOPICS TREATED: The strategic developmental model for EMDR; Integrating resource development strategies into your EMDR practice; EMDR for clients with dissociative identity disorder, DDNOS, and ego states; EMDR processing with dissociative clients: adjunctive use of opioid antagonists; The phantom limb pain protocol; The two-hand interweave; DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors; Targeting positive affect to clear the pain of unrequited love, codependence, avoidance, and procrastination; The reenactment protocol for trauma and trauma-related pain; EMDR with cultural and generational introjects; Exiting the binge-diet cycle; Utilizing EMDR and DBT techniques in trauma and abuse recovery groups; Using EMDR in couples therapy; EMDR with clients with mental disability; Treating anxiety disorders with EMDR; Affect regulation for children through art, play, and storytelling. [Pilots]
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
244. Lombardo, M. (2012). EMDR target timeline. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(1), 37-46. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.1.37.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This Clinical Q&A section responds to a question about organizing a client's historical information into a targeting sequence within a treatment plan that is consistent with Shapiro's (2001) three-pronged protocol. The procedures for identifying and prioritizing treatment eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) targets are reviewed in the context of Shapiro's theoretical model, and various time line models are summarized. The author then presents her EMDR Target Time Line, which provides a practical simple visual tool for documenting past, present, and future aspects of the presenting problem. It allows the therapist to note if disturbing past experiences present around a core theme, such as negative cognitions, physical symptoms, or situations/persons/circumstances. Three clinical cases are used to illustrate the form's application with various types of treatment targets.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP: Clinical Application Core Theme Time Line Treatment Target
Accuracy Verified: Yes
245. Korn, D. (2013, May). EMDR the next generation: Finding your way in the dark [L’EMDR et la nouvelle génération: Trouvez votre chemin dans l’obscurité]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this workshop, participants will be taught to use their “true” authentic selves as a resource during EMDR
processing, and to work to create a secure, responsive, and positive relational environment that supports change
and integration. A number of conceptual “maps” that incorporate and build on various ideas and strategies from
other trauma-focused models (e.g., AEDP, IFS, Sensorimotor Psychotherapy, Structural Model of Dissociation)
will be introduced. These “maps” are provided to guide case conceptualization and moment-to-moment decision-making
within a given EMDR session. Video clips will be used to demonstrate how to track a client’s progress
with greater precision, using both verbal and non-verbal markers to determine where the client is on a given
conceptual map and what type of interweave is needed to facilitate or deepen the client’s processing. Different
types of interweaves will be delineated with a clear description of the purpose or function associated with each.
Throughout this workshop, Dr. Korn will engage in spirited dialogue with participants as she presents both
didactic and video material.
Learning Objectives:
• Develop a comprehensive AIP-based case conceptualization treatment plan that will guide their moment-to-moment
decision-making during an EMDR session.
• Effectively identify the informational plateaus or schema categories (responsibility, safety, control/choice)
reflected in a client’s presenting issues, choice of targets, and stuck points.
• Utilize dyadic regulation in working with clients with limited affect tolerance and self-capacities, with the goal
of maintaining and even accelerating processing within a window of tolerance.
• Apply advanced interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs, rigid defenses, and fears about internal
experiences (i.e. affect, sensation, urges, fantasies).
• Utilize various clinical strategies/interweaves for facilitating the expression of adaptive action tendencies,
completing incomplete or truncated actions, and addressing various domains of developmental repair.
Dans son atelier, les participants apprendront à utiliser leur ‘vrai’’ et authentique soi comme une ressource
durant le traitement en EMDR et à créer un environnement où la relation soit sécurisante, sensible et positive
favorisant ainsi le changement et l’intégration.
Dr Korn nous parlera de ce modèle conceptuel des ‘cartes’ qui incorporent des idées et des stratégies qui proviennent de d’autres modèles axés sur les traumas (‘AEDP’, ‘IFS’, Psychothérapie Sensorimotrice, Modèle de
la Dissociation Structurelle). Ces ‘’cartes’’ sont un guide dans la conceptualisation de cas et la prise de décision
‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR. Des vidéo clips seront présentés afin de démontrer comment
suivre le progrès d’un client avec une grande précision, utilisant des repères verbaux et non verbaux pour
déterminer où se trouve le client sur une ‘’carte’’ donnée et quel type de tissage est nécessaire pour faciliter ou
approfondir le traitement du client. Objectifs d’apprentissage:
• Développer un plan de traitement compréhensif basé sur le modèle TAI –et la conceptualisation de cas
comme un guide de prise de décision ‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR.
• Identifier de manière efficace les plateaux informatifs ou les catégories de schémas (responsabilité, sécurité,
contrôle/choix) qui se révèlent dans ce que le client présente comme difficultés, dans le choix des cibles et les
blocages.
• Utilisation de la dyade pour aider à moduler l’affect chez les clients qui ont une très faible tolérance
émotionnelle avec comme but de maintenir et même d’accélérer le traitement à l’intérieur de la fenêtre de
tolérance.
• Avoir recours aux stratégies avancées du tissage pour traiter les croyances bloquantes, les défenses rigides
et les peurs venant de la ‘’vie intérieure’’ (c’est à dire l’affect, les sensations, les pulsions, les fantasmes).
• Utilisation de diverses stratégies cliniques et du tissage afin de favoriser l’expression d’action adaptative, de
compléter les actions inachevées ou tronquées et d’aborder différents domaines permettant de ‘’réparer’’ les
dommages survenus au cours du développement.
Keywords: AEDP Dyadic Regulation Informatiional Plateaus IFS, Interweaves Sensorimotor Psychotherapy Structural Model of Dissociation Trauma-Focused Models "True" Authentic Self
Accuracy Verified: Yes
246. Grey, E. (2008, September). EMDR theory exists: An explanation of neuro-physiological underpinnings. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR Theory Exists is designed to provide a peer reviewed explanation of the neuro-physiological underpinnings of the AIP model. Through educating practitioners on the links between bilateral stimulation and the brain one’s ability to describe EMDR to consumers increases. The brain mechanisms impacted by bilateral stimulation move memories into a stage in which a human naturally heals. These neuro-physiological underpinnings are illustrated through synthesis with a complex case of childhood ritual abuse. Participants will be furnished the opportunity to practice applying these underpinnings to cases and improve their ability to explain EMDR’s potential impact on a consumer.
Keywords: Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
247. Grey, E. (2009, May). EMDR theory exists: An explanation of neurophysiological underpinnings. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Conference, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR Theory Exists is designed to provide a peer reviewed explanation of the neurophysiological underpinnings of
the AIP model. Through educating practitioners on the links between the AIP and the brain, one’s ability to describe
EDMR to consumers increases. The brain mechanisms impacted by EMDR moves memories into a stage in which
a human naturally heals. These neurophysiological underpinnings are illustrated through synthesis with a complex
case of childhood ritual abuse. Participants will be furnished the opportunity to practice applying these
underpinnings to cases and improve their ability to explain EMDR’s potential impact on a consumer.
Keywords: Neurophysiological Underpinnings Ritual Abuse Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
248. Dunne, T. (2011, March). EMDR therapists integrating EMDR into their clinical practice. Presentation at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This research project investigated how EMDR Therapists integrated EMDR into their clinical
practice post-training and what, if any, difficulties they experienced. A total of 74 respondents
completed a questionnaire and 9 respondents were interviewed using a semi-structured interview,
giving a total of 83 respondents. 40% of both samples (which came from around the world)
reported experiencing difficulties with integrating EMDR into their clinical practice. The types of
difficulties which they reported included differences between EMDR protocol and the therapists’
original training and orientation, patient characteristics, therapists’ own anxieties and confidence
as well as organizational and management hostility to EMDR up to and including bullying of the
therapist in different ways including “being sent to Coventry”. These organization & management
issues are not covered in the current training model for EMDR and whilst supervision is necessary
post training, it is not be sufficient to address the organizational issues relating to integration of
EMDR into clinical practice. This will be highlighted in the presentation.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
249. Gomez, A. (2012, May). EMDR therapy and adjunct approaches with children: Complex trauma, attachment, and dissociation. New York, NY: Springer Publishing.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This is the first book to provide a wide range of leading-edge, step-by-step strategies for clinicians using EMDR therapy and adjunct approaches with children with severe dysregulation of the affective system. Written by an author internationally known for her innovative work with children, the book offers developmentally appropriate and advanced tools for using EMDR therapy in treating children with complex trauma, attachment wounds, dissociative tendencies, and compromised social engagement. The book also presents the theoretical framework for case conceptualization in EMDR therapy and in the use of the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model with children.
Principles and concepts derived from the Polyvagal Theory, affective neuroscience, attachment theory, interpersonal neurobiology, developmental neuroscience and the neurosequential model of therapeutics, which can greatly support and expand our understanding of the AIP model and complex trauma, are presented. The text also offers an original and pioneering EMDR therapy-based model to working with parents with abdicated caregiving systems. The model is directed at assisting parents in developing the ability for mentalization, insightfulness, and reflective capacities linked to infant's development of attachment security.
A unique and innovative feature of this book is the masterful integration of strategies from other therapeutic approaches, such as Play therapy, Sandtray therapy, Sensorimotor psychotherapy, Theraplay and Internal Family Systems (IFS), into a comprehensive EMDR treatment maintaining appropriate adherence to the AIP model and EMDR therapy methodology.
Key Features:
•Provides creative, step-by-step, "how-to" information about the use of EMDR therapy with children with complex trauma from an internationally known and innovative leader in the field
•Explores thoroughly the eight phases of EMDR therapy in helping children with attachment wounds, dissociative tendencies and high dysregulatio
•Incorporates adjunct approaches into a comprehensive EMDR therapy while maintaining fidelity to the AIP model and EMDR therapy methodology
•Contains an original EMDR therapy-based model for helping parents with abdicated caregiving systems to develop metalizing and reflective capacities
Keywords: Adjunct Approaches Attachment Children Dissociation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
250. Shapiro, F. (2011, August). EMDR therapy update: Theory, research and practice. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapy directly addresses the physiologically stored memory networks that underlie both psychological problems and mental health. This adaptive information processing orientation to both case conceptualization and clinical application will be explored in relation to diverse populations. The latest research evaluating both treatment outcomes and underlying mechanisms will be addressed. In addition, clinical cases and questions collected from participants will be used to illustrate the ways in which EMDR can be applied.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Practice Research Theory Update
Accuracy Verified: Yes
251. Gomez, A. M., & Shapiro, F. (2012, Winter). EMDR therapy with children: Journey into wholeness. Child and Family Professional, 15(3), 20-30.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Trauma and adversity affect millions of children and their families. Without appropriate treatment, many of these children are destined to a life of hardship and suffering, transmitting their unresolved trauma into the future generations. Fortunately, treatment approaches such as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy can now help children find healing and a path that will lead them to achieve full mental health.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
252. Shapiro, F. (2010, Spring/Summer). EMDR therapy: Adaptive information processing, clinical applications and research recommendations. Trauma Psychology Newsletter, 12-18.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
I want to begin by thanking the Division for honoring
me with the 2009 Award for Outstanding Contributions
to Practice in Trauma Psychology. I was very touched
to have received the award in the 20th year since the publication
of my first article in the Journal of Traumatic
Stress in 1989. I also appreciate this invitation to
provide an update on some of the recent advances
in eye movement desensitization and reprocessing
(EMDR) practice that are relevant to the Division,
along with a clarification of its current procedures
and theoretical underpinnings. For instance, due in
part to my first publication, which described “EMD”
solely in terms of desensitization with repeated
return to the target memory, many in the field
are unaware that, as EMDR, it is no longer simply
an exposure treatment. In fact, with the accent
on “reprocessing,” EMDR pays only occasional attention to the initial target and, importantly,
includes the facilitation of an association process
that actually contradicts most of the tenets of current exposure
therapies. Therefore, I will also take this opportunity to explain
some of the differences between these treatment orientations,
since this distinction points the way to additional clinical
applications and research opportunities. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Ressearch
Accuracy Verified: Yes
253. Oren, U., & Solomon, R. (2012). EMDR therapy: An overview of its development and mechanisms of action. Revue Européenne De Psychologie Appliquée/European Review of Applied Psychology, 62(4), 197-203. doi:10.1016/j.erap.2012.08.005.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Introduction:
This article examines the history and development of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), from Dr. Francine Shapiro's original discovery in 1987, to current findings and future directions for research and clinical practice.
Elements of the literature:
An overview is provided of significant milestones in the evolution of EMDR over the first 20 years, including key events, research and scientific publications, and humanitarian efforts. The authors also describe the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model, which is the theoretical basis of the therapy; they address the question of mechanisms of action, and EMDR's specific contribution to the field of psychotherapy.
Discussion:
EMDR is an integrative psychotherapy, which sees dysfunctionally stored memories as the core element of the development of psychopathology. In its view of memory, it integrates information that is sensory, cognitive, emotional and somatic in nature. The EMDR protocol looks at past events that formed the presented problem, at the present situations where the problem is experienced, and at the way, the client would like to deal with future challenges.
Conclusion:
EMDR is a 25-year-old therapy that has accumulated a substantial body of research proving its efficiency, and is now part of many professional treatment guidelines. The research is pointing to its potentially large positive impact in the fields of mental and physical health.
Keywords: Development Mechanisms of Action
Accuracy Verified: Yes
254. Murray, K. (2008, September). EMDR to reduce fears of recurrence of breast cancer - Including phantom breast pain. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Distress and fears of recurrence following breast cancer treatment are viewed through the lens AIP. Through review of research and case presentation of one stage III client, participants will be able identify traumatic stress symptoms in women with breast cancer and the factors that predict distress; describe how intrusion, hyperarousal and avoidance can impact cancer treatment and quality of life, including fears of recurrence; apply research on the use of EMDR with phantom limb pain to the phantom sensations experienced by many women following mastectomy; and identify treatment considerations in the use of the eight phases of EMDR to improve quality of life and decrease fears of recurrence.
Keywords: Breast Cancer Phantom Breast Pain Phantom Pain
Accuracy Verified: Yes
255. Knipe, J. (2006, June). EMDR toolbox: Video examples of methods of targeting avoidance, procrastination, affect dysregulation, the pain of being "dumped" by a lover, and a shame-based ego state in a client with a identity disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
It is clear from over 17 published studies that the EMDR method is highly effective in
assisting clients in resolving PTSD (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002). However, most clients
who enter therapy do not have a simple problem of a single disturbing memory, but a
complex history. Typically, clients come to therapy with a mixed presentation, of not
only emotional disturbance, but also mental structures and actions which function to
soothe, contain, avoid or dissociate from emotional disturbance. Thus, the initial
presentation of most clients is complex and often ambivalent. In this workshop,
examples will illustrate Adaptive Information Processing methods of targeting and
resolving psychological defenses, such as avoidance, ambivalence, and idealization.
Also, the BHS/CIPOS (Back-of-the-Head Scale/Constant Installation of Present
Orientation and Safety) method will be described. This method is a set of procedures
that can be used during the EMDR Desensitization Phase to therapeutically reverse
dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Video segments from therapy
sessions will be shown to illustrate each of these methods.
Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale BHS CIPOS Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety Psycholgical Defenses Targeting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
256. Forgash, C. (2009, August). An EMDR treatment approach to addressing health problems of complex trauma survivors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: In this workshop, the EMDR clinician will learn how to deal with the effects of trauma, PTSD, illness, and chronic pain often suffered by complex trauma clients. Participants will understand how these issues interfere with access to healthcare and successful treatment. This workshop will demonstrate how to help the client avoid retraumatization in healthcare settings, by teaching interventions within the preparation phase for management of dissociation and affective problems, as well as PTSD symptoms. Clinicians will learn how to develop connections between present health problems (chronic illness, pain) and earlier trauma, to develop specific EMDR targets for reprocessing. This workshop will emphasize skills development and future template work.
Keywords: Health Problems Trauma Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
257. Greenwald, R., Ricci, R. J., Clayton, C. A., Lebeau, T., Farkas, L., Cyr, M., & Lemay, J. (2007, September). EMDR treatment for sex offenders, substance abusers, and youth in care. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This symposium presents data from treatment studies of (1) sex offenders, (2) mentally ill substance abusers, and (3) acting-out youth in care. These populations have in common low affect tolerance, severe problem behaviors, and involvement in “the system”. Each treatment used a population-specific phase model approach including motivational interviewing, skills training, and trauma resolution (EMDR). This trauma-informed phase treatment approach appears to represent an advance in helping these treatment-resistant populations. Discussion will focus on the relationship between the client characteristics and treatment approaches in common across studies.
Keywords: Sex Offenders Substance Abusers Symposium Youth
Accuracy Verified: Yes
258. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self. Presentation at the 4th EMDR Association Netherlands Conference, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced.
The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies.
Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment.
In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail.
Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment.
Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten
Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied.
Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.
Keywords: Adults Developmental Deficits Incest
Accuracy Verified: Yes
259. Korn, D. L. (2008, May). EMDR treatment with survivors of chronic abuse and neglect: Repairing developmental deficits and shattered selves - [Utilisation d’EMDR dans le traitement des survivants d’abus ou négligence chroniques: Réparer les déficits développementaux et les sois éclatés]. Presentation at an annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montréal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Cet atelier d’une journée met l’accent sur l’intégration de l’EMDR à l’intérieur d’un plan thérapeutique. Nous aborderons l’utilisation d’EMDR pour traiter le Stress post-traumatique complexe, de même que d’autres syndromes cliniques d’origine traumatique, tels que le Trouble de personnalité limite et les Troubles
dissociatifs. Des modifications et/ou additions au protocole EMDR seront proposées afin de tenir compte des capacités limitées à tolérer les affects, des défenses rigides, de la sur-utilisation des stratégies d’évitement, des conflits entre les états du moi, des tendances à la dissociation ou des dérégulations émotionnelles
importantes.
Nous aborderons l’évaluation des aspects développementaux et des besoins d’attachement du client, l’établissement d’une bonne compréhension de la situation clinique et le développement d’un plan de traitement intégré avec des objectifs atteignables et réalisables. On portera plus particulièrement notre attention sur l’intégration de l’EMDR comme moyen de renforcer l’Ego et le développement des ressources au
cours des différentes étapes du traitement.
This full-day workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall recovery plan. The use of EMDR in treating complex PTSD as well as other trauma-related syndromes such as borderline personality disorder and dissociative disorders will be addressed. In recognition of clients’ limited affect tolerance, rigid defenses,
overdeveloped avoidance patterns, ego state conflicts, dissociative tendencies, and extreme emotional dysregulation, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored.
Assessing the developmental and attachment needs of the client, establishing a useful case conceptualization, and developing an integrated treatment plan with achievable goals will be discussed. Considerable attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment.
Keywords: Complex PTSD Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
260. Gimm, E. (2010, June). EMDR treatment with very young children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The use of EMDR is extremely helpful especially in the
treatment of very young children. The presentation will demonstrate
the work with both an acute and a complex traumatized
child of the age under 4 years. The acute traumatized child (6
month old) was traumatized by medical treatment that was vitally
necessary. After the stay in the clinic the child expressed symptoms
of PTSD. The child was treated in 4 sessions: in 2 of these
sessions the baby got EMDR treatment with trauma narratives.
The complex traumatized child is a boy now 4 years old. The
EMDR treatment started when he was 2,7 years. As a baby he
was physically extremely abused and showed strong symptoms.
The participants will see that even in such a young child affect
bridges turn up during the EMDR-Treatment. Memories which
were dissociated till that moment came back and could be processed.
Work with a continuous trauma narrative that is illustrated
by the therapist will be presented and later work with the child
adapted EMDR standard protocol. 8y these two cases participants
will learn more about trauma focused diagnostics, treatment
possibilities and treatment course in very young children and babies;
the presentation will be illustrated by video clips.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
261. Lipke, H. (2001). EMDR und andere ansätze der psychotherapie - Ein integratives modell: Theoretische und klinische empfehlungen mit schwerpunkt auf traumatischem stress [EMDR and other approaches of the psychotherapy - An inclusive model: Theoretical and clinical recommendations focusing on traumatischem stress]. Paderborn: Junfermann.
Language: German
Format: Book
Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) wurde vor mehr als zehn Jahren von Dr. Francine Shapiro entwickelt und galt anfangs insbesondere aufgrund nachweislich sehr schneller und überzeugender Behandlungserfolge als eine der ungewöhnlichsten psychotherapeutischen Methoden überhaupt. Aufgrund der positiven Ergebnisse wissenschaftlicher Untersuchungen wird EMDR mittlerweile von vielen Therapeuten erfolgreich eingesetzt.
Im Mittelpunkt des Buches steht das von Lipke entwickelte Vier-Aktivitäten-Modell, eine Ergänzung zu dem von Francine Shapiro (1995) entwickelten AIP-Modell der beschleunigten Informationsverarbeitung. Damit schafft Lipke einen Rahmen für das Verständnis psychotherapeutischer Arbeit im allgemeinen und für die Integration von Shapiros Theorie über die Verarbeitung dysfunktionaler Erinnerungen in die bisherigen Formen psychotherapeutischer Arbeit. Das vorgestellte Modell liefert eine Handlungsanleitung für die Anwendung von EMDR in der therapeutischen Praxis. Dabei kann Lipke auf seine fast dreißigjährige klinische Erfahrung mit traditionelleren Behandlungsansätzen ebenso zurückgreifen wie auf seine über zehnjährige Praxis in der Anwendung und Vermittlung von EMDR. Das Buch ist nicht als Einführung in die Theorie und Praxis von EMDR, sondern eher als Erläuterung der Arbeit mit dieser Methode in einem umfassenderen therapeutischen Zusammenhang gedacht.
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) was developed more than ten years ago by Dr. Francine Shapiro and was initially due in particular proved very fast and impressive treatment success as one of the most unusual methods of psychotherapy in general. Due to the positive results of scientific studies EMDR is now used by many therapists successfully. The focus of the book which is developed by Lipke four activities model, a complement to the Francine Shapiro (1995) developed the AIP model of accelerated information processing. This creates a framework for understanding Lipke psychotherapeutic work in general and for the integration of Shapiro's theory about the dysfunctional processing of memories in the previous forms of psychotherapeutic work. The proposed model provides a guide to action for the application of EMDR in therapeutic practice. It can draw on his nearly thirty years Lipke clinical experience with more traditional treatment approaches as well as on its more than ten years of practice in the use and placement of EMDR. The book is not intended as an introduction to the theory and practice of EMDR, but rather as an explanation of the work with this method in a wider therapeutic context.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
262. Rouanzoin, C. (2011, August). EMDR update and refresher course. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is for any clinician who has received the Basic Training in EMDR through an EMDRIA-Approved Training. The workshop will review and update information on: AIP case conceptualization; the 8 phases of EMDR treatment; developing the Target Sequencing Plan; the three prongs of EMDR treatment; and the use of cognitive interweave for stuck processing.
The participants will also have an opportunity to improve their skills in the use of Floatbacks and Affect Scans. A practicum experience will help further consolidate these concepts.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Case Conceptualization Refresher Update
Accuracy Verified: Yes
263. Shapiro, F. (2007, September). EMDR update: Theory, research, and practice. Keynote presented at the EMDR International Association annual conference, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
New research continues to shed light on EMDR as a distinct psychotherapy approach. Dr. Shapiro will review several new studies and their implications for both theory and future clinical development. The Adaptive Information Processing model and research on underlying mechanisms will be used as a springboard to explore potential applications and ways to overcome a variety of clinical difficulties. Specific clinical cases will be used to illustrate the integration of EMDR with other orientations. Questions from conference participants will be taken in advance to address aspects of the model and methodology.
Keywords: Adaptive Processing Model AIP Keynote Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
264. [Kondo Chikako]. (2009, May). EMDR with a violent child at school: Collaborative treatment for an abused child who witnessed her mother's suicide. EMDR研究1（1）、34から43 [Japanese Journal of EMDR Research and Practice, 1(1), 34-43].
Language: Japanese
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The junior high school girl in this case witnessed her mother's suicide at the age of four. She
has been acting violently since she entered elementary school. One yearbefore the author met
her, a consultation office for children intervened due to physical abuse by her father. Flashbacks
and dissociation caused wrist cutting and panic. After a few EMDR sessions, wrist cutting, panic
and PTSD symptoms disappeared. As she gained affect regulation skills, she gradually improved
her interpersonal relationship and began to trust others. The consultation aclivities by a school
counselor, namely the offering of psycho-educational information to the school, supporting teachers
and improving teacher's psychological understandings about her, was also important in addition to
individual treatment. The author discussed about the treatment of school children survivors who
rarely visit mental or medical institutions.
Keywords: Child Abuse Collaboration at School Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
265. Settle, C. (2007, June). EMDR with children 2-10 years of age: Practical and creative therapuetic tools derived from an ongoing fidelity study based on the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will encompass the findings from a current and ongoing research study on EMDR with young children, with implications for clinical practice arising from this study. The clinical experiences of the presenter, which include treating traumatized children and training EMDR therapists, led to the first EMDR fidelity study on children. From that study, our preliminary findings led us to formulate suggestions about training therapists; these ideas will be explained in the workshop.
Examples will be discussed of how issues related to the therapist, client, and patient, home environment, clinical environment, and therapist training all impact the EMDR treatment protocol with children 20 to 10 years of age. Participants will also learn to identify developmentally appropriate and child-specific languaging in order to conceptualize the treatment of children using the EMDR protocol. Using Dr. Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing model, participants will learn to attune to the child verbally and non-verbally to understand how the child has learned to store the trauma in their memory network, versus how the parent or therapist believes the trauma to be stored. Specific tools like mapping and graphing that are used to tease out all the pieces of the EMDR protocol and develop case conceptualization will be demonstrated with associated videos. Through the use of Powerpoint presentation, case presentation, and handouts, additional practical and interesting tools will be presented to assist therapists in using Resource Development, Mastery, and Safe Place exercises in the efficacious treatment of young children. Creative tools used to identify targets, emotions, body sensation, and negative and positive cognitions, will be demonstrated, as well as measurements to aid the child in eliciting the VOC and SUDs. Also, the important of the three-pronged approach (the process of addressing targets from the past, present, and future), and how to develop targets from a child’s often concrete perspective, will be discussed. Finally, participants will be able to use a specific format for reevaluation from both the child’s and parents’ point of view. With these advanced skills in translating EMDR into developmentally appropriate terms and imaginative tools for implementation, participants will return to their practices encouraged to use the entire EMDR protocol with even the youngest of clients. The workshop, which is based on clinical experience and research, will teach creative skills in applying the eight-phase protocol to young children.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Children Fidelity Study Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
266. Tinker, R. H., & Wilson, S. A. (2007, June). EMDR with children around the world: Sixteen years later. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The present workshop will be primarily practice oriented,
with the morning session focusing on Age-Related Protocols
with progressively younger children (down to age
one year), and the afternoon session focusing on the use
of EMDR in a group format with children traumatized by
war. We will present data on its effectiveness with two
groups of Ethnic Albanian refugee children held in a German
refugee camp. A group exercise will assist workshop
participants in understanding the protocol for group administration
of EMDR. Other research considerations will
be presented, related to successful and unsuccessful projects
with children. Also in the afternoon, we will target
the more severe disorders of childhood, such as multiply-traumatized
children and attachment disordered children.
We will give attention to issues related to
trauma-based diagnosis, the use of art with EMDR, and a
treatment model featuring short interventions throughout
the developmental years and how these affect developmental
trajectories. Throughout the workshop, we
will use videotapes to illustrate the issues that are most
salient, the importance of attunement and finer points of
technique
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
267. Morris-Smith, J. (2001, May). EMDR with children exposed to chronic abuse and domestic violence. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper aims to discuss some of the issues of working using EMDR, as a part of the
integrated treatment process of children, who have been exposed to chronic abuse and
domestic violence. These children are all in the care system and are living with foster parents
who know very little about their previous lives. Often the professionals caring for them also
have little of the child's history and many details of what they have been exposed to are not
known. The children are frequently detached, dissociated and shut down from their past
experiences, though their traumatised behaviours continue to blight and dominate their entire
lives and present major difficulties in their daily management and future planning. Their
emotional and social development appears to be arrested by their chronic multiple
traumatisation. They are also kept in transitional placements for long periods of time, whilst
their long-term needs are assessed. There is a struggle to identify appropriate long-term
placements for such damaged children as their severe multiple traumatisation prevents them
from being able to trust or begin to form new attachments or even to develop a sense of
safety. There is a nee for early intervention to treat their severely traumatised symptoms and
memories, to help rid them of their overwhelming terror and fears of the adult world and to
free them to begin to form healthier more appropriate behaviours and attachments. How
using EMDR to enable these children to develop and progress emotionally and socially
towards a more positive future is described.
Keywords: Children Chronic Abuse, Domestic Violence
Accuracy Verified: Yes
268. Meignant, I. (2011, June). EMDR with couples in the context of family therapy [EMDR mit paaren im kontext der familientherapie]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The use of both Mony Elkaïm’s systemic model and the AIP model is a new perspective for couples’therapy and for EMDR target plan and further in individual therapy where relational problems are involved. This workshop will teach present a way to do a target plan for relational problem treatment. Focusing on couples’therapy the workshop will show how to do an EMDR case conceptualization integrating the systemic model. It will propose clinical question/answer that will help to decide to use EMDR or not in the couple session, choosing the position of the other member of the couple during the reprocessing phases. It will show the use of individual safe places as a safe place for the couple during the session and at home.
What we propose here is that the understanding of Mony Elkaïm’s Systemic model for a couple in crisis guides us to find where to work on the past of each member to heal the couple in the EMDR target plan. We imagine that this understanding can be of help to build a bridge between any 2 parts of a relation: 2friends, 2 colleagues, 2 persons from different culture or religion.
The presentation will illustrate how the systemic model created by Mony Elkaïm for understanding couple crisis can be useful in the EMDR treatment of couples, EMDR case conceptualization and EMDR target plan. This model insists on the double bind in which each member of the couple is torn between his/her Official Program and his/her World View. For example: "I want to be loved" (O.P) and" if someone loves me he will leave me" (W.V.). These world views are creating repetitive cycles which are trapping the members of the couple or of any people in interaction. The aim of the EMDR practitioner is to treat the dysfunctional stored memories connected with these world views and give them flexibility to free the members of the couple from the vicious circle in which they are caught.
In this presentation we propose to show how making hypothesis about the World view of each member of the couple and verifying them will guide us to the individual target that will be the Gordian knot in the present problem the couple is dealing with, hence helping the system to evolve from a situation of crisis to a situation of equilibrium.
Using EMDR will help to give flexibility to the world view of each member. Using it within Mony Elkaïm’s systemic model will help the couple. Following each phase of the EMDR model eight-phases protocol, we will show how it will be applied to couple therapy with case studies and practice example. We will see how this target plan can apply to any dyad or system in crisis in family therapy, couple therapy and individual therapy.
Learning objectives:
•Understand how to use the systemic model, reciprocal double bind, to find the individual targets that are involved in the couple or any relational present problem in an EMDR target plan.
•Being able to do the installation of EMDR safe place as a resource for the couple.
•Evaluate more clearly whether and when to use EMDR in the couple therapy session.
•Knowing specifications of each of the 8 phases EMDR protocol with couple.
Keywords: Couples Family Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
269. Paulsen, S. (2010, October). EMDR with dissociative clients: 17 secrets. Presentation at the 27th Annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Unmodified EMDR can harm dissociative clients if it prematurely breaches dissociative barriers overwhelming
the client’s capacity and resources. Practitioners must
screen for dissociation and use special procedures to safely
use EMDR with these clients. The workshop will cover critical guidelines and techniques to pace and troubleshoot
EMDR with dissociative clients within the phased
treatment model, for clients ranging from DDNOS to DID.
Assessment and stabilization are key to preparing clients
for trauma work. The workshop offers methods to increase
affect tolerance, establish a two-step containment habit, and
orient personalities to person place and time. Other topics
include: increasing tolerance of body sensation and affect,
and enhancing compassion for self and others, directly
working with introjects or other “monstrous” shame-laden
parts, essential to reducing internal conflict and resistance
to therapy. The workshop instructs in specific ego state
strategies and imagery to provide sufficient resources,
maintain an observing ego. Rooted in the hypnotic tradition,
stabilization methods to pace and fractionate the work
within EMDR while interspersing trauma work with sessions
that consolidate gains. The workshop also describes the
conference room method and means to trouble-shoot
stuck processing. Finally, the workshop describes the final
phases of therapy, skills building, integration and fusion.
Participants will be able to :
♦♦ explain why and when to assess every client for degree
of dissociation and choose an appropriate protocol.
♦♦ list six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing
EMDR for dissociative clients, to increase rapport,
contain affect, orient to present circumstances,
reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources.
♦♦ structure EMDR sessions using imagery
and ego state interventions for pacing,
fractionating and trouble-shooting the work.
Keywords: Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
270. Solomon, R. M. (2008, June). EMDR with grief and mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The death of a loved one confronts people with particularly complicated challenges at
a time of often unparalleled distress. This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR
into the treatment of grief and mourning. Understanding grief and mourning in terms
of the Adaptive Information Processing model will be presented and illustrated by case
presentations and videos of EMDR sessions. EMDR does not shorten the phases the
mourner has to go through for adaptive assimilation and accommodation of the loss,
but processes the factors that can complicate the mourning. The processes the
mourner has to go through for assimilation and accommodation of the loss, and how
EMDR facilitates movement through them, will be presented. Particular attention will
be paid to how EMDR facilitates the emergence of adaptive inner representations. We
do not lose attachments to loved ones that die, they are transformed. We move from
loving in presence to loving in absence. Memories of the deceased often emerge
during EMDR treatment. It is the emergence of memories of the deceased that let us
know and acknowledge the meaning of the relationship, the person’s role in our lives
and identity, and enable us to carry the basic security of having loved and been loved
into the future. We can go forward in a world without the deceased, because we have
an adaptive inner representation to take with us.
Content includes:
· Overview of AIP model and how it applies to grief and mourning
· Acute grief as a form of traumatic stress
· Common responses to loss
· The six “R” processes of mourning
· High-risk factors predisposing to complicated mourning
· General principles of EMDR treatment in grief and mourning
Keywords: Bereavement Grief Mourning Psychotherapeutic Processes Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
271. Solomon, R. M., & Shapiro, F. (2010). EMDR y el modelo de procesamiento adaptativo de la informacion (PAI) mecanismos potenciales de cambio [EMDR and adaptive model of information processing (AIP) potential mechanisms of change]. Revista de Psicopterapia, 20(80), 17-37.
Language: Spanish
Format: Journal
Abstract:
La desensibilización y reprocesamiento mediante movimientos oculares (EMDR) es un abordaje terapéutico que está guiado por el modelo de procesamiento adaptativo de la información (PAI). Este artículo proporciona una breve visión de conjunto de algunos de los principales preceptos del PAI. Se plantea la hipótesis de que la base de la patología clínica radicaría en los recuerdos almacenados disfuncionalmente, derivándose los resultados terapéuticos obtenidos del procesamiento de tales recuerdos dentro de redes adaptativas mayores. A diferencia de las terapias de exposición basadas en la extinción, se postula que los recuerdos considerados como diana en el EMDR pueden sufrir la transmutación durante el procesamiento para ser luego almacenados nuevamente durante el proceso de reconsolidación. Por ello, se proporciona una comparación y un contraste con los modelos de procesamiento de la información basados en la extinción como así también el tratamiento, que incluye las repercusiones que puede tener para la práctica clínica. A lo largo del artículo se comenta una diversidad de mecanismos de acción, incluidos aquellos que se deducen de los principios del modelo PAI como de los propios procedimientos del EMDR, entre los que figura la estimulación bilateral. A fin de investigar las diversas hipótesis, se ofrecen sugerencias de investigación.
"Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a therapeutic approach guided by the adaptive information processing (AIP) model. This article provides a brief overview of some of the major precepts of AIP. The basis of clinical pathology is hypothesized to be dysfunctionally stored memories,with therapeutic change resulting from the processing of these memories within larger adaptive networks. Unlike extinction-based exposure therapies, memories targeted in EMDR are posited to transmute during processing and are then again stored by a process of reconsolidation. Therefore, a comparison and contrast to extinction-based information processing models and treatment is provided, including implications for clinical practice. Throughout the article a variety of mechanisms of action are discussed, including those inferred by tenets of the AIP model, and the EMDR procedures themselves, including the bilateral stimulation. Research suggestions are offered in order to investigate various hypotheses."
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Mechanisms of Change
Accuracy Verified: Yes
272. Garcia, F. (2010, Abril). EMDR y el procesamiento adaptativo de la información [EMRD and adaptive processing of the information]. In EMDR: Un abordaje integral de la personalidad traumatizada (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el Congreso Internacional sobre Avances en Tratamientos Psicológicos, Granada, Spain.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
El EMDR se ha desarrollado como una psicoterapia integrada que se ha
utilizado a nivel mundial en la última década como tratamiento empíricamente
validado para el trauma. A lo largo de este tiempo, se ha hecho evidente
que es posible aliviar el sufrimiento, ayudar a parar el ciclo de la violencia y
abordar los devastadores efectos de la transmisión generacional.
Este acercamiento psicoterapéutico utiliza un protocolo de tratamiento
para acceder a los sucesos vitales perturbadores, los disparadores actuales
y las experiencias futuras proyectadas, y procesarlas con una resolución
adaptativa (Shapiro, 2002). Se accede a todos los aspectos de la experiencia
(imaginación, creencias, afecto y sensaciones corporales), mientras de
forma simultánea se da estimulación dual de la atención, por movimientos
oculares bilaterales, tonos o estimulación táctil. El procesamiento de las memorias
perturbadoras indica un cambio simultáneo en la cognición, el afecto
y las sensaciones físicas, dando como resultado una integración adaptativa
de la experiencia.
Este acercamiento integra elementos de distintas escuelas de psicoterapia,
haciendo del EMDR aplicable a una enorme variedad de patologías
y accesible a terapeutas de distintas orientaciones dentro de una serie de
protocolos estandarizados (Van der Kolk, B., 1997).
En esta presentación exponemos las líneas generales de este modelo
psicoterapéutico a partir de la descripción del protocolo básico en EMDR
que se estructura en ocho fases: 1) Recopilación sobre la historia del cliente;
2) preparación del cliente para el trabajo a realizar; 3) valorar todos los componentes
de la diana de tratamiento 4) desensibilizar el material traumático
objeto de la diana mediante la estimulación bilateral; 5) instalar la cognición
positiva identificada; 6)revisar el cuerpo para localizar cualquier material residual
sin resolver; 7) cierre de la sesión y 8) reevaluación del impacto del
evento reprocesado.
EMDR has been developed as an integrated psychotherapy has
used worldwide in the last decade as a treatment empirically
validated for trauma. Throughout this time, it has become evident
it is possible to alleviate suffering, help stop the cycle of violence and
address the devastating effects of the generational transmission.
This approach uses a psychotherapeutic treatment protocol
accessing disruptive life events, current triggers
and projected future experiences, and process them with a resolution
Adaptive (Shapiro, 2002). Access to all aspects of the experience
(Imagination, beliefs, affection and bodily sensations), while in
simultaneously gives dual attention stimulation for movement
bilateral eye tones or tactile stimulation. The processing of memories
disturbing indicates a simultaneous change in cognition, affection
and physical sensations, resulting adaptive integration
experience.
This approach integrates elements from different schools of psychotherapy,
doing the EMDR applicable to a wide variety of pathologies
therapists and accessible to different orientations within a range of
standardized protocols (Van der Kolk, B., 1997).
In this paper we present the outlines of this model
psychotherapeutic from the description of the basic EMDR protocol
which is divided into eight phases: 1) collection on the history of the client;
2) preparing the client for the work to be performed, 3) evaluate all components
treatment of the target 4) desensitize traumatic material
object of the target by bilateral stimulation; 5) install cognition
positively identified; 6) reviewing the body to locate any residual material
unresolved; 7) logoff and 8) reassessment of the impact of
reprocessed event.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
273. 近藤千加子 [Kondo Chikako]. (2005年12月). EMDRとイメージ中心の認知行動療法が心的外傷記憶の怒りの処理に奏功した事例 (ケース報告特集号) -- (ケース報告) [A successful case: EMDR and cognitive behavioral therapy based on images worked for traumatic memory patients’ anger management (Special Issue Case Reports) - (Case Report)]. 日本カウンセリング学会 [The Japanese Association of Counseling Science, 38(4), 353-360].
Language: Japanese
Format: Journal
Keywords: Case Report CBT Cognitive Behavior Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
274. Mevissen, L., & Lievegoed, L. (2012, June). EMDR, a healing pathway also for people with Autism? [Mevissen]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Autism
is
characterized
by
impairment
in
information
processing,
with
direct
consequences
for
the
AIP
in
EMDR
as
a
result.
This
core
impairment
in
autism
strongly
influences
attachment
development,
relation
to
and
communication
with
others,
sense
of
self,
relation
to
the
own
body
and
thus
to
bodily
senses,
functioning
of
the
sensory
system
(hypo
or
hyper),
view
on
the
world,
development
of
cognitive
schemata
and
development
of
the
stress
system.
People
with
autism
are
easily
traumatized,
even
by
'small-‐small-‐t
events'.
Often
a
single
trauma
leads
to
complex
traumatization.
Because
PTSD
symptoms
mimic
symptoms
of
autism,
'diagnostic
overshadowing'
is
a
frequently
seen
phenomenon.
This
is
even
more
the
case
in
clients
with
some
form
of
intellectual
disability.
In
this
workshop
several
cases
of
people
with
autism
treated
with
EMDR
will
be
presented
and
discussed,
with
the
use
of
abundant
video
material:
cases
in
which
treatment
is
influenced
by
the
autism,
as
well
as
cases
in
which
the
diagnosis
'autism'
no
longer
fits
after
treatment
of
PTSD
symptoms,
or
the
other
way
round
when
a
client
referred
for
PTSD
shows
up
in
the
course
of
treatment
as
having
an
autism
spectrum
disorder.
Autism
has
consequences
for
all
phases
of
the
8
phase
3
pronged
therapy
model
of
EMDR.
This
workshop
emphasizes
on
the
creative
implementation
of
the
core
principles
of
EMDR
in
the
treatment
of
people
with
various
autism
spectrum
disorders.
El
autismo
se
caracteriza
por
un
impedimento
del
procesamiento
de
la
información
y,
por
tanto,
con
consecuencias
directas
para
el
SPIA
en
EMDR.
Este
impedimento
fundamental
en
el
autismo
incide
fuertemente
en
el
desarrollo
del
apego,
las
relaciones
y
la
comunicación
con
terceros,
sentido
del
yo,
la
relación
para
con
el
propio
cuerpo
y,
por
ende,
con
los
sentidos
corporales,
el
funcionamiento
del
sistema
sensorial
(hipo
o
hiper),
con
su
visión
del
mundo,
el
desarrollo
de
esquemas
cognitivos
y
con
el
desarrollo
del
sistema
del
estrés.
Las
personas
con
autismo
sufren
traumatización
con
facilidad,
incluido
como
consecuencia
de
'sucesos
con
t
minúscula'.
A
menudo,
un
único
trauma
conduce
a
una
traumatización
compleja.
Dado
que
los
síntomas
de
TEPT
imitan
los
síntomas
del
autismo,
'el
eclipse
diagnóstico'
es
un
fenómeno
frecuente,
aún
más
entre
clientes
que
sufren
algún
tipo
de
discapacidad
intelectual.
En
este
taller,
se
presentará
y
se
hablara
de
varios
casos
de
personas
con
autismo
que
han
sido
tratados
con
EMDR,
sirviéndose
de
mucho
material
en
vídeo:
aquellos
casos
en
los
que
el
tratamiento
se
ve
afectado
por
el
autismo,
así
como
aquellos
en
los
que
el
diagnóstico
de
'autismo'
deja
de
ser
apropiado
tras
el
tratamiento
de
los
síntomas
de
TEPT
o
viceversa
cuando
en
el
transcurso
del
tratamiento,
resulta
que
un
cliente
derivado
por
TEPT
presenta
un
trastorno
del
espectro
autista.
El
autismo
tiene
consecuencias
en
todas
las
fases
del
modelo
terapéutico
de
EMDR
que
consta
de
8
fases
que
trabajan
en
tres
contextos.
Este
taller
resalta
la
implantación
creativa
de
los
principios
fundamentales
del
EMDR
en
el
tratamiento
de
personas
que
sufren
trastornos
del
espectro
autista.
Keywords: Autism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
275. Shapiro, F. (2007). EMDR, adaptive information processing, and case conceptualization. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 1(2), 68-87. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.2.68.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
EMDR is an integrative, client-centered psychotherapy approach that emphasizes the brain's information processing system and memories of disturbing experiences as the bases of those pathologies not caused by organic deficit or insult. EMDR addresses the experiences that contribute to clinical conditions and those needed to bring the client to a robust state of psychological health. Overviews of the history, development, and research that have established EMDR as an empirically supported treatment are provided. Subsequent to an explanation of the adaptive information processing model, an extended case example is used to illustrate the recommended EMDR case conceptualization and eight phases of treatment. This approach is used to process the early memories that set the foundation for the pathology and the present situations that trigger the dysfunction, while providing templates for appropriate future action that incorporate the information and behaviors needed to overcome skill and/or developmental deficits. The benefits of integrating EMDR and family systems perspectives to provide the most comprehensive therapeutic effects are described. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Case Conceptualization Family Systems Therapy Integrative Psychotherapy Memories
Accuracy Verified: Yes
276. Jarero, I. (2012). EMDR, el SPIA y el desarrollo de resiliencia [EMDR, AIP, and development of resilience]. Revista Iberoamericana de Psicotraumatología y Disociación, 2(2). Retrieved from http://revibapst.com/EMDR-SPIA-RESILIENCIA.pdf 11/20/2012.
Language: Spanish
Format: Other
Abstract:
Por medio de este Sistema de Procesamiento de Información (SPI), las nuevas experiencias son normalmente procesadas a estados adaptativos.
Esto significa que son asimiladas en redes de memoria ya existentes con información adaptativa.
Through this Information Processing System (IPS), new experiences are processed normally adaptive states. This means they are assimilated into existing memory networks with adaptive information. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Resilience
Accuracy Verified: Yes
277. Jarero, I. (2011). EMDR, el SPIA y los mecanismos potenciales de accion [EMDR, AIP, and potential mechanisms of action]. Revista Iberoamericana de Psicotraumatología y Disociación, 2(2), [137 pages].
Language: Spanish
Format: Other
Abstract:
El corazón del EMDR involucra la transmutación de estas experiencias almacenadas disfuncionalmente a una resolución adaptativa que promueve la salud psicológica.
The heart of EMDR involves the transmutation of these stored experiences dysfunctional to an adaptive resolution that promotes psychological health. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Mechanism of Action
Accuracy Verified: Yes
278. Couto, M., Farate, C., Ramos, S., & Fleming, M. (2012, June). EMDR, setting and therapeutic relationship: A comparative study with CBT and psychoanalytic therapists. Poster presented at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: The therapeutic efficacy of EMDR is increasingly documented in process and outcome studies. However there is an ongoing debate on whether this effectiveness is mainly due to EMDR therapeutic techniques or to other variables. Since EMDR technical procedures are also related to the way the therapist manages both the space and the therapeutic relationship with the patient there is a growing trend towards the study of the influence of contextual and therapist variables on treatment outcome. This study aims to compare the management of both setting and therapeutic relationship among experienced EMDR, CBT and psychoanalytic therapists. The data and sample correspond to a preliminary phase of a broader research project whose aim is the construction of a psychometric instrument of trans-theoretical nature (Management of the Setting Scale-MSS) aimed at the assessment of setting on therapeutic outcome.
Keywords: CBT Cogntive Behavior Therapy, Poster Psychoanalysis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
279. Lendl, J., & Kong, C. (2011, August). EMDR-AIP update and applications for EMDRIA approved consultants. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Consultation is playing a larger role in EMDR training. It is necessary for completion of the basic training, for EMDRIA certification, and for becoming a Consultant. Participants will be able to cite EMDRIA’s definition of EMDR and apply it in consultation sessions; describe the concept of Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) as it informs the EMDR psychotherapy methodology; explain the 8-Phase/3-Prong Protocol through the AIP lens; and describe several coaching methods for use in EMDR consultation. The workshop will include lecture, handouts, and role-play of consultation situations, with time for questions from participants’ consulting experiences. This workshop will not discuss EMDRIA certification requirements or how to become a consultant.
Keywords: Consultation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
280. Kong, C., & Lendl, J. (2012, October). EMDR-AIP update and applications for EMDRIA approved consultants. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Consultation is playing a larger role in EMDR training. It is necessary for completion of the basic training, for EMDRIA certification, and for becoming a Consultant. Participants will be able to: 1) cite EMDRIA’s definition of EMDR and apply it in consultation situations; 2) describe Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) Theory as it applies to EMDR psychotherapy, for use in consultation; and 3) explain the 8-Phase/3-Prong Protocol in EMDR for use in consultation situations. The workshop will include lecture, handouts, and role-play of consultation situation vignettes, with time for questions from participants’ consulting experiences. This workshop will not discuss EMDRIA certification requirements or how to become a consultant.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Consultants Updates
Accuracy Verified: Yes
281. Lendl, J., & Kong, C. (2010, September/October). EMDR-AIP update for EMDRIA approved consultants. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Consultation is playing a larger role in EMDR training. It is necessary for completion of the basic training, for EMDRIA Certification, and for becoming an Approved Consultant. Participants will be able to cite EMDRIA’s Definition of EMDR and apply it in consultation sessions; describe the concept of Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) as it informs the EMDR psychotherapy methodology; and explain the eight-Phase/three-Prong Protocol through the AIP lens. The workshop will include lecture, handouts, and role-play of consultation situations, with time for questions from participants’ consulting experiences. This workshop will not discuss EMDRIA Certification requirements or how to become an Approved Consultant.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Update
Accuracy Verified: Yes
282. Horne, B., & Gauvreau, P. (2010, April/May). EMDR: The clinical file as a clinical tool. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will present a simple and specific system for creating a clinical file, which then becomes not just a legal record, but a powerful clinical tool (templates of all forms will be provided, with case illustrations). The AIP-informed conceptual framework for this system of trauma recovery planning will be outlined, with supporting research. Phases 3-8 are only going to be as good as Phases 1 and 2 - the clinician must be able to quickly access clinical information from the file at crucial moments during sessions. This system allows the clinician & client to know exactly where they are at all times. It will help clinicians to improve their clinical work by improving their record-keeping.
Keywords: Clinical File
Accuracy Verified: Yes
283. Horne, B. (2010, April/May). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with affect regulation. It will look at containment in EMDR’s Phases 2 (Preparation) and 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to properly close incomplete EMDR sessions. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice new methods before using them with clients.
Keywords: Closure Containment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
284. Horne, B. (2012, April). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Containment involves a great deal more than pretty little exercises that help the client drive home safely. This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with the affect regulation that is necessary for trauma reprocessing. Containment work in Phase 2 can help the client develop this necessary dual attention skill (proof of requisite affect regulation). We will also look at containment in EMDR’s Phase 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to both prepare clients for 11-step protocols and properly close incomplete. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice at least one new method for use with clients.
Learning Objectives:
1. Participants will identify the importance of containment in EMDR and its implications with respect to dual attention and trauma reprocessing
2. Participants will identify some key strategies for completing Phase 2 (Preparation) with respect to building the affect regulation skill necessary for maintaining dual awareness during trauma reprocessing (Phases 3-7)
3. Participants will be able to define and describe the essentials of Phase 7 (Closure) of the EMDR protocol, in particular, the need to ensure containment of remaining negative affect in the case of incomplete protocols.
4. Participants will develop knowledge of several effective closure methods
5. Participants will acquire mastery of at least one new closure method through practicum experience
Keywords: Closure Containment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
285. Solomon, E. P., Solomon, R. M., & Heide, K. M. (2009, October). EMDR: An evidence-based treatment for victims of trauma. Victims & Offenders, 4(4), 391 - 397. doi:10.1080/15564880903227495.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
More than half of the United States population has been affected by psychological trauma. Many individuals who survive traumatic experiences develop post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and related psychological problems. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is an effective treatment for such disorders. EMDR focuses on reprocessing the dysfunctionally stored memories of the traumatic experience, enabling the client to progress through appropriate stages of affect and insight to reach an adaptive resolution regarding critical issues such as personal responsibility, safety in the present, and the availability of choices in the future. This article describes EMDR, discusses studies of its effectiveness, and concludes with recommendations for trauma-related policy and practice.
Keywords: Child Abuse Crime Victims Evidence-Based Treatment Postraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma Traumatic Stress
Accuracy Verified: Yes
286. Logie, R. (2011, October). EMDR: A new OCD protocol. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
OCD is described and current recognised treatment approaches are outlined. Existing literature regarding the treatment of OCD with EMDR is reviewed. Theories about the aetiology of OCD are described in relation to the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model and a rationale for the use of EMDR is described. A protocol for the use of EMDR in treating OCD is explained. Finally two case studies are described in order to illustrate the proposed protocol. (Author abstract)
Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
287. Roques, J. (2004). EMDR: Une révolution thérapeutique [EMDR: A revolutionary therapy]. Paris: Desclee de Brouwer.
Language: French
Format: Book
Abstract:
Voici une découverte thérapeutique qui bouleverse notre compréhension du fonctionnement psychique. Conçu en 1987 aux USA par Francine Shapiro pour guérir les traumatismes psychiques, l'EMDR permet de soigner aussi bien d'autres problématiques névrotiques (phobies, angoisses, états dépressifs, etc.). Cette méthode a été importée en France en 1994. Son efficacité a pu être vérifiée aussitôt en cabinet et en milieu hospitalier. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing ou EMDR peut se traduire par Désensibilisation et retraitement (de l'information) par les mouvements oculaires. Si le mouvement de l'œil revêt effectivement une grande importance dans la gestion neurologique de la mémoire, il n'en est pas l'unique ressort comme on pourrait le croire. D'autres modes complémentaires de stimulation sensorielle alternée du cerveau, mis en œuvre par un thérapeute expérimenté, peuvent activer pareillement le travail de cicatrisation psychique et de guérison. Ce livre a pour vocation d'éclairer et d'informer, mais aussi d'enseigner. Il est accessible à toute personne désireuse de comprendre la pathologie et son traitement. A vocation didactique, il s'adresse également aux professionnels du soin en raison de sa dimension théorique approfondie et de ses développements cliniques.
Here is a drug discovery that overturns our understanding of psychic functioning. Designed in 1987 by Francine Shapiro in the U.S. to heal the psychological trauma, EMDR can cure anything other neurotic problems (phobias, anxiety, depression, etc..). This method has been imported into France in 1994. Its effectiveness has been verified once in office and hospital. Eye Movement Reprocessing, or EMDR Desensitizer and may result in desensitization and reprocessing (of information) by eye movements. If the eye movement is actually of great importance in the management of neurological memory, it is not the only emerging as one might think. Other complementary modes of alternating sensory stimulation of the brain, implemented by an experienced therapist, may similarly activate the work of healing and psychic healing. This book aims to enlighten and inform, but also to teach. It is available to anyone wishing to understand the pathology and treatment. A didactic, it also addresses care professionals because of its theoretical dimension and depth of its clinical development.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
288. Shapiro, F. (1996, Summer). EMDR: Adaptive information processing. Independent Practitioner, 16(3), 142-146.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) method defines the succesful treatment of pathology as a clinician-assisted "self-healing" process. Specifically, the individual reprocesses the dysfunctional information stored in the nervous system as a result of previous disturbing events. Congruent with the principles of mind/body psychology, there is an assumed interaction of psychological and physiological processes. The nature of the clinical disorder is defined on the basis of the type of experiences that have been dysfunctionally stored and which need to be effectively processes.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
289. Stickgold, R. (2002, January). EMDR: A putative neurobiological mechanism of action. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(1), 61-75. doi:10.1002/jclp.1129.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Numerous studies have provided evidence for the efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy (EMDR) in the treatment of PTSD, including recent studies showing it to be more efficient than therapist-directed flooding. But few theoretical explanations of how EMDR might work have been offered. Shapiro, in her original description of EMDR, proposed that its directed eye movements mimic the saccades of rapid eye movement sleep (REM), but provided no clear explanation of how such mimicry might lead to clinical improvment. We now revisit her original proposal and present a complete model for how EMDR could lead to specific improvement in PTSD and related conditions. We propose that the repetitive redirecting of attention in EMDR induces a neurobiological state, similar to that of REM sleep, which is optimally configured to support the cortical integration of traumatic memories into general semantic networks. We suggest that this integration can then lead to a reduction in the strength of hippocampally mediated episodic memories of the traumatic event as well as the memories' associated, amygdala-dependent, negative affect. Experimental data in support of this model are reviewed and possible tests of the model are suggested. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Cognitive Processes Mechanism of Action Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychophysiology PTSD Review Sleep Behavior Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
290. D‘Hooghe, D. (2010, June). EMDR‘s application in the treatment of children with selective mutism. In Experimental use of EMDR. Symposium presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This case concerns a 4,5 year old girl with Selective Mutism.
In this particular case. I considered Selective Mutism a symptom
of an attachment trauma. Since the trauma wasn't accessible seeing her age and the complexity of the trauma, I used the symptom
as a target. I applied EMDR within a phase model: the preparation
phase, confrontation phase and integration phase. During
these three phases I continuously worked with bilateral stimulation
It is my hypothesis that in this case the bilateral stimulation:
1. stimulated and strengthened positive links in the adaptive
network.
2 synchronized the activity of both cerebral hemispheres, resulting
in a connection between the primary emotions of traumatic
experiences and rational insights and language.
3. unblocked the traumatic information and reactivated the natural
healing process of the brain. I used several forms of bilateral
stimulation as visual stimulation, tactile stimulation and the butterfly
hug. Because of her lack of words, she wasn't able to tell me
anything. So through storytelling I offered her different themes to
which she could respond by making drawings, figures in clay, etc.
During the preparation phase, I focused on safety, ego strengthening
and affect management to reduce the fear to speak.
1. Working with safety : the eye movements were first accomplished
using a safe Image which brought up her own sense
of security. Then, after imagining this safe place, the child was
willing to play tapping games to strengthen feelings of safety.
2. Ego strengthening : to feel as strong as possible by installing
resources and positive cognitions, and guiding the child towards
acceptance and development of its unique being. Bilateral stimulation
was used to strengthen the positive experiences.
3. Affect management: in the process of strengthening affect
management, the child was given access to her anxiety by storytelling
linked to visualization, the use of images and bodywork.
Again, bilateral stimulation was used to strengthen the
positive experiences/skills. After a few sessions. I introduced
the use of language and stimulated her to make sounds, followed
by pronouncing places of words and finally the pronunciation
of complete words and sentences. Through this whole
process, 1 combined the specific exercises to learn how to speak
with bilateral stimulations. During the twelfth session, the child
started talking spontaneously Given the fact that there wasn't
any direct confrontation work during the sessions, we are left
to wonder whether there has or hasn't occurred any trauma
processing. The symptom came to a halt, together with the disappearance
of other symptoms that were Inked to the trauma.
The question is whether it is necessary to confront young children
with their trauma in order to heal. Nevertheless, it seems
like the combination of bilateral stimulation with storytelling,
art therapy, play therapy and visualization speeded up the elimination of the child's trauma symptoms considerably.
Keywords: Experimental Use Selective Mutism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
291. deGraffenried, D. F. (2007, September). The enhanced safe place: A practitioner's guide to using multi sensory imaging to strengthen and augment the safe place. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Multi sensory imaging techniques can dramatically strengthen the client’s Safe Place images resulting in a higher degree of client satisfaction, stronger development of the Safe Place and more effective affect management. This presentation will use a PowerPoint presentation to review 10 techniques, provide examples for their effective application and demonstrate with them via a client video tape.
Keywords: Enhanced Safe Place
Accuracy Verified: Yes
292. Gabarra, D. O. (2012, Novembro). Estados de ego e o EMDR em quadros dissociativos [Ego states and EMDR in dissociative frames]. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
O objetivo da oficina é abordar como os processos de dissociação consciente de papéis ou estados de ego podem ser utilizados para potencializar a reintegração psíquica dos pacientes dissociativos. Pacientes dissociativos sempre foram um dos grandes temores dos terapeutas em EMDR para o uso da fase 3 em diante. Geralmente esses quadros requerem um grande tempo de preparação além de um manejo mais avançado e interventivo durante o reprocessamento. Entretanto, entre pacientes com alto grau dissociativo é comum encontrarmos pessoas com grande fragilidade psíquica, acesso a um pobre histórico de recursos, uma grande dificuldade em se expressar, perceber e nomear seus sentimentos além de grande dificuldade em relatar seus traumas. Então, como avançar no protocolo de EMDR com pessoas tão fragilizadas e que quase não nos dão dicas do conteúdo de seus traumas? Alguns critérios hipotéticos auxiliam a instrumentalizar tanto o profissional quanto o paciente a enfrentarem o reprocessamento. Primeiramente, (a) se diante de uma história de traumas intensos a pessoa sobreviveu e chegou até você, é porque ela tem recursos importantes, mesmo que tenha dificuldade de acessá-los. Um desses recursos é o próprio quadro dissociativo que a protege da intensidade dos traumas e possibilita a vida “apesar de...”. (b) Se essas partes estão tão distantes uma da outra, é porque elas tiveram um motivo para isso, mas talvez esse motivo já esteja no passado, e hoje podemos caminhar para uma conversa. (c) Sendo todos esses papéis ou egos são partes do eu, certamente eles querem algo de positivo para esse eu, mesmo que aparentemente seja difícil perceber isso. Essas hipóteses ou crenças positivas a respeito do paciente devem ser checadas com dados de realidade para que possam ser fortalecidas, mas, mais do que isso, é fundamental que elas "transpirem por todos os poros do corpo do terapeuta". Identificados os estados de ego presentes no evento traumático parece ser mais fácil seguir com a etapa do reprocessamento de deforma menos interventiva, principalmente quando não se tem o conteúdo do evento em questão. Obviamente que todo esse processo deve levar todo o tempo necessário e seguido de todos os
cuidados que a aplicação do EMDR demanda.
The goal of the workshop is to discuss how the processes of conscious dissociation of roles or ego states can be used to enhance the reintegration of the psychic dissociative patients. Dissociative patients have always been one of the great fears of EMDR therapists for use in phase 3 onwards. Generally these paintings require a great preparation time plus a more advanced and interventional management during reprocessing. However, among patients with high dissociative is common to find people with great fragility psychic, poor access to a historical resource, a great difficulty in expressing themselves, perceive and name their feelings besides great difficulty in reporting their trauma. So, how to advance the EMDR protocol with people so fragile and hardly give us hints of the contents of their trauma? Some hypothetical criteria help to equip both the professional and the patient to face the reprocessing. First, (a) in front of a history of severe trauma the person survived and came to you, it is because it has important features, even if you have difficulty accessing them. One of these features is the very dissociative disorder that protects the intensity of the trauma and allows life "although ...". (B) If these parties are so far apart, it's because they had a reason for that, but maybe that reason is already in the past, and today we can walk into a conversation. (C) Since all these roles and egos are part of me, surely they want something positive to me, although apparently it is difficult to realize this. These positive beliefs or assumptions about the patient be checked against data from reality so that they can be strengthened, but more than that, it is crucial that they "transpire from every pore of the body of the therapist." Identified ego states present at the traumatic event seems to be easier to follow with step of reprocessing deforms less interventionist, especially when you do not have the content of the event in question. Obviously, this entire process should take all the time necessary and followed by all
care that the application of EMDR demand.
Keywords: Advanced Management Dissociation Ego States
Accuracy Verified: Yes
293. Reamer, F. G. (2004, September). Ethical issues in EMDR: Risk-management implications. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide participants with a comprehensive overview of ethical, malpractice, and risk-management issues encountered in EMDR. Using extensive case material, participants will learn how to handle complex practice-based ethical dilemmas, prevent professional malpractice, and avoid liablity. Emphasis will be on practical strategies designed to protect clients, professionals, and employers. Key topics will include the limits to clients' rights to confidentiality and self-determination, privileged communications, informed consent procedures, the use of high-risk treatment techniques, boundary issues and dual relationships, conflicts of interest, defamation of character, consultation and referral, supervision, termination of services, documentation, and the problem of impaired colleagues. Participants will be provided with a typology of compelling ethical dilemmas and "high risk" areas, and acquainted with practical decision-making strategies.
Keywords: Ethics Risk Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
294. Morris-Smith, J. (2011, June). The European EMDR shrinking protocol for children and adolesence: Development, theoretical considerations and clinical insights. Pre-conference presentation at the 12th European Conference on Traumatic Stress (ECOTS), Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The development of the Shrinking Protocol and its application has given rise to many interesting questions relating to the nature of trauma in childhood including whether pre-verbal trauma exists and is treatable; what constitutes a trauma in childhood; how does attachment and family dynamics affect EMDR therapy; what is dissociation in childhood and how can it be managed in EMDR therapy; what are the effects of chronic long-term traumatisation in early childhood and how soon can these be addressed. Also interesting questions have included how does it get integrated with other therapeutic modes and when to start. Further interesting discoveries have also been made when applying it to special groups, for example children with ASD and other developmental and medical conditions. EMDR therapy for children and adolescents is now being found to have very wide-ranging applications.
This workshop will describe the evolution of the Shrinking Protocol which was based on the earlier work of Tinker & Wilson (1999) and demonstrate some of its different applications and uses with different conditions which will be illustrated with video clips. It also will demonstrate how EMDR therapy has led to new insights into the nature of traumatisation in childhood and suggest potential new directions for research and therapy.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Shrinking Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
295. Griffith, H. (2009, July). Evoking the embodied image with EMDR: Jung in the age of the brain. Presentation at the International Association for Jungian Studies Conference, Wales, Scotland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A new paradigm for understanding psychopathology is emerging out of the convergence of research in formerly disparate domains such as neurobiology, attachment theory, and the effects of trauma. At the same time, unorthodox treatment modalities such as EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) and the Energy therapies are beginning to gain favour in mainstream psychotherapy, not only because they seem to be supported by findings in fields such as neurobiology, but because they are so effective. As Jungians, I believe that our challenge is to revisit our work in the light of these latest scientific discoveries.
In this paper, I first outline what brain imaging techniques are revealing about the importance of the dance between mother and infant in the actual hard-wiring of the babys developing brain. I then focus on trauma research, which shows how the release of stress induced hormones can result in the disorganization of the brain and the consequent shut down of integrative neuronal pathways. If we bring these two streams of research together we can see how early trauma within the parent infant bond, in which there is no adequate container to prevent the baby from falling into unbearable anxiety and terror, can initiate the hard-wiring of dysfunctional attitudes and behaviours that become reinforced throughout the childs development.
I then briefly describe the EMDR protocol, which is proving to be a very effective technique in helping adult patients work through some of these dysfunctional patterns internalized in that very early parental dyad. This protocol uses a bilateral stimulation of the brain to engage a wider network of neuronal pathways to help process the painful psychological material, or complex, with which the patient is struggling. Facilitating a successful EMDR session is a little like witnessing a spontaneous active imagination as the patient weaves together the threads of a multitude of images, sensations, emotions, and cognitions into the fabric of a fuller, more nuanced, healing story of the self.
The purpose of my paper is to demonstrate how these recent theoretical insights and treatment protocols can illuminate and enhance a Jungian approach to conducting psychotherapy. What I find remarkable is the compatibility between much of the contemporary research on the brain and many of Jungs ideas about the psyche.
In this paper, however, I focus primarily on what we can learn about the complex. Drawing on numerous examples from case histories, I illustrate the effectiveness of the EMDR protocol in evoking the affect and embodied image at the core of the complex. I also demonstrate how the bilateral stimulation of the brain not only helps facilitate change but also, through the material which is engendered, gives us a window into how the complex was constructed in the first place.
Accuracy Verified: No
296. Kennedy, J. (2013, April 24). Exploring alternate ways to deal with trauma. Truro Daily News, Colchester County, Nova Scotia.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
I recently received EMDR training to add to my skill set of interventions to offer clients. What is EMDR, you might ask? It is the acronym for eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. This treatment was developed by Dr. Francine Shapiro to help those with trauma related disorders such as, PTSD (post traumatic stress disorder), whose natural ability to process traumatic experiences was compromised. The hypothesis is that EMDR bilateral stimulation (eye movements, audio beeps, tactile pulses) replicates REM sleep, which is presumed to assist the brain in processing the information it received during the day. The idea being that the eye movements, or other forms of bilateral stimulation, add to the therapy’s effectiveness by evoking neurological and physiological changes to aid in the reprocessing of the traumatic memories. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP General Overview
Accuracy Verified: No
297. Manfield, P. (1998). Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications. New York: W. W. Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
"Extending EMDR" is divided into two parts: those cases in which it was possible to target a relatively small number of distinct traumatic experiences, and those in which the client's symptoms have resulted from ongoing childhood trauma or neglect for which they are initially unable to identify representative discrete traumatic events. The cases in which clear targets were available required the therapists to identify those targets and work with a variety of resistances in order to achieve adaptive resolution. These clients could generally address their maladaptive defenses directly. Typically, their therapists relied on extensive cognitive interweave, structuring, support, and sometimes direct nurturing to make it possible for these clients to tolerate and utilize EMDR to process their targeted traumas.Where there were no distinct memories to target, the therapists needed to create innovative interventions. Their clients tended to be unable to address their maladaptive defenses directly without fragmenting or closing off. These cases required far more treatment time than those for which there were a limited number of discreet traumatic memories to target and process. Each therapist working with these clients needed to find a way to strengthen their ability to maintain internal cohesion and increase their sense of safety so that they could relinquish defenses without the threat of becoming overwhelmed and fragmented. Several of the therapists attempted to address directly the deficits that prevented their clients from recalling their past experiences, organizing them, and gaining access to specific memories and affect. [Text, pp. 9-10] [Pilots]
Keywords: Adults Americans Child Abuse Complex PTSD Defense Mechanisms Depressive Disorders Females Life Experiences Males Neglect Personality Disorders Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
298. Leeds, A. M. (2010, February). Extinction or reconsolidation differences between suppression and transformation in how we recover from traumatic experiences. Author.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Memory is central to all learned behavior, and in humans to one’s sense of identity. Sleep and memory processes are deeply entwined. Both are central to our sense of well-being.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Extinction, Prolonged Exposure Reconsolidation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
299. Hollander, H. E. (2009, March 10). Eye closure, eye movements: ECEM for the treatment of panic and depersonalization disorders. Presentation at the 51st American Society of Clinical Hypnosis Annual Scientific Meeting, Boston, MA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
ECEM, a novel technique that integrates the eye movement component of EMDR
within hypnosis, will be presented, with specific application to panic disorder and to
depersonalization disorder, conceptualized as a subtype of panic disorder. The workshop
will (1) provide a research review of neurophysiology and behavioral measures that support
conceptualization of depersonalization disorder as a subtype of panic disorder; (2) discuss
the use of ECEM (eye movements within hypnosis) to treat panic and depersonalization
disorder; (3) describe specifi c procedures using ECEM to interrupt attacks of panic and
depersonalization disorder; (4) describe how ECEM is used to reverse (up-regulate) feeling
of unfamiliar self, sensory numbness, cognitive freezing, de-realization - core symptoms
of depersonalization disorder; and (5) describe how ECEM is used to manage anticipatory
anxiety associated with panic or depersonalization disorder, recognizing overlap and
differences in hypnotic techniques and utilization of eye movements within hypnosis for
each disorder. Participants should be familiar with, or planning to take courses in EMDR.
The experiential component will include practice in managing dysfunctional breathing
patterns, practice in utilization of self-generated eye movements within hypnosis to treat
anticipatory anxiety-fear of panic or depersonalization episodes, and demonstration of
hypnotic techniques to up-regulate core symptoms of depersonalization disorder.
Upon completing this workshop, the participant should be able to:
1. Define three key characteristics of panic disorder and depersonalization;
2. Discuss ECEM and describe how ECEM is varied to treat one key similarity and
one key diff erence that is required in the management of an episode of
depersonalization disorder as distinct from panic disorder; and
3. Apply ECEM (hypnotic techniques and eye movements within hypnosis) to
modify anticipatory anxiety that is a feature of both panic and depersonalization
disorder.
Keywords: Depersonalization Disorders ECEM Eye CLosure Eye Movements Panic Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
300. Brown, S. H., Stowasser, J. E., & Shapiro, F. (2011). Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR): Mental health-substance use. In D. B. Cooper (Ed.), Intervention in Mental Health-Substance Use (pp. 165-193) United Kingdom: Radcliffe Publishing Ltd .
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Substance use disorders remain a persistent social and medical problem. According to a
recent report,1 addiction is the number one health problem in the United States. The report
notes that when one considers the direct costs of drug-induced health problems, deaths due
to accidents, Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), or drug-related acts of violent crime,
there are ‘more deaths, illnesses and disabilities from substance abuse than from any other
preventable health condition’.1
Most experts today agree that substance use disorders are a complex interaction
between genetics, environment, and experience. ‘Substance dependence is not a failure of
will or of strength of character, but a medical disorder that could affect any human being.
Dependence is a chronic and relapsing disorder, often co-occurring with other physical
and mental conditions’.2
The question remains - Why has it been that over the course of human history,
where people and cultures have had access to alcohol and potent mind-altering substances,
that only some become addicted while the rest are able to regulate their use?
The drugs that people experiencing substance use disorders select are not chosen
randomly, but are a result of an interaction between the psychopharmacologic action of the
drug and the dominant painful feelings with which they struggle. Edward Khantzian,
observed that opiates are often preferred because of their powerful numbing action on the
affects of rage and aggression. Cocaine has its appeal because of its ability to relieve
distress associated with depression. Although ill-fated, ‘addicts discover that the short-term
effects of their drugs of choice help them cope with distressful subjective states and an
external reality otherwise experienced as unmanageable or overwhelming’. Thus emerges a compelling hypothesis, which proposes that people use psychoactive substances in an
attempt to control painful symptoms resulting from psychological trauma. This is referred
to as ‘self-medication’.
Some studies in the United States show that more than 50% of people with mental
disorders also suffer from substance dependence compared to 6% of the general
population.2 It is from our interest in providing integrated treatment for the complex
interaction of genes, environment, trauma, and psychological pain as a driving force behind
mental health-substance use disorders, that this chapter is written.
Keywords: Substance Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
301. MacCulloch, M. J., & Feldman, P. (1996, November). Eye movement desensitisation treatment utilises the positive visceral element of the investigatory reflex to inhibit the memories of post-traumatic stress disorder: A theoretical analysis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 169(5), 571-579.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Background: Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) has attracted controversy and has led to publications covering a wide range of psychological problems treated by EMDR, in particular, PTSD. There is growing clinical evidence of the effectiveness of EMDR, but a lack of a convincing theoretical basis to explain its rapid effect. Method: This paper argues that a combination of Pavlovian and Darwinian theory provide a theoretical explanation for the therapeutic effectiveness of EMDR. Results: We suggest that the investigatory component of the orienting reflex is an evolutionary development enabling organisms to assess their environment for both opportunities and threats. We propose that EMDR is rapidly effective because it is a clinical method of Pavlovian conditioning by which the positive visceral element of the investigatory reflex can be paired with clinically-induced noxious memories to remove their negative affect. Conclusion: Compared with established forms of treatment for PTSD, EMDR is rapid, with resulting clinical and economic benefits. Our suggested theoretical basis for EMDR has implications for further explanatory research and for developments in EMDR treatment. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Conditioned Emotional Responses Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
302. Richter, S. E. (2001). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and chronic pain management: A multiple single case study. Argosy University, Chicago, IL.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Keywords: Case Study Chronic Pain Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
303. ten Broeke, E., & de Jongh, A. (2007). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) bij complexe posttraumatische stress-stoornissen [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in complex post traumatic stress disorder]. In P. G. H. Aarts and W. D. Visser (Eds.), Trauma: diagnostiek en behandeling (2druk.), (pp. 231-252). Houten/Diegem: Bohn Stafleu van Loghum.
Language: Dutch
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) werd eind jaren
tachtig geïntroduceerd door de Amerikaanse psychologe Shapiro (1989a) als
een nieuwe methode voor de behandeling van PTSS en andere aan trauma
gerelateerde psychische aandoeningen. Kenmerkend onderdeel van de
procedure is dat de patiënt wordt gevraagd de traumatische herinnering in
gedachten op te roepen en zich te concentreren op (1) het meest akelige
beeld, (2) de daaraan verbonden betekenis, (3) het actuele affect en (4) de
somatische reacties, waarna een afleidende stimulus wordt aangeboden.
Voorbeelden van dergelijke stimuli zijn ritmische, bilaterale tonen en linksrechts
alternerende handtaps. Maar de meest bekende en meeste gebruikte
methode – EMDR ontleent hieraan immers haar naam –is de patiënt te
vragen met de ogen de hand van de therapeut te volgen, terwijl deze een
aantal snelle bewegingen in het horizontale vlak maakt.
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) was introduced in the late
eighties by the American psychologist Shapiro (1989a) as
a new method for the treatment of PTSD and other trauma
related mental disorders. Distinctive aspect of
procedure is that the patient is asked the traumatic memory in
mind to recall and concentrate on (1) the most dismal
image, (2) the associated significance, (3) affect the current and (4) the
somatic responses, after which a distracting stimulus is presented.
Examples of such incentives are rhythmic, bilateral left and right show
alternating hand taps. But the most famous and most used
method - this is EMDR derives its name, the patient
questions through the eyes of the therapist to follow, while a
number of rapid movements in the horizontal plane makes
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
304. ten Broeke, E., & de Jongh, A. (1999). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) bij complexe posttraumatische stress-stoornissen [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR)in complex post traumatic stress disorder]. In P. G. H. Aarts and W. D. Visser (Eds.), Trauma: diagnostiek en behandeling (pp. 321-338). Houten/Diegem: Bohn Stafleu van Loghum.
Language: German
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) werd eind jaren
tachtig geïntroduceerd door de Amerikaanse psychologe Shapiro (1989a) als
een nieuwe methode voor de behandeling van PTSS en andere aan trauma
gerelateerde psychische aandoeningen. Kenmerkend onderdeel van de
procedure is dat de patiënt wordt gevraagd de traumatische herinnering in
gedachten op te roepen en zich te concentreren op (1) het meest akelige
beeld, (2) de daaraan verbonden betekenis, (3) het actuele affect en (4) de
somatische reacties, waarna een afleidende stimulus wordt aangeboden.
Voorbeelden van dergelijke stimuli zijn ritmische, bilaterale tonen en linksrechts
alternerende handtaps. Maar de meest bekende en meeste gebruikte
methode – EMDR ontleent hieraan immers haar naam –is de patiënt te
vragen met de ogen de hand van de therapeut te volgen, terwijl deze een
aantal snelle bewegingen in het horizontale vlak maakt.
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) was late
eighty introduced by the American psychologist Shapiro (1989a) as
a new method for the treatment of PTSD and other trauma
related mental disorders. Distinctive aspect of
procedure is that the patient is asked the traumatic memory in
mind to recall and concentrate on (1) the most dismal
image, (2) the associated significance, (3) affect the current and (4) the
somatic responses, after which a distracting stimulus is presented.
Examples of such incentives are rhythmic, bilateral left and right show
alternating hand taps. But the most famous and most used
method - this is EMDR derives its name, the patient
questions with the eyes by the therapist to follow, while a
number of rapid movements in the horizontal plane makes.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
305. Balk, J. L. (2001, Nov 1). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for post-traumatic stress disorder. Alternative Medicine Alert, 4, 121-124.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is a fairly common disorder. Roughly 8-10% of the population will suffer from PTSD at some point in their lives. For victims of violent crimes such as rape, the rate of PTSD may be 60-80%. (1) According to the DSM-IV, diagnostic criteria for PTSD include: 1) perceived or actual threat to life or physical integrity, accompanied by an emotional response of horror, helplessness, or intense fear; 2) re-experience of the trauma (e.g. flashbacks and nightmares); 3) avoidance of trauma-related stimuli and numbing of interest and affect; and 4) increased unwanted arousal, such as concentration difficulties, irritability, and insomnia. Specific criteria exist regarding the numbers of symptoms in each category that must be present.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
306. Albright, D. L., Thyer, B., Becker, B. J., & Rubin, A. (2011, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in combat veterans. Oslow, Norway: The Campbell Collaboration. Retrieved from www.campbellcollaboration.org on 2/16/2012.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
EMDR was introduced as a treatment modality about twenty five years ago (Shapiro, 1989). EMDR has eight treatment phases. The first three stages include: 1) history taking; 2) preparation (introduction to the EMDR protocol, coping strategies and affect management techniques) and 3) assessment (bringing to mind an image of a traumatic incident, identifying beliefs and emotions associated with that incident, rating the degree of disturbance felt in recalling the traumatic incident, and rating the validity of preferred cognitions about oneself). During the next phase desensitization the core component of the intervention is implemented. It involves using a dual attention/bilateral stimulation procedure that aims to reprocess the disturbing emotions and cognitions associated with the traumatic incident. The client is instructed to keep in mind the image, beliefs and cognitions while simultaneously visually tracking the therapist’ s fingers as they are moved back and forth in front of the client in a prescribed manner. (Bilateral tactile taps or auditory tones are used instead of eye movements for clients who have difficulty visually tracking.) Bilateral stimulation is also used during the next two phases - installation and body scan - which aim to install a positive cognition to replace the negative cognition associated with the trauma and to reprocess any remaining bodily sensations. During the next phase closure the client is advised about what to do between sessions if experiencing distress. The final phase re-evaluation occurs at the start of the next session and involves identifying and reprocessing any residual material from the previous session or that arose between sessions. The length of treatment sessions varies, but typically lasts from 60 to 90 minutes. The number of treatment sessions also varies, ranging between 5 and 15 sessions. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Combat Veterans Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
307. Fannin, J. L. (1998, February). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of anxiety as it pertains to work-related issues. Walden University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 9804439.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The purpose of this study was to determine the effect Eye Movement Densitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has as a treatment protocol on work-related stressors. Today's faster pace, the growing perception of job insecurity, greater demands on the job, and inability to juggle family and work responsibilities has left millions of Americans to experience the debilitating effects of anxiety and stress. Many people lack the knowledge, resources, and strategies to effectively deal with such problems. The issue of stressors in work-related situations is costly and negatively impacts many individuals, organizations, and families. EMDR was found to be both effective and efficient in removing or substantially decreasing anxiety associated with work-related stressors and increase the association to positive cognitions. The data indicated both statistical and clinical improvement in all four areas of measure: subjective units of disturbance (SUD), verification of cognition (VOC), emotional state, and trait anxiety, after EMDR had been administered to members of the experimental group. This study found no statistical significance with these measures as they pertain to the control group. The three null hypotheses were rejected. Several different measures were employed to evaluate the statistical significance of the data produced by this study. Process measures of the verification of cognition (VOC) and subjective units of disturbance (SUD) scales were evaluated through paired sample t-tests. Analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to evaluate the state and trait anxiety measures. Interactional analysis tested the hypotheses for interaction using repeated measures ANOVA with method and time. Pearson's product moment correlation tested for the association between two variables. Further study is recommended in both the conceptual and theoretical foundations of the EMDR protocol. Such research could lead to more effective and cost-efficient therapy for a wide range of problems affecting the individual, family, and the organization. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 58(8-B), Feb 1998, pp. 4512.
Keywords: Anxiety Empirical Study Eye Movement Desensitization Therapy Occupational Stress Stress Management Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial Workplace Stress
Accuracy Verified: Yes
308. Shapiro, F. (1998). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Accelerated information processing and affect-driven constructions. Crisis Intervention and Time-Limited Treatment, 4(2-3), 145-157 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Serves as an introduction to the primary concepts and procedures of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), as well as briefly reviews the present state of research on its efficacy in the area of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). EMDR is a complex method that incorporates salient aspects of many of the major therapeutic modalities. The basic underlying principles are elucidated in the Accelerated Information Processing model which posits the ability to directly access and process dysfunctional perceptions that were stored at the time of the traumatic event. These state-dependent perceptions are considered the primary cause of posttraumatic stress symptomatology. Additionally, rigid and maladaptive schemata are assumed to be caused by earlier life experiences that are dysfunctionally stored. The primary goal of EMDR is to release clients from the non-adaptive bonds of the past, thereby providing them with the ability to make positive and flexible choices in the present. Current research on EMDR substantiates its ability to rapidly and effectively process the targeted event and attendant traumata. The eight phases of treatment are considered necessary to resolve the somatically-based pathologies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Primary Concepts and Procedures
Accuracy Verified: Yes
309. Gupta, D., Tank, P., & Mehrotra, S. (2011, January). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): A promising psychotherapeutic intervention. Presentation at the 63rd Annual National Conference of Indian Psychiatric Society, New Delhi, India.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
It doesn’t matter how long the memories have been stored and for how long they have been exerting a negative effect on the child. Children reprocess their traumas more quickly in EMDR than in other therapies and becomes desensitized to the painful memories and images. The EMDR procedures results in: 1) Decreasing the vividness of disturbing memory, images and related affect. 2) Facilitating access to more adaptive information. 3) Forging new associations within and between memory networks.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
310. Cerone, M. R. (2000). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the psychological treatment of combat-related guilt: A study of the effects of eye movements. Temple University, Philadelphia, PA. AAT 9990301.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The purpose of this study was to investigate the role of eye movements in eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), and to test the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of guilt associated with combat trauma. EMDR was compared to a non-eye movement (NEM) analog, which entailed the full EMDR procedure minus the eye movements. A single-case multiple component cross-over design across 7 participants was utilized.Participants were combat veterans who were receiving inpatient treatment for PTSD at the Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Center. 4 participants were introduced first to the EMDR condition and 3 participants were introduced first to the NEM analog condition. Each participant was exposed to both conditions. Dependent measures included: (1) pre- and post-treatment scores on the Clinician Administered PTSD Scale for DSM-IV - One Week Symptom Status Version (CAPS-SX), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), Impact of Event Scale (IES), and Trauma Related Guilt Inventory (TRGI), (2) self-monitoring data on the frequency and intensity of intrusive thoughts, disturbing dreams, and guilt, and (3) measures of participants' subjective level of distress within sessions and pre- and post-treatment using the Subjective Units of Distress Scale (SUDS). As measured by SUDS ratings, EMDR resulted in a greater decrease in dyphoric affect within-session than the NEM analog. EMDR also resulted in a significant decrease in mean SUDS ratings from pre- to post-treatment. EMDR resulted in significant decreases in combat-related PTSD symptomatology, as measured by pre- and post-treatment scores on the CAPS-SX, BDI, and IES. EMDR also resulted in significant decreases in mean pre- and post-treatment frequency of self-reported intrusive thoughts and mean pre- and post-treatment intensity of intrusive thoughts, disturbing dreams, and guilt. Additionally, EMDR resulted in a significant decrease in pre- and post-treatment scores on one scale and two subscales of the TRGI. No differences in the mean frequency and intensity of self- reported intrusive thoughts, disturbing dreams, and guilt were detected between EMDR and the NEM analog. Results of the present study support the role of eye movements in attaining treatment gains with EMDR. Additionally, this study supports the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of combat-related guilt. [Author Abstract]
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 61(10-B), Apr 2001, pp. 5555.
Keywords: Adults Americans Empirical Study Guilt Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness War Veterans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
311. Estergard, L. (2008). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of chronic pain. Walden University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 3336660.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Previous research has indicated that individuals with chronic pain who exhibit adaptive coping mechanisms are more likely to manage their pain effectively. If they experienced little success with pain management in the past, they are not likely to exhibit adaptive coping strategies in the present. However, there remains an important gap in the literature regarding the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) as a strategy for chronic pain. One purpose of this study was to establish the effectiveness of EMDR in the reduction of chronic pain; another was to examine the relationship between chronic pain intensity and emotion, as suggested by the biopsychosocial model of pain and measured by the Multiple Affect Adjective Checklist-Revised. In this matched 2-group design, participants were matched on pretest chronic pain scores and randomized to EMDR and a delayed treatment group. Pre- and posttreatment chronic pain levels were determined using the Short-Form McGill Pain Questionnaire. Data were analyzed using paired samples t-tests. There was a significant reduction in chronic pain following six EMDR sessions for the participants in the experimental group and the delayed-treatment group. The results also indicated a reduction in dysphoria for both groups following EMDR. The findings may help to clarify whether EMDR is effective in alleviating chronic pain, which may lead to more satisfying lives for patients and their families. This study is an important contribution to the literature and enhances social change initiatives by showing that collaboration between EMDR and other types of treatment may offer more expedient and long-term relief to patients, thus affecting the costs (e.g., health insurance) associated with chronic pain.[Author abstract]
Keywords: Biopsychosocial Models Chronic Pain Coping Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
312. Paulsen, S. L. (1993, October). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Its role in the treatment of dissociative disorder. Multiple personality/dissociative states: Dissociation: the next ten years. International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Chicago, IL. Rush University.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desenitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a procedure which uses saccadic eye movements as part of a protrocol to detoxify disturbing memories. EMDR has attracted significant attention because of its claims to facilitate recall of repressed material and to relieve the anxiety rapidly. Some patients are able to recall and resolve a disturbing memory during a single session of EMDR, although complex memories require longer. Shapiro (1989, 1991) first described the use of EMDR in patients with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder, and other case studies have described similar results (Wolpe and Abrams, 1991; Kleinknecht & Morgan, 1992). Prelimary studies in larger groups have been reported (Solomon, 1993; Daniels, 1993; Wilson, 1993). This session will discuss the use of EMDR in patients with dissociative disorders.
This session will present the use of EMDR in three areas of the treatment of dissociative disorders: 1) accessing dissociated BASK elements, 2) crisis management, and 3) abreaction. This will be followed by a discussion involving two senior clinicians, Dr. Walter Young, MD, and Richard Lowenstein, MD. A general question and answer will follow.
1. Sandra Paulsen, PhD., will open the session with a general introduction to EMDR and an overview of the general principles of treatment. Following this, she will present a conceptual framework for understanding the use of EMDR insociative disorders using Braun's BASK model. A videotape will be presented which demonstrates the reassociation, one at a time, of BASK elements.
2) Silke Vogelmann-Sine, PhD, will present cases illustrating the use of EMDR in the management of patients in crisis. It will be suggested that the relief provided by EMDR is long-lasting and that EMDR is a cost-effective way to prevent hospitalizations.
3) Steven Lazrove, MD, will discuss the use of EMDR in abreaction. It is proposed that EMDR allows the abreactive work to progress quiickly without traumatizing the patient. This hyposesis will be supported by the presentation of a case including a videotape of the patient's initial EMDR session.
The purpose of this symposium is to expose clinicians to the use of EMDR in dissociative disorders, only. It is not intended to substitute for formal training in use of EMDR.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
313. Goldstein, A., & Feske, U. (1993, Fall). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: An emerging treatment for anxiety disorders. ADAA Reporter, 1(4), 1, 12.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
The eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) procedure developed by Shapiro (1889a,b; 1991) is an imaginal exposure and cognitive reprocessing technique for treating negative affect associated with traumatic memories. EMDR requires that the client engage in recall via imagination of the disturbing event and focus on associated affect, cognitions, and body sensations while performing rapid saccadic eye movements by following the repetitive motion of the therapist's hand. After the eye movement set, which usually lasts for about 20 seconds, the client briefly reports on any changes in the image, or co-occurring experiences. The client then engages in the next set of eye movement during which he or she is to focus on any newly, spontaneously generated material. This cycle of imaginal exposure in conjunction with eye movement followed by the client's feedback is continued until the client no longer generates relevant associations, feels comfortable, and reports no discomfort in response to the original memory. At this point a positive cognition is paired with the original scene by having the client imagine the original scene, rehearse the positive statement covertly, and simultaneously engage in eye movement.
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
314. Boudewyns, P. A., Stwertka, S. A., Hyer, L. A., Albrecht, J. W., & Sperr, E. V. (1993, February). Eye movement desensitization for PTSD of combat: A treatment outcome pilot study. the Behavior Therapist, 16(2), 29-33.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
The purpose of this study is to evaluate the short-term effectiveness of eye movement desensitization (EMD) in reducing negative affect associated with traumatic memory in PTSD patients. In addition to evaluating the general efficacy of the EMD technique, we were also interested in controlling for the possible contribution of an exposure effect in accounting for any positive outcome. Shapiro finds that the technique can be effective in only one session. The present study uses two sessions of EMD offered to veterans diagnosed with combat-related PTSD. [Adapted from Text, p. 30]
Keywords: Americans Combat Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychobiology Psychophysiology PTSD Treatment Effectiveness Veterans Vietnam War
Accuracy Verified: Yes
315. Rose, B. K. (2004). Eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR): A treatment protocol for addicted inmates with traumatic histories. Carlos Albizu University, Miami, FL. AAT 3102092.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract: S
ubstance Abuse is the use and abuse of mood and mind altering substances often having undesired effects on the lives of those addicted, and having a negative impact on the lives of others. Those addicted may expose themselves and others to physical and psychological harm; may create forensic problems; cause disintegration of the family, and problematic interpersonal relationships. Underlying reasons for addictive behavior include but are not limited to: genetic predisposition, psychosocial involvement, psychobiological complications, developmental conditions, and pre-existing psychological and environmental events. Some deficits found in those addicted include: poor coping skills, inability to problem solve, inability to function in difficult situations, and may use cognitive avoidance as a means of coping with life. The idea that children might be negatively impacted by exposure to substance abuse using parents is not a new revelation. However, the degree of damage done to these children is severe, and more is being learned about the severity of that damage. Children often are enmeshed with their dysfunctional families, and many problems arise involving their inability to maintain intimate relationships with others. Attachment issues may develop in infancy and early stages of maturation, and adversely affect children's ability to function as adults. Abusive pasts and traumatic incidents often may hinder the psychological growth and maturity of those who have experienced trauma and abuse.Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is a fairly new concept of treatment. It was first designed to address therapy with those who had been exposed to trauma. However, over the past 22 years since its inception, it has been adapted to treat many other types of Axis I disorders. It has been determined that EMDR is useful in addressing substance abuse and other Axis I diagnoses, especially PTSD. Hiller, Knight, and Simpson completed a study with 161 persons who resided at a residential halfway house for newly released inmates. Their results found: 80% of the sample of had psychological problems; 72% had significant drug abuse problems; 58% had concurrent psychopathology and drug abuse problems. Research indicates prison confinement is increasing, and the idea of therapy in the forensic setting is gaining in popularity. Thus, the purpose of this dissertation is to design a substance abuse program to address the difficulties of substance abuse treatment for the dual diagnosed clients. The data collected from this program will help provide much needed information in order to further research and increase our understanding of the needs of this underserved population. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Comorbidity Drug Abuse Prison Inmates Psychiatric Disorders Stressors Survivors Therapeutic Community
Accuracy Verified: Yes
316. Bolen, D. W. (1999, August). Eye movement desensitization reprocessing for the treatment of anxiety in psychology internship applicants: An interrupted time series design. The Chicago School - School of Professional Psychology, Chicago, IL. AAT 9920131.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
This study used an interrupted time series design to study the effectiveness of Eye Movement Desensitization Processing (EMDR) on the anxiety levels of 17 psychology graduate student participants who were in the process of applying to psychology internship sites. Participants were screened for pathology using the Symptom Checklist - Revised. Anxiety was assessed four times using the State Trait Anxiety Scale, twice prior to and twice following treatment with EMDR. Additionally, in an attempt to the account for some of the error variance due to history, the Schedule of Recent Events was given twice during the study, once prior to the EMDR treatment and once along with the final administration of the State Trait Anxiety Scale. Additional information about the effects of EMDR on anxiety, were obtained by monitoring heart rate and blood pressure changes during EMDR treatment for half of the participants. A dependent t-test on pre- and post-EMDR State Trait Anxiety Scale data failed to yield significant results. Other analyses also showed no effect of treatment. However, visual inspection of the data suggested that EMDR may have been effective for some participants. The range and diversity of participant's responses to anxiety over the course of the study, the relatively small sample size and design factors that increased the error variance were discussed in relation to the insignificant results. It was suggested that specific personality traits (e.g. characterological anxiety) and attributes of the distressing target event (e.g. amount of affect evoked) may act as intervening variables in an individual's response to EMDR treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 60(2-B), Aug 1999, pp. 0819.
Keywords: Anxiety Empirical Study Interrupted Time Series Design Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial
Accuracy Verified: Yes
317. Foster, S., Lendl, J., & Wilson, D. (1992, July). Eye movement desensitization useful against anxiety, trauma. The California Psychologist, 20.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
The Eye Movement Desensitization
and Reprocessing (EMDR)
procedure, developed by Francine
Shapiro, Ph.D., was introduced as a
new rapid treatment for anxiety and
related traumata. Dr. Shapiro
serendipitously discovered that
lateral eye movements (saccades)
produced a decrease in distress
associated with dysfunctional
thoughts. The basic protocol for
integrating EMDR into clinical work
involves the client performing sets
of saccades (usually when tracking
the therapist's finger) while visualizing
a disturbing image, thinking a
disconcerning thought or focusing
on an unpleasant affect. The result is
- often a rapid working through of
even strong negative feelings, a
disappearance of the upsetting
images and a facilitation of cognitive restructuring of dysfunctional
thoughts.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
318. Andrade, J., Kavanagh, D., & Baddeley, A. (1997, May). Eye-movements and visual imagery: A working memory approach to the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 36(2), 209-223. doi:10.1111/j.2044-8260.1997.tb01408.x.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
It has been claimed that the symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) can be ameliorated by eye-movement desensitization-reprocessing therapy (EMD-R), a procedure that involves the individual making saccadic eye-movements while imagining the traumatic event. We hypothesized that these eye-movements reduce the vividness of distressing images by disrupting the function of the visuospatial sketchpad (VSSP) of working memory, and that by doing so they reduce the intensity of the emotion associated with the image. This hypothesis was tested by asking non-PTSD participants to form images of neutral and negative pictures under dual task conditions. Their images were less vivid with concurrent eye-movements and with a concurrent spatial tapping task that did not involve eye-movements. In the first three experiments, these secondary tasks did not consistently affect participants' emotional responses to the images. However, Expt 4 used personal recollections as stimuli for the imagery task, and demonstrated a significant reduction in emotional response under the same dual task conditions. These results suggest that, if EMD-R works, it does so by reducing the vividness and emotiveness of traumatic images via the VSSP of working memory. Other visuospatial tasks may also be of therapeutic value (PubMed).
Keywords: Australia Empirical Study Eye movements Experimental Stressors Pictorial Stimuli Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
319. Shusta-Hochberg, S. (2011, November). Fairy tales and singing bowls: Creatively augmenting adult trauma treatment. Presentation at the 28th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Montreal, Quebec .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Trauma work requires intense and often protracted effort for therapists and patients alike. While talk therapy to address trauma, empower patients and reduce maladaptive behaviors is a cornerstone of trauma therapy, sometimes it is insufficient. If a patient becomes destabilized during a session, we will need to employ containment or grounding techniques. When the work hits an impasse, we may spark new energy and momentum by introducing an adjunctive technique. Hypnosis and EMDR can be used in various effective ways, and there are many other interventions worth considering. Some adult trauma survivors find that symbolic play with toys or games enables them to work better in session. Several of my patients have found comfort from interventions such as sharing and discussing classic fairy tales and other readings or ringing a Tibetan singing bowl in session. While some interventions are stabilizing, others are perturbing or instigating, bringing up new material to explore. This paper will discuss varying interventions the therapist can utilize that can calm, energize, contain or provoke insights, or provide access to deeper material needed for therapeutic healing. Judicious use of adjunctive alternative referrals such as craniosacral or chiropractic treatment, music and art therapy will be discussed as well.
Learning Objectives:
1) Participants will be able to assess skills and/or materials they have now that could be utilized in this supplemental way: art skills, musical skills or aids such as Tibetan singing bowls, aromatherapy aids such as candles, essential oils or incense; or consider techniques they might like to employ in therapy.
2)Participants will be able to determine which of their current trauma patients might benefit from the addition of supplemental techniques in treatment or from referrals to outside professionals for adjunctive treatment such as art or music therapy, or for bodywork such as craniosacral treatment.
3) Participants will be able to identify opportunities to utilize new interventions in a treatment such as impasses, stalemates, prolonged repeat of narratives without progress, and helping an unstable patient contain affect, achieve relief from agitation or move from a highly dysphoric state.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
320. Gomory, T. (2001, January ). A fallibilistic response to Thyer’s theory of theory-free empirical research in social work practice. Journal of Social Work Education, 37(1), 26-50.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The author responses to the professor B.A. Thyer's theory of theory-free empirical research in social work practice. Thyer provides a number of examples in the present article, several apparently by his doctoral students. It is not quite clear what he means when he offers them in the spirit of these contemporary qualitative times as anecdotal examples of this distortion of the research process, except to suggest that these case examples are just personal reflections and are not therefore to be taken seriously. That would be most unempirical and to no point. It seems at least to this reviewer that a set of theoretical conjectures formalized in a treatment package was being tested, perhaps something to the effect that the provision of education about the consequence of compliance or noncompliance together with case management support and reminders will significantly improve maternal compliance. Thyer apparently doesn't recognize this as theory testing or using theory, but he would need to spell out specifically why, for example, case management is a theory-free intervention.[Author's abstract]
Keywords: Theory-Free Empirical Research Thyer
Accuracy Verified: Yes
321. Kim, K. I. (2003, January). Family violence: Psychiatric aspects. Journal of Korean Neuropsychiatric Association, 42(1), 5-13.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Objective: Psychiatrists have recently paid attention to family violence victims, possibly due to the increase of the case, difficulty in case finding and management, and unfavorable treatment outcome. In this review article, the author introduced knowledge and clinical guideline for desirable approach. Methods: This article was from review of articles and the author's 20 years clinical experience at the victim clinic. Results: Incidence of family violence in Korea is three fold higher than that of the United States and China. Batterers' personality and behavior pattern, their characteristic action of violence, victims' victimization process, victims' emotional and cognitive response, characteristics of victims' clinical behavior, desirable attitude of psychiatrists, and the 7 stage approach by the author were introduced. [KoreaMed]
Keywords: Batterers Domestic Violence Family Violence
Accuracy Verified: Yes
322. Vanhoeck, K., & Gykiere, K. (2010). Fantasiemanagement bij seksuele delinquenten [Fantasy management in sexual offenders]. Tijdschrift voor Seksuologie, 34, 224-235.
Language: Dutch
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Fantasy management for sex offenders
Sexual fantasies of sex offenders are a complex therapeutic issue. First, there is not so much we know yet for sure
about sexual fantasies. Secondly, the question is what role
sexual fantasies play as a risk factor for sexual abuse. And
third, therapists see themselves confronted with the difficult task how to affect the sexual fantasies of their client (if
they are willing to do this at all). In part 1 of this article, we
briefly go through the scientific knowledge about sexual
fantasies of sex offenders and will primarily have to find
out that we do not know much. In part 2 we present four
ethical statements as a therapeutic framework for fantasy
management. Finally we describe six steps to make it practical to get started.
Keywords: Fantasy Management Sex Offenders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
323. McNally, R. J., & Solomon, R. M. (1999, February). The FBI’s Critical Incident Stress Management program. FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin, 68(2), 20-26.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a component of the FBI's integrated response to critical incidents. A therapeutic method that must be administered only by mental health professionals trained in the procedure, EMDR frequently accelerates the treatment of trauma. Reportedly, EMDR stimulates the brain's natural information-processing mechanisms, allowing the ÒfrozenÓ traumatic information to be processed normally and achieve integration. 8 Negative images often fade; negative emotions subside. Irrational thoughts give way to appropriate, adaptive thoughts and interpretations (e.g., I did the best I could...I survived and I am now safe...I can exercise control). With EMDR, an individual discards what is not useful (e.g., irrational thoughts, distressing emotions, intrusive images), retains what is useful, and learns from the event, as the following hypothetical example illustrates.
Keywords: Critical Incident Stress FBI Recent Events
Accuracy Verified: Yes
324. Kavakci, Ö., Semyz, M., Kaptanoðlu, E., & Ozer, Z. (2012, Ocak). Fibromiyaljide EMDR'nin etkinliðinin araþtýrýlmasý: Yedi olguyu içeren bir klinik çalýþma [EMDR treatment of fibromyalgia, a study of seven cases]. Anatolian Journal of Psychiatry/Anadolu Psikiyatri Dergisi, 13(1), 75-81.
Language: Turkish
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Fibromiyalji sendromu (FMS) etiyolojisi belli olmayan, yaygın vücut ağrıları, belirli anatomik bölgelerde
duyarlılık, azalmış ağrı eşiği, uyku bozuklukları, yorgunluk ve sıklıkla ruhsal sıkıntı ile karakterize eklem dışı romatizmal
bir hastalıktır. Çeşitli yaklaşımlar denenmesine rağmen etkili bir tedavisi yoktur. FMS ile psikiyatrik bozuklukların
ilişkisine sıklıkla vurgu yapılmakta ve FMS hastalarında ruhsal travma yaygınlığı dikkat çekmektedir.
Kronik ağrılı durumlar için tedavi arayışları giderek daha fazla psikoterapi yaklaşımlarına yönelmiştir. Bu çalışmada
FMS tanısı konan yedi hastanın EMDR yaklaşımı ile tedavisine yanıtları araştırılmıştır. Yöntem: FMS tanısı
konmuş 22-41 yaşları arasındaki altı kadın ve bir erkek olgunun tedavi öncesi ve sonrasında duyarlı nokta sayıları
(DNS) belirlendi, Vizüel Ağrı Skalasında (VAS) bildirdikleri ağrı düzeyleri kaydedildi. Hastalar tedavi öncesi ve
sonrasında Fibromiyalji Etki Anketi (FEA), Beck Depresyon Ölçeği (BDÖ), Travma Değerlendirme Ölçeği (TDÖ),
Pittsburg Uyku Kalitesi Ölçeği (PUKÖ), Öfke Tarzı Ölçeğini (SÖÖTÖ) doldurdu. Hastalara varsa yaşadıkları travmalara
yönelik, saptanamadı ise ağrılarına yönelik beş-sekiz seans arasında EMDR tedavisi uygulandı. Bulgular:
Tedavi sonunda hastaların bildirdikleri VAS, PUKÖ, FEA, TDÖ, BDÖ puanlarında anlamlı azalma olmuştur. Fizik
muayene ile DNS’de anlamlı azalma bulunmuştur. SÖÖTÖ’de sürekli öfke, öfke içe ve öfke dışa puanlarında
anlamlı değişme olmazken; öfke kontrol puanında görülen artma anlamlıdır. Tedavi sonunda altıncı olgu dışındaki
hastaların FMS ölçütlerini karşılamadığı gözlenmiştir. Sonuç: Bu hasta grubunda FMS tedavisinde EMDR tedavisinin
etkili olduğu düşünülmektedir.
Objective: Fibromyalgia syndrome (FMS) is a nonarticular rheumatic disease with unknown etiology and is characterized by widespread pain, increased tenderness in some anatomical regions, increased pain sensitivity, sleep disorders, fatigue and frequently by psychological distress. Though many approaches have been tried there is no effective treatment for FMS. The relationship between FMS and psychiatric disorders is known, recently some researches point to the frequency of psychological trauma in patients with FMS. The search for treatment for chronic painful conditions has more and more focused to psychotherapeutic approaches. In this study, seven patients diagnosed were attempted to be treated with EMDR approach. Methods: 22-41years aged six women and one man diagnosed with FMS were admitted to the study. Before and after the treatment tender point count was identified and patients scored their pain levels at Visuel Analog Scale. Patients filled in Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), The Posttraumatic Diagnostic Scale (PDS), Pittsburg Sleep Quality Index (PSQI), State-Trait Anger Scale (STAS). If the patients have reported, trauma was focused on, if they have not reported any trauma, pain was focused. Five-eight sessions of EMDR was applied to the patients. Results: After the treatment, there were statistically significant reduction in patient reported VAS, PSQI, FIQ, PDS, and BDI scores.There was signify-cant decrease in tender point counts. Though there was no change in trait anger, anger-in and anger-out subscores of STAS, the increase in anger management subscore was significant. After the treatment, none of the patients met the FMS criteria but one patient (6th patient). Conclusion: EMDR therapy was effective in the treatment of these patients with FMS.
Keywords: Fibromyalgia Pathological Psychology Psychiatric Rating Scale Psychotherapy Visual Analog Scale
Accuracy Verified: Yes
325. Shapiro, E. (2009). Four elements exercise for stress management. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 73-79). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The rationale behind the creation of "The Four Elements Exercise for Stress Management" is to address the cumulative effect of external and internal triggers that occur over the course of the day. Since we know that people cope better with stress when they stay within their arousal "window of tolerance," ways to lower stress—especially when under stress—are essential. The heart of the exercise consists of four, brief, self-calming and self-control activities. The sequence of the four elements—Earth-Air-Water-Fire—is designed to follow the body up from the feet to the stomach and chest, to the throat and mouth, and up through the head. It begins with the ground to signify safety in the present reality and moves up to the imagination of recalled safety. By checking in with stress levels at random times throughout the day and also when stressful events are occurring, the exercise can aid in preventing the accumulation of stress and enables clients to stay within their window of tolerance. The modest goal is to reduce the stress level by 1 or 2 units each time the exercise is performed. The original conceptualization of the Four Elements Exercise was that the first three elements could be a preparation for the Safe Place (or other resource exercise such as the Resource Connection), especially when there is an ongoing emergency situation or when it is difficult to find a Safe Place. Often, the fourth element is introduced at the following meeting, as the first three elements are enough to remember and practice in the beginning for clients. Working on the Safe Place separately during the following session gives it more space and impact. It is advisable to follow up on how the client practiced the four elements at the beginning of the next session and to ask them to show you how they do it. If necessary, demonstrate it again at the beginning of the first few sessions. This is a way of checking for compliance and readiness for EMDR as well as present level of stress and sense of safety with you in the room. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Four Elements Exercise Protocol Stress Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
326. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2010, September/October). From sandboxes to the classroom: EMDR for the treatment of trauma and dissociation in children. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Recognizing and treating symptoms of attachment trauma and dissociation are imperative clinical skills for effective treatment throughout the eight Phases of the EMDR Protocol with clients of any age. The presentation will review AIP theory and the eight-phase EMDR treatment protocol, the three-phase Dissociative Theory treatment, and tools for assessing dissociation in children and adolescents. Once evaluated, therapists will need to continue to assess emerging symptoms that can continue to arise and impede EMDR treatment. Clinical skills including grounding techniques, visualizations, identifying and integrating ego states, and mirroring and nurturing techniques, will be described and demonstrated for participants to implement throughout the EMDR Protocol.
Keywords: Children Dissociation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
327. van der Kolk, B. A. (2009, December). Frontiers of trauma treatment. Presentation at the 6th Evolution of Psychotherapy Conference, Anaheim, CA.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The study of psychological trauma has been accompanied by an explosion of knowledge about how experience shapes the
central nervous system and the formation of the self. We have learned that most experience is automatically processed on
a subcortical level, i.e. by “unconscious” interpretations that take place outside of awareness. Insight and understanding
have only a limited influence on the operation of theses subcortical processes. When addressing the problems of traumatized
people who, in a myriad of ways, continue to react to current experience as a replay of the past, there is a need for therapeutic
methods that do not depend exclusively on understanding and cognition. This workshop surveys current research on how
people’s brains, minds and bodies respond to traumatic experiences, and will specifically address the use of affect modulation
techniques, EMDR, yoga, theater, and neurofeedback in overcoming various aspects of the destabilization and disintegration
caused by trauma.
Educational Objectives
1) To describe three new approaches in the treatment of trauma.
2) To describe the differences between how ordinary memories are stored contrasted with the memory
processing of traumatic experiences.
Keywords: Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
328. Adler-Tapia, R. L., & Settle, C. S. (2009, March). The full works. Counselling Children and Young People, 12-15.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Whether you are first learning about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) or you have participated in EMDR training, the goal of this article is to provide the reader with a brief overview of strategies for using the full protocol with young children. To understand the process by which the phases of the protocol are applied with child clients, it is important to understand the theoretical underpinnings that Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory creates as a foundation for healing and health with children. After discussing the application of AIP to children, the article will continue with an overview of skills therapists can use to create a toolbox that can be integrated into the EMDR eight phase treatment protocol with references for additional study and training on using EMDR with children. Finally, therapists will begin to learn how to adapt the full EMDR protocol for effective psychotherapy through developmentally suited language and interventions with even the youngest of clients.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Children Child Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
329. Bergmann, U. (2000, September). Further thoughts on the neurobiology of EMDR: The role of the cerebellum in accelerated information processing. Traumatology, 6(3), 175-200. doi:10.1177/153476560000600303 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This discussion explores, briefly, the position that the repetitive redirecting of attention in EMDR is capable of turning on the brain's REM sleep system, leading to the activation of specific areas of the the anterior cortex of the cingulate gyrus, facilitating its function as a filter, thereby facilitating the integration of traumatic memory into general semantic networks. This integration is seen to lead to the subsequent reduction in both the strength of hippocampally mediated episodic memories of the traumatic event as well as the amygdaloid mediated negative affect of PTSD. The possibility is suggested that another underlying mechanisms of EMDR stimulation is the activation of the lateral cerebellum. The contribution of the cerebellum to cognitive and language functions is explored. The activation of the dentate nuclei in the lateral neocerebellum is shown to facilitate activation of the ventrolateral and central lateral thalamic nuclei. The activation of the ventrolateral nucleus is shown to lead to the activation of the left dorsolateral prefrontal cortex; further facilitating the integration of traumatic memory into general semantic and other neocortical networks. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Cognitive Processes Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Sleep Behavior Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
330. Bergmann, U. (1999, November). Further thoughts on the neurobiology of EMDR: The role of the cerebellum in accelerated information processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Miami, FL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Adaptative Information Processing AIP Cerebellum Neurobiology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
331. Grey, E. (2010, April/May). Gaining clarity … Driving your EMDR practice with the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The EMDR clinician’s understanding of the tenets of the AIP model and EMDR protocol is necessary for effective case conceptualization and treatment. This workshop is designed to assist the therapist in translating this knowledge into practical application of the AIP by adding an element of fun. Dr Grey is skilled at using analogies and narratives to make highly technical neuroscientific information user-friendly and understandable. His style is down-to-earth and engaging as he “plays” with the information to make it fun and interesting. You will leave the workshop with a stronger understanding of the AIP, 8-Phase Protocol, and the three-pronged approach; and having learned creative tools to apply to EMDR case conceptualization and planning.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model AIP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
332. York, C., & Leeds, A. (2001, June). Gate theory: An accelerated information processing model for developing functional state change. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A "Gate Theory: will be proposed to synthesize concepts of Attachment Theory, Affect Theory; Discrete Behavioral States, and Short-Term Anxiety-Regulating Psychotherapy, and to help clinicians using EMDR to identify blocks in emotional states and behavioral goals. A protocol be will presented to assist therapists and clients to identify blocks and to develop functional transitions in affect states with the aim of helping clients to achieve behavioral goals and greater emotional well-being. Case examples and videos will be used to demonstrate the protocol and to facilitate the understanding of "targeted material" and strategies to enhance processing information.
Keywords: Gate Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
333. Wesselmann, D. (1999, June). Generational problems in parenting: Intervening with attachment disordered adults. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to 1) define parent-child attachment, identify the factors that insure a secure attachment, as well as the 1ife-long positive effects; 2) identify how an insecure chidhood attachment history can affect core beliefs into adulthood and get carried
over into the next generation of parenting; 3) help parents target the negative misperceptions that rule their emotional responses when they interact with their children and identify possible alternative positive cognitions before EMDR processing; and 4) use the egogram as a roadmap with attachment disordered adults, using EMDR to strengthen the competent adult and nurturing parent ego-states and separate the child ego-state from the parenting role.
Keywords: Egogram Parent-Child Attachment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
334. Spindler, C. (2007, June). Gentle EMDR: A precursor to standard EMDR protocol. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the last few years several EMDR clinicians have introduced new approaches which have expanded on EMDR. Two examples are Ricky Greenwald's techniques for 'running a movie' and David Grand's performance enhancement techniques using visualization. GENTLE EMDR is a similar expansion of standard protocol. GENTLE EMDR follows basic EMDR protocol with additional emphasis on the emotions and body sensations connected to the target. Visualilzation is then tuilized to release these emotions and sensations one at a time until the target shows a SUDS of 0. At this point, positive cognitions are installed. The advantage of visualization is that it buffers the emotions with associated with the target, thus reducing abreactions, dissociations and resistance to further EMDR treatment. One advantage of Gentle EMDR is that a client does not need to face the target directly because emotions and body sensations are broken down into management segments. Thus, Gentle EMDR works well with clients who are too fragile to tolerate the standard protocol. One example of the use of visualization would be if the target is "being physically attacked." Clients are first asked what they feel when they think of the attack and where they feel it in their body. Next, clients are asked to visualize a river passing them, while they sit in a protective (safe) place. Finally, clients are asked how the water would appear if it was the identified emotion (such as a particular color) and to let the water flow past until the appearance of the emotional reaction dissipates. Once this is done, clients are asked to name the next emotion that eminates when thinking about the physical attack, allowing the water to 'clear' that emotion as well. When the emotions are approached in this way, the target typically becomes neutralized. The entire process is done using bilateral stimulation. Gentile EMDR is easily taught and has been well received by clinicians at Univerities and Clinical Practices in the United States.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
335. Shapiro, F. (2012). Getting past your past: Why we are who we are and what to do about it, with self-help techniques from EMDR therapy. Emmaus, PA: Rodale Books.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Francine Shapiro, the creator of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) explains how our personalities develop and why we become trapped into feeling, believing, and acting in ways that don't serve us. Through detailed examples and exercises, listeners will learn to understand themselves and why the people in their lives act the way they do....
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Self-Help Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
336. Cairella, C. (2012, June). Getting to the heart of the matter: Using EMDR effectively with couples [Llegando al corazón del problema: El empleo efectivo de EMDR con parejas]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation outlines how EMDR and Couple's Therapy can be
integrated in the field of psychotherapy. The audience will learn how to conduct a
couple's therapy session based on the 8 Phases of the EMDR protocol. During this
presentation, video recordings will be provided to demonstrate how EMDR can be
used in the couple's therapy setting when emotionally disruptive events, such as
infidelity, attachment injuries or childhood trauma have negatively affected the
relationship.
Couples therapy examines the negative cycle that occurs within the relationship,
helps to deepen the couple's awareness of both their internal experience and the
experience of their partner, and to cultivate intimacy within the relationship.
However, if the couple is unable to tolerate their own anxiety or the distress of
their partner, their mid-brain can become emotionally charged, thus leading to
further discord within the relationship.
Based on the AIP model, if either one or both members of the relationship are
being triggered by unresolved past traumatic events both parties can become
activated. Since the initial perceptions, emotions and distorted thoughts are stored
as they were experienced at the time of the event, the couple can get caught in an
unending negative cycle that further exacerbates the anxiety and distress in the
relationship. By integrating EMDR in Couple's Therapy we hypothesize that EMDR
helps to both increase one’s ability to tolerate anxiety and decrease the intensity of
past traumatic events and present day triggers, thus decreasing the level of
distress in the relationship.
Esta
presentación
esboza
cómo
se
puede
integrar
EMDR
y
la
terapia
de
pareja
en
el
campo
de
la
psicoterapia.
Los
participantes
aprenderán
a
llevar
a
cabo
una
sesión
terapéutica
de
pareja
sobre
la
base
de
las
8
fases
del
protocolo
de
EMDR.
Durante
esta
presentación,
se
ofrecerán
vídeos
para
demostrar
cómo
se
puede
utilizar
EMDR
en
el
contexto
de
una
terapia
de
pareja
cuando
han
afectado
la
relación
de
forma
negativa
eventos
emocionalmente
perturbadores,
como
la
infidelidad,
daños
al
apego
o
trauma
infantil.
La
terapia
de
pareja
examina
el
ciclo
negativo
que
se
da
dentro
de
la
relación,
ayuda
a
profundizar
la
conciencia
de
la
pareja
tanto
de
su
experiencia
interna
y
la
experiencia
del
otro
miembro
de
la
pareja
y
a
cultivar
la
intimidad
dentro
de
la
relación.
Sin
embargo,
si
la
pareja
no
es
capaz
de
tolerar
su
propia
ansiedad
o
el
estrés
de
su
pareja,
se
les
puede
quedar
cargado
el
cerebro
medio
y
así,
provocar
más
discordia
dentro
de
la
relación.
De
acuerdo
con
el
modelo
AIP,
si
eventos
traumáticos
sin
resolver
“disparan”
a
un
miembro
de
la
relación
o
a
ambos,
pueden
activarse
ambas
personas.
Desde
las
primeras
percepciones,
se
guardan
las
emociones
y
pensamientos
distorsionados
igual
que
se
vivieron
en
el
momento
del
suceso,
la
pareja
puede
acabar
atrapada
en
un
ciclo
negativo
sin
fin
que
agudiza
aún
más
la
ansiedad
y
el
estrés
en
la
relación.
Al
integrar
EMDR
en
la
terapia
de
pareja,
nuestra
hipótesis
es
que
EMDR
contribuye
tanto
a
aumentar
la
capacidad
de
la
persona
a
tolerar
la
ansiedad,
como
a
disminuir
la
intensidad
de
los
sucesos
traumáticos
pasados
y
los
desencadenantes
actuales
y
así,
reducir
el
nivel
de
estrés
dentro
de
la
relación.
Keywords: Couples
Accuracy Verified: Yes
337. van Rens, L. W., de Weert-van Oene, G. H., van Oosteren, A. A., & Rutten, C. (2012). Gevalsbeschrijving - Klinische behandeling van posttraumatische stressstoornis bij patiënten met ernstige dubbele diagnose [Case Study - Clinical treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder in patients with serious dual diagnosis problems]. Tijdschrift voor Psychiatrie, 54(4), 383-388.
Language: Dutch
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Three patients with severe addiction problems, early sexual trauma, posttraumatic stress disorder PTSD comorbid psychotic vulnerability and personality problems received integrated treatment following admission to a clinic specialising in the care of patients with a dual diagnosis. Treatment was administered in accordance with current guidelines and involved either imaginal exposure or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing EMDR, integrated with relapse management of addiction problems. It is concluded that the current evidence-based guidelines regarding PTSD and addiction can also be applied successfully and effectively to an extremely vulnerable patient population.
Keywords: Dual Diagnosis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
338. Leeds, A. M. (2012, November). Guía de protocolos estándar de EMDR para terapeutas, supervisores y consultores [A guide to the standard EMDR protocols for clinicians, supervisors, and consultants]. Bilbao ESPAÑA: Desclée De Brouwer.
Language: Spanish
Format: Book
Abstract:
Aprender a utilizar el EMDR con seguridad y eficacia requiere la integración de una amplia gama de conocimientos y competencias. Esta guía quiere ser una orientación para las cuestiones clínicas, profesionales y de gestión de riesgos con las que los profesionales del EMDR se encuentran a diario.
Siguiendo el modelo de las ocho fases de la EMDR, el libro propone una guía clara y detallada para la utilización de los protocolos convencionales de EMDR para el tratamiento del trastorno de estrés postraumático, fobias y ataques de pánico. También se incluyen pautas para la formulación de casos, la planificación del tratamiento y para preparar a los pacientes para el reprocesamiento con EMDR. Además, la guía también contiene muestras de contratos para supervisión y formularios para documentar los resúmenes de los casos y los resultados de los tratamientos, así como:
- gráficos, formularios, ilustraciones, tablas y árboles de decisión para guiar la planificación del tratamiento y la documentación.
- estudios de casos con trascripciones que ilustran los distintos protocolos y pautas para tomar decisiones informadas.
- cuestiones éticas de aplicación clínica, consulta, supervisión e investigación.
Gracias a las pautas de tratamiento claras y concisas sobre el uso clínico del EMDR, este libro es un recurso de incalculable valor para terapeutas en activo, supervisores, consultores y directores clínicos.
Learning to use EMDR safely and effectively requires the integration of a wide range of knowledge and skills. This guide is intended as a guide for clinical, professional and risk management with which EMDR practitioners encounter daily.
Modeled after the eight phases of EMDR, the book offers a clear and detailed guide to the use of EMDR protocols for treating PTSD, phobias and panic attacks. Also included are guidelines for case formulation, treatment planning and to prepare patients for reprocessing with EMDR. The guide also contains samples for monitoring contracts and forms to document summaries of cases and treatment outcomes, as well as:
- Charts, forms, illustrations, tables and decision trees to guide treatment planning and documentation.
- Case studies with transcripts illustrating the different protocols and guidelines to make informed decisions.
- Ethical issues in clinical application, consultation, supervision and research.
With treatment guidelines clear and concise on the clinical use of EMDR, this book is an invaluable resource for practicing therapists, supervisors, consultants and clinical directors.
Keywords: Prtactice Protocols Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
339. Leeds, A. M. (2009). A guide to the standard EMDR protocols for clinicians, supervisors, and consultants. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book serves as a resource for practicing clinicians, supervisors, clinic directors, and hospital administrators. Leeds provides clear, concise treatment guidelines on the clinical use of EMDR.
This book provides an orientation to the clinical, professional, and risk management issues. Leeds provides sample consultation agreements and forms for documenting treatment planning, case summaries, and treatment outcomes. These forms will be especially helpful for case managers and clinical supervisors in agencies and community health treatment centers.
Key features:
Includes charts, forms, illustrations, tables, and decision trees, presenting essential information clearly and concisely to guide treatment planning and documentation.
Presents case studies with transcripts illustrating the different protocols and presenting guidelines for informed decision making.
Outlines the stages of clinical skill development
Discusses ethical issues in clinical application, consultation, supervision, and research.
Keywords: Protocols
Accuracy Verified: Yes
340. Connor, P. K. (2005). Guideline-based programs in the treatment of complex PTSD. Deakin University, Victoria, Australia.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The term “post-traumatic stress disorder” (PTSD) is a relatively new diagnostic label, being formally recognized in 1980 in the Diagnostic Statistical Manual for Psychiatric Illness – Third Edition (DSM-III) of the American Psychiatric Association (APA, 1980). Complex Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (CP) is a more recently discussed, and newly-classified, phenomenon, initially discussed in the early 1990s (Herman, 1992a). Thus, as research into effective treatments for CP is sparse, the treatment of CP is the topic of this study, in which a guideline-based treatment program developed by the researcher for the treatment of CP is implemented and evaluated. Ten individuals participated in this study, undertaking individualized, guideline-based treatment programs spanning a period of six months. In providing background information relevant to this study, an explanation is provided regarding the nature of CP, and the reasons for its consideration as a separate phenomenon to PTSD. The adequacy of the PTSD formulation in enabling effective assessment and treatment of CP is also explored, with endorsement of previous researchers’ conclusions that the CP construct is more useful than the PTSD construct for assessing and treating survivors of long-term and multiple forms of abuse. The PTSD classification is restrictive, and not necessarily appropriate for certain forms of trauma (such as prolonged trauma, or multiple forms of trauma), as such trauma experiences may lead to specific effects that lay outside those formerly associated with PTSD. Such effects include alterations in affect regulation, consciousness, self-perception, interpersonal relationships, and in systems of meaning. Following discussion regarding the PTSD/CP classification, an examination of treatment methods currently used in the treatment of PTSD, and a review of treatment outcome studies, takes place. The adequacy of primary treatment methods in treating CP symptoms is then examined, with the conclusion that a range of treatment methods could potentially be useful in the treatment of CP symptoms. Individuals with a diagnosis of CP may benefit from the adoption of an eclectic approach, drawing on different treatment options for different symptoms, and constantly evaluating client progress and re-evaluating interventions. This review of treatment approaches is followed by details of an initial study undertaken to obtain feedback from individuals who had suffered long-term/multiple trauma and who had received treatment. Participants in this initial study were asked open-ended questions regarding the treatment approach they had experienced, the most useful aspect of the treatment, the least useful aspect, and other strategies/treatment approaches that may have been useful – but which were not used. The feedback obtained from these individuals was used to inform the development of treatment guidelines for use in the main study, as were recommendations made by Chu (1998). The predominant focus of the treatment guidelines was “ego strengthening”, a term coined by Chu (1998) to describe the “initial (sometimes lengthy) period of developing fundamental skills in maintaining supportive relationships, developing self-care strategies, coping with symptomatology, improving functioning, and establishing a positive self identity” (p.75). Using a case study approach, data are then presented relating to each of the ten individuals involved in the treatment program: details of his/her trauma experience(s)and the impact of the trauma (as perceived by each individual); details of each individual’s treatment program (as planned, and as implemented); post-treatment evaluation of the positive and negative aspects of the treatment program (from the therapist’s perspective); and details of the symptoms reported by the individual post-treatment, via psychometric assessment and also during interview. Analysis and discussion of the data relating to the ten participants in the study are the focal point of this study. The evaluation of the effectiveness of each individual’s treatment has been based predominantly on qualitative data, obtained from an analysis of language (discourse analysis) used by participants to describe their symptoms pre- and post-treatment. Both blatant and subtle changes in the language used by participants to describe themselves, their behaviour, and their relationships pre- and post-treatment have provided an insight into the possible changes that occurred as a result of the treatment program. The language used by participants has been a rich source of data, one that has enabled the researcher to obtain information that could not be obtained using psychometric assessment methods. Most of the participants in this study portrayed notable changes in many of the CP symptoms, including being more stable and having improved capacity to explore their early abuse. Although no direct cause-effect relationship between the participants’ treatment program and the improvements described can be established from this study, the participants’ perception that the program assisted them with their symptoms, and reported many aspects of “ego strengthening”, is of major importance. Such self-perception of strength and empowerment is important if an individual is going to be able to deal with past trauma experiences. In fact, abreactive work may have a greater chance of succeeding if those who have experienced long-term or multiple trauma are feeling more empowered, and more stable, as were the participants in this study (post-intervention). In concluding this study, recommendations have been made in regard to the use of guideline-based treatment programs in the responsible treatment of CP. Strengths and limitations of this study have also been highlighted, and recommendations have been made regarding possibilities for future research related to CP treatment. On the whole, this study has supported strongly other research that highlights the importance of focusing on “ego strengthening” in assisting those who have suffered long-term/multiple trauma experiences. Thus, a guideline-based program focusing on assisting sufferers of long-term trauma with some, or all, of the symptoms of CP, is recommended as an important first stage of any treatment of individuals who have experienced long-term/multiple trauma, allowing them to develop the emotional and psychological strength required to deal with past traumatic events. Clinicians who are treating patients whose history depicts long-term or multiple trauma experiences (either from their childhood, or at some stage in their adult life) need, therefore, to be mindful of assessing individuals for symptoms of CP – so that they can treat these symptoms prior to engaging in any work associated directly with the past traumatic experiences. [Author abstract]
D.H.Sc.(Psych.) thesis, School of Psychology.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
341. International Society for Study of Trauma and Dissociation. (2011, March). Guidelines for treating dissociative identity disorder in adults, third revision. Journal of Trauma & Dissociation, 12, 115–187. doi:10.1080/15299732.2011.537247.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The International Society for the Study of Dissociation (ISSD), the former
name of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation
(ISSTD), adopted the Guidelines for Treating Dissociative Identity Disorder
(Multiple Personality Disorder) in Adults in 1994. However, the Guidelines
must be responsive to developments in the field and require ongoing review.
The first revision of the Guidelines was proposed by the ISSD’s Standards
of Practice Committee1 and was adopted by the ISSD Executive Council
in 1997 after substantial comment from the ISSD membership. The second
revision of the Guidelines was requested and approved in 2005 based on the
expertise of a task force of expert clinicians and researchers.2 The current revision was undertaken by a new task force3 in 2009 and 2010 after input
from an open-ended survey of the membership.
The current revision of the Guidelines focuses specifically on the
treatment of dissociative identity disorder (DID) and those forms of dissociative
disorder not otherwise specified (DDNOS) that are similar to DID.
It is intended as a practical guide to the management of adult patients
and represents a synthesis of current scientific knowledge and informed
clinical practice. There is a separate Guidelines for the Evaluation and
Treatment of Dissociative Symptoms in Children and Adolescents (ISSD,
2004) available through the ISSTD and published in the Journal of Trauma
& Dissociation. The American Psychiatric Association (2004) has published
Practice Guidelines for the Treatment of Patients with Acute Stress Disorder
(ASD) and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD), which may be relevant to
the treatment of DID.
Keywords: Adults DID Dissociation Dissociative Identity Disorder Practice Guidelines Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
342. Forgash, C. A. (2005, June). Healing complex trauma through EMDR, ego state therapy and somasensory work: Healing the heart of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The integration of Ego state and Somatosensory work and EMDR will be
shown to help patients with Complex PTSD repair fragmentation.
disconnections and develop the safety to utilize EMDR successfully.
Although complex trauma victims are seeking help for PTSD. depression and
anxiety, additional trauma responses may lead them to encounter difficulty
in dealing with triggers, stress and relationships.
The sequential exercises presented will provide stability for dissociated
"parts" unable to cope with symptoms.
Learning Objectives include the importance of including information in the
history taking about inability to love. fragmentation, and alienation; defining
and selecting the appropriate ego state/somatosensory/affect
management strategies to help challenging clients.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Ego State Therapy Somasensory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
343. Meignant, I. (2009, August). Healing the couple within a systemic EMDR approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Using both Mony Elkaïm’s reciprocal double-bind systemic model and the AIP model, we demonstrate a new perspective for couple therapy. This presentation will consider how to choose to do EMDR or not in the couple session, using the other member of the couple as a co-therapist, and using individual safe places as a safe place for the couple during the session and at home. The workshop will also include how understanding the reciprocal double-bind can be a guide in the EMDR target plan in determining where to work on the past of each client to heal the couple in couple or individual therapy.
Keywords: Couples Therapy Mony Elkaïm Reciprocal Double-Bind Systemic Model
Accuracy Verified: Yes
344. Forgash, C. A. (2005, September). Healing the heart of complex trauma through EMDR, ego state and somatosensory work. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is increasingly being utilized to treat highly challenging clients with a
variety of diagnoses including complex PTSD, DESNOS, and a range of
dissociative disorders. The dissociative processes commonly described as
part of the PTSD spectrum, are also predicted by early attachment difficulties
and losses. These clients may present with elements of several disorders (i.e.,
Borderline PD). Without considerable stabilization work, they may be unable
to process information safely. This presentation, through lecture, experiential
work and case presentation, will provide clinicians with a model that enables
them to provide EMDR treatment effectively with this population.
Participants will become familiar with specialized treatment planning that begins with detailed and complex history taking and pays particular attention to an extensive individualized preparation phase. They will learn how and when to integrate ego state work, somatosensory work and disociative treatment strategies in this phase and throughout EMDR protocol work. This systemic work will be understood to help patients resolve internal conflicts, deal with stabilization, affect regulation, triggering, overwhelm, dissociation, and resistance.
Keywords: Challenging Clients Dissociation Ego State Therapy Master Series Somatosensory Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
345. Forgash, C. (2004, June). Healing the heart of trauma: Restoring connections and stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
When trauma victims enter therapy, they generally seek help for symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety. However, additional trauma responses may lead the client to encounter difficulty in dealing with the trauma and also with the trauma and also with relationships in their life. These responses also include the inability to love, nurture and bond with other individuals (even those currently in relationship to victim). These clients often experience feeling internally fragmented, detached, alienated and fearfully isolated. Gathering this information is an important part of history taking and becomes crucial to treatment planning. The aim of this presentation is to help clinicians learn to implement strategies that help traumatized clients to experience reconnection, stability, and then, trauma processing. Integrating ego state strategies with the preparation phase of the EMDR protocol results in a safety/stability focused therapeutic approach necessary for these clients to resolve the sequelae of trauma.
Emphasis is placed on the sequential formulation of guided imaginal and somatosensory exercises (enhanced with DAW) that provide stability for the dissociated aspects of the self unable to cope with symptoms and current stresses. The central work includes the development of an internal Home Base, Workplace, and a positive body resource that compliments the standard safe place/stress reduction work. Stabilizing exercises include constructive avoidance, distancing, grounding, containment as well as affect and dissociative symptom management techniques. When stabilized, client’s access and work with their ego state system to resolve conflicts, develop resources, reconnect and then successfully desensitize and reprocess trauma.
Learning objective include: the importance of including information in the history taking about an inability to love, loss of connections, fragmentation, detachment and alienation; defining the ego state strategies that help such client s successfully process traumas with the EMDR protocol; learning the preparation exercises for managing affect and dissociative symptoms. Participants will select the appropriate interventions to help trauma clients reconnect with dissociated, disconnected parts and employ this sequential method in their practice with traumatized clients.
Keywords: Affect Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
346. Herbert, C. (2004, February). Healing the inner child - EMDR imagery re-scripting technique with complex trauma clients. Presentation at the 2nd annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Birmingham, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Neuropsychological findings indicate that affect regulation is learned through secure attachment during the first year of an infant's life (Siegel, 1999; Schore, 1994, 1996). Poor affect regulation is one of the main indicators of clients diagnosed with Personality Disorders and those having experienced early life trauma, e.g. CSA or other abuse. Hence, one of the aims of a successful treatment outcome is healthy affect control. Yet, few therapeutic approaches for Personality Disorder or Complex Trauma currently focus ont the quality and re-building of such clients' early attachment relationships. Herbert (2002, 2003) describes a therapeutic framework, utilizing both EMDR and CBT (Cognitive Behavioural Therapy) technqiues for working with complex client problems, that incorporates an assessment of the quality of early attachment relationships and, based on this, various therapeutic methods, such as imaginal re-nurtuing, which aid clients to re-script and repair ruptures in clients' experiences of their early attachment relationships. Clinical practice indicates that through the use of these techniques, clients with previously poor affect control and functionally disrupted lives, can learn to build a more secure and functionally positive sense of Self with healthy mechanisms of affect regulation. a) The learning objectives for this presentation are to introduce participatns to 1. the concept of attachment and its role ind determining affect control, 2. a therapeutic framework for working with clients with complex problems, and 3, clinicial technqiues that hep repair deficits in early attachment relationships to allow cients build healthy mechanisms of affect control.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Personality Disorders Re-Scripting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
347. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2009). Healing the origins of trauma: An introduction to EMDR in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. In A. Rubin & D. W. Springer (Eds.) Treatment of traumatized adults and children - Clinician's guide to evidence-based practice series (pp. 349-418). New York, NY: Wiley.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
What if the brain had a similar mechanism for healing psychological injuries as the body does, just like a finger can heal a cut? Imagine tapping into that healing process in the brain and helping a child who witnessed her brother accidentally killed by a school bus, who then developed a school phobia, be able to return to school and eliminate her depression. What if you could help a foster child with a history of severe and chronic abuse, reduce his disruptive symptoms within a 9-month period so that he could stabilize and be adopted? Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) can be used in psychotherapy to help children heal from stressful experiences of both traumatic and developmental origins. And, while EMDR is not a magic wand, it is remarkable in its efficiency in reducing or eliminating significant mental health symptoms and healing the origins of trauma. This chapter is written for clinicians who have had little or no exposure to the EMDR treatment methodology or for those who may have wondered what it is and how it works. The goal of this chapter is to summarize the use of EMDR with children with case presentations woven through the steps of the EMDR protocol. As a potential paradigm shift for child and adolescent therapists who have been trained in child development and play therapy, this chapter will not only explain why EMDR with children and adolescents makes sense, but why EMDR is the treatment of choice for many children presenting with symptoms of trauma. The experienced child therapist will also learn how child development, play therapy, and other child-focused therapies can be integrated to overall case conceptualization with the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Initially, this chapter provides a brief description of EMDR. While Chapter 5 covered EMDR with adult clients, this chapter will focus on translating the EMDR protocol into child language from a developmentally grounded perspective for use with child clients. Given that focus, this chapter will minimize coverage of generic EMDR content that was already covered in Chapter 5. However, some overlap is inescapable. For example, like Chapter 5, this chapter will address the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory that underlies the eight phases of the EMDR treatment protocol. This chapter also includes a brief theoretical overview of trauma and the impact on neurodevelopment as it guides psychotherapy. With a detailed explanation of the description, purpose, and concepts of each phase of the EMDR protocol, this chapter describes the clinical implications and procedural considerations for effectively using EMDR with children through each phase of the protocol. The chapter concludes with information for clinicians to learn how to get basic training in EMDR and advanced training in using EMDR with children. Integrated throughout this chapter are practical applications for successfully using EMDR in psychotherapy with children in order to heal the origins of trauma. With this introduction to EMDR, the reader should note that throughout this chapter, the terms client and child are often interchanged, and any reference to a child includes children and adolescents unless otherwise noted. Finally, the terms parent and caregiver refer to the child's primary caregiver. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Adolescents Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
348. Solomon, M. F., & Siegel, D. J. (2003). Healing trauma: Attachment, mind, body, and brain. New York: W. W. Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book examines the following crucial issues: (1) how life experiences influence the maturation of the brain and mind in achieving mental health; (2) the central role of emotion in the functioning of healthy minds, brains, and relationships; (3) the importance of the body in influencing the nature of the mind and subjective experience; and (4) the impact of both positive and traumatic experiences on the development of coherent functioning, interpersonal relatedness, and the emergence of mental disturbance. [Text, p. xiv]TOPICS TREATED: An interpersonal neurobiology of psychotherapy: the developing mind and the resolution of trauma; Unresolved states regarding loss or abuse can have "second-generation" effects: disorganization, role inversion, and frightening ideation in the offspring of traumatized, non-maltreating parents; Early relational trauma, disorganized attachment, and the development of a predisposition to violence; PTSD and the nature of trauma; EMDR and information processing in psychotherapy treatment: personal development and global implications; Dyadic regulation and experiential work with emotion and relatedness in trauma and disorganized attachment; A clinical model for the comprehensive treatment of trauma using an affect experiencing-attachment theory approach; Connection, disruption, repair: treating the effects of attachment trauma on intimate relationships. [Pilots]
Keywords: Attachment Behavior Psychotherapy Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
349. van der Zee, H., & Zaal, A. (2011, April). Het emotionele brein; EMDR & neuropsychologie [The emotional brain, EMDR & neuropsychology]. Presentatie op de 5e Jaarlijkse Conferentie van EMDR Vereniging Nederland, Nijmegen, Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Het menselijk brein is bijzonder veerkrachtig. Als gevolg op een traumatische ervaring ontstaat er in het lichaam een keten aan reacties. De meeste van deze reacties zijn adaptief en gericht op een natuurlijke verwerking. Bij 10 tot 20 % van de mensen die een traumatische ervaring meemaken verloopt de verwerking pathologisch en ontstaat een post traumatische stress stoornis. Lichamelijke veranderingen als gevolg van langdurige stress of een genetische gevoeligheid kunnen hierbij een rol spelen. Bij de verwerking van emotionele gebeurtenissen en psychotrauma zijn verschillende hersenstructuren betrokken. In deze presentatie zal een toelichting worden gegeven op biologische factoren bij het ontstaan van psychotrauma en de rol van ‘ het emotionele brein’ bij traumaverwerking. Ook zal worden ingegaan op de wijze waarop bilaterale stimulatie deze processen mogelijk beïnvloed en hoe dit zich verhoudt tot vigerende verklaringsmodellen over de werkzaamheid van EMDR. Tot slot wordt een casus gepresenteerd waarbij EMDR is toegepast in een neuropsychologische behandeling en is er ruimte voor discussie over de toepassing van EMDR bij neuropsychologische problematiek.
The human brain is very resilient. Due to a traumatic experience develops in the body of a chain reaction. Most of these responses are adaptive and focused on a natural process. At 10 to 20% of people who experience a traumatic experience does the pathological process and creates a post-traumatic stress disorder. Physical changes resulting from prolonged stress or a genetic susceptibility may play a role. In the processing of emotional events and psychotrauma several brain structures involved. This presentation will be given an explanation on biological factors in the development of psychotrauma and the role of the emotional brain in trauma. It will also examine how these processes affect bilateral stimulation and how this relates to current models of explanation about the efficacy of EMDR. Finally, a case presented which EMDR was used in a neuropsychological treatment and there is room for discussion about the use of EMDR with neuropsychological problems.
Keywords: Neurobiology Neuropsychology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
350. Verstraaten, M. J., & van Vliet, E. (2009, Juni). Het werkzame mechanisme van eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Is dit het van een afstand bekijken of het herbeleven van een traumatische gebeurtenis? [The active mechanism of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Is this the view from a distance or reliving a traumatic event?]. Utrecht, Nederlands: Universiteit Utrecht.
Language: Dutch
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Dit onderzoek is een replicatie van de studie van Lee, Taylor en Drummond (2006) waarin de werkingsmechanismen beschrijft tijdens een desensibilisatie Eye Movement and Reprocessing (EMDR) behandeling. Deze studie onderzocht of er een relatie is tussen verbetering van de symptomen en de manier waarop de cliënt ziet de traumatische gebeurtenis, is dit vanuit een oogpunt van vrijstaande (afstand) of wanneer het trauma opnieuw wordt ervaren (herbeleving). De reacties van de 30 klanten tijdens een EMDR sessie, worden ingedeeld in vier categorieën volgens de classificatie van Lee et al.. (2006) (distantiëring, herbeleven, beïnvloeden en verbonden). Toegevoegd in dit onderzoek is de categorie onbeslist. De resultaten laten zien is er geen verschil in de antwoorden die tijdens een EMDR sessie en de vermindering van PTSS-symptomen (gemeten met de Nederlandse versie van de Impact of Event Scale) en van het verdriet (gemeten met de subjectieve Eenheden van Disturbance Scale). Alle reacties zijn gerelateerd aan een verbetering, ongeacht de categorie. Deze resultaten zijn niet in overeenstemming met de bevindingen van Lee et al.. (2006) die aantonen dat afstand-reacties zijn geassocieerd met een grotere vermindering van de symptomen dan herbeleven-reacties. Naast Lee et al.. (2006), de huidige studie is gebleken dat zowel de aard van het trauma (opzettelijk of niet opzettelijk) alsmede de negatieve cognitie van een cliënt (onmacht of eigenwaarde) niet zijn geassocieerd met een verbetering van de symptomen tijdens de EMDR behandeling. Toekomstig onderzoek kan bijdragen aan kennis over andere factoren die geassocieerd kan worden met de effectiviteit van EMDR.
This research is a replication of the study of Lee, Taylor and Drummond (2006) which describes the working mechanisms during an Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) treatment. This study tested whether there is a relation between improvement in symptoms and the way the client sees the traumatic event; is this from a detached point of view (distancing) or when the trauma is re-experienced (reliving).The responses of 30 clients during an EMDR session, are classified into four categories according to the classification of Lee et al. (2006) (distancing, reliving, affect and associated). Added in this study is the category undecided. The results show there is no difference in the responses given during an EMDR session and the reduction of PTSD-symptoms (measured with the Dutch version of the Impact of Event Scale) and of the distress (measured with the Subjective Units of Disturbance Scale). All the responses are related to an improvement, regardless of the category. These results are not in line with the findings of Lee et al. (2006) that show distancing-reactions are associated with a greater reduction in symptoms than reliving-reactions. In addition to Lee et al. (2006), the current study found that both the nature of the trauma (intentional or not intentional) as well as the negative cognition of a client (powerlessness or self-esteem) are not associated with an improvement in symptoms during EMDR treatment. Future research may contribute to knowledge about other factors that may be associated with the effectiveness of EMDR.
Keywords: Distancing Reliving
Accuracy Verified: Yes
351. Bergmann, U. (1999, November). How does EMDR work? An exploration of possible neurobiological mechanisms. Presentation at the annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Miami, FL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: This discussion explores, briefly, the position that the repetitive redirecting of attention in EMDR is capable of turning on the brain's REM sleep system, leading to the activation of specific areas of the the anterior cortex of the cingulate gyrus, facilitating its function as a filter, thereby facilitating the integration of traumatic memory into general semantic networks. This integration is seen to lead to the subsequent reduction in both the strength of hippocampally mediated episodic memories of the traumatic event as well as the amygdaloid mediated negative affect of PTSD. The possibility is suggested that another underlying mechanisms of EMDR stimulation is the activation of the lateral cerebellum. The contribution of the cerebellum to cognitive and language functions is explored. The activation of the dentate nuclei in the lateral neocerebellum is shown to facilitate activation of the ventrolateral and central lateral thalamic nuclei. The activation of the ventrolateral nucleus is shown to lead to the activation of the left dorsolateral prefrontal cortex; further facilitating the integration of traumatic memory into general semantic and other neocortical networks
Keywords: Cognitive Processes Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Sleep Behavior Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
352. Gunter, R. W. (2007, 2008). How eye movements affect unpleasant memories: Support for a working memory account. University of Calgary, Canada. AAT NR44352.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing can reduce ratings of the vividness and emotionality of unpleasant memories--hence it is commonly used to treat posttraumatic stress disorder. The present experiments compared three accounts of how eye movements produce these benefits. Participants rated unpleasant autobiographical memories before and after eye movements or an eyes stationary control condition. In Experiment 1, eye movements produced benefits only when memories were held in mind during the movements, and eye movements increased arousal, contrary to an investigatory-reflex account. In Experiment 2, horizontal and vertical eye movements produced equivalent benefits, contrary to an interhemispheric-communication account. In Experiment 3, two other distractor tasks (auditory shadowing, drawing) produced benefits that were negatively correlated with working memory capacity. These findings support a working-memory account of the eye movement benefit in which the central executive is taxed when a person performs a distractor task while attempting to hold a memory in mind.
Keywords: Eye Movements Working Memory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
353. Gunter, R. W., & Bodner, G. E. (2008, August). How eye movements affect unpleasant memories: Support for a working-memory account. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 46(8), 913-931. doi:10.1016/j.brat.2008.04.006.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing can reduce ratings of the vividness and emotionality of unpleasant memories—hence it is commonly used to treat posttraumatic stress disorder. The present experiments compared three accounts of how eye movements produce these benefits. Participants rated unpleasant autobiographical memories before and after eye movements or an eyes stationary control condition. In Experiment 1, eye movements produced benefits only when memories were held in mind during the movements, and eye movements increased arousal, contrary to an investigatory-reflex account. In Experiment 2, horizontal and vertical eye movements produced equivalent benefits, contrary to an interhemispheric-communication account. In Experiment 3, two other distractor tasks (auditory shadowing, drawing) produced benefits that were negatively correlated with working-memory capacity. These findings support a working-memory account of the eye movement benefits in which the central executive is taxed when a person performs a distractor task while attempting to hold a memory in mind.
Keywords: Autobiographical Memory Eye Movements Psychotherapy Working Memory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
354. Froning, M., Horne, B., & Maiberger, B. (2009, August). How to successfully and safely close down an EMDR session - Especially an incomplete one. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on Phase VII (Closure) of the EMDR Protocol. By providing a wide array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to properly close incomplete EMDR sessions. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice new methods before using them with clients.
Keywords: Closing Down A Session Complete Sessions Incomplete Sessions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
355. Brivio, R., & Bergamaschi, L. (2008, January). Human and organizational aspects affecting the wellbeing in rescue-working activity: EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing), Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation: The role of training methods, practice and simulation for psychological risks prevention and management in emergency workers.. International Workshop Reinforce Rescuers' Resilience by Empowering a well-being Demension Workshop, Turin, Italy .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The wellbeing of rescuers: Relational, organizational and technical aspects that can affect rescuers' wellbeing during
rescue activities: Stress inoculation, role playing and the role of mirror neurons in training, also through the use of
video recordings. Relaxation techniques, psychological debriefing and EMDR in trainings.
Focus of our intervention is the wellbeing of the rescuer. The study and research
on this matter came and were carried out thanks to the activity done both during
trainings and simulations of the Civil Protection than real emergencies.
Our team work received contribution by some psychologists of OPP (Parma’s
Psychologists’ Observatory: A.Sozzi, E.Pedrelli, F.Frati, A. Bocelli, T. Serra). Wellbeing, defined as a subjective and positive emotional state together with a
global life satisfaction (Diener, 1984), is strongly at risk during rescuer’s
emergency activities and can affect the rescuer both physically and
psychologically. The rescuer's capabilities, that we think are technical “know how” and thorough
knowledge, are essential to give the best performance according to the complexity
and urgency of the intervention. These skills can really contribute to the rescuer's
wellbeing, because they can improve the self-efficiency perception.
To effectively manage and train rescuers, it is furthermore important to consider
and acknowledge the influence of interpersonal relationships on technical
performances. It is, in fact, particularly important to recognize and support the
typical relationships that can be created in a team with the same task and
specialization, as well as in multidisciplinary teams, or teams belonging to
different Institutions but operating in the same scenario.
In recent years increasing attention has been given to training activities, even through the use of the role play for interventions in artificial emergency
scenarios. To recreate scenarios of massive emergencies, different Civil Protection
Associations, as well as First Aid volunteer associations and the local
Institutions have been involved. In these simulations, most cases focus on improving technical performances.
Lately psychologists have been asked to join the rescuers team.
During these simulations, the role-play of emotional and psychological problems
occurs thanks to the cooperation between emergency psychologists and the
medical team. The introduction of the role and expertise of psychologists allowed to extend and
strengthen the attention to cross support and care aspects for the psychological
wellbeing of both victims and rescuers.
The psychologist must therefore consider the “wellbeing” in all the emergency
scenarios and contexts, as a sum of all the components that we talked about here
and the ones we will describe during our intervention.
He must first of all be aware of the complexity of each intervention in the field,
and adopt a kind of approach aimed at creating and recovering wellbeing
strategies, that can be used by himself as well.
Strategies on how to build, recover and maintain the wellbeing identify stress as
the first danger source the rescuer has to face in his training and emergency
activity.
When external events or stimuli are perceived as difficult to face compared with
resources available at that moment, the individual gets stressed.
When the person's efforts are not adaptive to the external requests and/or
coherent with his performance expectations, he becomes vulnerable to emotional,
behavioural, cognitive and physical reactions, which can be even very difficult to
manage both in the short and/or in the medium-long term.
This can happen when the sources of stress depend on the rescuer’s
performance, and it can also happen in case of post traumatic stress, visible in
different stages after the event.
From the psychologist's specialist background and from the integration of this
with the result of field experiences, the demand for a range of different tools to
manage the different kinds of stress emerges, and these tools must be applicable
both to the individual and to the group.
This range is still improving, and the results of our observational activity from
past and present experiences lead us to see the opportunity to carry on our
research of tools of efficacy.
During this speech we would like to underline that approaches like Stress
Inoculation Training (SIT, Michenbaum, 1983) and the use of role playing allow
the technical appraisal and let the rescuers improve their stress management
skills, and all that can lead to a decrease in the risk of PTSD.
In past simulations of emergencies, we found out that the use of videotapes for
the role plays is a tool that should be taken more into account. We think it is
important to evaluate its potential for the rescuers' benefit, because it seems to
be not only “a record of technical performances”, but also an observation and
learning tool about the rescuer's own defence and adaptive strategies.
In fact, during these simulations we found out that the rescuers' psychological
and emotional vulnerability emerged in several situations. The fact that even in these artificial situations there were acute stress episodes and O codes urged us
to focus more on the matter of mutual influence between technical performance
and internal experience of stress.
We understand that such acute stress episodes may occur during real life critical
events but we can see how role playing and video recordings show that such
acute stress episodes affected the simulators themselves even during the
simulation. The videos show that even apparently “high immunity” simulators,
who are considered 'immune' thanks to their comprehensive and strong
experience, experienced acute stress, perhaps because of an incorrect selfevaluation
of their own stress management skills.
The interest in the use of videos as a training and reprocessing tool for rescuers
led some of us to specialize in role playing recording, so as to carry out a more
accurate and comprehensive study on those same videos and use them as a
mirror of reality and better educational tool through a vicar experience or through
“seeing oneself from within the experience” and in the interpersonal dynamics
that took place in the scenario.
Videotapes are a very known and widely used tool in other kinds of trainings,
disciplines and therapies (i.e. Family Therapy and CBT).
The discovery of mirror neurons by Rizzolati, Gallese et Al., provides the evidence
that when someone observes the same action performed by another person, the
neurons "mirrors" the behaviour of that person, as though the observer were itself
acting. Thanks to these researchers it is now proven that this can happen
thanks to the motor neurons in the pre-motor cortex.
Therefore, we would like to underline the role of videos as very useful and
versatile training tools, since they expose a situation in an unexpected realistic
manner “as if” it were true and “as if” we were really experiencing that situation,
with the consequent learning movements at the emotional, cognitive and
behavioural level, at the stress management level, as well as at the level of team
work dynamics.
Visual imagination activates the same brain regions that are active during visual
perception and motor imagination activates the same brain regions activated the
movement is really happening.
More importantly, it was possible for us to verify that the videos recorded by other
operators were not focused on showing the important psychological aspects we
mentioned for the goal of the trainings, thing that happened instead with the
videos recorded by psychologists. We think therefore that the use of videotapes
recorded by psychologists should be given more consideration in the trainings of
rescuers. During this intervention we will devote part of the time to broadcasting
two short videos; the first one shows the role playing of an intervention in an
emergency context, and the second one shows a part of an EMDR session (Eye
Movement Desensitization Reprocessing). We think it is important to recreate and
protect rescuers wellbeing in the post-role playing and post emergency stages
too. For years EMDR has been proven effective in improving the individual's
coping skills and in reprocessing, wherever necessary, the post traumatic
aspects resulting from critical events to whom not only the victims, but also the rescuers too, are exposed during emergencies.
Keywords: Emergency Workers Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation Rescue-Working Activity Risk Prevention and Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
356. Peters, E., Wissing, M. P., & du Plessis, W. F. (2002, June). Implementation of EMD(R) with cancer patients: Research. Health SA Gesondheid, 7(2), 100-109.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR(R)), developed in 1987 and proved highly effective in treating psychological disturbances rooted in traumatic memories. It was hypothesised that EMDR(R) would enhance coping in patients traumatised by a cancer diagnosis and / or treatment, as indicated by their subjective responses and levels of depression, anxiety, satisfaction with life, positive-negative affect balance and sense of coherence. A descriptive multiple case-study method was implemented. Three cases were treated by EMDR(R) and three by a supportive method. Data collection was triangulised in terms of semi-structured interviews, quantitative measuring instruments and interviews by an external validator. Findings were consistently in favour of EMDR(R). The results confirmed EMDR(R)'s efficacy in terms of beneficial clinical outcomes on both objective and subjective measures of change.[Journal abstract]
Keywords: Cancer Enhancement of Well-Being Psycho-Oncology Psychotherapy Stress Reduction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
357. Adler-Tapia, R., Settle, C., & Onsager, D. (2004). The implications of including parents in EMDR sessions with children. Authors.
Language: English
Format: Publication
Abstract:
When considering these seven issues: Parent’s Mental Health Status/
Abusive Parent, Parent Expectations, Parent’s Treatment History, Parent’s Ability to Tolerate Affect, Attachment, Sharing Information, and Parent Co-Therapist, the authors consider the advantages and disadvantages of having the parents present during an EMDR treatment session.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
358. Leeds, A. (2007, June). Improving self-regulation and social functioning for survivors of early emotional neglect and abuse with positive affect tolerance and integration protocol: A case series. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Survivors of early emotional neglect experience pervasive difficulties including vulnerability to adult psychiatric disorders and inability to regulate emotional states (Schore, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001a, 2001b; Teicher, 2000, 2002; Teicher et al, 1993; Teicher et al., 1997). Their inability to regulate emotional states is not solely linked to effects of adverse events, but is significantly linked to insufficient exposure to normal, developmental attachment sequences that foster capacities for self-regulation.
A subset of adult survivors of early, pervasive, emotional neglect who meet full or partial criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder also present with comorbid Cluster C Axis II symptoms (Avoidant, Dependent, Obsessive-Compulsive) and meet criteria for dismissing (or fearful) insecure attachment (Cassidy & Shaver, 1999; Main, 1996).
Clinical assessment reveals these patients have low tolerance for positive interpersonal emotions and engage in defensive strategies to dismiss, minimize, deny or subtly avoid experiencing and assimilating this positive emotional states into their internal model of self. These strategies include overt and covert behavioral avoidance as well as dissociate defenses. Paradoxically, these patients may show superficial characteristics or competence, interpersonal skills, or emotional stability which on closer examination prove to be fragile or which collapse in the face of social stressors.
The general theoretical base for the Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration (PAT) protocol is related to McCullough’s (1996, 2003) model of affect phobia and recognizes McCullough’s emphasis on an anxiety regulating, titrated approach to developing tolerance for adaptive affect and associated coping behaviors. Putnam’s (1997) discrete behavioral states model provides an important conceptual framework for understanding these patients’ needs to gradually develop new discrete behavioral (psychophysiological and affective) states and new pathways (schemes and scripts) fostering access to these shared positive states often as a crucial early phase of treatment to help resolve their impairments in emotional self-regulation.
This presentation describes the use of standard EMDR procedural steps in a treatment plan that postpones the standard three pronged (past, present, future) PTSD protocol, but which is consistent with the consensus model for Complex PTSD (Brown, Scheflin & Hammond, 1998; Chu, 1998; Courtois, 1999; Hart, Nijenhuis, Steele, 2006) and other EMDR approaches focused initially on improving response to current stimuli (Hoffman, 2004; Leeds & Korn, 1998; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000) before attempting to target childhood traumatic memories. Targets for PAT are recent experiences in which the patient was exposed to positive, shared, interpersonal emotional states. The purposes for applying PAT to these targets are: to decrease defensive avoidance; dissociation and anxiety about shared positive emotional states; to increase capacity to tolerate and enjoy these shared positive emotional states; and to integrate these shared positive emotional states into positive schemas and self-concepts. Observed clinical gains following PAT included: improved mood and resilience, and decreased depersonalization during subsequent use of EMDR to reprocess traumatic memories.
The goal in presenting this “Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol” case series is to encourage research to evaluate the clinical effectiveness of this application of the standard EMDR procedures for a clinical subpopulation generally considered challenging to treat.
Keywords: Affect Tolerance Poster Self-Regulation Social Functioning
Accuracy Verified: Yes
359. Leeds, A. M. (1997, July). In the eye of the beholder: Reflections on shame, dissociation, and transference in complex post-traumatic stress and attachment disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Francisco, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper covered material on how affect theory, attachment theory and EMDR theory can help with case formulation and treatment planning. This paper provided the first in depth presentation on Resource Development and Resource Installation which previously had been presented only at EMDR Institute trainings at speciality presentations. [Author abstract]
Keywords: Neurobiological Correlates RDI Resource Development and Installation Shame
Accuracy Verified: Yes
360. Paulsen, S. (2009, August). Infant alters and conversion seizures: EMDR with ego-state and somatic interweaves. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The recent literature on conversion seizures suggests that they are not only traumatic but dissociative in nature. In two cases, the presenter has found conversion seizures to be manifestations of infant alters. The presentation will convey, by lecture and videotape, the treatment of a remarkable client and how EMDR, Ego-State Therapy, and somatic interweaves were seminal in treating conversion seizures to remission. The video illustrates AIP and Porges polyvagal theories’ expression in infant trauma and will illustrate how the therapeutic relationship and increased compassion between parts of self are avenues for the transformation of attachment injury in EMDR.
Keywords: Conversion Seizures Ego-State Interweaves Infant Alters Somatic Interweaves
Accuracy Verified: Yes
361. Cohn, L., & Chapman, L. (2002, June). Innovations in child trauma treatment: Combining EMDR and drawings. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will feature a treatment intervention for traumatized children
who have experienced incident based trauma. The intervention is being utilized in a controlled study funded by the Centers for Disease Control
lnjury Prevention Grant at University of California San Francisco and Children's Hospital Oakland. Through lecture, slide and case format, this presentation will describe a protocol combining EMDR and drawing for the remediation of PSTD symptoms in children. The presenters will discuss how developmental, psychological and neurological functioning affect the
storage and retrieval of traumatic memories and sensations. They will demonstrate how and why the combination of EMDR with drawings is
effective as a method of trauma resolution therapy for children.
Keywords: Art Therapy Children Disease Control Injury Prevention Grant Treatment Intervention
Accuracy Verified: Yes
362. Brown, S., & Gilman, S. (2007). An integrated trauma treatment program (ITTP) in the Thurston County Drug Court Program: Program summary - An integrated trauma treatment program (EMDR and seeking safety) as an enhancement in the Thurson County drug court program. Author.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
The prevalence of co-occurring Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and Substance Use Disorder (SUD) in the criminal justice system is a serious issue for both men and women. The inattention to trauma before, during, and after involvement in the criminal justice system is problematic. Some research suggests that trauma-related disorders among those with SUD negatively affect post-incarceration outcomes (Kubiak, 2004). Therefore, from a practice and policy perspective, interventions addressing these co-occurring disorders should be made available to men and women within the criminal justice system.
Current research recommends a phased and integrated treatment approach for co-occurring PTSD and SUD. SAMHSA (2005) reports that the integration of substance abuse treatment and mental health services for persons with co-occurring disorders (COD) has become a major treatment initiative. The specific Integrated Trauma Treatment Program (ITTP) described in this report is one possible treatment approach for this challenging population. This report will outline the rationale for the ITTP implemented in the Thurston County Drug Court Program (TCDCP) in Olympia, WA. In addition, it is hoped that results from this project will be considered when making policy recommendations for Drug Courts and other programs in the criminal justice system, as well as other public and private substance abuse treatment settings.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Substance Use Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
363. D'Hooghe, D. (2012, June). Integrating attachment theory and the AIP model in working with early childhood trauma in an attachment relationship [La integración de la teoría del apego y el modelo AIP al trabajar sobre el trauma infantil precoz dentro de una relación de apego]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In
this
presentation
I
would
emphasize
the
relationship
between
attachment,
trauma
and
the
development
of
the
AMN
(adaptive
memory
network).
From
a
psychobiological
point
of
view,
we
understand
that
early
relational
experiences
shape
brain
growth
and
organization
and
that
the
major
environmental
influence
on
the
development
of
the
brain
is
the
attachment
relationship.
Reductions
in
brain
volume
and
dysfunctional
memory
networks
following
traumatic
experiences
in
early
childhood
are
documented.
When
there
is
a
distressing
incident,
it
may
become
stored
in
state-‐specific
form,
unable
to
connect
with
other
memory
networks
that
hold
adaptive
information.
The
research
of
the
neurobiology
of
the
social
brain
and
the
mirror
neuron
system
let
us
assume
that
the
AMN
is
developing
in
the
presence
of
an
attuned
caretaker.
Healing
traumatic
memories
is
relational
and
procedural.
I
use
EMDR
within
the
Phase-‐
model
of
trauma-‐informed
treatment.
During
the
preparation
phase
(phase
1
and
2
EMDR
protocol)
I
would
like
to
stress
the
importance
of:
• evaluating
the
attachment
pattern
of
the
child.
It
affects
how
the
child
relates
to
the
therapist.
Establishing
a
healing
therapeutic
relationship
is
a
goal
of
phase
2.
• the
activation
of
networks
containing
adaptive
information
and
positive
memories
• increasing
coping
abilities,
self-‐efficacy
and
sense
of
mastery.
That
may
result
in
reduction
of
the
fear
responses
and
enabling
changes
in
the
meaning
of
the
experiences,
and
a
new
memory
can
be
formed.
En
esta
presentación,
queremos
enfatizar
la
relación
que
existe
entre
apego,
trauma
y
desarrollo
de
la
red
adaptativa
de
memoria
(AMN).
Desde
un
punto
de
vista
psicológico,
entendemos
que
una
temprana
experiencia
relacional
forma
el
cerebro
y
hace
crecer
la
organización
y
consideramos
que
la
principal
influencia
ambiental
del
desarrollo
del
cerebro
es
la
relación
de
apego.
Las
reducciones
en
el
tamaño
del
volumen
del
cerebro
y
las
redes
de
memoria
disfuncionales
seguidas
de
experiencias
traumáticas
en
la
infancia
están
documentadas.
Cuando
existe
un
evento
vital
estresante,
puede
ser
almacenado
en
una
forma
específica
de
estado,
impidiendo
conectar
con
otras
redes
de
memoria
que
retienen
la
información
adaptativa.
La
investigación
de
la
neurobiología
del
cerebro
social
y
el
sistema
de
neuronas
espejo,
nos
permite
asumir
que
la
AMN
se
desarrolla
en
presencia
de
un
cuidador
acostumbrado.
Sanar
recuerdos
traumáticos
es
relacional
y
referente
al
procesamiento.
Yo
uso
EMDR
dentro
del
modelo-‐fase
del
tratamiento
para
el
trauma
informado
por
el
paciente.
Tratamiento
del
modelo
de
fase
para
el
trauma
informado:
Durante
la
preparación
fase
(fase
1
y
2
del
protocolo
EMDR)
me
gustaría
recalcar
la
importancia
de:
-‐ Evaluar
el
patrón
de
apego
del
niño.
Que
afecta
en
como
el
niño
se
relaciona
con
el
terapeuta.
-‐ La
activación
de
redes
que
contienen
información
adaptativa
y
recuerdos
positivos.
-‐ Incremento
de
las
habilidades
de
afrontamiento,
autoeficacia
y
autocontrol.
Esto
puede
conllevar
una
reducción
de
las
respuestas
de
miedo
e
inhibir
cambios
en
significado
de
las
experiencias
y
puede
llevar
a
la
formación
de
un
nuevo
recuerdo.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Attachment Theory Childhood Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
364. Knudsen, N. J. (2007). Integrating EMDR and Bowen Theory in treating chronic relationship dysfunction. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp.169-186). Hoboken,. xxxiii, 470 pp.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The concept of Chronic Relationship Dysfunction was developed by the author to describe the experience of those who are unable to find and maintain a healthy relationship with a mate and who feel considerable related emotional distress. The types of experiences that people with this problem typically present in a clinical setting include the inability to make any meaningful contact with an appropriate partner and making a series of poor choices so that no relationship lasts. Clients seeking treatment for relationship problems can be effectively treated using a Bowen family systems perspective (Bowen, 1978; Kerr & Bowen, 1988) as the theoretical backdrop for understanding the bigger relational context. In addition, the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model (Shapiro, 2001) can be used to understand the physiological link between critical early life experiences and current dysfunction. Together these theories provide a cohesive theoretical base and integrative treatment approach for use with clients with chronic relationship dysfunction. The AIP model and the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) approach address current symptoms such as chronic relationship dysfunction by allowing the individual to reprocess the old material, thus integrating it with current information. The treatment model described here utilizes the basic structure of the EMDR protocol with the clinical application of Bowen Theory at certain key times. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model AIP Bowen Theory Chronic Relationship Dysfunction Cognitive Processes Family Systems Theory Interpersonal Relationships Models
Accuracy Verified: Yes
365. Forgash, C., & Knipe J. (2012). Integrating EMDR and ego state treatment for clients with trauma disorders. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 120-128. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.120.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from Healing the Heart of Trauma and Dissociation with EMDR and Ego State Therapy (edited by Carol Forgash and Margaret Copeley, 2007, pp. 1-59). The preparation phase of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is very important in the therapy of multiply traumatized clients with complex posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and dissociative symptoms. EMDR clinicians who treat clients with complex trauma will benefit from learning specific readiness and stabilization interventions that are inherent to Phase 1 of a well-accepted phased trauma-treatment model. Extending the preparation phase of EMDR by including these interventions provides sequential steps for the development of symptom-management skills and increased stability. Additional focus is placed on helping clients work with their ego state system to develop boundaries, cooperative goals, and healthier attachment styles. Following an individually tailored preparation phase, the processing of long-held traumatic memory material becomes possible.
Keywords: C-PTSD Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD Dissociative Disorders Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
366. Cooke, L. J., & Grand, C. (2007, September). Integrating EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This is a day-long program designed for the EMDR professional interested in enhancing their ability to conceptualize and provide effective EMDR treatment in working with the complexity of eating disorder symptoms. Paralleling phase-oriented treatment for trauma, this workshop will focus on stabilization skills utilizing state-to-state techniques with or without bilateral stimulation; working through underlying traumatic experiences utilizing the standard protocol; and future template work for integration of the psycho-biological changes. Current treatment approaches on attachment issues and emotion regulation, trauma’s impact on the brain and body, and affect management will be integrated throughout the program. Participants are invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on in practice sessions or during the case consultation segment of the program.
Keywords: Eating Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
367. Scholom, J. (2004, September). Integrating EMDR with eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will draw on clinical experience and expertise with Eating Disordered clients and EMDR to delineate creative ways to utilize EMDR
with this population. A stage oriented approach will be presented, addressing attachment styles, affect skills and ego strengths development, symptom management, trauma resolution, personal enhancement and body image clarification. EMDR is being used to treat clients with a variety of
trauma related conditions. Eating disordered clients very often have traumatic histories. We will utilize principles associated with attachment
theory, affect regulation and trauma treatment as the foundation to a staged treatment approach with eating disorders. We will incorporate the
standard EMDR protocol as well as some deviations into the overall treatment.
Keywords: Eating Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
368. Potter, A. E. (2003, September). Integrating inner child therapy and dialectical-behavior therapy with EMDR resource installation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Before ciients begin processiing traumatic memories with the EMDR trauma protocol, a modified resource development protocol is utilized, integrating Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy, to assist clients in developing skills for affect tolerance/emotion regulation, distress tolerance, and mindfulness. The modified resource installation protocol also helps clinicians in assessing clients' emotional readiness for initiating trauma work with the EMDR trauma protocol. Inner Child Therapy provides an overall cognitive framework for trauma work based on the Transtheoretical stages of change. Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy are employed as strategies to minimize re-traumatization, affect/emotion dysregulation, and problems with impulsive and compulsive behaviors during the trauma-processing phase of therapy.
Keywords: DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Inner Child Therapy Modified Resource Development and Resource Installation Protocol RDI
Accuracy Verified: Yes
369. Kiessling, R. (2005). Integrating resource development strategies into your EMDR practice. In R. Shapiro, (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 57-87). New York: W W Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
As EMDR became more accepted within the psychotherapy community and more clinicians became trained, a greater number of clients with diagnoses other than PTSD were introduced to it. As a result, it became apparent that some of these more difficult, complex clients were not immediately ready for EMDR targeting and reprocessing. Many were either too unstable, had affect tolerance issues, or lacked the ego strengths to withstand the potential rigors of target desensitization. Others lacked needed coping skills, lacked the ability to recognize that they have the tools available to address their issues, or were fearful of addressing their traumatic experiences. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) strategies were developed and, over time, have been accepted within the EMDR community as valuable solutions for these challenging clients. [Text, p. 57]
Keywords: Life Experiences Psychotherapeutic Processes Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
370. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. (1995, June). Integrating schema-focused therapy & EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Young has developed an integrative model that seems especialy appropriate for combining with EMDR. According to the
theory proposed, eighteen Early Maladaptive Schemas (EMS) are at the core of personality disorders. An EMS is defined as an
extremely broad, pervasive theme regarding oneself and one's relationship with others, developed during childhood and elaborated
throughout one's lifetime, and dysfunctional to a significant degree. Shapiro's concept of childhood file folders would be analogous
to the concept of schemas. These eighteen schemas are primarily unconscious but can be brought to awareness through various
strategies, especially EMDR.
This presentation will demonstrate how to integrate the use of Schema-Focused therapy with EMDR. In this model, Schema-
Focused therapy serves as the primary conceptual framework for working with the client while EMDR is seen as the primary change
technique.
The first step in this process is a thorough history taking looking for both traumatic life events and the client's underlying
vulnerabilities and schemas. History taking is accomplished both through client interviews and the use of Lazarus' Multimodal Life
History Questionnaire. The Schema Questionnaire and the Parent Questionnaire developed by Young are given and scored. As part
of this process, the therapist attempts to help the client discriminate memories representing primary trauma versus memories that
represent life long issues. The EMDR model eliciting infonmtion - asking the client about specific events and problems, then
obtaining Pictures, Negative and Positive Cognitions, Affect and Body Sensations as well as SUDS and VOC ratings - is used as
soon as the client is comfortable. Collecting information this way without the use of Eye Movements has been shown to be a very
effective way of tapping into the neural network where related memories are stored. The grouping of these memories often appears
to be along such schema lines as Vulnerability, Defectiveness, Abandonment, etc.
As the therapeutic relationship develops, clients are educated about EMDR and schemas. The last part of this process is the Case
Conceptualization. This involves putting together the information from history taking, the schema questionnaire and the parent
questionnaire and the client's in-session behavior to formulate a useful picture of client problems, likely problem origins, and
recommended change techniques. Knowing what issues/themes your client is vulnerable to, tells you where to start your EMDR
exploration. It also helps suggests where to probe when processing stops, i.e., what blocking beliefs may be present, what type of
cognitive interweave to use, etc.
Once the case conceptualization is complete, EMDR is used as always. However, the use of Schema Focused therapy with EMDR
broadens the scope of EMDR.
1) Cognitive Therapy for Personalitv Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach. Revised Ed.
Professional Resource Press, Sarasota, FL, (813)366-7913; 2) Reinventing Your Life, J. Young and J. Klosko. New York, Plume, 1994.
Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
371. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. M. (1996, June). Integrating schema-focused therapy with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Young has developed an integrative model that seems especialy appropriate for combining with EMDR. According to the
theory proposed, eighteen Early Maladaptive Schemas (EMS) are at the core of personality disorders. An EMS is defined as an
extremely broad, pervasive theme regarding oneself and one's relationship with others, developed during childhood and elaborated
throughout one's lifetime, and dysfunctional to a significant degree. Shapiro's concept of childhood file folders would be analogous
to the concept of schemas. These eighteen schemas are primarily unconscious but can be brought to awareness through various
strategies, especially EMDR.
This presentation will demonstrate how to integrate the use of Schema-Focused therapy with EMDR. In this model, Schema-
Focused therapy serves as the primary conceptual framework for working with the client while EMDR is seen as the primary change
technique.
The first step in this process is a thorough history taking looking for both traumatic life events and the client's underlying
vulnerabilities and schemas. History taking is accomplished both through client interviews and the use of Lazarus' Multimodal Life
History Questionnaire. The Schema Questionnaire and the Parent Questionnaire developed by Young are given and scored. As part
of this process, the therapist attempts to help the client discriminate memories representing primary trauma versus memories that
represen life long issues. The EMDR model eliciting information - asking the client about specific events and problems, then
obtaining Pictures, Negative and Positive Cognitions, Affect and Body Sensations as well as SUDS and VOC ratings - is used as
soon as the client is comfortable. Collecting information this way without the use of Eye Movements has been shown to be a very
effective way of tapping into the neural network where related memories are stored. The grouping of these memories often appears
to be along such schema lines as Vulnerability, Defectiveness, Abandonment, etc.
As the therapeutic relationship develops, clients are educated about EMDR and schemas. The last part of this process is the Case
Conceptualization. This involves putting together the infonmtion from history taking, the schema questionnaire and the parent
questionnaire and the client's in-session behavior to formulate a useful picture of client problems, likely problem origins, and
recommended change techniques. Knowing what issues/themes your client is vulnerable to, tells you where to start your EMDR
exploration. It also helps suggests where to probe when processing stops, i.e., what blocking beliefs may be present, what type of
cognitive interweave to use, etc.
Once the case conceptualization is complete, EMDR is used as always. However, the use of Schema Focused therapy with EMDR
broadens the scope of EMDR.
1)Cognitive Therapy for Personality Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach. Revised Ed.
Professional Resource Press, Sarasota, FL, (813) 366-7913
2)Reinventing Your Life, J. Young and J. Klosko. New York, Plume, 1994.
Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
372. Paulsen, S. L. (2007, September). Integrating somatic interventions and EMDR: Keeping it AIP “legal”. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Shapiro’s contributions include not only the discovery of the role of eye movements, but the development of the eight-phases for safety and effectiveness and Adaptive Information Processing theory. In tandem, advances in the neurobiology of trauma have resulted in somatic interventions for treating trauma. This workshop will: 1) summarize theory behind somatic interventions and its relationship to AIP theory; 2) identify defining elements of somatic interventions and; 3) identify where in the eight-step process of EMDR specific somatic elements can be utilized while maintaining the integrity of EMDR.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Eight Phases Eye Movements Somatic Interventions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
373. Nutting, R. W. (2003, May). The integration of EMDR and body dialogue. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, Rome, Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper details the Body Dialogue process and the EMDR protocol for its use and presents two case studies that demonstrate this integrative technique. Recent studies show that trauma can profoundly affect the body. Many symptoms felt by individuals who have experienced trauma appear to be somatically based. Imprinted memories from 'big T' traumas and 'little t' traumas appear to have their origins sometimes decades before the body 'remembers'. When triggered by a present stimulus, these imprinted body memories recur and the body relives the past trauma. Most methods of trauma counselling and therapy address only the cognitive and emotional components of trauma, lacking the techniques that work directly with the physiological components of past traumatic incidents. The Body Dialogue technique (Stone J, Stone H, Stone S) offers a way to explore the psychological significance of sensations such as pain, motor impulses, muscular tension, trembling, breathing and heart rate. Since such somatic disturbances contain emotional and cognitive components, this dialogue process is able to identify and explore the deep psychological issues surrounding these imprinted body sensations and muscular reactions. The Body Dialogue process is integrated into the EMDR protocol (Shapiro, 2002) when the individual is confronted with body sensations. Having identified the issues (traumas) surrounding these sensations using the dialogue technique, the EMDR protocol is resumed. This enables the processing of the original trauma to occur as well as the instillation of a positive belief. During the therapeutic process using these two therapies, the therapist never has to touch the client.
Keywords: Body Dialogue
Accuracy Verified: Yes
374. Forgash, C. A. (2006, June). The integration of EMDR and ego state. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop, heterogeneous and complex disorders, including PTSD, is a highly complex set of diagnostics was traumatized patients focuses on integrating identity status and EMDR. These problems are usually the people who lived and stabilization to establish a therapeutic relationship to work with, management, heterogeneous resistance to influence symptoms and the need for large-scale preparation.
Availability to work with this self EMDR to integrate in the extended protocol, only the heterogeneous symptoms of PTSD and reach can be disposed much more comprehensive results.
Trauma, loss and the related disorders of the effects of empathy and understanding by working with an approach that meets with the patient and help resolve critical issues of our life plan and create.
Workshops open and clear theoretical base, technical innovation and EMDR and ego state work in the field of practical strategies and case presentations will take place.
With these workshops, participants will understand the following topics
1. Self status of the theory of information processing model can be associated with Apate
2. Foundations of the theory of self status
3. EMDR and the status of all Self reasons
4. Separation and stabilization strategies for specific disorders help to manage
5. Processing phase to be resolved in EMDR trauma provider of advanced techniques assemblies
Keywords: Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
375. Faretta, E. (2004, June). Integration of hypnotic therapy with EMDR for the treatment of panic disorder: Report of twelve single case studies. In anxiety disorders and EMDR (A. de Jongh, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The author describes a special protocol she designed for the psychotherapy of Panic Disorders based upon a precise integration of Ericksonian hypnotic techniques with EMDR. This symposium presentation reports on the results of twelve completed singles cases and four in which treatment will still be ongoing at the time of the conference. This therapy approach is based upon the standard EMDR protocol and it eight phases of treatment. However, a noteworthy aspect of this intervention is the comprehensive management of the panic episodes themselves. This protocol assists the client in learning to cope with all the symptomology related to panic attacks, that is, the physiological, cognitive, emotional, and behavioral aspects. The first panic attach is considered the primary traumatic event. From this beginning point, the client is taught to face, step by step, the subsequent panic attacks utilizing both hynotherapeutic strategies and the EMDE processing. This protocol has permitted the successful processing of the memories related to the panic episodes (including imagining of the entire scene from start to finish), appropriate cognitive restructuring of the elements of irrational fear, and planned exposure through encouragement and support for confronting avoid situations and places. A conclusion of treatment is an agreement to face new situations of life that had seemed impossible before treatment because of the level of fear.
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Case Study Hypnosis Integrated Approach Panic Disorder Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
376. Twombly, J. H., & Schwartz, R. C. (2008). The integration of the internal family systems model and EMDR. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.) Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 295-311). New York, NY: Springer Publishing.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Although EMDR can be used successfully with the majority of clients, there are times when its effectiveness is limited, and clients for whom it simply doesn't work. Often this occurs when affect is partially or completely unavailable and the flow of the processing becomes partially or completely blocked. The Internal Family Systems Model (IPS; Schwartz, 1995) is an elegant, efficient, and powerful ego state treatment modality that, when used with EMDR, can increase its range of effectiveness. This chapter will provide an introduction to IPS and describe ways of using it to enhance or enable EMDR processing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Family Systems Model
Accuracy Verified: Yes
377. Korn, D. (1995, June). Integrative and strategic utilization of EMDR in treating survivors of sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall treatment plan and utilizing EMDR in conjunction with other
cognitive behavioral approaches. Strategic utilization of EMDR to move clients through the various stages of recovery will be
discussed.
1) In the first stage of treatment, safety, stabilization, coping, and development of a strong therapeutic relationship are emphasized.
Treatment focuses on decreasing (1) suicidal and parasuicidal behavior, (2) treatment - interfering behavior, and (3) quality-of-life-interfering behavior (Linehan, 1993). Efforts are made to assist the client in developing a repertoire of cognitive-behavioral coping
skills; relevant skills address grounding, trigger awareness, basic self - care, mindfullness, distress tolerance, affect regulation,
assertiveness, relaxation, self - monitoring, stress inoculation, and cognitive restructuring. At this stage, EMDR can be used to shift
negative cognitions which interfere with commitment to treatment, skill development, and the restoration of hope. The following are
examples of negative cognitions whlch interfere with first stage stabilization goals:
- I will only get acknowledgment of my pain if I act out. - I don't deserve to feel better.
- If I take care of myself, no one will know I hurt. - I'm pathetic, a failure.
- I will die/go crazy fiom these feelings. - I can never do anything right.
- I can't stand this feeling. I must cut myself. - Don't trust anyone or anything.
Newly learned information about coping can be reinforced and further integrated in the course of an EMDR session. Clients can be
encouraged to notice their ability to tolerate affect and to practice their assertiveness skills, grounding skills, mindfulness skills, etc.
2) In the second stage of treatment, the focus is on processing traumatic memories and decreasing behaviors related to post-traumatic
stress. EMDR interventions can be designed to assist clients with specific recovery tasks or issues:
- fear/terror and associated avoidance
- sense of powerlessnesshelplessness
- responsibility/accountability
- safety - self, others, environment
- self-esteem/self as bad, defective, unlovable
- lack of individuation
- dependency
- anger
- grief/mouming
- trust/mistrust
- fear of abandonment
- guilt/self-blame
- shame/self-loathing
With regard to each of these issues, maladaptive schemas can be addressed via effective cognitive interweave strategies. Ideas for
supplementing EMDR work with written assignments, imagery exercises, recovery rituals, and planned in vivo exposure will be
discussed. Strategies for handling possible problems, obstacles, or resistance at this stage will also be noted. Finally, the role of ongoing
assessment and data collection in making decisions about EMDR targets will be addressed.
3) In the third stage of treatment, the emphasis is on personal development and increased connection with others. Recovery tasks and
issues addressed via EMDR include:
- Increasing intimacy and healthy connections - Increasing self-esteem
- Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Reclaiming sexuality
- Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Identity exploration and development
- Establishing goals, initiating new projects, and taking reasonable risks
At this stage, EMDR can be useful in detecting remnants of shame, fear, etc. In addition, EMDR can be used to reduce anxiety and
increase confidence as a client sets his/her sights on the future and prepares to face new and challenging situations. EMDR can aid
in the generalization of skills and adaptive schemas across time and place. It can facilitate the integration of a new, more positive
and vital self-image.
The presentation will conclude with a videotape case presentation highlighting relevant recovery tasks and issues in applying
EMDR at a specific stage of treatment.
Keywords: Sexual Abuse Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
378. Wade, T., & Wade, D. (2001, January-April). Integrative psychotherapy: Combining ego-state therapy, clinical hypnosis, and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in a psychosocial developmental context. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 43(3-4), 233-245. doi:10.1080/00029157.2001.10404279.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The principles of this conceptual framework are: (1) personality organization is
dissociative as well as associative, consisting of ego states, and progresses through
stages of psychosocial development; (2) inappropriately activated ego states cause
dysfunction, which is habitual or due to the intense affect of disrupted development
or unresolved grief or trauma; (3) completely overcoming dysfunction requires
therapy with both individual ego states and the personality system; (4) clinical
hypnosis provides techniques to enhance accessing ego states; and (5) EMDR
combines ego-state therapy with eye movements (EMs) to produce a powerful
psychotherapy method. During assessment, ego states responsible for
dysfunctional emotional reactions and behavior are identified together with those
that could be appropriate instead. Included in the treatment protocol, EMs and
clinical hypnosis promote: (1) corrective developmental experiences; (2) resolution
of grief and trauma; (3) acquisition of skills and abilities; (4) co-consciousness;
and (5) negotiation among ego states. The outcome is an integrated “family of
self” that has effectively overcome developmental crises, grief, and trauma, is
aware of essential inner resources, and can consciously activate appropriate ego
states. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Clinical Hypnosis Ego Ego-State Therapy Hypnotherapy Integrative Psychotherapy Review Multimodal Treatment Approach Psychosocial Development Psychosocial Developmental Context
Accuracy Verified: Yes
379. Paterson, M. (2001, May). Interactive cognitive sub-systems as a theoretical basis for EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a novel approach to treating
Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). It relies upon having clients access images of their
traumas, negative self-schemas, emotions, and somatic memories and reprocessing these to
resolution of the traumatic memory. The simultaneous linking of these components is
accompanied by alternating stimulations of the brains hemispheres using either auditory
tones, tactile sensation, or rapid eye movements across the visual field. Successful
completion of the treatment results in trauma images fading, positive cognitive shift,
reduction of negative affect, and disappearance of somatic sensations.
Shapiro (1995) proposed an 'accelerated processing model' for EMDR that essentially pulls
together the different strands of the treatment in a coherent way. It suggests that the brain
heals itself, as with tissue damage, and changes in symptomatology are always from negative
to positive. What Shapiro's model does not do is operationally define her concepts and
explain the way changes in dysfunctional information occur. For example, the EMDR model,
as with Beck's (1987) Clinical Cognitive Model, accepts that clients place new meaning on
dysfunctionally stored information, but lacks explanation of how this occurs: i.e. the shift
from irrational to rational beliefs, and from 'cold' to 'hot' cognitions.
This paper rectifies the difficulties the 'accelerated processing model' has in acting as a
theoretical basis for EMDR. It describes firstly the received wisdom on the
neurophysiological, and psychological correlates of PTSD. It then goes on to examine the
treatment components considered necessary for the effective resolution of the disorder. In its final phase, the paper considers how well models of information processing explain the
acquisition and maintenance of PTSD. It adopts a modification of the Ingerchanging
Cognitive Subsystems (ICS) approach (Teasdale & Barnard, 1993), a theory based in
cognitive science, to operationally define EMDR's component parts and its process in the
treatment of PTSD. The ICS approach is recommended as a useful way to conceptualise the
maintenance of PTSD and a strong theoretical basis for EMDR.
Keywords: Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
380. Rossman, M. & Bresler, D. (1995, June). Interactive guided imagery and EMDR: Synergy and complementarity. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
I. What is Imagery?
An image is a thought-form with sensory qualities. It is an internal representation of personal reality. Imagery is the
natural, efficient way the human nervous system stores, processes and accesses information. Imagery is the major
natural language of the unconscious
II. What is Interactive Communication?
There are three levels of interactive communication.
(1) Non-interactive communication in which the client is a passive participant of suggestion and the guide sets the
pacing and direction of the experience.
(2) One way interactive communication in which the guide provides the direction but the client sets the pace (e.g.
"let me know when you are feeling more comfortable and relaxed).
(3) Two way interactive communication in which the client provides both the pace and the direction of the
experience.
There are many great advantages to working interactively. Greater client participation in the process leads to greater
client empowerment, and with a greater sense of personal control, clients are able to progress more rapidly with less
resistance to the change process.
III. What is Interactive Guided Imagery"? -
Interactive Guided Imagery is a therapeutic approach that quickly accesses and simultaneously utilizes the rich
resources available from both the client's conscious and unconscious minds. It includes a set of techniques designed to
enhance relaxation, reduce the effects of stress, modulate affect, increase motivation, expand creativity and problem
solving abilities, resolve conflicts and the sequellae of trauma and facilitate action planning.
IV. The Inner Advisor -
The Inner Advisor is an internalized image that has the qualifies of wisdom and compassion. It can represent a
crucial inner support system for clients dealing with PTSD. Participants are taught how to find their own Inner
Advisors and to establish a dialogue that can lead to future inner exploration. The benefits and potential
complications of working with Advisor figures are discussed.
V. EMDR and Interactive Guided Imagery - (IGI)
Drs. Bresler and Rossman discuss what Interactive Guided Imagery and EMDR have in common and how they differ.
In particular, EMDR therapists are encouraged to utilize Conditioned Relaxation to enhance the clearing process
during eye movements, and to recruit the assistance of the Inner Advisor to prevent or reduce flooding, traumatic
insight, and/or regression panic. Conflict resolution techniques are also discussed.
Keywords: Guided Imagery
Accuracy Verified: Yes
381. Tarquinio, C., Schmitt, A., Tarquinio, P., Rydberg, J.-A., & Spitz, E. (2012, April-June). Intérêt de la psychothérapie « eye movement desensitization reprocessing » dans le cadre de la prise en charge de femmes victimes de viols conjugaux [Benefits of "eye movement desensitization and reprocessing" psychotherapy in the treatment of female victims of intimate partner rape]. Sexologies, 21(2), 92-99. doi:10.1016/j.sexol.2011.05.001 .
Language: French
Format: Journal
Abstract:
L’objectif de cette étude est de mettre en évidence à partir du suivi de six femmes
victimes de viols par leur conjoint, les effets de la thérapie « eye movement desensitization
reprocessing », notamment en ce qui concerne la réduction des symptômes d’état de stress posttraumatique,
d’anxiété et de dépression. Toutes ces femmes ont, en outre, fait l’objet d’une
évaluation quantitative à partir d’échelles de mesure proposées avant la prise en charge ainsi
qu’à l’issue de chacune des séances. Les échelles utilisées sont l’Hospital Anxiety and Depression
scale, l’Impact Event Scale et un indicateur propre à la thérapie Eye Movement Desensitization
Reprocessing, le Subject Unit of Distress. Les victimes ont également participé à deux entretiens
plus qualitatifs avant et après la prise en charge, afin d’évaluer plus précisément la présence ou
non de symptômes d’état de stress post-traumatique sur la base des indications fournies par le
Manuel Diagnostic et Statistique des troubles mentaux (American Psychiatric Association [APA],
2004). Les résultats obtenus sont conformes à nos attentes et montrent une diminution significative
et progressive des scores aux différentes échelles au fur et à mesure des séances. Ainsi,
comme on le rencontre classiquement dans la littérature, une prise en charge par la thérapie
Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing conduit les sujets à s’auto-évaluer comme étant
de moins en moins perturbés au fur et à mesure que la psychothérapie progresse. Nous avons également pu observer une réduction importante des scores aux différentes échelles à l’issue
des deux premières séances. Enfin, la prise en charge psychologique réalisée à partir de la
thérapie « eye movement desensitization reprocessing » a conduit à une diminution notable du
nombre de symptômes liés au diagnostic d’état de stress post-traumatique. Cette diminution
s’est révélée homogène pour les trois critères pris en compte (critère B, C et D du American
Psychiatric Association [APA], 2004).
The objective of this study is to demonstrate through monitoring of six women
raped by their spouses, the effects of therapy "Eye Movement Desensitization
reprocessing, "including with regard to reducing symptoms of posttraumatic stress state,
anxiety and depression. All these women have also been a
quantitative assessment based on measurement scales proposed by the management and
at the end of each session. The scales used were the Hospital Anxiety and Depression
Scale, the Impact Event Scale and an indicator specific therapy Eye Movement Desensitization
Reprocessing, the Subject Unit of Distress. Victims have also participated in two interviews
more qualitative before and after treatment to assess more accurately the presence or
without symptoms of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder on the basis of information provided by the
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (American Psychiatric Association [APA],
2004). The results are consistent with our expectations and show a significant decrease
and progressive scores at different levels as and when the sessions. Thus,
as is typically found in the literature, supported by a therapy
Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing leads individuals to assess themselves as
less disturbed as and as psychotherapy progresses. We also observed a significant reduction in scores on different scales at the end
the first two sessions. Finally, the psychological care made from the
therapy "eye movement Desensitization Reprocessing" led to a significant reduction in the
number of symptoms to diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder. This decrease
has been consistent for the three criteria considered (criterion B, C and D of the American
Psychiatric Association [APA], 2004).
Keywords: Anxiety Depression Females Marital Rape Partner Rape Victims Women
Accuracy Verified: Yes
382. Blore, D. C. (2011, September). An interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) investigation of positive psychological change (PPC), including post traumatic growth (PTG). School of Health and Population Sciences, The University of Birmingham, UK.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Positive Psychological Change (PPC) following trauma is a developing field for which
there is no standard terminology. The plethora of labels, of which Post Traumatic
Growth (PTG) is probably the most common descriptor, arguably masks a significant
gap in clinical and theoretical understanding of the phenomenon. One specific gap
addressed by this study is PPC following psychological trauma stemming from a
Road Traffic Accident (RTA) in which the person involved has subsequently received
Eye Movement Desensitisation & Reprocessing (EMDR). To investigate this gap in knowledge, an Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis
(IPA) approach was used and twelve participants recruited via a snowball sampling
method. The participants were then interviewed using a Semi-structured Interview
Questionnaire (SSIQ) and the interviews were then transcribed for IPA analysis. Key
themes that emerged included Navigational Struggle (NS) to describe Negative
Psychological Change (NPC), and Network Growth (NG), to describe PPC. At any
one post-RTA/EMDR point there was a preponderance of one over the other,
however, NS and NG were inseparable and found to co-exist along an NS-NG
continuum. In addition, Figurative Language Use (FLU) had a significant role in both
NS and NG yet was independent of both and apparently driving change towards the
development of NG. Whilst NS and NG were both post-trauma phenomena, FLU
seemed to hallmark expansion of memory networks as part of a general maturation
process post-RTA. Furthermore, there was evidence that participants were
incorporating their traumatic experiences via FLU into the rebuilding of their
assumptive worlds.
To account for these findings, an extension to Adaptive Information Processing (AIP)
– the theory widely accepted to underpin EMDR - is proposed based upon a
hypothesised Plasticity of Meaning (PoM), which is observable through FLU. PoM
predicts which, why and how memory networks connect resulting in the adaptive
processing predicted by AIP. The study’s findings are re-examined in terms of
consequential modifications to the clinical use of EMDR. Extensive suggestions for
further research are provided.
Keywords: Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis IPA PPC Positive Psychological Change
Accuracy Verified: Yes
383. Spierings, J. (2011, June). Interweaves. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients we can hardly expect EMDR-processing to go smoothly by itself. ‘Just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring trauma resolution. In EMDR this type of intervening is called ‘(cognitive) interweaving’. The therapist may need to intervene on the process level with process interweaves, in order to keep the client within his window of (affect) tolerance. Or the therapist has to intervene on the content level with content interweaves, when the client gets stuck in a specific problem is unable to solve with the information he has available. interweaves to get round resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness.
Learning objectives:
In this workshop the participant learns to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal level of the client. In addition to this a toolkit of useful content interweaves is presented, cognitive and non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous, symbolic and spiritual interweaves. The presentation includes metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious.
Keywords: Interweaves
Accuracy Verified: Yes
384. Miller, K. (2013, May). The intricacies of time orientation: Going beyond “What year is this? . Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dual attention is necessary for successful EMDR trauma reprocessing. This implies the client has sufficient time
orientation, knowing the feelings are from a memory and the event is not happening now. Complex trauma and
PTSD’s component of flashbacks and reliving requires that clinicians have a myriad of time orientation skills
readily available when needed. EMDR therapists need to be especially attentive to this issue because of the
high intensity of affect EMDR can stimulate. This 90 minute workshop will teach the art and intricacies of time
orientation within an EMDR framework. Lecture, case transcripts and video clips will show the power, depth and
art of time orientation skills. Learning Objectives:
• Describe the theoretical reason why time orientation skills are
• Necessary when using EMDR with PTSD and complex trauma
• Describe the EMDR Standard Protocol Phase where the majority of time orientation interventions are used.
• Describe 5 ways to time orient a client
• Understand the power of time orientation to stabilize a client when using EMDR.
Keywords: Orientation Interventions Time Orientation Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
385. Lendl, J., & Foster, S. (2011, August). Intro to EMDR performance enhancement psychology: A twenty year update. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While EMDR Performance Enhancement Psychology can address clinical issues such as performance anxiety, self-defeating beliefs, behavioral inhibitions, PTSD, and psychological recovery from injury for creative and performing artists, workplace employees, and athletes; it can also be very useful with everyday non-pathological complaints such as procrastination, fear of failure, setbacks and life transitions. Lendl and Foster initiated EMDR-PEP in 1991. This workshop will be a twenty year update to the introduction of EMDR-PEP. There will be a brief history of EMDR-PEP, research, AIP theory, and useful performance skills that therapists can integrate into their work with clients. The workshop will include lecture, role playing demo with group practice and, hopefully, time for questions.
Keywords: Performance Enhancement Update
Accuracy Verified: Yes
386. Teixeira, R (2007, Novembro). Introdução ao EMDR: Protocolo 8 fases EMDR [Introduction to EMDR: 8 phase EMDR protocol]. Apresentação no I Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Processamento Adaptativo de Informação;
Protocolo de 8 fases e a estrutração dos ICES.
Adaptive Information Processing;
Protocol 8 phases.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Eight Phases
Accuracy Verified: Yes
387. Schwartz, G. (2009). Introducing adaptive information processing (AIP) and EMDR: Affect management and self-mastery of triggers. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 57-61). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
It is helpful to introduce the concept of Adaptive Information Processing, to help your clients understand the nature of how our brains work. To do this, you can use a metaphor concerning the front and back of the brain. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP: Affect Management Protocol Triggers
Accuracy Verified: Yes
388. Dunne, T. (2010, March). An investigation into therapists’ beliefs about how eye movement desensitization & reprocessing (EMDR) works in clinical practice: Do the eyes have it?. Poster presented at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
These were subject to statistical analysis using Analysis of Variance (ANOVA)
and Chi-Square tests to examine the relationships between Questionnaire items for
significance. A total of 9 subjects agreed to be interviewed regarding their EMDR practice
and integration issues. This qualititative data was content analyzed. No differences were
found between both groups on Biodata factors, years of experience as a Therapist or years
using EMDR which gives further confidence in the results when comparing both cohorts.
Results: Respondents endorsed two types of explanation as to why they believed EMDR
works (ie) EMDR facilitates communication between the Limbic system and Frontal Lobes
(77%) and Adaptive Information Processing (73%). This suggests that Therapists are not
just following Shapiro’s AIP model slavishly but are rather making up their own minds.
There were no significant differences between Analytic, CBT, Integrative and Humanistic
Therapists in terms of explanatory mechanisms endorsed about EMDR’s “active
ingredient”. CBT Therapists found it easier to incorporate EMDR into their clinical
practice than Analytic or Humanist Therapists. This finding was supported by the results of
the qualitative interview data. Indeed, up to 40% of Therapists sampled experienced
difficulties in integrating EMDR into their clinical practice, post training. The types of
difficulties identified included: Differences in theoretical beliefs, more active style of
EMDR, structure of EMDR Protocol, Therapist confidence issues, Organizational
issues and hostility from clinical colleagues, bullying, lack of supervision and support
post training.
Conclusions: The results of this study confirm findings from earlier studies regarding
Therapists’ beliefs about EMDR but also extend those finding internationally so that
previous findings can now be accepted as universal given that this present study
contained respondents from three other continents other than North America. This study
also found that up to 40% of Therapists trained in EMDR experienced significant
difficulties in integrating EMDR into their clinical practice post-training. Analytic and
Humanist Therapists reported the biggest difficulties which included conflict with the
Therapists’ original theoretical model, the EMDR Protocol structure itself, Therapist
confidence and lack of supervision and support, Organizational and Management issues of
opposition to EMDR and Therapist Bullying. The implications for EMDR training are
discussed and communicated to relevant EMDR Training Organizations.
Keywords: Poster Research Therapist's Beliefs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
389. Knipe, J. (1998). It was a golden time...: Treating narcissistic vulnerability. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications, (1st ed.) (pp. 232-255), New York: Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This chapter focuses on EMDR-enhanced therapeutic protocols to treat individuals whose painful life experience is separated from consciousness by complex defensive structures, particularly those associated with narcissistic and avoidance defenses.In many of the clients I have worked with, the healing power of EMDR is prevented or impaired by unresolved positive feelings that block the client's full awareness of the negative experience associated with trauma. This can occur when the overall complex of posttraumatic images, self-defeating cognitions, unpleasant feelings and sensations (what Francine Shapiro calls the unprocessed "memory network") contains embedded strong positive affect that is highly valued by the client. In the case of a person with narcissistic defenses, the positive material may block awareness of negative memories, especially if the positive experience occurred in the larger context of trauma and neglect. In such instances the positive part of the experience is idealized through selective memory and strengthened in intensity, because it serves as a defense against the core PTSD. The negative part of the memory is partially or wholly dissociated and is thus less accessible to processing. [Adapted from Text, pp. 232, 233-234]
Keywords: Adults Americans Case Report Defense Mechanisms Life Experiences Males Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Self Concept Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
390. Fine, C.& Berkowitz, A. (2008, April). The joint use of EMDR and hypnosis in the treatment of DID, DDNOS and complex PTSD. Presentation at the 1st bi-annual European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID), a chronic childhood onset posttraumatic stress
disorder (PTSD), is currently recognized as a treatable condition. It is considered the
paradigmatic dissociative disorder and carries with it extreme posttraumatic
symptomatology which lends itself to be an apt target for treatment combining the use of
EMDR and hypnosis. Therapists skilled in the treatment of DID and Dissociative Disorder
Not otherwise specified (DDNos) have augmented their therapeutic arsenal with the fluent
uses of hypnosis for stabilization, affect management, building a safe place and
grounding. EMDR, which has come to the forefront of clinical awareness in the last fifteen
years, seems well suited for the treatment of trauma, but can be destabilizing. The
presenters recommend a protocol, called Wreathing Protocol, for the imbricated use of
EMDR and hypnosis in the treatment of not only DID, but also DDNOS and complex
chronic PTSD. The Wreathing Protocol is useful to advanced clinicians skilled in both
modalities independently. This workshop will explain and illustrate with a clinical vignette
the sequential steps of the Wreathing Protocol; it will describe the required contextual
treatment frame for its safe use. The presenters will explore the consequences of the
premature uses of EMDR and offer planful structured responses to a disequilibrated
treatment and a destabilized patient. The clinical implications of the use of the Wreathing
Protocol will be discussed.
Learning objectives:
1. Name three prohibitions to the use of EMDR in the treatment of dissociative
disorders.
2. Exemplify one target symptom of the BASK model of dissociation in the clinical
example presented and relate a different one in one of your own patients.
3. Describe a potential multistep Wreathing Protocol sequence from selection of
target to resolution of at least one microsymptom in a patient of your choice.
Keywords: Complex PTSD DDNOS DID Dissociative Identity Disorder Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified Hypnosis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
391. Horne, B. (2012, April). Joyful practice: EMDR and the therapist. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the benefits of EMDR to the therapist, rather than to the client (for whom they are already well established!). It will examine the therapeutic relationship that is made necessary by the AIP, where in the therapist now takes the stance of privileged expert witness to the client's own healing, rather than being the agent or supplier of that healing. The history of the therapeutic relationship will be briefly tracked, with adescription of the paradigm shift that began with family systems pioneers such as Carl Whitaker, who challenged therapists to take a more client-centered, respectfull view of the therapeutic relationship. EMDR therapists can now shift from being “ helpers ” or “ healers ” to being informed and privileged witnesses. Norcross (2005) has demonstrated that EMDR is an "evidence-based therapy" largely due to the therapeutic attunement that it requires. The neurobiological & hormonal benefits of attunement (Schore, Gray) are coming to be better understood. This attunement will be examined from the point of view of the benefit to the therapist, as well as to the client. This attunement greatly enhances ourability to work joyfully and abundantly (and hence, more effectively). These benefits, accompanied by the optimism and hope that is fed by therepeated witnessing of our clients ’ transformations precludes any possibility of compassion fatigue — indeed the work is exhilarating. This workshop will be largely didactic, but case examples and space for sharing & discussion will be incorporated into the 90-minutes framework.
Learning Objectives:
1.Participants will compare the traditional medical-model therapeutic relationship with EMDR’s more client-respectful / responsible model.
2. Participants will expand their understanding of how the AIP dictates & requires this changed therapeutic relationship and its impact on us as therapists.
3. Participants will identify and examine the EMDR therapist ’ s freedom from responsibility for our clients and appreciate the impact on us of our routinely excellent treatment outcomes
4. Participants will identify and acknowledge the benefits of therapeutic attunement to the therapist.
5. Participants will show awareness of their own experiences, from the point of view of the therapist-benefit aspects of EMDR.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
392. Hennessey, V. (2010, April 6). Jury selection begins in rape trial of Thomas Pollacci. Monterey County, CA: The Herald.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
According to the Web site emdr-therapy.com, the technique is used to treat victims of trauma and post-traumatic stress disorder. Bilateral tones or taps, right and left eye movement or tactile stimulation activates opposite sides of the brain, releasing memories that are "trapped" in the nervous system, the site explains. The intent of the therapy is to replace those images with more positive feelings.
According to the EMDR Institute Inc., "clients generally experience the emergence of insight, changes in memories, or new associations."
Scott said he would require an evidentiary hearing outside the presence of the jury to explore the science of the technique, whether it is admissible in court and how it might affect the woman's ability to testify about memories she had before the treatment.
Keywords: Court Hearing Rape Retrieved Memories Testimony Trial
Accuracy Verified: Yes
393. Tofani, L. R. (2006). La terapia basata sull'adaptive information processing e la terapia familiare sistemica - Dalla compatibilita teorica all'integrazione opertiva [Adaptive information processing therapy and systemic family therapy - From theoretical compatibility to the beginning of integration]. In M. Balbo (a cura). EMDR: Uno strumento di dialogo fra le psicoterapie [EMDR: A tool for dialogue among the psychotherapies] 1e edizione, (pp. 277-306). Milano, Italy: McGraw-Hill.
Language: Italian
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Systemic Family Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
394. Bruno, T. (2006, Maggio). Le emozioni dei terapeuti nel lavoro con persone vittime di traumi interpersonali [The emotions of therapists working with victims of interpersonal trauma]. Presentazione alla Conferenza Nazionale, Associazione per l'EMDR in Italia, Firenza, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Quando ascoltiamo storie di devastazione, terrore, impotenza e di tradimento della fiducia, come naturale conseguenza, le nostre sicurezze più profonde possono essere messe in crisi. Applicando l’EMDR, a volte, possiamo essere messi di fronte alla “realtà del trauma” inaspettatamente, senza parole: il/la paziente “torna là” rivive l’esperienza col corpo e noi assistiamo e “viviamo il suo trauma”. Le emozioni (paura, schifo, terrore, rabbia, senso di paralisi ecc.) possono irrompere nello spazio sicuro della stanza di terapia e sfidare il nostro senso di “invulnerabilità” e prevedibilità. Rispetto all’impatto del materiale traumatico sul terapeuta quando si trova come testimone di eventi terribili e delle loro conseguenze ci possono essere risposte quali senso di paralisi, paura, desideri sadici e di vendetta, fino a “violazioni del setting”. Nel lavoro sul trauma possiamo agire in un continuum che va da risposte di evitamento con sentimenti di rifiuto e rabbia verso risposte di iper identificazione con la vittima. Esiste un rapporto circolare fra aspetti controtransferali e traumatizzazione secondaria negli operatori. Possono emergere problemi esistenziali e spirituali, sentimenti aggressivi e di giudizio, orrore, rabbia, senso di vulnerabilità, dolore-pena e sintomi classici del Disturbo da Stress Post Traumatico. La conoscenza, la consapevolezza e la gestione di questo processo all’interno della relazione terapeutica è fondante rispetto alla riparazione del danno nelle vittime e alla salute mentale dei terapeuti. Nel corso della presentazione ci sarà una focalizzazione sugli aspetti del ciclo del controtranfert e della traumatizzazione secondaria nel terapeuta e si forniranno elementi di protezione per i terapeuti.
When we hear stories of devastation, terror, helplessness and betrayal of trust, as a natural result, our securities may be made deeper into crisis. Applying EMDR, sometimes, we may be confronted with the "reality of trauma" unexpectedly, without words, it/the patient "back there" relive the experience with the body and we are seeing and "live her trauma." Emotions (fear, disgust, fear, anger, sense of paralysis, etc.) can break into the safe space of the therapy room and challenge our sense of "invulnerability" and predictability. Compared to the impact of traumatic material when the therapist is as a witness to terrible events and their consequences there may be responses such as sense of paralysis, fear, desires and sadistic revenge, to "violations of the setting." In work on trauma, we can act on a continuum ranging from avoidance responses with feelings of rejection and anger responses of hyper identification with the victim. There is a circular relationship between trauma and countertransference issues in the secondary players. Existential and spiritual problems can arise, aggressive feelings and judgments, horror, anger, sense of vulnerability, pain and pain-classic symptoms of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. Knowledge, awareness and management of this process within the relationship Therapeutic compliance is fundamental to repairing the damage in the victims and mental health therapists. During the presentation there will be a focus on aspects of the cycle controtranfert and secondary traumatization in the therapist and will give protection elements for therapists.
Keywords: Interpersonal Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
395. Tofani, L. R., & Wheeler, K. (2012). Le protocole de l'épisode traumatique récent: Evaluation et analyse des résultats de trois études de cas [The protocol for recent traumatic episode: Evaluation and analysis of the results of three case studies]. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(4), 46E-63E. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.4.46.
Language: French
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Cet article évalue et illustre l’application du protocole de l’épisode traumatique récent (R-TEP : recenttraumatic
episode protocol) avec trois clients différents : un enfant atteint d’une maladie chronique, une
femme ayant subi une perte importante et un adolescent qui s’automutilait. Le R-TEP est une adaptation
du protocole EMDR pour l’intervention EMDR précoce. Les séances sont présentées de manière détaillée
afin de souligner les changements qui se produisent au niveau du traitement de l’information au cours
de la thérapie. Des marqueurs observés identifiés ont permis d’analyser le déroulement du traitement,
incluant la distanciation vis-à-vis du trauma ; la diminution des affects négatifs ou le changement des
émotions rapportées ; l’accès à des informations plus adaptatives ; des changements au niveau de
l’échelle des unités subjectives de perturbation (SUDS : Subjective Units of Disturbance scale) ; l’échelle
de validité
de la cognition (Validity of Cognition) et l’échelle révisée d’impact de l’événement (Impact
of Event Scale––Revised) indiquant des modifications de la perception du souvenir traumatique. Tous
les clients ont montré des gains thérapeutiques pré/post du R-TEP, avec des changements au niveau
du comportement et du fonctionnement. Les soubassements du R-TEP sont envisagés à la lumière des
observations rapportées. La contribution spécifique du protocole est soulignée en considération de ses
composants procéduraux et des mécanismes de changement associés plausibles.
This article evaluates and illustrates the application of the protocol recent traumatic episode (R-PET: recenttraumatic
episode protocol) with three different clients: a child with a chronic illness,
woman who suffered a major loss and a teenager who automutilait. The R-TEP is an adaptation
EMDR protocol for early EMDR intervention. The sessions are presented in detail
to highlight the changes that occur in the processing of information during
therapy. Observed identified markers were used to analyze the course of treatment,
including distance vis-à-vis the trauma, decrease negative affect or change
reported emotions; access to information more adaptive, changes at
scale subjective units of disturbance (SUDS: Subjective Units of Disturbance Scale) scale
validity
of cognition (Validity of Cognition) and the revised scale of impact of the event (Impact
of Event Scale - Revised) indicating changes in the perception of the traumatic memory. all
customers have shown therapeutic gains pre / post R-TEP, with changes in
behavior and functioning. The foundations of the R-TEP are considered in the light of
reported sightings. The specific contribution of the protocol is emphasized in view of its
procedural components and related plausible mechanisms of change.
Keywords: Evaluation of Results Mechanisms of Action Recent Trauma R-TEP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
396. Jarero, I., Artigas, L., & Luber, M. (2012). Le protocole EMDR pour les incidents critiques récents: Application à un contexte de continuum de soins en santé mentale après une catastrophe [The EMDR protocol for recent critical incidents: Application in a disaster mental health continuum of care context]. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(2), E12-E25. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.2.E12.
Language: French
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Cette étude de terrain randomisée et contrôlée a été réalisée après un séisme de 7,2 en Basse-Californie
au Mexique. Le traitement a été offert selon les principes du continuum de soins. Un briefing de gestion
de crise a été proposé à 53 individus Ensuite, les 18 individus qui avaient obtenu des scores élevés
sur l’échelle IES (Impact of Event Scale : échelle d’impact des événements) ont bénéficié du protocole
EMDR pour les incidents critiques récents (EMDR-PRECI: EMDR Protocol for Recent Critical Events), un
protocole EMDR modifié à séance unique qui a été élaboré pour le traitement des traumatismes récents.
Les participants ont été assignés de manière aléatoire à deux groupes : le groupe de traitement immédiat
et le groupe de de traitement retardé/liste d’attente. Il n’y a pas eu d’amélioration dans le groupe de liste
d’attente ; les scores des participants du groupe de traitement immédiat se sont significativement améliorés
en comparaison avec les participants du groupe de liste d’attente. Une séance de EMDR-PRECI
a produit une amélioration significative des symptômes de stress post-traumatique tant pour le groupe
de traitement immédiat que pour le groupe de traitement retardé/de liste d’attente, avec des résultats
maintenus lors du suivi après 12 semaines, alors que des séismes d’après-choc effrayants continuaient
à survenir fréquemment. Cette étude apporte des preuves préliminaires en faveur de l’efficacité
de ce protocole dans un contexte de continuum de soins en santé mentale après une catastrophe. Des
études contrôlées supplémentaires sont souhaitées afin d’approfondir l’évaluation de l’efficacité de cette
intervention.
This randomized, controlled group field study was conducted subsequent to a 7.2 earthquake in North Baja California, Mexico. Treatment was provided according to continuum of care principles. Crisis management debriefing was provided to 53 individuals. After this, the 18 individuals who had high scores on the Impact of Event Scale (IES) were then provided with the eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) Protocol for Recent Critical Incidents (EMDR-PRECI), a single-session modified EMDR protocol for the treatment of recent trauma. Participants were randomly assigned to two groups: immediate treatment group and waitlist/delayed treatment group. There was no improvement in the waitlist/ delayed treatment group, and scores of the immediate treatment group participants were significantly improved, compared with waitlist/delayed treatment group paticipants. One session of EMDR-PRECI produced significant improvement on symptoms of posttraumatic stress for both the immediate-treatment and waitlist/delayed treatment groups, with results maintained at 12-week follow-up, even though frightening aftershocks continued to occur frequently. This study provides preliminary evidence in support of the protocol's efficacy in a disaster mental health continuum of care context. More controlled research is recommended to evaluate further the efficacy of this intervention.
Keywords: Critical Incidents Disaster Mental Health Early EMDR Intervention Natural Disaster Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Recent Events
Accuracy Verified: Yes
397. Leeds, A. (2006, September). Learning to feel good about positive emotions with the positive affect tolerance and integration protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Survivors of profound early childhood emotional neglect and abuse often experience shared positive emotional states as aversive. For such survivors, these states are unfamiliar and may be associated with formative experiences of being ignored, shamed or hurt. Concepts from attachment theory, Putnam’s discrete behavioral states model and McCullough’s affect phobia, provide the foundation for the Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol. Standard EMDR procedural steps increase tolerance for an integration of positive emotional states and develop a more resilient and positive self-concept. Case examples illustrate criteria and potential benefits of this approach with the aim of encouraging further research.
Keywords: Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
398. Leeds, A. (2007, September). Learning to feel good about positive emotions with the positive affect tolerance and integration protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Survivors of profound early childhood emotional neglect and abuse often experience shared positive emotional states as aversive. For such survivors, these states are unfamiliar and may be associated with formative experiences of being ignored, shamed or hurt. Concepts from attachment theory, Putnam’s discrete behavioral states model and McCullough’s affect phobia, provide the foundation for the Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol. Standard EMDR procedural steps increase tolerance for an integration of positive emotional states and develop a more resilient and positive self-concept. Case examples illustrate criteria and potential benefits of this approach with the aim of encouraging further research.
Keywords: Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
399. Veira, V. (2009, Junho). Liberte-se dos traumas [To be freed from your traumas]. Journal da Comunidade, Brasilia.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Vivências traumáticas prejudicam amplamente a qualidade de vida, mas, felizmente, é possível tratá-las com métodos rápidos e eficazes, como o EMDR e experiência somática, técnicas cada vez mais utilizadas pelos especialistas.
Traumatic experiences affect widely the quality of life, but fortunately, you can treat them with rapid and effective methods such as EMDR and somatic experience, techniques increasingly used by specialists.
Accuracy Verified: No
400. Leeds, A. M. (1998). Lifting the burden of shame: Using EMDR resource installation to resolve a therapeutic impasse. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications, (1st ed.) (pp. 256-281). New York: W. W. Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
With Meredith, what had seemed an insurmountable impasse using a standard PTSD protocol had become amenable to significant resolution when addressed with a non-standard protocol. The key to this approach was to install multiple positive resources without deliberately activating the distressing emotions and associations of a specific, disturbing memory or current stimuli. I have coined the phrase "EMDR resource installation" to describe this protocol. I have since used this approach with other challenging clients who have childhood histories of significant failures of attachment with their primary caregivers. In these cases, their histories and current functioning led me to conclude that their capacity for self-soothing and affect modulation was not yet developed to the point where they could tolerate directly targeting distressing memories using the standard EMDR protocol. [Text, pp. 276-277]
Keywords: Adults Case Report Child Abuse Defense Mechanisms Diseases Females Neglect Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
401. Nathanson, D. (1998, July). Locating EMDR: Affect, scene, and script. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) learn the language of affect, feeling, emotion, mood, disorders of mood, and script; 2) identify the affect that has precitated someone into patient status; and help the patient identify and understand that affect; and 3) determine with increased accuracy the clinical situations within which EMDR may be expected to work.
Keywords: Affect
Accuracy Verified: Yes
402. Paulsen, S. L. (2010, February). Looking through the eyes: EMDR & ego state therapy across the dissociative continuum. Presentation at the 3rd World Congress of Ego State Therapy, Sun City, South Africa.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: There are two workshops that are similar, in that they describe ways to work with dissociative clients in the phased approach recommended by the Treatment Guidelines of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, to which Dr. Paulsen contributed for the Third Revision That phased approach emphasizes stabilization and containment before conducting EMDR, and then using a measured approach to pace the use of EMDR for maximal safety for dissociative clients. The first workshop teaches the ego state methods to do this, and this second workshop describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods. [The second workshop ”Looking Through the Eyes: EMDR & Ego State and Somatic Therapies Acrosss the Dissociative Continuum” with its own entry describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods, making that workshop very full indeed.] This first workshop will elaborate on the key phase of stabilization, before ever conducting EMDR for a dissociative client. It will describe ways to increase affect tolerance, employ somatic resourcing, and other somatic methods to reconfigure ego states, use a two-step containment strategy for traumatic material and for ego states. A key focus is on working directly with perpetrator introjects or other “monstrous” disowned or shameful parts, to minimize resistance and internal conflict. Leading edge methods for resetting affective circuits and clearing very early attachment trauma will be touched upon. Participants will be able to: 1. Explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation prior to doing EMDR and choose an appropriate protocol, 2. Utilize a phased approach to therapy, including EMDR when and where appropriate, for complex dissociative clients, 3. List six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients to increase rapport, increase soma tolerance, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources, 4. Prepare for EMDR processing using ego state and other methods to clarify roles and plan the work, 5. Structure EMDR sessions using imagery, ego state interventions (and somatic methods, for the second workshop) for pacing, fractionating and trouble shooting the work, and 6.For the somatic version of the workshop, list several somatic interventions to assist with various phases work with dissociative clients.
Keywords: Dissociative Continuum Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
403. Paulsen, S. L. (2009). Looking through the eyes: EMDR, Ego state & somatic therapies across the dissociative continuum. Presentation at the Bainbridge Institute for Integrative Psychology, Bainbridge Island, Washington .
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
There are two workshops that are similar, in that they describe ways to work with dissociative clients in the phased approach recommended by the Treatment Guidelines of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, to which Dr. Paulsen contributed for the Third Revision That phased approach emphasizes stabilization and containment before conducting EMDR, and then using a measured approach to pace the use of EMDR for maximal safety for dissociative clients. The first workshop ["Looking Through the Eyes: EMDR & Ego State Therapy Across the Dissociative Continuum” with its own entry] teaches the ego state methods to do stabilization and containment. This second workshop describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods, making that workshop very full indeed. This workshop will elaborate on the key phase of stabilization, before ever conducting EMDR for a dissociative client. It will describe ways to increase affect tolerance, employ somatic resourcing, and other somatic methods to reconfigure ego states, use a two-step containment strategy for traumatic material and for ego states. A key focus is on working directly with perpetrator introjects or other “monstrous” disowned or shameful parts, to minimize resistance and internal conflict. Leading edge methods for resetting affective circuits and clearing very early attachment trauma will be touched upon.
Partipants will be able to: 1. Explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation prior to doing EMDR and choose an appropriate protocol, 2. Utilize a phased approach to therapy, including EMDR when and where appropriate, for complex dissociative clients, 3. List six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients to increase rapport, increase soma tolerance, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources, 4. Prepare for EMDR processing using ego state and other methods to clarify roles and plan the work, 5. Structure EMDR sessions using imagery, ego state interventions (and somatic methods, for the second workshop) for pacing, fractionating and trouble shooting the work, and 6. For the somatic version of the workshop, list several somatic interventions to assist with various phases work with dissociative clients.
Keywords: Dissociative Continuum Ego State Therapy Somatic Resourcing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
404. Knipe J. (2008). Loving eyes: Procedures to therapeutically reverse dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.) Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 181-225). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Dual attention (simultaneous awareness of both the disturbing material and a neutral or safe aspect of the present situation) is an essential element of the effectiveness of EMDR (Shapiro, 2001). That is, in EMDR therapy, the therapist assists the client in keeping "one foot in the present, one foot in the past." Metaphorically, "two feet in the past" would simply be emotionally reliving the trauma, and not therapeutic. For those clients with highly dissociated and intense affect, there is a danger with standard EMDR that uncontrolled emotion may intrude into consciousness in a way that undermines this important balance between present and past. In this chapter, several methods are described that seem to be useful in empowering clients with dissociated ego states to stay oriented to the present while processing unfinished disturbing memories. Specifically, these EMDR variations seem to enable the client to maintain the balance between emotional safety and the controlled emergence of unresolved affect, so as to avoid dissociative abreaction and make possible the healing and eventual integration of separate parts of the self. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved
Keywords: Dual Attention
Accuracy Verified: Yes
405. Mazzola, A., Calcagno, M. L., Goicochea, M. T., Pueyrredòn, H., Leston, J., & Salvat, F. (2010). L’EMDR dans le traitement de la douleur chronique [EMDR in the treatment of chronic pain]. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 4(3), E31-E44. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.4.3.E31.
Language: French
Format: Journal
Abstract:
La douleur chronique peut réduire considérablement la qualité de vie, engendrant dépression, anxiété
et troubles du sommeil ; elle peut déclencher des processus neuroplastiques qui infl uencent la régulation
de la douleur. La présente étude examine le traitement EMDR ( Eye Movement Desensitization and
Reprocessing ) de 38 patients souffrant de douleur chronique, en 12 séances hebdomadaires de 90
minutes. Une batterie de questionnaires auto-administrés, portant sur la qualité de vie, l’intensité de la
douleur et le niveau de dépression, a été complétée avant et après le traitement en vue d’une évaluation
objective des résultats. L’Entretien clinique structuré du DSM a été administré lors du pré-traitement afi n d’identifi er les traits de personnalité des participants susceptibles d’infl uencer la perception de la douleur.
Les patients ont manifesté une amélioration statistiquement signifi cative par rapport à leur état initial
après 12 semaines de traitement EMDR. Nos résultats suggèrent que l’EMDR constitue un outil effi cace
pour le traitement psychologique de la douleur chronique, conduisant à une diminution des sensations
douloureuses, des affects négatifs en lien avec la douleur, et des niveaux d’anxiété et de dépression. Nous
examinons les théories pouvant expliquer les mécanismes par lesquels l’EMDR produit ces effets. Les
résultats sont cohérents avec la prémisse sous-jacente de l’EMDR selon laquelle les émotions ont un effet
important sur la perception de la douleur.
Chronic pain can greatly reduce the quality of life, causing depression, anxiety
and sleep disorders, and may trigger processes that influence neuroplastic regulation
pain. This study examines the treatment EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) of 38 patients suffering from chronic pain, in 12 weekly sessions of 90
minutes. A battery of self-administered questionnaires on the quality of life, the intensity of the
pain and depression level, was completed before and after treatment for assessment
objective results. The Structured Clinical Interview of DSM was administered at pre-treatment to identify personality traits of participants likely to influence the perception of pain.
Patients showed a statistically significant compared to baseline condition
after 12 weeks of treatment EMDR. Our results suggest that EMDR is an effective tool cient
for psychological treatment of chronic pain, leading to a loss of sensation
painful, negative affect related to pain, and levels of anxiety and depression. We
examine theories that explain the mechanisms by which EMDR produces these effects. The
results are consistent with the underlying premise of EMDR that emotions have an effect
important perception of pain.
Keywords: Chronic Pain Douleur Chronique Neuroplastic Processes Processus Neuroplastiques Regulation of Pain Régulation de la Douleur
Accuracy Verified: Yes
406. McGoldrick, T., Begum, M., & Brown, K. E. (2010). L’EMDR et l’autodysosmophobie. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 4(4), E63-E67. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.4.4.E63.
Language: French
Format: Journal
Abstract:
L’autodysosmophobie est une maladie actuellement considérée comme un trouble délirant selon les critères
DSM-IV. Les patients sont convaincus de produire une mauvaise odeur, ce qui provoque une détresse
émotionnelle importante et des conséquences sociales négatives. Son étiologie n’est pas entièrement
comprise ; les interventions pharmacologiques et psychothérapeutiques obtiennent généralement peu
de résultats. Cet article décrit le traitement de quatre cas consécutifs d’autodysosmophobie dont les
symptômes pathologiques avaient persisté depuis 8 à 48 ans. L’administration de l’EMDR se traduisait
par le traitement de diverses expériences de vie qui semblaient causer ou déclencher la pathologie. Les
séances EMDR ont entraîné la résolution complète des symptômes dans les quatre cas et ce résultat était
maintenu lors du suivi. En considération des résultats rapides et durables, nous proposons une hypothèse
basée sur le modèle du Traitement Adaptatif de l’Information (TAI) afi n d’expliquer l’étiopathologie et la
rémission.
Cet article a paru que McGoldrick T., Begum, M., Brown, KW (2008). EMDR et de référence olfactive
Syndrome: Une série de cas. Journal de pratique EMDR et de la recherche, 2 (1), 63-68. Traduction française par Jenny Ann Rydberg.
Olfactory Reference Syndrome is a disease currently considered a delusional disorder according to the criteria
DSM-IV. Patients are confident of producing a bad smell, which causes distress
important emotional and negative social consequences. Its etiology is not fully
understood, pharmacological and psychotherapeutic interventions generally achieve little
results. This article describes the treatment of four consecutive cases of autodysosmophobie whose
pathological symptoms had persisted for 8 to 48 years. The administration of EMDR resulted
the treatment of various life experiences that seemed to cause or trigger the disease. The
EMDR sessions resulted in complete resolution of symptoms in four cases and this result was
maintained at follow-up. In consideration of the rapid and lasting results, we propose a hypothesis
based on the model of Adaptive Information Processing (ADP) afi nd'expliquer the etiopathogenesis and
remission.
This article originally appeared as McGoldrick T., Begum, M., Brown, K. W. (2008). EMDR and Olfactory Reference
Syndrome: A Case Series. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2 (1) , 63–68. French translation by Jenny Ann Rydberg.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Olfactory Reference Syndrome Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
407. Giannantonio, M. (2008, Novembre). L’integrazione possible: accedere alle emozioni con strategie imaginative e corporee [Integration impossible: Access to emotions with imaginative and corporeal strategies]. Presentazione Le applicazioni cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Il modello paradigmatico di intervento clinico al quale l’EMDR si ispira è di non interferenza all’interno dell’elaborazione adattiva prodotta autonomamente dal paziente, stimolato da una ottimale relazione terapeutica e dalla stimolazione bilaterale all’interno di un campo di attenzione duale. Nondimeno, è esperienza abituale del clinico come tale modello incappi regolarmente all’interno di stalli rielaborativi che impediscono una adeguata desensibilizzazione e rielaborazione degli eventi stressanti o francamente traumatici. Per tale motivo, l’EMDR può massimizzare la sua efficacia psicoterapeutica attraverso l’impiego di specifiche strategie di “intervento cognitivo integrativo”, finalizzate all’implementazione adattiva ed ecologica delle risorse inattingibili da parte del paziente. In questa comunicazione, che prende in parte ispirazione dalle domande e dalle difficoltà emergenti nei colleghi durante l’attività di supervisione, attraverso numerose esemplificazioni cliniche si intenderà mostrare l’impiego flessibile ed euristico di strategie immaginative e corporee come interventi integrativi di particolare efficacia. In particolare, verrà posta una specifica attenzione nei confronti degli stalli integrativi dovuti principalmente a meccanismi dissociativi che possono causare difficoltà anche notevoli all’attività dello psicoterapeuta. Fenomeni dissociativi massicci, infatti, possono mostrarsi sin dall’inizio (in particolare qualora l’evento abbia suscitato una dissociazione peritraumatica), rendendo apparentemente non affrontabile il ricordo del paziente, in quanto non evocatore di alcuna risonanza emotiva; diversamente, la gestione dissociativa dei ricordi comparirà tra una seduta e l’altra, oppure all’interno del processo elaborativo condotto con l’EMDR. Verrà mostrato come la dissociazione, che può rendere impossibile l’elaborazione, possa essere gradualmente ridotta iperassociando il paziente nei confronti dei propri ricordi, di volta in volta privilegiando attività rivolte nei confronti delle immagini mentali oppure attraverso l’adozione di posture corporee finalizzate alla rottura delle barriere dissociative.
The paradigmatic model of clinical intervention in which EMDR is based is not interference in preparing adaptive generate themselves from the patient, stimulated by optimal therapeutic relationship and the bilateral stimulation within a field of attention dual. Nevertheless, it is habitual experience of the clinician how this model regularly encountering processed within stalls that prevent a adequate desensitization and reworking frankly stressful or traumatic events. Therefore, EMDR can maximize its effectiveness through the use of specific psychotherapeutic strategies, "Integrative cognitive intervention, aimed at the implementation of adaptive and ecological resources unattainable by the patient. In this communication, which takes some inspiration, the questions and difficulties emerging in the colleagues during the supervisory activities through numerous clinical examples to show you will understand the use of flexible, heuristic imaginative strategies and body as supplementary measures, particularly effective. In particular, specific attention will be paid in respect of the stalls due mainly to additional dissociative mechanisms that can cause considerable difficulties although the activity of psychotherapist. Dissociative phenomena massive, in fact, can show the beginning (in particularly if the event has generated a dissociation peritraumatica), making apparently not face the memory of the patient, because not suggestive of any resonance emotional, otherwise the management dissociative memories appear between sessions and one or within the computational process conducted with EMDR. Will be shown as the dissociation which may make it impossible to process, can be gradually reduced iperassociando
the patient against their own recollections, each time focusing on activities aimed respect of mental images or through the adoption of body postures designed to rupture of dissociative barriers.
Keywords: Imaginative Strategies Somatic Interventions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
408. Lapp, L. K., Agbokou, C., Peretti, C. S., & Ferreri, F. (2010, September). Management of post traumatic stress disorder after childbirth: A review. Journal of Psychosomatic Obstetrics & Gynecology, 31(3), 113-122. doi:10.3109/0167482X.2010.503330.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Prevalence and risk factors for the development of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) after childbirth is well described in the literature. However, its management and treatment has only begun to be investigated. The aim of this article is to describe the studies that examine the effects of interventions on PTSD after childbirth. MedLine, PILOTS, CINAHL and ISI Web of Science databases were systematically searched for randomised controlled trials, pilot studies and case studies using key words related to PTSD, childbirth, treatment and intervention. The reference lists of the retrieved articles were also used to supplement the search. A total of nine studies were retrieved. Seven studies that examined debriefing or counselling were identified; six randomised controlled trials and one pilot study. Also found were one case report describing the effects of cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) on two women, and one pilot study of eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR). Overall, there is limited evidence concerning the management of women with PTSD after childbirth. The results agree with the findings from the non-childbirth related literature: debriefing and counselling are inconclusively effective while CBT and EMDR may improve PTSD status but require investigation in controlled trials before conclusions could be drawn.
Keywords: Childbirth Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
409. Clinical Resource Efficiency Support Team of the Northern Ireland Department of Health, Social Services and Public Safety (CREST). (2003, June). The management of post traumatic stress disorder in adults. Belfast, Ireland: Department of Health, Social Services and Public Safety.
Language: English
Format: Publication
Abstract:
Of all the psychotherapies, EMDR and CBT were stated to be the treatments of choice for trauma victims.
Keywords: Treatment Guidelines
Accuracy Verified: Yes
410. VA/Department of Defense Clinical Practice Guideline Working Group. (2003,December). Management of Post-Traumatic Stress (10Q-CPG/PTSD-04). Washington, DC: Office of Quality and Performance.
Language: English
Format: Publication
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress
Accuracy Verified: Yes
411. Klaus, P. (2002, May). Management of trauma on childbearing families: Lessons from September 11. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Childbearing Families Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
412. MacDonald, H. (2011, October). Marbles in the elbow and other stories: Using EMDR in treatment resistant pain. Keynote presented at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Persistent pain is common in people who have experienced trauma; and persistent pain also leads to trauma responses, and between 10- 50% of those experiencing chronic pain meet criteria for PTSD. There are many people experiencing current, persistent pain in the general population, and many people referred for EMDR treatment will have pain, whether or not this is the primary reason for the referral.
Current approaches to treating persistent pain include medical and bio-psycho-social interventions. People with chronic pain have often tried multiple specialist treatments for their pain, including medication, surgery, physiotherapy and alternative treatments. The best available evidence suggests that a combination of medical, physiotherapy and psychological interventions is needed, with improved quality of life depending more on management of the emotional impact of pain than necessarily on pain reduction.
An increasing body of evidence suggests that using EMDR for pain can be effective in three main ways: for reducing the experience of pain; targeting pain memories and overcoming the impact of pain on the individual.
There will be a brief overview of research evidence and current clinical experience, and practical applications. This will include working with imagery in specific ways relevant to working with people in pain; and discussion of case examples. (Author abstract)
Keywords: Persistent Pain
Accuracy Verified: Yes
413. Egli-Bernd, H. (2009, October). MDR bei dissoziativen prozessen im rahmen von persönlichkeitsstörungen ; Zur Bedeutung der kognitionen im EMDR-prozess, Das „Dialog-Protokoll“ [EMDR in dissociative processes within the framework of Personality Disorders; On the importance of cognitions in EMDR process, The "dialogue protocol"] . EMDR Deutschland e.V. Rundbrief, 19, 20-34.
Language: German
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Spezifische Schwierigkeiten bei einer Gruppe von KlientInnen mit Persönlichkeitsstörungen bei der Wahl adäquater Kognitionen erfordern eine theoretische Auseinandersetzung mit der psychodynamischen Bedeutung der Kognitionen im EMDR-Protokoll. Die biographische Gemeinsamkeit dieser Patientengruppe ist der emotional-narzisstische Missbrauch in der Kindheit sowie Vernachlässigung durch primäre Bindungs- und Beziehungspersonen. Diese Lebenserfahrungen haben zur Folge, dass durch eine subtile Dissoziation (kindliche) Selbstteile entstehen, die emotional und kognitiv auf dasjenige Selbstbild fixiert sind, welches von den Bindungs- und Beziehungspartnern definiert und vom Kind verinnerlicht wurde. Das Ziel der Bearbeitung mit der EMDR-Methode ist in diesen Fällen nicht primär das anvisierte Ereignis, sondern dessen komplexe emotionale und kognitive Bedeutung für die Selbstwahrnehmung und -bewertung.
Im vorliegenden Artikel wird vorgeschlagen, bei der EMDR-Bearbeitung dieser spezifischen Foki während der Bewertungsphase 3 sich der subtilen dissoziativen Struktur bewusst zu sein und sich ihrer, falls nötig, explizit zu bedienen. Dies geschieht durch die Fokussierung auf die gleichzeitige „Aktivierung“ zweier neuronaler Netzwerke (Selbstteile,) nämlich des „betroffenen (kindlichen) Selbst“ (Traumanetzwerk) und des erwachsenen „Gegenwarts-Selbst“ (Alltagsnetzwerk). Die Formulierung des schlimmsten Momentes (Bild), der Negativen Kognition sowie Affekt und Körperlokalisierung obliegen dem „betroffenen Selbst“, welches das zu bearbeitende verzerrte Selbstbild verinnerlicht hat. Die Positive Kognition hingegen soll vom „Gegenwarts-Selbst“ als eine dialogische, alternative Sichtweise aus der Gegenwartsperspektive formuliert und in den EMDR Prozess als direkte Anrede in der 2.Person Einzahl eingebracht werde n („du bist…“ etc.)
Specific difficulties in a group of clients with personality disorders in the choice of adequate cognition require a theoretical discussion of the psychodynamic significance of cognitions in EMDR protocol. The biography of this common group of patients is the emotional and narcissistic childhood abuse and neglect through primary attachment and relationship people. These life experiences have the effect that, due to a subtle dissociation (childish) Auto Parts, which are fixed to that of emotional and cognitive self-image, which was defined by the attachment and relationship partners and internalized by the child. The goal of treatment with the EMDR method in these cases is not primarily the targeted event, but the complex emotional and cognitive meaning for the self-perception and assessment.
In this article it is proposed to be in the EMDR treatment of these specific foci during the evaluation phase 3 is aware of the subtle dissociative structure of her, if necessary, to use explicitly. This is done by focusing on the simultaneous "activation" of two neural networks (auto parts,) namely, the "concerned (children's) self" (Trauma Network) and the adult "present-self '(everyday network). The wording of the worst moment (picture), the negative cognition and affect and body localization is responsible for the "self-interested", which has internalized the distorted self-image to be processed. The positive cognition on the other hand will be the "present-self," formulated as a dialogical, alternative view from the present perspective, and placed in the EMDR process as a direct address to the 2nd person singular ("you are ..." etc.).
Keywords: Cognitions Dialogue Protcol Dissociation Personality Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
414. Bryant, R. A., & Friedman, M. J. (2001, March). Medication and non-medication treatments of post-traumatic stress disorder. doi:10.1097/00001504-200103000-00004. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 14(2), 119-123.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Recent developments in the psychological and pharmacological management of post-traumatic stress disorder are reviewed. This review of controlled outcome studies indicates that: (i) cognitive behavior therapy is the psychological treatment of choice; (ii) different components of cognitive behavior therapy can be effective; (iii) eye movement desensitization and reprocessing is not as effective as cognitive behavior therapy; (iv) selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors are the pharmacological treatment of choice; and (v) there is increasing support for nefazadone but not for cyproheptadine in reducing the symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder. The need for increased treatment effectiveness and the integration of recent findings into clinical practice is discussed. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Atypical Antidepressants Cognitive Therapy Drug Therapy Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors Treatment Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
415. Shapiro, F. (2010, March). Mente humana, psicoterapia y EMDR/Human mind, psychotherapy and EMDR. XVII Scientific Symposium "From Neurobiology to Nosology of Mental Disorders," Lilly Foundation, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Over the past decade, the rapid treatment effects of EMDR have provided neuro-physiological and clinical researchers with a “window into the brain.” In addition to the neurobiological changes, the rapid shifts in cognition, affect and somatic response reveal consistent patterns of internal associative processes. Systematic evaluation has also demonstrated that a wide variety of diagnoses are caused or exacerbated by unprocessed memories. Hence, EMDR treatment directly addresses the physiologically stored memory networks that underlie both psychological problems and mental health. A clinical tape will illustrate the findings, and the implications will be explored.
Keywords: Human Mind Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
416. Mosquera, D. (2012, March). Met behulp van EMDR bij de behandeling van borderline-stoornis bersonality [Using EMDR in the management of borderline personality disorder]. Preconference presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland .
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Onveilige en ongeorganiseerd bijlagen en het begin van relationele verwaarlozing en trauma diepgaand effect op het ontwikkelingstraject van de toekomstige volwassen en verhogen het risico op het ontwikkelen Borderline persoonlijkheidsstoornis (BPD). Mensen met een borderline-stoornis en een geschiedenis complex trauma hebben veel problemen met zelfregulering en met betrekking tot anderen. Het beheer van deze zelfregulering en relationele problemen zijn centrale aspecten in de behandeling van BPS.
De stabilisatiefase is opgemerkt als essentieel oor trauma werk. Bij de behandeling van de borderline-stoornis en complexe trauma betekent dit vele bijzonderheden die we moeten in gedachten houden, waaronder: de rol van gehechtheid-gerelateerde gemoedstoestanden en fobieën voor de bevestiging, beïnvloeden en traumatische herinneringen. Werken met gevallen van BPS en complex trauma is intrinsiek relationeel en vaak gepaard gaat met de noodzaak om momenten van intense beïnvloeden en invloed hebben op fobieën beheren in de overdracht en tegenoverdracht. Inzicht in deze aspecten en met strategieën voor het aanpakken van hen is van essentieel belang zowel voor als tijdens EMDR opwerking van traumatische herinneringen om ervoor te zorgen dat de verwerking van traumatische herinneringen veilig en effectief kan worden gedaan met deze patiënten. Deze workshop integreert theoretische uiteenzetting met de presentatie van video's gevallen. De algemene structuur van EMDR therapie bij de behandeling van BPD, interventies in de voorbereidings-en overwegingen voor trauma-gerichte EMDR werk zal worden gedemonstreerd en uitgelegd.
Insecure and disorganized attachments and early relational neglect and trauma profoundly affect the developmental trajectory of the future adult and increase the risk of developing Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD). People with BPD and a history complex trauma have many difficulties with self-regulation and relating to others. The management of these self-regulation and relational difficulties are central aspects in the treatment of BPD.
The stabilization phase has been remarked as essential prior to trauma work. In treating BPD and complex trauma this implies many particularities that we should keep in mind including: the role of attachment-related states of mind and phobias for attachment, affect and traumatic memories. Working with cases of BPD and complex trauma is intrinsically relational and often involves the need to manage moments of intense affect and affect phobias in the transference and countertransference. Understanding these aspects and having strategies for addressing them is essential both before and during EMDR reprocessing of traumatic memories to ensure that reprocessing of traumatic memories can be done safely and effectively with these patients. This workshop integrates theoretical exposition with the presentation of videos cases. The general structure of EMDR therapy in treating BPD, interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma-focused EMDR work will be demonstrated and explained.
Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
417. Lee, C. W., & Cuijpers, P. (2012, November). A meta-analysis of the contribution of eye movements in processing emotional memories. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experiential Psychiatry, 44(2), 231-239. doi:10.1016/j.jbtep.2012.11.001.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Background and Objectives: Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) is now considered evidence based practice in the treatment of trauma symptoms. Yet in a previous meta-analysis, no significant effect was found for the eye movement component. However methodological issues with this study may have resulted in a type II error. The aim of this meta-analysis was to examine current published studies to test whether eye movements significantly affect the processing of distressing memories.
Method: A systematic review of the literature revealed two groups of studies. The first group comprised 15 clinical trials and compared the effects of EMDR therapy with eye movements to those of EMDR without the eye movements. The second group comprised 11 laboratory trials that investigated the effects of eye movements while thinking of a distressing memory versus the same procedure without the eye movements in a non-therapy context. The total number of participants was 849.
Results: The effect size for the additive effect of eye movements in EMDR treatment studies was moderate and significant (Cohen's d = 0.41). For the second group of laboratory studies the effect size was large and significant (d = 0.74). The strongest effect size difference was for vividness measures in the non-therapy studies (d = 0.91). The data indicated that treatment fidelity acted as a moderator variable on the effect of eye movements in the therapy studies.
Conclusions: Results were discussed in terms of current theories that suggest the processes involved in EMDR are different from other exposure based therapies.
Keywords: Meta-Analysis Review
Accuracy Verified: Yes
418. van Winkle, V. (1999, June). Metaphors for affect education and affect tolerance. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn: 1) how EMDR is used in indepth psychotherapy; 2) how to access the clients current level of affect tolerance; and what affect education needs the client may have; 3) how to conceptualize the use of metaphors for affect education and affect tolerance; and 4) some specific metaphors that are consistently helpful for flooding and fragmenting.
Keywords: Affect Education Affect Tolerance Indepth Psychoterapy Metaphors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
419. Corrigan, F. (2002). Mindfullness, dissociation, EMDR and the anterior cingulate cortex: A hypothesis. Contemporary Hypnosis, 19(1), 8-17. doi:10.1002/ch.235.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Hypotheses on the neurobiology of a mindfulness-dissociation continuum are presented. Crucial to the hypotheses are the observations of a reciprocal interaction between the cognitive and affective subdivisions of the anterior cingulate cortex and the unilateral activation of right anterior cingulate in hypnotic dissociation and in post-traumatic syndromes. It is proposed that the unilateral activation can cause a loss of the reciprocal relationship between the subdivisions and that in the case of peri-traumatic dissociation the subsequent syndrome responds to eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) through restoration of the bilateral activation and reinstatement of the reciprocal relationship between the subdivisions. Bilateral activation of the cognitive subdivisions is proposed to underlie the attentional state of concentration mindfulness in which affect is well regulated. Copyright © 2002 British Society of Experimental and Clinical Hypnosis
Keywords: Anterior Cingulate Cortex Bilateral Activation Dissociation Emotional Trauma Gyrus Cinguli Hypnosis Hypnotic Dissociation Mindfulness Posttraumatic Syndromes Reciprocal Interaction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
420. Greene, J. (2010, April/Mayl). Mindfulness and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This session explores the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, specifically in relation to strengthening client affect tolerance, body awareness, observer capacity and self-acceptance. These skills are particularly useful in the Preparation phase of EMDR in order to build a strong foundation for the Desensitization phase of the Trauma Protocol. We will look at Mindfulness techniques, combined with Resource Development and Installation (RDI), that are useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Research linking Mindfulness with neural plasticity and neural integration will be highlighted. The session includes lecture, case review and short experiential Mindfulness exercises.
Keywords: Mindfulness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
421. Greene, J. (2010, September/October). Mindfulness and EMDR: Strengthening key skills in preparation phase. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clinicians will learn the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, focusing on key skills developed in the Preparation Phase. The workshop reviews mindfulness basic principles, their relationship with EMDR and the AIP Model, and outcome research relating mindfulness with neuroplasticity. The session also explores Mindfulness strategies for strengthening observer capacity (dual attention), affect tolerance, somatic, and sensory awareness, including techniques useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Finally the workshop addresses options for integrating Mindfulness with Resource Development Installation (RDI). The presentation includes lecture, slides, client case examples, and guided experiential Mindfulness exerices.
Keywords: Mindfulness: Preparation Phase
Accuracy Verified: Yes
422. Fisher, J. A. (2008, June). Minding the body: Somatic interventions for enhancing EMDR effectiveness. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The use of EMDR is often complicated with traumatized clients who cannot modulate
arousal, stay present rather than dissociating, tolerate positive or negative affect, or
differentiate past and present. Beset with an array of baffling, intense symptoms that
“tell the story” without words, they become uncertain both of what happened and
how they endured it. To make sense of the sensations and overwhelming emotions,
clients rely upon trauma-related cognitive schemas to interpret their experience: “I am
still not safe,” “I am a marked woman,” “I am worthless and unlovable.” These
cognitive schemas often increase the bodily dysregulation, resulting in looping or
inability to fully process and integrate the traumatic events. With such clients, the use
of body-centred techniques in preparation for or during EMDR processing can help to
increase affect and autonomic tolerance, strengthen both somatic and psychological
resources, and increase EMDR effectiveness by facilitating optimal levels of autonomic
arousal, which is neither too high nor too low, however is necessary for successful
desensitization and integration.
This workshop will introduce a number of interventions for working with traumatically
encoded somatic experience derived from Sensorimotor Psychotherapy, a bodycentred
talking therapy for trauma developed by Pat Ogden, Ph.D. that addresses the
non-verbal, autonomic components of PTSD by using the body both as a source of
information and a reservoir of resources. Sensorimotor Psychotherapy offers simple
body-oriented interventions for tracking, naming, and safely exploring trauma-related
experience, modulating a dysregulated autonomic nervous system, creating new
resources and competencies, and restoring a somatic sense of self. Sensorimotor
Psychotherapy can be easily integrated into EMDR treatments, used during
stabilization to prepare clients for more effective EMDR processing, during processing
to ensure effective and complete desensitization, or to enhance installation of positive cognitions and facilitate integration.
Keywords: Somatic Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
423. Fisher, J. A. (2009, April 18). Minding the body: Somatic interventions for enhancing EMDR effectiveness. Plenary presented at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The use of EMDR is often complicated with traumatized clients who cannot modulate arousal, stay present rather
than dissociating, tolerate positive or negative affect, or differentiate past and present. Beset with an array of baffling, intense symptoms that “tell the story” without words, they become uncertain both of what happened and how they endured it. These clients often rely upon trauma-related cognitive schemas to interpret their experience. This plenary will introduce a number of interventions for working with traumatically encoded somatic experience derived from Sensorimotor Psychotherapy (SP), a body-centered talking therapy for trauma developed by Pat Ogden, Ph.D. SP offers simple body-oriented interventions for tracking, naming, and exploring trauma-related experience, modulating a dysregulated autonomic nervous system, creating new resources and competencies, and restoring a somatic sense of self. SP can be easily integrated into EMDR.
Keywords: Plenary Somatic Interventions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
424. Fisher, J. A. (2003, September). Minding the body: Integrating EMDR and somatic psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The need to address subcortical components of PTSD is critical to trauma work, especially with clients who cannot modulate arousal, tolerate positive affect, or maintain mindful states. With such clients, the use of Sensorimotor
Psychotherapy in conjunction with EMDR can enhance the effectiveness of both treatments. Sensorimotor Psychotherapy techniques can be utilized to increase affect and autonomic tolerance, to embody EMDR-acquired
resources, and to increase the effectiveness of EMDR processing by facilitating an optimal level of arousal. This workshop will introduce
participants to Sensorimotor Psychotherapy and describe the integrated use of both modalities to enhance trauma processing.
Keywords: Sensorimotor Psychotherapy Somatic Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
425. Fisher, J. (2001). Modified EMDR resource development & installation protocol. Presentation at the Trauma Center, Boston, MA.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
This protocol, adapted from the EMDR Resource Development
and Installation protocol developed by Korn & Leeds (2002),
is intended to facilitate the development of internal resources and
increased affect tolerance in clients with more severe symptomatology
and/or a paucity of positive experiences.
Keywords: Resource Development and Installation Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
426. Foster, S., & Werk, K. (2001, June). Mutual aid: EMDR as a follow-up intervention to debriefing with and for emergency personnel. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) understand, describe, and express appreciation for the unique culture of emergency personnel; 2) understand what works well as a mental health practitioner member of a debriefing (CISM) team; and 3) substaniate the value of EMDR for emergency personnel affected by a critical incident.
Keywords: CISM Team Critical Incident Critical Incident Stress Management Debriefing Emergency Personnel
Accuracy Verified: Yes
427. Manfield, P. (1995, June). Narcissistic disorders: Using EMDR with these difficult clients. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Definition of client population:
Disorder of the self. The narcissistic character is often identified by his or her grandiose facade concealing an underlying sense of
emptiness and worthlessness. To experience the underlying emptiness is so painful for them that these people cut off their inner
experience and rely instead on external admiration and praise to support their grandiose or superior view of themselves; their
condition is often referred to as a "disorder of the self." Because of their dependence on others for their sense of themselves, they are
exquisitely sensitive to criticism or disapproval, often warding off deflation by becoming increasingly grandiose, superior, disdainful
or demeaning. Many conceal their grandiosity, maintaining a secret sense of superiority which may be based upon their
perfectionism or their quiet devaluing of others.
View of others: there is a range of severity of the narcissistic character from personality disorders to a narcissistic character style.
People with personality disorders, are unable to form a trusting bond with another person; they view people primarily as
interchangeable, performing a function which could equally be performed by many others. Less impaired narcissistic characters,
however, are able to form varying degrees of attachments to other people, although their ability to trust and care about other people
is limited. Most commonly they relate to people they can idealize or be admired by. People tend to be seen in extremes as either
superior and powerful or inferior and worthless; supportive and admiring or critical and attacking.
Difficulties in using EMDR:
Clinically these clients represent a difficult and often frustrating population to treat; they are brittle and easily injured if they to not
feel perfectly understood by their therapists, and they will distance at the slightest hint that they are being judged or used. They
resist focusing inward and defining their problems as arising within themselves, and find it difficult to sustain any genuine affect,
other than perhaps rage. If they feel understood and accepted, however, they will eventually talk about their sense of emptiness and
worthlessness and their confusion about who they are and what is truly meaningful and valuable to them.
Beck, Young and others have described factors that make it difficult to treat any personality disorder using a cognitive behavioral
approach. There have in fact been very few reported "successes" in the literature. Most of the difficulties are related to the self and
object splitting characteristic of these clients. These clients have limited access to feelings, limited access to spontaneous thoughts,
body sensations, memories, etc., and vague unfocussed presenting problems making targeting difficult. They usually have difficulty
with emotional and often intellectual continuity from session to session; they will rarely keep a log or follow through with
homework; transference issues often come into central focus and must be addressed before other targets; and their selfdefeating
beliefs and behavior patterns are extremely deeply held, pervasive and resistant to change.
In addition to varying degrees of these difficulties, narcissistic clients present all of the problems in EMDR that they do in more
traditional therapies; including their tendencies to act out, deny, and avoid. These and other defenses interfere with completion of
segments of therapeutic work and make it difficult for the clinician to keep work focused within one neural network. Self and object
splitting leads to continuity problems within or between sessions and a difficulty maintaining clarity about the reason for being in
treatment. The client may feel suicidal one week and declare himself or herself to be fully recovered the next. Perhaps the most
confirming aspect of the treatment of these clients, however, is their emotionally impoverished pasts; they have very limited
experience of nurturing, loving and caring to draw !?om in order to interweave new meanings and perspectives into traumatic or
painful past experiences.
Length of treatment:
I have found that I have been able to achieve good results with higher level narcissistic clients with whom I have had an established
relationship at the time I introduced EMDR into the treatment. My results with clients who have come to therapy asking specifically
for EMDR and with whom I have begun using EMDR soon after the beginning of treatment have been generally poorer, varying
with the severity of the client's disorder, the less severe doing best. The client needs to be able to establish a meaningful trusting
relationship with the therapist; the more severe the client's difficulties with attachment, the more time this process requires.
Narcissistic clients do not tend to see their difficulty with vulnerability, trust and intimacy as a problem within themselves. If they
are able to recognize personal problems, they are usually in the area of self esteem and obstacles to achievement. When they are
able to resolve some of these latter problems fairly rapidly through treatment they tend to terminate, no longer seeing a sufficient
purpose for treatment. In a sense, they can become better narcissists; their grandiose view of themselves is enhanced and they are
reinforced in their use of self-sufficiency as a defense against interpersonal vulnerability. I view the relative efficiency of EMDR as
a problem for deeper treatment of narcissistic clients because there is less time for the therapeutic relationship to develop and
consequently a limited opportunity to impact the client's object splitting. I believe that this is why I have found EMDR with
narcissistic clients to be most effective when it is introduced after a therapeutic relationship has had time to develop. Negative cognitions:
The early maladaptive schemas of narcissistic clients are pervasive in their lives and point to a plethora of negative cognitions.
Typical early schemas are: I must control myself (or my feelings, my behavior, my body) at all times; no one cares; my needs will
never be met; I can't trust anyone; I am deeply flawed and unlovable; I am dikeable, unattractive to others; I will always fail; my
flaws are totally unacceptable to others; I must be perfect or I am worthless; I deserve to be treated more specially than others; I must
please others to avoid attack; I'm alone; nobody understands me; I am OK if I am better than others; I am OK only if others admire
me. It is often helpful to narrow these cognitions down to make them manageable with EMDR
Treatment:
In addition to the recommended protocol of establishing a safe space to which the client can retreat if necessary, before doing an
EMDR session with one of these clients, the therapist should identify as many of the client's emotional resources possible, in
particular expriences if any of having felt loved and accepted ad examples of loving people or relationships the client has observed
Among other things, these facilitate more effective copitive interweaves.
The initial task in doing an EMDR session with this client population is to establish an appropriate and richly defined target. Since
it is more difficult for these clients to access meanm&l memories in an emotionally alive way, the therapist must be more active in
helping the client stimulate the associated neural netork as I l l y as possible. In addition to the client's reaction to the plight of
children he may be related to or observe (Level I1 training), a rich source of emotional responsiveness and resources is the client's
own response to situations he has witnessed in news media, TV, movies or theater.
A major challenge in addressing a narcissistic character type using EMDR is tracking the course of the session with these clients
and identifying when they drip out of the targeted neural network. This process can be subtle because it requires an ability to
differentiate true avoidance hm spontaneous associations which may appear at hat to be irrelevant; it requires a familiarity with
and sensitivity to the protective or defensive mechanisms they use to insulate themselves fiom painful memories and affect. As the
patterns ofmovement in and out of the targeted network are identified it is important to use interventions that are experienced by the
client as supportive but nevertheless make hun or her aware of having wandered.
Although the narcissistic client may initiate treatment with the stated goal of improving his performance in specified areas, he will
agree upon reflection that the real problem is that he feels an overriding need to perform in order to feel worthwhile. Since he has
never known any other way of dealing with his self-worth, he will be skeptical about whether it is possible to feel a sense of worth
that is not based upon performance, and it is easy for the therapist to lose perspective and join him in that beliet especially while
doing EMDR with its potential for reprocessing with extraordinary precision specific obstacles to performance. The therapist must,
however, retain her healthy perspective if the client is to learn to accept himself.
For more clinical information about treating disorders of the self:
1.)Beck, Aaron T., et al, Cognitive Therapy Of Personality Disorder Guilford Press, New York,
N. Y., 1990
2.)Manfield, Philip, Split Self/Split Object: Understanding And Treating Borderline, Narcissistic And Schizoid Disorders, Jason Aronson Publishers, Northvale, N.J., 1992.
3.)Young, Jeffrey, E, Cognitive Therapy For Personality Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach,
Professional Resource Exchange, Inc., Sarasota, Florida, 1990.
Keywords: Narcissistic Personality Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
428. Amendolia, R. D. (1998). A narrative constructivist perspective of treatment of posttraumatic stress disorders with Ericksonian hypnosis and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Trauma Response, 13-14.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In a trauma survivor, physiological responses are exacerbated when the affect-laden memories stored in associative networks are triggered by environmental sensory inputs or cues and activate the autonomic nervous system. Recovery from trauma involves not only amelioration of physiological and dissociative symptoms, but also the cognitive rebuilding of a viable assumptive world view which integrates the realms of vulnerability, meaning and self-esteem. This world view is contextualized in cultural idioms and values.
From an Ericksonian perspective, persons are usually attempting to problem-solve, even in a dissociative date. A symptom such as an intrusive recollection or recurrent dream of a traumatic event is therefore construed as a request for help in problem-solving. Hypnosis is a structured dissociation which facilitates cognitive flexibility; that is, the broadening of choices of the client' s belief system, rather than direct work on changing affect or behaviors. The goal of Ericksonian hypnosis is to recontextualize the traumatic memory, the affect of fear, and the physiological hyperarousal cued by the traumatic memory. This occurs within a broader context of pride, mastery and courage, and within a context inclusive of other memories and affects, which are positive for the client.
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), similarly has as its goal the facilitation of a transfer of traumatic data from the cortical right hemisphere to the left hemisphere. EMDR also utilizes the attainment of a state of heightened awareness, or collaborative structured dissociation, in order to facilitate the orientation of the traumatized client's conscious mind toward "revisiting" traumatic memories.
Both interventions can facilitate the self-narrative reconstruction process of trauma survivors by simultaneously modulating the person's hyperarousal while attending to the culturally significant metaphors which form the building blocks of a person' s world of meanings.
[AAETS]
Keywords: Eriksonian Hypnosis Narrative Constructionist
Accuracy Verified: Yes
429. Perez-Marin, M., & Molero-Zafra, M. (2008, June). Narrative family therapy, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and adoption: Fostering interactions in clinical settings [Intermediate workshop]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Narrative family therapy is the study of individuals, systems and the research on origins, development and
transmission of values, as well as their meaning, and influence on social dynamics. Using tales we could
symbolically represent an entity, both individual and collective, and express a personal identification, a family tie,
a community link or a socially recognized status or personal worth. Externalisation, in narrative family therapy, is
a process to “get out” from the person any element or quality that is transformed in some with entity. In
psychotherapy, externalising is the use of language to convert problems that affect person or family on to
independent entity. This transformation allows people to fight against them or to view them from a new
perspective. Externalisation technique thorough the metaphoric use of tales as external representation of family
entity and individual’s worth inside the family system is applied in adoption cases. The objective here is to create
a link between the child history and the family history in order to cope with difficulties that children and families
find after adoption. We use tales inside the symbolic techniques that permits families work together with
meanings, individualism and cohesion within their members, and after adoption. We present some clinical cases
with families that have adopted a child. During the treatment we have combined EMDR and narrative family
therapy techniques in clinical interventions. Using them, we carried out an analysis of the therapeutic issues and
benefices of EMDR and narrative therapy in these family processes.
Keywords: Adoption Narrative Family Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
430. Prado-Gasco, V. J., Perez-Marin, M., & Molero-Zafra, M. (2010, July). Narrative family therapy, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and adoption: An intervention protocol. Poster presented at the 27th International Congress of Applied Psychology, Melbourne, Australia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: From the model of Narrative family therapy we use tales that could symbolically represent in therapy settings a person or a legal entity, both individual and collective, and which expresses a personal identification, a family tie, a community link or a socially recognized status or personal worth. Externalisation, in narrative family therapy, is a process to “get out” from the person any element or quality that is transformed in some with entity (White, 1991; White y Epston, 1993). In psychotherapy, externalising is the use of language to convert problems that affect the person or family on to an independent entity. This transformation allows people to fight against them or to view them from a new perspective. Externalisation technique through the metaphoric use of tales as external representation of family entity and individual’s worth inside the family system is applied in children adoption cases. The objective here is not to fight against the external representation of the family. We use tales inside the symbolic techniques that permits families to work together with meanings, individualism and cohesion within their members, and after adoption. We present a therapeutic protocol that combined EMDR and narrative family therapy externalisation techniques. We expose in a format of clinical case report the therapeutic work with a family that have adopted a child who suffer of a simple phobia. Using the protocol we describe above we carried out an analysis of the therapeutic issues and benefices of EMDR and narrative therapy in these family processes. This protocol has been useful to manage the phobia symptoms and to improve the adoptive family identity and cohesion. The combined approach we describe could help adoptive families to understand and to interpret the meanings from the construction that family systems make of their own world and relieve psychological symptoms that children could present.
Keywords: Adoption Intervention Protocol Narrative Family Therapy Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
431. Servan-Schreiber, D. (2006, September). Nature’s way of self-healing – From neuroscience to clinical practice. Plenary at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Progress in neuroscience and recent clinical studies are shedding light on how mind and body affect each other. The central mechanism of healing is homeostatisis: the body's ability to return to balance when provided with basic biological needs. This talk will review mind-body interactions in relation to emotional healing and how they translate into specific treatment interventions.
Keywords: Plenary
Accuracy Verified: Yes
432. Servan-Schreiber, D. (2005, June). Nature’s way of self-healing: From neuroscience to clinical practice. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR stimulates the body to heal the mind. Progress in neuroscience and
recent clinical studies are shedding light on how mind and body affect
each other. The central mechanism of healing is homeostasis: the body's
ability to return to balance when provided with basic biological needs. This
talk will review mind-body interactions in relation to emotional healing and
how they translate into treatment interventions.
Keywords: Homeostasis Neuroscience Plenary Practice
Accuracy Verified: Yes
433. Herbert, C. (2005, June). Neither good nor bad, just perfect as you are! Facilitating emergence of the self. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients with traumatic childhood experiences and subsequent diagnoses of
Personality Disorder, hold self-identities that may have had adaptive, survival
enhancing functions during their upbringing, but may now be hindering and
even damaging. As babies their needs for secure attachment and nurturing
may have been compromised and as children they may not have
experienced unconditional love and acceptance of themselves. As adults,
they may carry internalized self-images about either being intrinsically 'bad'
or having to be especially 'good' in order to be accepted, valued and
loved by others. Subsequently, their Behaviour and their relationships with
others are determined by a distorted view of themselves, often causing
them to lead lives that involve great compromise and further suffering. They
may struggle with their capacity to regulate affect (Siegel, 1999: Shore, 1994,
1996). experiencing little self-control over their various fluctuating mood
states. The aim of this workshop is to introduce clinical techniques, involving
the interweave between EMDR and Schema-focused, cognitive
approaches, which help clients build a more secure and 6nctionally
positive sense of Self with healthy mechanisms of affect regulation. Based on current research, clinical practice and Herbert's (2002, 2003) therapeutic
framework for working with complex trauma, this workshop will focus
especially on two therapeutic ingredients for this work. One is the quality of
the therapeutic relationship as a necessary transitory phase for healthy
dependency in the client and the second is 'inner child' work as a method to
help clients modify and re-script their distorted images of self and repair
ruptures in their attachment relationships.
Keywords: Emergence of Self
Accuracy Verified: Yes
434. Cooke, L. J. & Grand, C. (2009). The neruobiology of eating disorders, affect regulation skills, and EMDR in the treating of eating disorders. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR Solutions II: For depression, eating disorders, performance, and more (1st Ed.) (pp. 129-150). New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Co..
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Keywords: Affect Regulation Eating Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
435. van Dijke, A. (2011, April). The Netherlands centre for chronic early childhood traumatisation: Adults. Presentatie op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the
mental health care system adequate treatment for
a large group of children and adults suffering
under the consequences of chronic early childhood
traumatisation is not available. The Netherlands
centre for chronic early childhood traumatisation
(lcvt) is aiming to enhance the treatment
services available with a nationwide offering of
tertiary referral psychotherapy, innovation,
research and education. The LCVT was formed in
2008 with eleven tertiary referral trauma centres
(TRTC), which are affiliated with mental health
care institutions. LCVT affiliated services use a
unique client-monitoring system as ‘sampling
frame’ in order to monitor the progress and results of all TRTC treatments. At the TRLCS information
is gathered systematically at regular intervals
from all patients on clinical symptoms, personality,
day-to-day functioning, quality of life, use of
health care system and social functioning. Evaluation
diagnostics give answers to what degree
treatment goals are realized.
format Workshop.
aim To provide the participants with
information on:
—— Management and implementation of TRTC and
monitoring system; —— Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing
(emdr) and dissociative identity disorder (DID):
innovative psychotherapy possibilities;
—— Therapy effects of imaginaire exposure versus
imaginaire rescripting versus dramarescripting;
—— Trauma-related inhibitory and excitatory regulation styles.
Keywords: Childhood Traumatization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
436. van Dijke, A., & Crijnen, A. A. M. (2011, April). The Netherlands centre for chronic early childhood traumatisation: Children and adolescents. Presentatie op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Contents of the workshop: Adequate treatment in the mental health care system is not available for a large group of children and adults suffering from the consequences of chronic early childhood traumatisation. The Netherlands centre for chronic early childhood traumatisation (LCVT) aims to enhance treatment services by offering a nationwide network of tertiary referral trauma centres (TRTC) providing psychotherapy, innovation and research, as well as education. In 2008 LCVT was formed with eleven trtc affiliated with Mental Health Services. lcvt affiliated services use a unique client-monitoring system as ‘sampling frame’ in order to monitor the progress and results of all trtc treatments. Information is gathered systematically and at regular intervals on all patients of the trtc on clinical symptoms, personality, day-to-day functioning, quality of life, use of health care services and social functioning. Evaluation diagnostics provide answers to which degree treatment goals are realised. Format: Workshop Aim: To provide the participants with information on: ——Management and implementation of TRTC in mental health services for children; —— Efficacy of eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) in children; —— The development of a consensus-based treatment monitoring system.
Keywords: Adolescents Childhood Traumatization Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
437. Lanius, U. (2012, October). Neurobiology, adaptive information processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Recent neuroscience research is discussed with a view towards increasing our understanding of underlying neurobiological processes with respect to the phenomenology of dissociation. It is suggested that dissociation is a result on a breakdown in the linking of different neural networks in the time domain, e.g. information processing. Recent research suggests that both lower brain structures as well as higher brain structures are involved. It is suggested that this process is essential to our understanding both of dissociation on one hand, as well as Adaptive Information Processing on the other.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Neurobiology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
438. Fernandez, I., & Solomon, R. M. (2001, October). Neurophysiological components of EMDR treatment. In International CIANS Conference (CIANS: Collegium Internationale Activitatis Nervosae Superioris; International Association for Integrative Nervous Functions, Neurobiology of behaviour and Psychosomatics), (pp 137-140) Palermo, Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The research on Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has had a significant development in the last 10 years. The EMDR consists on a dual focalization activity (the use o eye movements or other forms of left/right rhythmical stimulation, while focusing on personal disturbing material). Many hypotheses have been made on how EMDR works and why the clinical results are so significant. One of the most possible reasons may regard the fact that there seems to be an innate information processing system that is physiologically configured to facilitate mental health in much the same way the rest of the body is designed to heal itself when injured (Shapiro, 1995). When operating appropriately, this system takes the perceptual and emotional information from a traumatic event to an adaptive resolution - useful information is stored with appropriate affect and is available for future use. The physiological and emotional arousal stemming from a traumatic event may disrupt the information processing mechanism. The blocked processing prevents the traumatic information from progressing through the normal steps of adaptive integration. The physiological stimulation appears to activate the innate information processing systems and may be linked to the mechanisms inherent in memory storage. EMDR apparently intervenes in brain functions, especially in the limbic system and amygdale, which have been already identified as actively involved in traumatic experiences.
Keywords: Information Processing System Neurophysiology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
439. Stramrood, C., van der Velde, J., Schultz, W. W., & van Pampus, M. (2011, March). A new application of EMDR: Treatment of posttraumatic stress following childbirth. Poster presentation at the American Psychosomatic Society 69th Annual Scientific Meeting, San Antonio, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Purpose: To evaluate the possibility of using eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment for women with posttraumatic stress following childbirth. EMDR is internationally recognized as one of the treatments of choice for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). However, as outlined in a recent article on the management of PTSD following childbirth, very little is known about the effect of the intervention in women who experienced the delivery as traumatic. Methods: Two patients suffering from posttraumatic stress symptoms following childbirth were treated with EMDR. Patient A developed PTSD symptoms following the lengthy labor of her first child that ended in an emergency cesarean section (CS) after unsuccessful vacuum and forceps extraction. Patient B suffered from PTSD symptoms since the birth of her first child, during which a second degree vaginal rupture occurred, causing pain and resulting in the inability to use tampons and engage in sexual intercourse for several years. RESULTS: Both patients received EMDR treatment during their second pregnancy, using the standard protocol. After 2 sessions of EMDR including RDI and future template, patient A felt strong and confident about the upcoming delivery. She did not prefer a CS over vaginal birth or vice versa, as long as she would end up psychologically undamaged. Due to insufficient engaging of the fetal head, patient A underwent a secondary CS, but nonetheless looks back positively at the experience. Patient B felt calm and less anxious after two sessions of EMDR. Despite her initial request for an elective CS, she agreed to attempt vaginal delivery, and a healthy infant was born. Even though she suffered another second degree vaginal rupture, which fortunately did not cause dyspareunia this time, patient B also looks back positively at the second delivery. Conclusion: Treatment with EMDR reduced PTSD symptoms in these two women, and hence proved to be an effective intervention. Furthermore, both women were confident enough to attempt vaginal birth rather than demanding an elective CS. We advocate a large scale RCT involving women with postpartum PTSD to confirm the effect of EMDR in this patient group.
Keywords: Childbirth Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
440. Dias, A. N. A. (2012, Novembro). O corpo que adoece x o corpo que sara e EMDR [The body that gets sick and the body that get well with EMDR]. In EMDR e dor crônica. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Em sua prática clínica, a autora tem se deparado com pacientes que apresentavam um quadro clínico onde prevalecia um diagnóstico ligado a doenças físicas. Por meio deste trabalho, pretende-se mostrar a história de vida desses pacientes, as crenças negativas que os levaram a adoecer e a eliminação dos sintomas dos referidos pacientes, por intermédio da abordagem EMDR, com diagnósticos característicos de três dessas doenças: síndrome de Ménière (complexo de sintomas de etiologia desconhecida que podem afetar a audição e o equilíbrio), espondilite anquilosante (tipo de inflamação dos tecidos conectivos, que por sua vez é responsável por uma inflamação das articulações da coluna e grandes articulações, como os quadris, ombros e outras regiões) e hipertensão arterial (conhecida popularmente como pressão alta, é uma das doenças com maior prevalência no mundo moderno, tendo como causas a hereditariedade, a obesidade, o sedentarismo, o alcoolismo, o estresse, o fumo e outras causas).
In his clinical practice, the author has encountered patients who had a clinical diagnosis which prevailed linked to physical ailments. Through this work, we intend to show the history of life of these patients, the negative beliefs that led them to get sick and the elimination of the symptoms of these patients through the EMDR approach with diagnostic characteristic of these three diseases: Meniere's syndrome (symptom complex of unknown etiology that can affect hearing and balance), ankylosing spondylitis (type of inflammation of connective tissue, which in turn is responsible for an inflammation of the spinal joints and large joints such as the hips, shoulders and other regions ) and hypertension (commonly known as high blood pressure, is one of the most prevalent diseases in the modern world, with the causes heredity, obesity, physical inactivity, alcoholism, stress, smoking and other causes).
Keywords: Ankylosing Spondylitis Arterial Hypertension Ménière's Syndrome
Accuracy Verified: Yes
441. Grenough, M. (2012, October). OASIS in the overwhelm: Affect management/stabilization with diverse cultures. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This highly participatory workshop will teach four 60-second strategies that can be learned quickly by clinicians and used immediately with clients. The presenter has used these strategies over ten years at an urban Hispanic Clinic, and with children and adults of diverse cultural, economic, educational, and national backgrounds. Because the strategies focus on active physical involvement, they quickly help clients to identify and manage personal sensations and emotions (Phase 2-Preparation), pave the way for clearer gut understanding of (Phase 3) negative and positive cognition’s as well as “Where do you feel it in your body?” and (Phase 6) Body Scan.
Keywords: Affect Management Stabilization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
442. Lipke, H. (2009). On science, orthodoxy, EMDR, and the AIP. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(2), 109-110. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.2.109.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Comments on the book by Francine Shapiro (see record 2001-05049-000). I was fortunate to observe Shapiro’s concern for the principles of science in the development of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). She insisted that EMDR be called experimental until after there was supportive peer-reviewed literature, limited training to mental health professionals, and strongly encouraged research. EMDRIA and its peer-reviewed journal have generally continued in this admirable direction. However, when an association is organized around a specific method of treatment rather than a problem area or a more general philosophy of approach, the question of orthodoxy must be addressed. At its best, orthodoxy ensures that practice is consistent with what has been demonstrated to be worthwhile, and all benefit from adherence. Also, there are aspects of the adaptive information processing (AIP), as it is described in the text, that are debatable and some that appear even self-contradictory. One example is Shapiro’s claim that the AIP is a “psychophysiological” model while also denying that enough is known about the details of psychophysiology to offer an explicit model. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2009 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
443. Hoffman, S. (2009). On science, orthodoxy, EMDR, and the AIP, H. Lipke, Invited response. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(2), 111. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.2.109.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In the letter to the editor titled “On Science, Orthodoxy,
EMDR, and the AIP,” the writer criticizes the
EMDRIA’s defi nition of eye movement desensitization
and reprocessing (EMDR). This defi nition affects
EMDR training requirements, EMDRIA continuing
education credits, the programs selected for the annual
conference, and the work of the Journal for EMDR
Practice and Research. The defi nition was put into place
in 2003 in order to set the professional standard for
the community. It has been revised once and, like all
policies, is subject to further revision based on new
information.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Letter Orthodoxy Science
Accuracy Verified: Yes
444. Shapiro, F. (2009). On science, orthodoxy, EMDR, and the AIP, H. Lipke, invited response. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(2), 110-111. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.2.109.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Thank you for the invitation to respond to Dr. Lipke’s
letter. I will confine myself to statements regarding
the adaptive information processing (AIP) model and
my text. However, I would like to begin by stating
that I applaud the free exchange of ideas regarding the
model. I formulated the principles in 1990 because the
effects I was observing with “EMD” could not be explained
by my original behavioral orientation. These
AIP principles were pivotal in the development of the
current procedures and protocols of eye movement
desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), moving it
from a technique to a psychotherapy approach, offering
a comprehensive view of the clinical picture and
successful treatment applications. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Letter Orthodoxy Science
Accuracy Verified: Yes
445. Maxfield, L. (2009). On science, orthodoxy, EMDR, and the AIP, H. Lipke, Response from the editor. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(2), 109-112. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.2.109.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The Journal ’s instructions to authors are located inside
the back cover of every issue. The relevant passage
stated, “Articles that recommend a clinical approach
that differs from EMDR’s standard protocol or its
foundational Adaptive Information Processing model
(Shapiro, 2001) should explain these differences.”The purpose of this instruction was to encourage
clarity rather than conformity. It is important for
Journal readers, some of whom have not been trained
in this method, to know whether the techniques described
are standard for eye movement desensitization
and reprocessing (EMDR) or variations on the
protocol. For example, the reader of an article describing
a technique that combines EMDR with aspects of
another psychotherapy approach such as hypnosis
could assume that hypnotic inductions were part of
standard EMDR unless it was stated clearly which elements
were adapted from that method. The request that authors also clarify points of divergence from
the adaptive information-processing (AIP) model was
similarly intended to generate clarity. It is consistent
with the recognition that a common platform for discussion
is needed, even if that platform is imperfect.
It is also consistent with Shapiro’s teaching of the AIP
model as a clinical heuristic that is subject to revision
in the face of new data or more compelling models.
Rather than thwarting discussion, the request that authors
explain points of disagreement was designed to
promote deeper consideration of the mechanisms and
models underlying EMDR.
In response to Dr. Lipke’s letter, the Journal ’s Editorial
Board engaged in a thorough review process to
examine the value of this instruction and invited responses
(see letters above) from Dr. Shapiro and the
EMDRIA’s Board of Directors to further illuminate
the process. The Editorial Board has a diverse membership,
and there were divergent opinions, including
some disagreements with the following response.
It was decided to modify the identified statement so
that it now reads, “Articles that recommend a clinical
approach that differs from EMDR’s standard protocol
or Shapiro’s (2001) Adaptive Information Processing
model should discuss these differences.”
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Letter Orthodoxy Science
Accuracy Verified: Yes
446. Holm, O. (2012, October). On the path of shame affect: Its management in traumatized and dissociative patients with the compass of shame and EMDR special interventions and/or IFS ego states. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Five traumatized patients grouped this way: 2 males, 2 females, one boy of 11. The two men had received treatment with CBT, 1 of females Gestalt therapy, the other female with EMDR, and the 11 years old boy with IFS; they had come to a point of stuck in their therapy because of the therapists not being able to manage Shame Affect during trauma confronting; also, when alters appeared during some therapy sessions in one of the adult females. Four of the patients had already worked on some traumatic memories with previous therapists. According to Compass of Shame 2 of the male patients had a rather high urge to enter into Attacking others pole with rage, and one of them, also, into Avoidance pole with drug abuse, compulsive sex and gamble; two females were more urged to enter into Attack self pole and in 1 of the females, her alter and patient described herself as being very upset and paralyzed with Shame. The 11 years old boy was stuck in Withdrawn pole; a highly Shamed Negative Part was so paralyzed that the Integrating Strategy was stopped until the child Ego state was released from Shame.
Learning Objectives:
EMDR/and not EMDR participants will able to perform interventions characterized by working with Shame or preparing patients to tolerate Shame.
Participants will be able to define the scripts inside each pole of the Compass
Participants will be able to identify the different poles of Compass of Shame.
Keywords: Compass of Shame Dissociation IFS Ego States Shame Affect
Accuracy Verified: Yes
447. Hummel, H., & Hase, M. (2013, June). On the road to inner peace - getting past transgenerational trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Unresolved traumatic memories not only lead to ptsd or complex ptsd but even have their impact on the following generations. Our workshop focusses on the EMDR treatment of PTSD and other related disorders relating to war exposure and the processing of traumatic memories in the second and following generations which were transmitted by transgenerational mechanisms. The AIP-model ist the ideal background to understand the rapid resolution which can be achieved by EMDR targetting secondary material in the following generation. Treatment is essential to interrupt a circle of traumatization and achieve inner peace in the individual and society.
EMDR is an evidenced based treatment for the individual suffering from PTSD and other trauma related disorders. Though this is important the impact is limited considering the amount of traumatized individuals in current conflicts. We will discuss implications on the development of EMDR protocols and research.
Learning objectives:
Understand mechanism of transgenerational transmission of trauma;
Be aware of transgenerational trauma in client history; and
Learn to keep transgenerational traumatic material in the EMDR process
Keywords: Transgenerational Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
448. Wilson, D. (1999, June). An orienting response model for EMDR: Research, clinical applications, and new instrumentation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn about: 1) the Orienting Response (OR) interpretation of EMDR phenomena, the relationship of the OR to sleep and dream research, affect theory, and information processing; 2) research into the effects of variations of stimuli in EMDR applications with respect to modality (audio, visual, tactile), speed, complexiity, and content on measures of autonomic functioning, relaxation, information processing, and memory; 3) the implications of this research for clinical applications of EMDR; and 4) new instrumentation for implementing new treatment approaches.
Keywords: Bilateral Stimulation BLS Dream Research Modality Orienting Response Sleep
Accuracy Verified: Yes
449. Kahn, D. (2008, November). PAA: Positive affect activation, addition to/modification of phase 6 of the standard EMDR protocol. Israel EMDR. Retrieved from http://www.emdr.org.il/dls/eyes2body.swf on 8/12/2010.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
It is suggested that when we receive a clean body scan, before we continue on to closure, we elicit positive affect and body activation that may currently be associated with the target and install with BLS. Following this we would return to the standard protocol with closure. The rationale for this is presented along with the introduction of an additional scale of SUPAs – Subjective Units of Positive Activation.
Keywords: PAA Positive Affect Activation Shock Wave Flash
Accuracy Verified: Yes
450. Hekmat, H., Groth, S., & Rogers, D. (1994, June). Pain ameliorating effect of eye movement desensitization. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 25(2), 121-129. doi:10.1016/0005-7916(94)90004-3.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Explored the efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) without music vs eye movement desensitization with music (EMDM) in the management of acute pain induced by hand exposures to ice water. 30 Ss were randomly assigned to EMDR, EMDM, or control. The EMDR Ss focused on negative experiences associated with exposure to ice water, generated positive self-talk, and diverted their attention away from pain by focusing on a rapidly moving light on a monitor. The EMDM group received eye movement desensitization coupled with preferred music. Measures of hypnotic susceptibility, mood states, pain, and treatment credibility were obtained. Repeated measures univariate and multivariate analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) was used to analyze the data. Both procedures alleviated participants' pain to a similar degree and significantly more than the control. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Acute Pain College Students Empirical Study Pain Music
Accuracy Verified: Yes
451. Grant, M. (2001). Pain Control with EMDR: An Information Processing Approach. (2nd ed) Waterloo, ON: TherapistsResources.com.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract: Pain Control with EMDR is an 'information-processing' based approach to the psychological management of pain, using Eye Movement Desensitization & Reprocessing (EMDR). The title of this manual 'Pain Control with EMDR' is meant to suggest that pain can be overcome. But the approach described herein differs significantly from mainstream approaches to pain management. I want to suggest that pain is most effectively controlled when the patient is supported in having their experience, and then learning to master it.
Information processing approaches are based on a model of learning that incorporates emotion, cognition, and neurological processes. Some psychotherapies seek to help the patient cope with their pain, but information processing approaches (e.g., EMDR, EEG biofeedback) seek to change the way the patient experiences their pain, by changing the way it is stored in the nervous system. Information processing approaches to seek to do this by appealing as directly as possible to the nervous system.
This manual is divided into two parts, between theory and practice. Part one is a review of historical ideas and treatments for pain, in order to gain an appreciation of how history still shapes how we approach this problem. In part two the practicalities of treating chronic pain using EMDR are described.
Keywords: Chronic Pain Pain Control
Accuracy Verified: Yes
452. Grant, M. (2009, 2012). Pain control with EMDR: Treatment manual. 4th Revised Edition, Oakland, CA: New Harbinger Publications, Inc.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
An "information-processing" approach to the psychological management of pain, utilizing EMDR. Includes theory, assessment and clinical application of specialized protocols. [EMDR-HAP]
Keywords: Alternative Treatment Pain Pain Control Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Psychosomatic Symptoms
Accuracy Verified: Yes
453. Grant, M. (2002). Pain control with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: An information reprocessing approach. Waterloo, ON: Therapists Resources.com.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Pain Control with EMDR is an 'information-processing' based approach to the psychological management of pain, using Eye Movement Desensitization & Reprocessing (EMDR). The title of this manual 'Pain Control with EMDR' is meant to suggest that pain can be overcome. But the approach described herein differs significantly from mainstream approaches to pain management. I want to suggest that pain is most effectively controlled when the patient is supported in having their experience, and then learning to master it.
Information processing approaches are based on a model of learning that incorporates emotion, cognition, and neurological processes. Some psychotherapies seek to help the patient cope with their pain, but information processing approaches (e.g., EMDR, EEG biofeedback) seek to change the way the patient experiences their pain, by changing the way it is stored in the nervous system. Information processing approaches to seek to do this by appealing as directly as possible to the nervous system.
This manual is divided into two parts, between theory and practice. Part one is a review of historical ideas and treatments for pain, in order to gain an appreciation of how history still shapes how we approach this problem. In part two the practicalities of treating chronic pain using EMDR are described. (Revision)
Keywords: Chronic Pain Pain Control Pain
Accuracy Verified: Yes
454. Schore, A. (2009, August). Part I: Right brain affect regulation: An essential mechanism of development, trauma, dissociation and psychotherapy. Plenary at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Schore will discuss current models of the neurobiology of attachment, detailing the enduring positive and negative impact of interactively regulated and dysregulated bodily-based affective transactions on the organization of the infant’s developing right brain, which for the rest of the life span is dominant for the nonconscious processing of emotions, stress regulation, and intersubjectivity. Dr. Schore will then describe the negative impact of relational trauma on the developmental trajectory of the right brain and the origins of pathological dissociation. Applying the developmental model to the change process of psychotherapy, he will then describe the critical role of the right brain in implicit facial, gestural, and prosodic communications within the therapeutic alliance, in dysregulated states of affective hyper- and hypoarousal, and in empathy, transference-countertransference, and affect regulation. This work suggests that interactive regulation within the therapeutic alliance is a central mechanism in the treatment of patients with a history of early relational trauma.
Keywords: Dissociation Mechanism Plenary Right Brain Affect Regulation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
455. Lanius, U., & Paulsen, S. L. (2010, September/October). Part II - Towards an embodied self: The treatment of traumatic dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop synthesizes neurobiology, EMDR, and elements from ego state, somatic, and attachment therapies. 1) Prior to EMDR: a) somatic interventions for affect and soma tolerance, b) hypnotic containment, c) ego state maneuvers to decrease, d) resetting affective circuits, and e) planning fractionation. 2) During EMDR: a) temporal integrationism or fractionating by time segments from conception to repair attachment b) accelerating processing with somatic, ego state, imaginal, and information channel interweaves, and c) decelerating processing by further fractionating by channel. Please note: Part I (Session 332) and Part II (Session 432) each stand alone without prerequisite and are designed to complement each other. You do NOT have to take Part I to take Part II.
Keywords: Embodied Self Traumatic Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
456. Schore, A. (2009, August). Part II: Right brain affect regulation: An essential mechanism of development, trauma, dissociation and psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
For those who are interested in hearing more on this topic, this half day workshop will be a continuation of the morning Plenary.
Keywords: Dissociation Mechanism Right Brain Affect Regulation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
457. Klaus, P. (2002, May). Perinatal advances that alter the management of problems of bondiing and attachment. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Attachment Bonding Prenatal
Accuracy Verified: Yes
458. Hogberg, G. (2004, June). Perinatal and preverbal experience processing in an eclectic approach including EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Epidemiological evidence as well as clinical experience indicates that perinatal and preverbal experience can affect adult symptomology such as eating disorders and suicidality.
In clinical practice, the issue can be encountered in cases of perinatal and preverbal trauma such as difficult birth, early separation and early hospitalisation and can be associated with fearful dreams and difficult affect regulation.
This area is a difficult one without clear answers and the work must be considered experimental. In this workshop, the pros and cons are discussed together with theoretical background, clinical cases, and some experiential learning.
Keywords: Prenatal Preverbal Psychodynamism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
459. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2011, June). Personality disorders and EMDR [Persönlichkeitsstörungen und EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Patients with personality disorders have many difficulties in their daily functioning; many have histories of traumatic events and insecure attachment. In this workshop we will focus on cluster B personality disorders, and especially on borderlines. We will try to explain the interrelation of the DSM criteria (how they “feed” on each other) and how they are fed on these early events. To understand these aspects is basic for an adequate case-conceptualization in Phase 1. Early relational trauma impacts the developmental trajectory of the future adult and this will have a deep effect on how this adult relates to others. People with personality disorders and complex trauma have many difficulties when it comes to relating to others. One of the aspects that makes personality disorders difficult to manage is the intense emotional reactions that arise in the therapist during EMDR sessions. The management of relational difficulties is a core aspect in the treatment of personality disorders, and the solid basis where EMDR should develop.
The stabilization phase has been remarked as essential prior to trauma work with EMDR. But being true this assumption, two aspects need further development. The first is to establish when a patient is ready for trauma processing since frequently the stabilization phase is unnecessarily prolonged by therapists who don´t feel secure enough working with EMDR in this clinic group. The second is the development of specific interventions from EMDR, and not just the “importation” of foreign techniques, without an adequate theoretical framework. In this workshop we will go deeper into this topic.
Trauma processing in personality disorders implies many specificities that we should have in mind. Knowing these specific aspects, trauma processing with EMDR can be safely implemented in these patients. Borderline patients can get better with different therapies but only EMDR is able to get to symptoms such as “emptiness”. The effect of EMDR therapy is evident in clinic experience, even when specific research is still under development.
Learning objectives:
One interesting aspect of this workshop is the integration of theoretical exposition and the presentation of videos cases, in order to understand how to manage relational problems with this clinical group (a group with important patient-therapist relationship problems) and specific aspects of EMDR therapy in these patients. The general structure of EMDR therapy in personality disorders, interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma EMDR work will be showed and explained.
Keywords: Personality Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
460. Park, S.-C. (2011, February). Plasma levels of neurotrophic factors predict responses to eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in complex posttraumatic stress disorder. Hanyang University, Graduate School, Seoul, Korea.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Complex PTSD is a proposed diagnosis that describes psychological sequelae of survivors with prolonged, repeated, and interpersonal trauma, including childhood physical abuse, incest, and other forms of family violence (Herman, 1992). The diagnostic criteria for complex PTSD are composed of the functional alterations in six areas: (1) regulation of affect and impulses; (2) attention or consciousness; (3) self-perception; (4) relations with others; (5) somatization; and (6) system of meaning (Pelcovitz et al., 1997). Recently, a morphometric study showed that patients with childhood abuse-related complex PTSD had more extensive involvements of neural substrates (reduced anterior cingulate and orbitofrontal volumes) than those with classical PTSD (Thomaes et al., 2009). Changes in the neural substrates of patients with complex PTSD may reflect the relationship, established in critical developmental phases, between traumatic experiences and neurobiological factors.
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is an integrative and comprehensive psychotherapy that contains various effective elements of psychodynamic, cognitive-behavioral, interpersonal, and body-centered therapies (Shapiro and Maxfield, 2002). It was originally developed to resolve symptoms of psychic trauma, and has been shown to be highly effective in reducing the symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) (Bradely et al., 2005; van der Kolk et al., 2007). It has been also proposed as a rapid and effective application for treating the core symptoms of complex PTSD (Korn and Leeds, 2002; Kim and Choi, 2004; Kim, 2003). Thus, the investigation of the effects of treatment of complex PTSD by EMDR may reveal aspects of neurobehavioral plasticity dependent on neurotrophic factors.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Neurotrophic Factors Plasma Levels
Accuracy Verified: Yes
461. Blore, D. (2012, June). Plasticity of meaning: A proposed AIP theory extension to explain the totality of psychological change in EMDR [Plasticidad del Significado: Una extensión a la teoría del modelo PAI (AIP) para explicar la totalidad del cambio psicológico en EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
There
is
some
debate
(Greenwald
&
Shapiro
2010)
as
to
the
usefulness
of
AIP,
the
theory,
(which
is
more
correctly
a
hypothesis),
widely
accepted
to
underpin
EMDR.
On
the
one
hand
AIP
is
seen
as
redundant
because
of
the
extensive
evidence
base
for
EMDR.
In
essence:
EMDR
works
therefore
what
role
does
AIP
have?
On
the
other
hand
theorising
results
in
research
hypotheses,
the
expansion
of
knowledge
and
thus
further
understanding.
The
current
author
supports
the
latter
position,
but
believes
AIP
does
not
fully
account
for
psychological
change
in
EMDR.
I
shall
argue
that
AIP,
as
it
stands,
actually
constricts
research
into
EMDR
as
it
is
essentially
a
theory
of
the
reduction
of
negative
psychological
change,
although
it
does
‘leave
the
door
open’
to
the
possibility
of
positive
psychological
change
(PPC).
However,
negative
psychological
change
and
its
reduction
is
by
no
means
the
only
effect
of
EMDR.
This
suggests
that
AIP
is
a
‘partial
theory’
of
psychological
change.
It
also
means
more
fundamentally
that
there
is
a
‘blind
spot’
in
research
and
that
the
full
potential
of
EMDR
is
being
consistently
–
and
considerably
–
underestimated.
In
the
current
form
of
AIP,
the
use
of
words
such
as
‘digested’
or
‘metabolised’
whilst
extending
the
physiological
corollary
central
to
AIP,
does
little
to
explain
the
How,
Why,
and
When,
of
PPC.
I
shall
propose
a
theory
extension
I
have
coined:
‘Plasticity
of
Meaning’
(POM),
which
is
grounded
in
phenomenological
findings,
superficially
parallels
the
Consolidation
of
Memory
Theory
and
goes
at
least
some
way
to
converting
AIP
into
a
unified
theory
of
psychological
change
and
thus
provide
research
‘pointers’
to
expand
the
appreciation
of
the
potential
of
EMDR.
Existe
algo
de
debate
(Greenwald
&
Shapiro
2010)
con
respecto
a
la
utilidad
del
SPIA,
la
teoría
(mas
correctamente
nombrada
como
una
hipótesis),
ampliamente
aceptada
para
corroborar
el
EMDR.
Por
un
lado
el
procesamiento
adaptativo
de
la
información
se
ha
visto
redundante
debido
a
la
extensiva
evidencia
que
existe
para
el
EMDR.
En
esencia:
EMDR
funciona,
por
lo
tanto
¿Qué
papel
juega
el
procesamiento
de
la
información?
Por
el
otro
lado
teorizando
los
resultados
en
las
hipótesis
de
las
investigaciones,
la
expansión
del
conocimiento
y
mas
profundizado
entendimiento.
El
presente
autor
apoya
la
última
posición
descrita,
pero
piensa
que
SPIA
no
explica
completamente
los
cambios
psicológicos
que
acontecen
en
el
EMDR.
Voy
a
argumentar
que
SPIA,
tal
y
como
esta,
actualmente
reduce
la
investigación
dentro
del
EMDR
como
es
esencialmente
una
teoría
sobre
la
reducción
del
cambio
psicológico
negativo,
aunque
deja
una
puerta
abierta
a
la
posibilidad
de
cambio
psicológico
positivo.
Sin
embargo
el
cambio
psicológico
negativo
y
su
reducción
es
sin
ningún
significado
el
único
efecto
del
EMDR.
Esto
sugiere
que
la
SPIA
es
una
teoría
parcial
del
cambio
psicológico.
También
significa
más,
fundamentalmente
que
existe
un
“punto
ciego”
dentro
de
la
investigación
que
tiene
un
gran
potencial
en
el
EMDR
que
está
siendo
consistentemente
y
considerablemente
ignorado.
En
la
actual
forma
del
SPIA,
el
uso
de
palabras
como
“digerido”
o
“metabolizado”,
mientras
se
extiende
el
corolario
fisiológico
central
para
la
SPIA,
hace
poco
para
explicar
el
cómo
el
porqué
y
el
cuándo
del
cambio
psicológico
positivo.
Yo
propongo
una
extensión
a
la
teoría
que
he
acuñado:
“La
Plasticidad
del
Significado”
(PDS),
que
está
basada
en
hallazgos
fenomenológicos,
superficialmente
paralelos
a
la
Teoría
de
la
Consolidación
de
la
Memoria
y
va
por
lo
menos
de
alguna
manera
convirtiendo
la
SPIA
a
una
teoría
unificada
del
cambio
psicológico
y
que
proporciona
marcadores
de
investigación
para
extender
el
reconocimiento
del
potencial
del
EMDR.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP David Blore Plasticity of Meaning
Accuracy Verified: Yes
462. Blore, D. (2012, June). Plasticity of meaning: A proposed AIP theory of extension to explain the totality of psychological change in EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Madrid, Spain .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: This poster acts as additional material to the presentation at this conference on the same topic. The proposal for an extension to Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) (Shapiro 1995, 2001) is derived from the author’s doctoral thesis (Blore 2012a) – a phenomenological study of positive psychological changes experienced by survivors of road traffi c accidents in the post Eye Movement Desensitisation & Reprocessing (EMDR) treatment context. It is argued that AIP does not fully account for the totality of psychological change following EMDR, partly due to lack of knowledge and partly because of the emphasis on explaining the reduction of negative psychological change (rNPC). The main presentation expands on this reasoning, whilst this poster focuses on the proposed theory extension a: ‘Plasticity of Meaning’ (PoM). To illustrate this theory extension, three examples of fi gurative language use (FLU) obtained during interviews with participants are subjected to microtextual analyses (see Smith 2004, p51). It is argued that FLU is a phenomenological (i.e. observable) event that suggests a ‘trading of words’ in turn suggesting neurological networks connecting – a central tenet of AIP. The phrase ‘PoM’ has been coined because of hypothesised similarities to Frey & Morris’ (1997) synaptic plasticity and Cahill & McGaugh’s (1998) reconsolidation of memory theory.
Keywords: Neurobiology Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
463. National Collaborating Centre for Mental Health (2005, March). Post-traumatic stress (PTSD): The management of PTSD in adults and children and secondary care. Paris, France National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE).
Language: English
Format: Publication
Abstract:
All people with PTSD should be offered a course of trauma-focused
psychological treatment (trauma-focused cognitive behavioural therapy
[CBT] or eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing [EMDR]).
These treatments should normally be provided on an individual
outpatient basis.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Guidelines
Accuracy Verified: Yes
464. Sekhon, R. (2008). Post-traumatic stress disorder and treatment. Rose University of Lethbridge, Lethbridge, Alberta Canada.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Post-traumatic stress disorder and treatment
Abstract: Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms have been estimated to affect about 8 to 9% of the world population. Research has shown that PTSD occurs in 25% of persons who have been exposed to a traumatic stressor. It has occurred in 35-92% of those who have experienced rape, 65% of those who have endured a nonsexual assault, and 30% of Vietnam veterans. In 1980, the definition of PTSD was created and counsellors were at a loss of how to treat this disorder. Presently, treatment for this disorder is still being developed. This paper conducts a literature review on therapies for PTSD and available studies of their effectiveness. Most psychotherapies for PTSD focus on the reprocessing of traumatic memory, through cognitive or exposure strategies. These treatments include various cognitive behavioural therapies such as exposure therapy, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), psychoanalytic, as well as multimodal combinations of therapies. Research has shown that some of these interventions have produced favourable results in providing relief of symptoms to victims of PTSD. The current discussion found that therapies such as cognitive and exposure have been successful in decreasing symptoms of PTSD; certain therapies were found to be more successful than others with clients who suffered from specific trauma-inducing events.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
465. Salvatore, R. P. (2009, May). Posttraumatic stress disorder: A treatable public health problem. Health and Social Work, 34(2), 153-155. doi:10.1093/hsw/34.2.153.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Clinical social workers need to be aware of the growing problem of untreated and under treated trauma in society. This is an especially important issue affecting our veteran population. However, most veterans do not ask for help with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms out of shame or fear that it will negatively affect their career advancement. There is a highly effective psychotherapeutic treatment called eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) that works very quickly to end PTSD in clients. Veterans typically dislike talking to non veterans about their combat experience. One of the benefits of using EMDR (for patients and therapists) is that they do not have to talk about the details of their trauma for the EMDR process to work. During EMDR, the patient's brain heals itself and the therapist just needs to adhere to the EMDR protocol. In light of its effectiveness, it makes sense that all social workers should familiarize themselves with EMDR. The most clinical social workers should be trained in EMDR, as most of our clients have trauma histories. If the estimates of PTSD in veterans are accurate, we could save them and their families from years of suffering. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Commentary Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Social Casework Treatment Effectiveness Veterans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
466. Stramrood, C., Paarlberg, K. M., Vingerhoets, A. J., van den Berg, P. P., & van Pampus, M. G. (2012, March). Posttraumatic stress following childbirth: Diagnosis, treatment and prevention. Poster presented at the 70th annual scientific meeting of the American Psychomatic Society, Athens, Greece.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Background: What to do with women who experienced childbirth as so
traumatic that they keep having nightmares, flashbacks and problems
concentrating, who do not want to become pregnant again or demand a
cesarean section at the next delivery? One to two percent of women
suffers from posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) following childbirth,
which may affect mother-child bonding as well as future pregnancies.
Methods: Based on current knowledge from literature, including own
research, an overview will be presented of the prevalence, risk factors,
diagnosis and treatment of PTSD following childbirth. Results: PTSD
is an anxiety disorder affecting 1-2 percent of women after childbirth.
Risk factors include [a] obstetric complications and interventions
(emergency cesarean section, preterm birth), [b] history of psychiatric
problems or depression/anxiety during pregnancy, [c] psychosocial
factors (low coping skills, low social support). Furthermore, 50 percent
of women with PTSD following childbirth also suffers from
postpartum depression. When PTSD is suspected, clinicians can use the
self-report measure Traumatic Event Scale-B to quantify symptoms,
and refer to a psychiatrist/psychologist if necessary. Several studies
indicate that spontaneous remission of PTSD following childbirth is
uncommon. Possible negative consequences of the condition include
insecure attachment of the infant, impaired partner relationship,
avoiding future pregnancies and demanding a cesarean section in a
subsequent pregnancy. Although these possible adverse outcomes
justify treatment and prevention, effective interventions and prevention
strategies have not been adequately researched in this patient group.
International guidelines regarding PTSD in other (non-pregnant)
populations point to eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing
(EMDR) and cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) as the most
promising treatments. Identification of women at risk, both during
pregnancy and postpartum, is key to early intervention and possible
prevention. Conclusions: Posttraumatic stress disorder following
childbirth is a serious condition affecting 1-2 percent of postpartum
women, with higher prevalence rates among women with complicated pregnancies/deliveries and those with a history of mental health issues.
Adequate identification of women at risk and those with clinical
symptoms is key to early intervention and eventually prevention.
Keywords: Childbirth
Accuracy Verified: Yes
467. Cornil, C. (2012, June). The power of now in EMDR [El poder del ahora en EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This
presentation
will
be
a
theoretical,
philosophical
approach
to
the
concept
of
time
as
utilized
in
EMDR.
From
the
very
beginning
the
concept
of
time
plays
a
major
role
in
the
EMDR
approach.
At
the
basis
of
the
AIP
model
lays
the
idea
of
memory
networks
frozen
in
time
(Shapiro
1995).
The
information
is
dysfunctionally
stored
in
the
frozen
now
and
can
be
triggered
at
any
moment.
In
EMDR
we
all
struggle
with
the
now
of
the
negative
cognition.
Patients
do
not
understand
and
get
confused
when
therapists
ask
about
beliefs
they
have
about
themselves
now
as
they
think
about
the
past.
In
trainings
it
is
announced
as
the
most
difficult
part
of
the
EMDR
protocol.
But
it
is
an
essential
part.
The
now
is
what
is
happening
right
at
this
moment.
There
is
no
past,
only
the
present
perception
of
the
past.
As
there
is
no
future,
only
the
present
perception
of
possibilities.
The
present
is
what
one
identifies
with.
When
one
sees,
one
believes:
what
is
experienced
at
a
certain
moment
becomes
the
felt
reality
in
the
now.
When
the
patient
is
triggered
into
the
perception
of
the
child,
she
becomes
the
child
and
time
shifts.
The
point
this
workshop
wants
to
make
is
that
change
comes
about
as
the
patient
stops
identifying
with
the
past
thus
making
it
the
now,
but
instead
is
invited
by
the
therapist
to
let
things
happen
and
to
notice
what
moves.
For
time
to
exist
movement
is
needed:
the
hands
of
the
clock,
the
sun
in
the
sky,
the
wrinkling
of
the
skin
all
indicate
time.
Instead
of
trying
to
keep
at
a
distance
painful
information
which
exists
in
an
eternal
now
without
movement,
the
client
is
invited
just
to
observe
the
movement
that
can
come
about
by
taking
the
position
of
double
attention:
one
leg
in
real
time
and
one
leg
in
no
time.
We
will
explore
links
with
the
process
of
mindfulness.
Este
taller
presentará
un
planteamiento
teórico
y
filosófico
al
concepto
del
tiempo
tal
como
se
usa
en
EMDR.
Desde
el
mismo
comienzo,
el
concepto
del
tiempo
ejerce
una
función
fundamental
en
el
planteamiento
de
EMDR.
La
idea
de
redes
de
recuerdos
congelados
en
el
tiempo
se
encuentra
en
los
cimientos
del
modelo
AIP
(Shapiro,
1995).
La
información
se
almacena
de
forma
disfuncional
en
el
ahora
congelado
y
que
puede
“dispararse”
en
cualquier
momento.
En
EMDR,
todos
luchamos
contra
el
ahora
de
la
cognición
negativa.
Los
pacientes
no
entienden
y
se
confunden
cuando
el
terapeuta
pregunta
por
las
creencias
que
tienen
respecto
a
sí
mismos
ahora
cuando
piensan
acerca
del
pasado.
En
las
formaciones,
se
presenta
como
el
elemento
más
difícil
del
protocolo
de
EMDR.
No
obstante,
supone
un
elemento
esencial.
El
ahora
es
lo
que
ocurre
en
este
preciso
momento.
No
existe
el
pasado,
únicamente
la
percepción
presente
del
pasado,
al
igual
que
no
hay
futuro,
solamente
la
percepción
presente
de
posibilidades.
El
presente
es
aquello
con
lo
que
uno
se
identifica.
Cuando
se
ve,
se
cree:
aquello
que
se
vive
en
un
momento
dado
se
convierte
en
la
realidad
experimentada
en
el
ahora.
Cuando
al
paciente
se
le
dispara
hacia
la
percepción
de
la
niña,
se
convierte
en
la
niña
y
el
tiempo
cambia.
Lo
que
pretende
dejar
claro
este
taller
es
que
el
cambio
se
produce
a
medida
que
el
paciente
deja
de
identificarse
con
el
pasado,
lo
que
lo
convierte
en
el
ahora,
sino
de
la
mano
del
terapeuta,
permite
que
las
cosas
ocurran
y
se
fija
en
lo
que
se
mueve.
Para
que
exista
el
tiempo,
es
necesario
el
movimiento:
las
manecillas
del
reloj,
el
sol
en
el
cielo,
el
arrugar
de
la
piel,
todo
indica
tiempo.
En
lugar
de
intentar
mantener
distante
la
información
dolorosa
que
existe
en
un
ahora
externo
sin
movimiento,
se
le
invita
al
cliente
a
simplemente
observar
el
movimiento
que
se
puede
producir
al
adoptar
la
postura
de
la
atención
escindida:
con
una
pierna
en
el
tiempo
real
y
una
en
la
intemporalidad.
Exploraremos
las
relaciones
con
el
proceso
de
“mindfulness”
(conciencia
plena).
Keywords: Power of Now
Accuracy Verified: Yes
468. Klaff, F. (2005, September). Practical EMDR with children and adolescents: An integrative family systems approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop offers creative and practical applications for integrating
EMDR into child, adolescent and family systems therapy. Ways to introduce
EMDR, uncover targets, adapt cognitive interweave to different ages and
stages of development and assess and utilize parental involvement will be
taught. Problems, such as resistance, family complexities and chronic versus
crisis problems, will be addressed. Enhancement skills including affect
management and ego strengthening will be taught. The how-to's of play, art,
music and stories as vehicles for creatively using EMDR will be demonstrated.
Cases involving ADHD, adoption, cutting, divorce, sexual abuse and other
traumas will be illustrated with videos, scripts and roleplay. Dr. Klaff is
known far her lively presentations, creativity and humor.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Integrative Family Systems Approach
Accuracy Verified: Yes
469. Alley, A., Spinazzola, J., Blaustein, M., & van der Kolk, B. A. (2005, November). Pretreatment attrition in a PTSD comparative treatment outcome study. Poster presented at the 21st annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Toronto, ON.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Treatment attrition represents a considerable problem for effective delivery
of care for PTSD. While treatment attrition during the course of treatment is
well researched, little is known about the factors that affect sample selection
before the beginning of a study. Previous research on other Axis I disorders
indicates that patients may refuse participation more often because of study
medication than because of psychosocial treatment. The present study
examines traits and predictors of pretreatment attrition from a study of PTSD
that compared treatment outcomes for fluoxetine versus EMDR. Potential
study participants were screened over the telephone for study eligibility.
During the telephone screen, a total of 394 people met study eligibility
requirements but declined participation (59% of total eligible participants).
While a variety of factors were cited for declining study participation, consistent
with previous research, refusal of study medication emerged as the pre-dominant reason for pretreatment attrition (49%). Results are discussed in
terms of how treatment preferences and other pretreatment attrition factors
may impact the external validity of comparative treatment outcome studies.
Clinical implications discussed include the potential for pretreatment attrition
factors to interfere with trauma survivors’ ability to seek and obtain effective
treatment
Keywords: Comparative Treatment Outcome Study Poster Pretreatment Attrition Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
470. Cantelmi, T. (2010, Novembre). Prevalenza, incidenza e diagnosi differenziale dei disturbi da stress post-traumatici in oncologia [Prevalence, incidence and differential diagnosis of post-traumatic stress disorder in oncology]. Presentazione al "Convegno La psicotraumatologia Oncologica, Roma, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Il PTSD abbraccia una gamma ampia di fenomeni: dagli eventi naturali catastrofici, dalle violenze maltrattamenti ed abusi su bambini ed adulti ad altre forme di aggressioni fisiche, gravi malattie ed interventi chirurgici, gravi problemi nel lavoro, come il mobbing ed altro ancora.
L prevalenza del PTSD oscilla tra l’1 ed il 9% della popolazione generale e può raggiungere il 50/60% in sottogruppi di soggetti esposti a traumi considerati di particolare gravità.. Tra i disturbi mentali conseguenti a traumi solo il PTSD è identificato dall’evento traumatico che in questo disturbo assume un ruolo specifico, tanto che la presenza di uno stressor a cui collegare i sintomi è l’elemento necessario per fare diagnosi. Si discute se lo stesso possa e debba sufficientemente essere rappresentato da un evento che ha le qualità per minacciare alla vita e qualità della vita di un soggetto o se sia identificabile esaurientemente con un vissuto soggettivo di impotenza che cambia l’adattamento della persona alla realtà in modo disfunzionale. Sembra comunque che la malattia oncologica e le sue fasi evolutive nonché i processi di guarigione che implica presentano occasioni ripetute per il paziente oncologico a rischio di traumatizzazione sia a causa delle circostanze oggettive che mettono in pericolo la qualità di vita della persona e la sua vita medesima, sia per le simbolizzazioni drammatiche che a volte essa può assumere nell’immaginario collettivo e soggettivo. Gli studi epidemiologici indicano come il PTSD interessi maggiormente il sesso femminile (11% vs 5% del sesso maschile) sulla cui prevalenza può anche influire il tipo di trauma (violenze e molestie sessuali, neglect ed abusi infantili vs. aggressioni fisiche, minacce con armi prigionia e rapimento negli uomini.
IL PTSD rappresenta una sfida in psichiatria non solo in generale perché i sintomi che emergono sono diversi e sintetizzano una miscela di processi sociali, biologici e psicologici, ma anche soprattutto in oncologia perché esiste una vasta gamma di sintomi dello spettro post-traumatico, come ad esempio i disturbi dell’adattamento, ma si è spesso in presenza di un PTSD sottosoglia difficilmente discriminabile anche agli occhi di esperti preparati.
Così possiamo intendere i disturbi dell’adattamento come tutte quelle manifestazioni in cui, in assenza di vulnerabilità individuale, un evento stressante, ad esempio la diagnosi di cancro ed i trattamenti ad essa legati, rappresenta il fattore causale ed esclusivo di insorgenza dei sintomi, che si presume non sarebbero altrimenti occorsi. Essi influiscono negativamente sull’adattamento del soggetto alla malattia e sul funzionamento psicofisico generale. I sintomi possono essere rappresentati da reazioni depressive, reazioni d’ansia o miste (ansioso-depressive), reazioni con altri aspetti emozionali (irritabilità, aggressività labilità emotiva) o con disturbi della condotta (comportamenti inadeguati). Importante risulta la diagnosi differenziale con i disturbi d’ansia e depressivi. I disturbi dell’adattamento rappresentano i quadri di sofferenza psicologica più frequentemente diagnosticabili nei pazienti con cancro, avendo una prevalenza del 30-35%. I sintomi sottosoglia possono rappresentare invece i prodromi di una sindrome conclamata oppure i sintomi residui di un PTSD in remissione parziale. E’ importante volgere l’attenzione ai PTSD in oncologia, alla diagnosi differenziale con altri tipi di disagi psicooncologici, ed in particolare alla peculiarità, gravità cronicità del quadro clinico per la possibilità di attuare una prevenzione efficace prima che il disturbo insorga o si strutturi, e per le potenzialità di comprensione di alcuni meccanismi di funzionamento cerebrale che creano un ponte fra psicologico e biologico.
The PTSD embraces a wide range of phenomena: from natural catastrophic events, from violence and abuse, ill-treatment of children and adults with other forms of physical assaults, serious illness and surgery, severe problems in the work, such as bullying and more.
The prevalence of PTSD ranges between 1 and 9% of the general population and can reach 50/60% in subgroups of subjects exposed to trauma considered particularly serious .. Among the mental disorders resulting from trauma, PTSD is identified only by the traumatic event that in this disorder takes on a specific role, so that the presence of a stressor that link symptoms is a necessary element to diagnose. It was discussed whether the same can and should be sufficiently represented by an event that has the quality to threaten the life and quality of life of an individual, or whether it is fully identifiable with a subjective experience of powerlessness that changes to adapt to the reality of the person in dysfunctional way. It seems that the oncological disease and its evolutionary phases as well as the healing process that involves repeated opportunities to present the cancer patient at risk of trauma and because of objective circumstances that endanger the quality of life of the person and his life itself , both for the dramatic symbolization that sometimes it can take in the collective and subjective. Epidemiological studies indicate that PTSD interests most of the women (11% vs. 5% of males) on the prevalence of which may also affect the type of trauma (violence and sexual harassment, child abuse and neglect Vs. Physical attacks, threats with weapons imprisonment and kidnapping in men.
IL PTSD represents a challenge in psychiatry not only in general because the symptoms that emerge are different and synthesize a mixture of social processes, biological and psychological, but also especially in oncology because there exists a wide range of symptoms spectrum post-traumatic, such such as adjustment disorders, but it is often in the presence of a subthreshold PTSD hardly discriminated even in the eyes of experts prepared.
So we can understand the adjustment disorders like all those events where, in the absence of individual vulnerability, a stressful event, such as the diagnosis of cancer and the treatments associated with it, is the causal factor and exclusive of onset of symptoms, which it is assumed would not otherwise have occurred. They have a negative impact on the adaptation of the subject to physical and mental illness and the general operation. Symptoms may be represented by depressive reactions, anxiety reactions or mixed (anxious-depressive), reactions with other aspects of emotional (irritability, aggressiveness, emotional lability) or conduct disorder (inappropriate behavior). Important results in the differential diagnosis of anxiety disorders and depression. The adjustment disorders represent the paintings of psychological distress more frequently diagnosed in patients with cancer, having a prevalence of 30-35%. The subthreshold symptoms may instead represent the beginnings of a full-blown syndrome or residual symptoms of PTSD in partial remission. It 'important to turn our attention to PTSD in oncology, the differential diagnosis with other types of inconvenience psicooncologici, and in particular to the peculiarities, chronicity, severity of the clinical picture for the possibility of implementing effective prevention before the disorder arises or is structured, and the potential of understanding of some mechanisms of brain function that create a bridge between psychological and biological.
Keywords: Cancer Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
471. Leeds, A. M. (2001, December). Principals and procedures for enhancing current functioning in complex posttraumatic stress disorder with EMDR resource development and installation. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(Special Edition), 4-11 .
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
When developing a treatment plan, clinicians need to be able to recognize not only the specific effects of trauma but to consider symptoms reflecting limited capacities for emotional self regulation. Such problems are often found when client histories included significant childhood neglect or other disruptions of each childhood attachment (Damasio, 1999; Schore, 2000; Sigel, 1999). Clients with a history of secure attachment appear to be more vulnerable to PTSD (Alexander, et al., 1998; Muller, Sicoli, & Kemieux, 2000) and initially need to be addressed with procedures different from those for trauma specific symptoms. Therefore in the consensus model of posttraumatic treatment (Browm Scheflin, & Hammond, 1998; Chu, 1998; Courtois, 1999) clinicians are urged to focus on clients’ personal safety, stabilization, and the development of client capacities for tolerating and modulating strong affect in the early phases of treatment.
Keywords: DESNOS RDI Resource Development and Installation Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stabalization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
472. Lehrer, P. M., Woolfolk, R. L., & Sime, W. E. (2007). Principles and practice of stress management. (3rd. ed.) New York, NY, US: Guilford Press.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Recent years have seen significant advances in understanding psychosocial stress and its clinical management. Now in a thoroughly revised and expanded third edition, this comprehensive work reviews effective stress management techniques and their applications for treating psychological problems and enhancing physical health and performance. Bringing together recognized leaders in the field to present their respective approaches and demonstrate the nuts and bolts of intervention, the volume is structured for optimal use as a clinical reference and text. All chapters retained from the prior edition have been extensively rewritten, and many new chapters have been added. Part I examines conceptual foundations and describes basic mechanisms of stress and relaxation. Part II, the largest section, covers the full range of methods, including progressive relaxation, hypnosis, biofeedback, meditation, cognitive methods, and other therapies. Each tightly edited chapter: (1) Details the method's history, theoretical underpinnings, and evidence base; (2) Spells out assessment procedures and techniques; (3) Provides step-by-step implementation guidelines; (4) Considers common treatment obstacles and how to overcome them; (5) Discusses strategies for increasing patient motivation and adherence; and (6) Illustrates the method with an in-depth case example. New to the third edition are chapters on mindfulness meditation, neurofeedback, EMDR, breathing retraining, heart rate variability biofeedback, exercise therapy, and Qigong. Finally, Part III explores applications in mental health, behavioral medicine, and sport psychophysiology (another new topic in this edition), shedding light on which approaches are most suitable for particular problems. The concluding chapter reviews the clinical research literature and offers clear recommendations for improving outcomes. This timely, authoritative book is an indispensable resource for clinical and health psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, counselors, nurses, and other professionals interested in learning and using stress management techniques. It will serve as a text in graduate-level courses in stress management, behavioral medicine, social work in health care, an